e20vf
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
March 7, 2011
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 20-F
|
|
|
o
|
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
OR
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2010
|
OR
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to
|
o
|
|
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
Date of event requiring this
shell company report
|
Commission file
number: 1-13546
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Not Applicable
|
|
The Netherlands
|
(Translation of
registrants
|
|
(Jurisdiction of
incorporation
|
name into
English)
|
|
or
organization)
|
39, Chemin du Champ des
Filles
1228 Plan-Les-Ouates
Geneva
Switzerland
(Address of principal executive
offices)
Carlo Bozotti
39, Chemin du Champ des Filles
1228 Plan-Les-Ouates
Geneva
Switzerland
Tel: +41 22 929 29 29
Fax: +41 22 929 29 88
(Name, Telephone,
E-mail
and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact
Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to
Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of Each Class:
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered:
|
|
Common shares, nominal value 1.04 per share
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered or to be
registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to
Section 15(d) of the Act: None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the
issuers classes of capital or common stock as of the close
of the period covered by the annual report:
881,686,303 common shares at
December 31, 2010
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.
Yes þ No o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by
check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer þ
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant
has used to prepare the financial statements included in this
filing:
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. GAAP þ
|
|
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued o
|
|
Other o
|
|
|
by the International Accounting Standards Board
|
|
|
If Other has been checked in response to the
previous question, indicate by check mark which financial
statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17 o Item 18 o
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the
registrant is a shell company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act).
Yes o No
þ
PRESENTATION
OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
In this annual report or
Form 20-F
(the
Form 20-F),
references to we, us and
Company are to STMicroelectronics N.V. together with
its consolidated subsidiaries, references to EU are
to the European Union, references to and the
Euro are to the Euro currency of the EU, references
to the United States and U.S. are to the
United States of America and references to $ or to
U.S. dollars are to United States dollars.
References to mm are to millimeters and references
to nm are to nanometers.
We have compiled market size and ST market share data in this
annual report using statistics and other information obtained
from several third-party sources. Except as otherwise disclosed
herein, all references to trade association data are references
to World Semiconductor Trade Statistics (WSTS).
Certain terms used in this annual report are defined in
Certain Terms.
We report our financial statements in U.S. dollars and
prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
(U.S. GAAP). We also report certain
non-U.S. GAAP
financial measures (free cash flow and net financial position),
which are derived from amounts presented in the financial
statements prepared under U.S. GAAP. Furthermore, since
2005, we have been required by Dutch law to report our Statutory
and Consolidated Financial Statements, previously reported using
generally accepted accounting principles in the Netherlands, in
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRS), as adopted in the European Union. The IFRS
financial statements are reported separately and can differ
materially from the statements reported in U.S. GAAP.
Various amounts and percentages used in this
Form 20-F
have been rounded and, accordingly, they may not total 100%.
We and our affiliates own or otherwise have rights to the
trademarks and trade names, including those mentioned in this
annual report, used in conjunction with the marketing and sale
of our products.
CAUTIONARY
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the statements contained in this
Form 20-F
that are not historical facts, particularly in
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors, Item 4. Information on the
Company and Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects and Business
Outlook, are statements of future expectations and other
forward-looking statements (within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 or
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as
amended) that are based on managements current views and
assumptions, and are conditioned upon and also involve known and
unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results,
performance or events to differ materially from those in such
statements due to, among other factors:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in demand in the key application markets and from key
customers served by our products, which make it extremely
difficult to accurately forecast and plan our future business
activities. In particular, following a period of significant
order cancellations in 2009, we have in 2010 experienced a
strong increase in customer demand, which has led to capacity
constraints in certain applications, and we may in the future,
in case of excessive inventory at customers or distribution
channels, experience order cancellations;
|
|
|
|
our ability to utilize and operate our manufacturing facilities
at sufficient levels to cover fixed operating costs during
periods of reduced customer demand, as well as our ability to
ramp up production efficiently and rapidly to respond to
increased customer demand, in an intensely cyclical and
competitive industry, and the financial impact of obsolete or
excess inventories if actual demand differs from our
expectations;
|
|
|
|
the operations of the ST-Ericsson Wireless joint venture, which
represents a significant investment and risk for our business,
and which may lead to significant impairment and additional
restructuring charges, in the event ST-Ericsson is unable to
successfully compete in a rapidly changing and increasingly
competitive market;
|
|
|
|
our ability to compete in the semiconductor industry since a
high percentage of our costs are fixed and are incurred in Euros
and currencies other than U.S. dollars, especially in light
of the increasing volatility in the foreign exchange markets
and, more particularly, in the U.S. dollar exchange rate as
compared to the Euro and the other major currencies we use for
our operations;
|
|
|
|
the outcome of ongoing litigation as well as any new litigation
to which we may become a defendant;
|
|
|
|
changes in our overall tax position as a result of changes in
tax laws or the outcome of tax audits, and our ability to
accurately estimate tax credits, benefits, deductions and
provisions and to realize deferred tax assets;
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of intellectual property claims by our competitors or
other third parties, and our ability to obtain required licenses
on reasonable terms and conditions;
|
|
|
|
product warranty or liability claims based on epidemic failures
or recalls by our customers for a product containing one of our
parts;
|
|
|
|
our ability in an intensively competitive environment to secure
customer acceptance and to achieve our pricing expectations for
high-volume supplies of new products in whose development we
have been, or are currently, investing;
|
|
|
|
availability and costs of raw materials, utilities, third-party
manufacturing services, or other supplies required by our
operations; and
|
|
|
|
changes in the political, social or economic environment,
including as a result of military conflict, social unrest
and/or
terrorist activities, economic turmoil, as well as natural
events such as severe weather, health risks, epidemics,
earthquakes, volcano eruptions or other acts of nature in, or
affecting, the countries in which we, our key customers or our
suppliers, operate.
|
Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and
uncertainties, which may cause actual results and performance of
our business to differ materially and adversely from the
forward-looking statements. Certain forward-looking statements
can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology,
such as believes, expects,
may, are expected to,
should, would be, seeks or
anticipates or similar expressions or the negative
thereof or other variations thereof or comparable terminology,
or by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions. Some of
these risk factors are set forth and are discussed in more
detail in Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors. Should one or more of these risks or
uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions
prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those
described in this
Form 20-F
as anticipated, believed or expected. We do not intend, and do
not assume any obligation, to update any industry information or
forward-looking statements set forth in this
Form 20-F
to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.
Unfavorable changes in the above or other factors listed under
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors from time to time in our Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) filings, could have a material
adverse effect on our business
and/or
financial condition.
3
PART I
|
|
Item 1.
|
Identity
of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
|
Not applicable.
|
|
Item 2.
|
Offer
Statistics and Expected Timetable
|
Not applicable.
Selected
Financial Data
The table below sets forth our selected consolidated financial
data for each of the years in the five-year period ended
December 31, 2010. Such data have been derived from our
audited Consolidated Financial Statements. Consolidated audited
financial statements for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 2010, including the Notes thereto
(collectively, the Consolidated Financial
Statements), are included elsewhere in this
Form 20-F,
while data for prior periods have been derived from our audited
Consolidated Financial Statements used in such periods.
The following information should be read in conjunction with
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects and the audited Consolidated Financial
Statements and the related Notes thereto included in
Item 18. Financial Statements in this
Form 20-F.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions except per share and ratio data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
10,262
|
|
|
$
|
8,465
|
|
|
$
|
9,792
|
|
|
$
|
9,966
|
|
|
$
|
9,838
|
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
10,346
|
|
|
|
8,510
|
|
|
|
9,842
|
|
|
|
10,001
|
|
|
|
9,854
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
(6,331
|
)
|
|
|
(5,884
|
)
|
|
|
(6,282
|
)
|
|
|
(6,465
|
)
|
|
|
(6,331
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,015
|
|
|
|
2,626
|
|
|
|
3,560
|
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
3,523
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
(1,175
|
)
|
|
|
(1,159
|
)
|
|
|
(1,187
|
)
|
|
|
(1,099
|
)
|
|
|
(1,067
|
)
|
Research and development(1)
|
|
|
(2,350
|
)
|
|
|
(2,365
|
)
|
|
|
(2,152
|
)
|
|
|
(1,802
|
)
|
|
|
(1,667
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net(2)
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
(291
|
)
|
|
|
(481
|
)
|
|
|
(1,228
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
(3,539
|
)
|
|
|
(3,649
|
)
|
|
|
(3,758
|
)
|
|
|
(4,081
|
)
|
|
|
(2,846
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
|
(1,023
|
)
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
(545
|
)
|
|
|
677
|
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge and realized losses on financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
Earnings (loss) on equity investments and gain on investment
divestiture
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
(337
|
)
|
|
|
(553
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
|
(1,496
|
)
|
|
|
(823
|
)
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
764
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
|
(1,401
|
)
|
|
|
(780
|
)
|
|
|
(471
|
)
|
|
|
784
|
|
Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to parent company
|
|
$
|
830
|
|
|
$
|
(1,131
|
)
|
|
$
|
(786
|
)
|
|
$
|
(477
|
)
|
|
$
|
782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions except per share and ratio data)
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share (basic) attributable to parent company
shareholders
|
|
$
|
0.94
|
|
|
$
|
(1.29
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.88
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.87
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share (diluted) attributable to parent
company shareholders
|
|
$
|
0.92
|
|
|
$
|
(1.29
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.88
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.53
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.83
|
|
Number of shares used in calculating earnings per share (basic)
|
|
|
880.4
|
|
|
|
876.9
|
|
|
|
892.0
|
|
|
|
898.7
|
|
|
|
896.1
|
|
Number of shares used in calculating earnings per share (diluted)
|
|
|
911.1
|
|
|
|
876.9
|
|
|
|
892.0
|
|
|
|
898.7
|
|
|
|
958.5
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,892
|
|
|
$
|
1,588
|
|
|
$
|
1,009
|
|
|
$
|
1,855
|
|
|
$
|
1,659
|
|
Short-term deposits
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
1,052
|
|
|
|
1,032
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
|
|
764
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
Non-current marketable securities
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
13,349
|
|
|
|
13,655
|
|
|
|
13,913
|
|
|
|
14,272
|
|
|
|
14,198
|
|
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
Long-term debt (excluding current portion)(3)
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
2,316
|
|
|
|
2,554
|
|
|
|
2,117
|
|
|
|
1,994
|
|
Total parent company shareholders equity(4)
|
|
|
7,587
|
|
|
|
7,147
|
|
|
|
8,156
|
|
|
|
9,573
|
|
|
|
9,747
|
|
Common stock and capital surplus
|
|
|
3,671
|
|
|
|
3,637
|
|
|
|
3,480
|
|
|
|
3,253
|
|
|
|
3,177
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends per share(5)
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
$
|
0.12
|
|
Capital expenditures(6)
|
|
|
1,034
|
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
|
983
|
|
|
|
1,140
|
|
|
|
1,533
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
|
1,794
|
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
|
1,722
|
|
|
|
2,188
|
|
|
|
2,491
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
|
|
1,367
|
|
|
|
1,366
|
|
|
|
1,413
|
|
|
|
1,766
|
|
Debt-to-equity
ratio(7)
|
|
|
0.23
|
|
|
|
0.35
|
|
|
|
0.33
|
|
|
|
0.23
|
|
|
|
0.22
|
|
Net financial position: resources (debt)(7)
|
|
$
|
1,152
|
|
|
$
|
420
|
|
|
$
|
(545
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,268
|
|
|
$
|
761
|
|
Net financial position to total parent company
shareholders equity ratio(7)
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
0.06
|
|
|
|
(0.07
|
)
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our reported research and development expenses (R&D) are
mainly in the areas of product design and technology
development. They do not include marketing design center costs,
which are accounted for as selling expenses, or process
engineering, pre-production and process-transfer costs, which
are accounted for as cost of sales. In 2010, 2009 and 2008, our
R&D expenses were net of certain tax credits. |
|
(2) |
|
Other income and expenses, net includes, among other
things: funds received through government agencies for research
and development programs; costs incurred for new
start-up and
phase-out activities not involving saleable production; foreign
currency gains and losses; gains on sales of tangible assets and
non-current assets; and the costs of certain activities relating
to IP. |
|
(3) |
|
In order to optimize our financial performance, we repurchased a
portion of our 2016 Convertible Bonds during 2009 (98,000 bonds
for a total cash consideration of $103 million) and 2010
(385,830 bonds for a total cash consideration of
$410 million), as well as a portion of our 2013 Senior
Bonds (in 2010, for an amount of $98 million). |
|
(4) |
|
In 2008, we repurchased 29,520,220 of our shares, for a total
cost of $313 million. We reflected this purchase at cost as
a reduction of shareholders equity. The repurchased shares
have been designated for allocation under our share-based
compensation programs as nonvested shares, including the plans
as approved by the 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 annual
general shareholders meetings, and those which may be
attributed in the future. As of December 31, 2010,
14,186,218 shares had been transferred to employees upon
the vesting of such stock awards. As of December 31, 2010,
we owned 28,734,002 treasury shares. |
|
(5) |
|
Dividend per share represents the yearly dividend as approved by
our annual general meeting of shareholders, which relates to the
prior years accounts. |
5
|
|
|
(6) |
|
Capital expenditures are net of certain funds received through
government agencies, the effect of which is to reduce our cash
used in investing activities and to decrease depreciation. |
|
(7) |
|
Net financial position: resources (debt) represents the balance
between our total financial resources and our total financial
debt. Our total financial resources include cash and cash
equivalents, current and non-current marketable securities
(excluding Micron shares held at the end of the period),
short-term deposits and some of restricted cash, and our total
financial debt include bank overdrafts, short-term borrowings,
current portion of long-term debt and long-term debt, as
represented in our consolidated balance sheet. Our net financial
position to total parent company shareholders equity ratio
is a
non-U.S.
GAAP financial measure. The most directly comparable U.S. GAAP
financial measure is considered to be
Debt-to-Equity
Ratio. However, the
Debt-to-Equity
Ratio measures gross debt relative to equity, and does not
reflect our current cash position. We believe that our net
financial position to total shareholders equity ratio is
useful to investors as a measure of our financial position and
leverage. The ratio is computed on the basis of our net
financial position divided by total parent company
shareholders equity. For more information on our net
financial position, see Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects Liquidity and Capital
Resources Capital Resources Net
financial position. Our computation of net debt (cash) to
total shareholders equity ratio may not be consistent with
that of other companies, which could make comparability
difficult. |
Risk
Factors
Risks
Related to the Semiconductor Industry which Impact Us
The
semiconductor industry is cyclical and downturns in the
semiconductor industry can negatively affect our results of
operations and financial condition.
The semiconductor industry is cyclical and has been subject to
significant economic downturns at various times. Downturns are
typically characterized by diminished demand giving rise to
production overcapacity, accelerated erosion of average selling
prices, high inventory levels and reduced revenues. Downturns
may be the result of industry-specific factors, such as excess
capacity, product obsolescence, price erosion, evolving
standards, changes in end-customer demand,
and/or
macroeconomic trends impacting global economies. Such
macroeconomic trends relate to the semiconductor industry as a
whole and not necessarily to the individual semiconductor
markets to which we sell our products. The negative effects on
our business from industry downturns may also be increased to
the extent that such downturns are concurrent with the timing of
new increases in production capacity in our industry. We have
experienced revenue volatility and market downturns in the past
and expect to experience them in the future, which could have a
material adverse impact on our results of operations and
financial condition.
The recent financial market crisis spread into a global economic
recession impacting business and consumer confidence, which
resulted in a precipitous decline in the demand for
semiconductor products. As a result, our business, financial
conditions and results of operations were affected. To the
extent that the current economic environment worsens, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be
significantly and adversely affected.
In particular, economic downturns affecting the semiconductor
industry may result in a variety of risks to our business,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
significant declines in sales;
|
|
|
|
significant reductions in selling prices;
|
|
|
|
significant underutilization of manufacturing capacity;
|
|
|
|
the resulting significant impact on our gross margins,
profitability and net cash flow;
|
|
|
|
increased volatility
and/or
declines in our share price;
|
|
|
|
increased volatility or adverse movements in foreign currency
exchange rates;
|
|
|
|
delays in, or curtailment of, purchasing decisions by our
customers or potential customers either as a result of overall
economic uncertainty or as a result of their inability to access
the liquidity necessary to engage in purchasing initiatives or
new product development;
|
|
|
|
closure of wafer fabrication plants (fabs) and
various restructuring plans;
|
|
|
|
decreased valuations of our equity investments;
|
|
|
|
increased credit risk associated with our customers or potential
customers, particularly those that may operate in industries
most affected by the economic downturn; and
|
|
|
|
impairment of goodwill or other assets.
|
6
We may
not be able to match our production capacity to
demand.
As a result of the cyclicality and volatility of the
semiconductor industry, it is difficult to predict future
developments in the markets we serve, making it hard to estimate
requirements for production capacity. If markets do not perform
as we have anticipated, we risk under-utilization of our
facilities or having insufficient capacity to meet customer
demand.
The net increase of manufacturing capacity, defined as the
difference between capacity additions and capacity reductions,
may exceed demand requirements, leading to overcapacity and
price erosion. If the semiconductor market does not grow as we
anticipated when making investments in production capacity, we
risk overcapacity. In addition, if demand for our products is
lower than expected, this may result in write-offs of
inventories and losses on products, and could require us to
undertake restructuring measures that may involve significant
charges to our earnings. In the past, overcapacity and cost
optimization have led us to close manufacturing facilities that
used more mature process technologies and, as a result, to incur
significant impairment and restructuring charges and related
closure costs. Furthermore, in the recent period, we have also
experienced an increasing demand in certain market segments and
product technologies, which has led to a shortage of capacity
and an increase in the lead times of our delivery to customers.
See Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Impairment, restructuring charges and
other related closure costs.
Competition
in the semiconductor industry is intense, and we may not be able
to compete successfully if our product design technologies,
process technologies and products do not meet market
requirements or if we are unable to obtain the necessary
IP.
We compete in different product lines to various degrees on the
following characteristics:
|
|
|
|
|
price;
|
|
|
|
technical performance;
|
|
|
|
product features;
|
|
|
|
product system compatibility;
|
|
|
|
product design and technology;
|
|
|
|
timely introduction of new products;
|
|
|
|
product availability;
|
|
|
|
process technology;
|
|
|
|
manufacturing yields; and
|
|
|
|
sales and technical support.
|
Given the intense competition in the semiconductor industry, if
our products are not selected based on any of the above factors,
our business, financial condition and results of operations will
be materially adversely affected.
We face significant competition in each of our product lines.
Similarly, many of our competitors also offer a large variety of
products. Some of our competitors may have greater financial
and/or more
focused research and development (R&D)
resources than we do. If these competitors substantially
increase the resources they devote to developing and marketing
products that compete with ours, we may not be able to compete
successfully. Any consolidation among our competitors could also
enhance their product offerings, manufacturing efficiency and
financial resources, further strengthening their competitive
position.
As we are a supplier of a broad range of products, we are
required to make significant investments in R&D across our
product portfolio in order to remain competitive. Many of the
resulting products that we market, in turn, have short life
cycles, with some being approximately one year. Economic
conditions may impair our ability to maintain our current level
of R&D investments and, therefore, we may need to become
more focused in our R&D investments across our broad range
of product lines. This could significantly impair our ability to
remain a viable competitor in the product areas where our
competitors R&D investments are higher than ours.
We regularly devote substantial resources to winning competitive
bid selection processes, known as product design
wins, to develop products for use in our customers
equipment and products. These selection processes can be lengthy
and can require us to incur significant design and development
expenditures, with no guarantee of winning or generating
revenue. Delays in developing new products with anticipated
technological advances or in commencing volume shipments of new
products as well as failure to win new design projects for
customers may
7
have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, there can
be no assurance that new products, if introduced, will gain
market acceptance or will not be adversely affected by new
technological changes or new product announcements from other
competitors that may have greater efficiency, focus or financial
resources. Because we typically focus on only a few customers in
a product area, the loss of a design win can sometimes result in
our failure to offer a generation of a product. This can result
in lost sales and could hurt our position in future competitive
selection processes because we may be perceived as not being a
technology or industry leader.
Even after obtaining a product design win from one of our
customers, we may still experience delays in generating revenue
from our products as a result of our customers or our
lengthy development and design cycle. In addition, a major
change, delay or cancellation of a customers plans could
significantly adversely affect our financial results, as we may
have incurred significant expense and generated no revenue at
the time of such change, delay or cancellation. Finally, if our
customers fail to successfully market and sell their own
products, it could materially adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations as the demand for
our products falls.
We also regularly incur costs to develop IP internally or
acquire it from third parties without any guarantee of realizing
the anticipated value of such expenditures if our competitors
develop technologies that are more accepted than ours, or if
market demand does not materialize as anticipated. In addition
to amortization expenses relating to purchased IP, the value of
these assets may be subject to impairment with associated
charges being made to our Consolidated Financial Statements. See
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects. There is no assurance that our IP purchases
will be successful and will not lead to impairments and
associated charges.
The
competitive environment of the semiconductor industry may lead
to erosion of our market share, impacting our capacity to
compete.
We are continuously considering various measures to improve our
competitive position and cost structure in the semiconductor
industry.
In the past, our sales have, at times, increased at a slower
pace than the semiconductor industry as a whole and our market
share has declined, even in relation to the markets we served.
There is no assurance that we will be able to maintain or grow
our market share if we are unable to accelerate product
innovation, identify new applications for our products, extend
our customer base, realize manufacturing improvements
and/or
otherwise control our costs. In addition, in recent years the
semiconductor industry has continued to increase manufacturing
capacity in Asia in order to access lower-cost production and to
benefit from higher overall efficiency, which has led to a more
competitive environment. We may also in the future, if market
conditions so require, consider additional measures to improve
our cost structure and competitiveness in the semiconductor
market, such as seeking more competitive sources of production,
discontinuing certain product families or performing additional
restructurings, which in turn may result in loss of revenues,
asset impairments
and/or
capital losses.
The
semiconductor industry may also be impacted by changes in the
political, social or economic environment, including as a result
of military conflict, social unrest and/or terrorist activities,
as well as natural events such as severe weather, health risks,
epidemics or earthquakes in the countries in which we, our key
customers and our suppliers, operate.
We may face greater risks due to the international nature of our
business, including in the countries where we, our customers or
our suppliers operate, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
negative economic developments in foreign economies and
instability of foreign governments, including the threat of war,
terrorist attacks or civil unrest;
|
|
|
|
epidemics such as disease outbreaks, pandemics and other health
related issues;
|
|
|
|
changes in laws and policies affecting trade and investment,
including through the imposition of new constraints on
investment and trade; and
|
|
|
|
varying practices of the regulatory, tax, judicial and
administrative bodies.
|
Risks
Related to Our Operations
Market
dynamics are driving us to a strategic repositioning, which has
led us to enter into significant joint ventures.
We have recently undertaken several new initiatives to
reposition our business, both through divestitures and new
investments. Our strategies to improve our results of operations
and financial condition may lead us to make
8
significant acquisitions of businesses that we believe to be
complementary to our own, or to divest ourselves of activities
that we believe do not serve our longer term business plans. In
addition, certain regulatory approvals for potential
acquisitions may require the divestiture of business activities.
Our potential acquisition strategies depend in part on our
ability to identify suitable acquisition targets, finance their
acquisition and obtain required regulatory and other approvals.
Our potential divestiture strategies depend in part on our
ability to define the activities in which we should no longer
engage, and then determine and execute appropriate methods to
divest of them.
In 2009, following the creation in August 2008 of ST-NXP
Wireless, a joint venture combining our wireless business with
that of NXP Semiconductor, we merged ST-NXP with Ericsson Mobile
Platforms (EMP), thereby forming ST-Ericsson. As a
result, the wireless activities of ST-Ericsson represent about
20% of our business. The integration process is long and
complex, compounded by a rapidly changing market moving from
chipsets to platforms, combining advanced solutions with both
hardware and software features, and has triggered a significant
amount of costs. See Note 8 to our Consolidated Financial
Statements. There is no assurance that we will be successful or
that the joint venture will produce the planned operational and
strategic benefits or that the new products developed by
ST-Ericsson will meet or satisfy customer demand.
We also may consider from time to time entering into joint
ventures whose businesses may not be specific to the
semiconductor industry. We established in Catania, Italy, a
joint venture named 3Sun with Enel Green Power
(Enel) and Sharp to manufacture photovoltaic panels,
which will be sold to Enel and Sharp.
We are constantly monitoring our product portfolio and cannot
exclude that additional steps in this repositioning process may
be required; further, we cannot assure that any strategic
repositioning of our business, including executed and possible
future acquisitions, dispositions or joint ventures, will be
successful and may not result in further impairment and
associated charges.
Acquisitions and divestitures involve a number of risks that
could adversely affect our operating results, including the risk
that we may be unable to successfully integrate businesses or
teams we acquire with our culture and strategies on a timely
basis or at all, and the risk that we may be required to record
charges related to the goodwill or other long-term assets
associated with the acquired businesses. Changes in our
expectations due to changes in market developments that we
cannot foresee have in the past resulted in our writing off
amounts associated with the goodwill of acquired companies, and
future changes may require similar further write-offs in future
periods. We cannot be certain that we will be able to achieve
the full scope of the benefits we expect from a particular
acquisition, divestiture or investment. Our business, financial
condition and results of operations may suffer if we fail to
coordinate our resources effectively to manage both our existing
businesses and any acquired businesses. In addition, the
financing of future acquisitions may negatively impact our
financial condition and could require us to need additional
funding from the capital markets.
Other risks associated with acquisitions and the activities of
our joint ventures include:
|
|
|
|
|
a substantial part of our business is run through a joint
venture whose management acts independently pursuant to joint
venture rule of governance;
|
|
|
|
our ability to plan and anticipate business and financial
results relies, for that portion of our business, on the Joint
Ventures management ability to plan and anticipate
business and financial results and their timely and accurate
reporting to us;
|
|
|
|
diversion of managements attention;
|
|
|
|
insufficient IP rights or potential inaccuracies in the
ownership of key IP;
|
|
|
|
assumption of potential liabilities, disclosed or undisclosed,
associated with the business acquired, which liabilities may
exceed the amount of indemnification available from the seller;
|
|
|
|
potential inaccuracies in the financials of the business
acquired;
|
|
|
|
that the businesses acquired will not maintain the quality of
products and services that we have historically provided;
|
|
|
|
whether we are able to attract and retain qualified management
for the acquired business;
|
|
|
|
whether we are able to retain customers of the acquired
entity; and
|
|
|
|
social issues or costs linked to restructuring plans.
|
Other risks associated with our divestiture activities include:
|
|
|
|
|
diversion of managements attention;
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
loss of activities and technologies that may have complemented
our remaining businesses or operations;
|
|
|
|
loss of important services provided by key employees that are
assigned to divested activities; and
|
|
|
|
social issues or restructuring costs linked to divestitures and
closures.
|
These and other factors may cause a materially adverse effect on
our results of operations and financial condition.
In
difficult market conditions, our high fixed costs adversely
impact our results.
In less favorable industry environments, we are driven to reduce
prices in response to competitive pressures and we are also
faced with a decline in the utilization rates of our
manufacturing facilities due to decreases in product demand.
Reduced average selling prices and demand for our products
adversely affect our results of operations. Since the
semiconductor industry is characterized by high fixed costs, we
are not always able to cut our total costs in line with revenue
declines. Furthermore, in periods of lower customer demand for
our products, our fabs do not operate at full capacity and the
costs associated with the excess capacity are charged directly
to cost of sales as unused capacity charges. Additionally, a
significant number of our manufacturing facilities are located
in France and Italy and their cost of operation have been
significantly affected by the rise over the last few years of
the Euro against the U.S. dollar, our reporting currency.
See Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects. While markets improved in 2010, the difficult
conditions experienced in 2008 and 2009 had a significant effect
on the capacity utilization and related manufacturing
efficiencies of our fabs and, consequently, our gross margins.
We cannot guarantee that such market conditions, and increased
competition in our core product markets, will not lead to
further price erosion, lower revenue growth rates and lower
margins.
The
competitive environment of the semiconductor industry has led to
industry consolidation and we may face even more intense
competition from newly merged competitors or we may seek to
acquire a competitor in order to improve our market
share.
The intensely competitive environment of the semiconductor
industry and the high costs associated with developing
marketable products and manufacturing technologies as well as
investing in production capabilities may lead to further
consolidation in the industry. Such consolidation can allow a
company to further benefit from economies of scale, provide
improved or more diverse product portfolios and increase the
size of its serviceable market. Some of our competitors are
trying to take advantage of such a consolidation process and may
have greater financial resources to do so.
Our
financial results can be adversely affected by fluctuations in
exchange rates, principally in the value of the U.S.
dollar.
A significant variation of the value of the U.S. dollar
against the principal currencies that have a material impact on
us (primarily the Euro, but also certain other currencies of
countries where we have operations) could result in a favorable
impact on our net income in the case of an appreciation of the
U.S. dollar, or a negative impact on our net income if the
U.S. dollar depreciates relative to these currencies.
Currency exchange rate fluctuations affect our results of
operations because our reporting currency is the
U.S. dollar, in which we receive the major part of our
revenues, while, more importantly, we incur a significant
portion of our costs in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar. Certain significant costs incurred by us, such
as manufacturing labor costs, selling, general and
administrative expenses, and R&D expenses, and
in certain jurisdictions depreciation charges are
incurred in the currencies of the jurisdictions in which our
operations are located, which mainly includes the Euro zone. Our
effective average exchange rate, which reflects actual exchange
rate levels combined with the impact of cash flow hedging
programs, was $1.36 to 1.00 in 2010, compared to $1.37 to
1.00 in 2009.
A decline of the U.S. dollar compared to the other major
currencies that affect our operations, negatively impacts our
expenses, margins and profitability.
In order to reduce the exposure of our financial results to the
fluctuations in exchange rates, our principal strategy has been
to balance as much as possible the proportion of sales to our
customers denominated in U.S. dollars with the amount of
purchases from our suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars
and to reduce the weight of the other costs, including labor
costs and depreciation, denominated in Euros and in other
currencies. In order to further reduce our exposure to
U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations, we have hedged
certain line items on our consolidated statements of income, in
particular with respect to a portion of the cost of goods sold,
most of the R&D expenses and certain selling, general and
administrative expenses located in the Euro zone and in Sweden.
No assurance can be given that our hedging transactions will
prevent us from incurring higher Euro-denominated manufacturing
costs when translated into our U.S. dollar-based accounts
in the event of a weakening of the
10
U.S. dollar. See Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects Impact of Changes in Exchange
Rates and Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures About Market Risk.
Because
we have our own manufacturing facilities, our capital needs are
high compared to those competitors who do not produce their own
products.
As a result of our choice to maintain control of a certain
portion of our advanced and proprietary manufacturing
technologies to better serve our customer base and to develop
our strategic alliances, significant amounts of capital to
maintain or upgrade our facilities could be required in the
future. We monitor our capital expenditures taking into
consideration factors such as trends in the semiconductor market
and capacity utilization. While in the last three years our
aggregate capital expenditures decreased, as expressed in terms
of percentage to sales, we are planning in 2011 capital
expenditures of approximately $1.1 billion to
$1.5 billion to upgrade and expand the capacity of our
manufacturing facilities, in order to respond to the increasing
demand from customers and new products in certain segments,
particularly for micro-electro-mechanical systems
(MEMS), Automotive and Smartphone and Tablet
platforms. There is no assurance that future market demand and
products required by our customers will meet our expectations.
Failure to invest appropriately or in a timely manner could have
a material adverse effect on our business, and results of
operations. See Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects Liquidity and Capital
Resources.
We may
also need additional funding in the coming years to finance our
investments, to pursue other business combinations or to
purchase other companies or technologies developed by third
parties or to refinance our maturing indebtedness.
In an increasingly complex and competitive environment, we may
need to invest in other companies
and/or in
technology developed either by us or by third parties to
maintain or improve our position in the market. We may also
consider acquisitions to complement or expand our existing
business. In addition, a portion of the outstanding cash is
devoted to redeem maturing indebtedness. Although there are no
current plans to issue new debt or equity, the foregoing may
also require us to issue additional debt, equity, or both; the
timing and the size of any new share or bond offering would
depend upon market conditions as well as a variety of factors,
and any such transaction or any announcement concerning such a
transaction could materially impact the market price of our
common shares. If we are unable to access such capital on
acceptable terms, this may adversely affect our business and
results of operations.
Our
R&D efforts are increasingly expensive and dependent on
alliances, and our business, results of operations and prospects
could be materially adversely affected by the failure or
termination of such alliances, or failure to find new partners
and/or to develop new process technologies and
products.
We are dependent on alliances to develop or access new
technologies, particularly in light of the increasing levels of
investment required for R&D activities, and there can be no
assurance that these alliances will be successful. We are a
member of the International Semiconductor Development Alliance
(ISDA), a technology alliance led by IBM with
GlobalFoundries, Freescale, Infineon, Renesas, Samsung and
Toshiba to develop complementary metal-on silicon oxide
semiconductor (CMOS) process technology used in
semiconductor development and manufacturing for 32/28-nm and
22/20-nm nodes. This alliance also includes collaboration on IP
development and platforms to speed the design of
System-on-Chip
(SoC) devices in CMOS process technologies. In 2009,
we also entered into an agreement with IBM to develop
value-added derivative SoC technologies in Crolles, France.
We continue to believe that we can maintain proprietary R&D
for derivative technology investments and share R&D
business models, which are based on cooperation and alliances,
for core R&D process technology if we receive adequate
support from state funding, as in the case of the Crolles Nano
2012 frame agreement signed by us with the French government in
2009, which includes certain conditions of employment and
manufacturing capacity to be met by 2012. This, coupled with
manufacturing and foundry partnerships, provides us with a
number of important benefits, including the sharing of risks and
costs, reductions in our own capital requirements, acquisitions
of technical know-how and access to additional production
capacities. In addition, it contributes to the fast acceleration
of semiconductor process technology development while allowing
us to lower our development and manufacturing costs. However,
there can be no assurance that alliances will be successful and
allow us to develop and access new technologies in due time, in
a cost-effective manner
and/or to
meet customer demands. Certain companies develop their own
process technologies, which may be more advanced than the
technologies we develop through our cooperative alliances.
Furthermore, if these alliances terminate before our intended
goals are accomplished we may lose our investment, or incur
additional unforeseen costs, and our business, results of
operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.
In addition, if we are unable to develop or
11
otherwise access new technologies independently, we may fail to
keep pace with the rapid technology advances in the
semiconductor industry, our participation in the overall
semiconductor industry may decrease and we may also lose market
share in the market addressed by our products.
In particular, the Nano 2012 agreement will terminate in 2012
and there can be no assurance that a continuation of the program
will be funded by the French administration or that a new
program will be signed and at which terms it will be granted.
Following its creation in 2009, ST-Ericsson has also chosen to
invest significantly in the development of new advanced
technology platforms to address the rapidly evolving needs of
hardware and software solutions for current and future
generations of wireless products. The development of new
products is highly complex and we have in the past, and may in
the future, experience delays in the development, production and
introduction of our new products, which may in turn lead to the
discontinuation of an existing or planned product. As a result,
our relationship with our customers could be impaired which
could trigger additional restructuring plans.
Our
operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter
and annually and may differ significantly from our expectations
or guidance.
Our operating results are affected by a wide variety of factors
that could materially and adversely affect revenues and
profitability or lead to significant variability of operating
results. These factors include, among others, the cyclicality of
the semiconductor and electronic systems industries, capital
requirements, inventory management, availability of funding,
competition, new product developments, technological changes and
manufacturing problems. For example, if anticipated sales or
shipments do not occur when expected, expenses and inventory
levels in a given quarter can be disproportionately high, and
our results of operations for that quarter, and potentially for
future quarters, may be adversely affected. In addition, our
effective tax rate currently takes into consideration certain
favorable tax rates and incentives, which, in the future, may
not be available to us. See Note 23 to our Consolidated
Financial Statements.
A number of other factors could lead to fluctuations in
quarterly and annual operating results, including:
|
|
|
|
|
performance of our key customers in the markets they serve;
|
|
|
|
order cancellations or reschedulings by customers;
|
|
|
|
excess inventory held by customers leading to reduced bookings
or product returns by key customers;
|
|
|
|
manufacturing capacity and utilization rates;
|
|
|
|
restructuring and impairment charges;
|
|
|
|
losses on equity investments;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates, particularly between
the U.S. dollar and other currencies in jurisdictions where
we have activities;
|
|
|
|
IP developments;
|
|
|
|
receipt of governmental funding;
|
|
|
|
changes in distribution and sales arrangements;
|
|
|
|
failure to win new design projects;
|
|
|
|
manufacturing performance and yields;
|
|
|
|
product liability or warranty claims;
|
|
|
|
litigation;
|
|
|
|
acquisitions or divestitures;
|
|
|
|
problems in obtaining adequate raw materials or production
equipment on a timely basis;
|
|
|
|
property loss or damage or interruptions to our business,
including as a result of fire, natural disasters or other
disturbances at our facilities or those of our customers and
suppliers that may exceed the amounts recoverable under our
insurance policies;
|
|
|
|
changes in the market value or yield of the financial
instruments in which we invest our liquidity; and
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
a substantial part of our business is run through joint ventures
whose management acts independently pursuant to the joint
ventures rule of governance.
|
Unfavorable changes in any of the above factors have in the past
and may in the future adversely affect our operating results.
Furthermore, in periods of industry overcapacity or when our key
customers encounter difficulties in their end markets, orders
are more exposed to cancellations, reductions, price
renegotiation or postponements, which in turn reduce our
managements ability to forecast the next quarter or full
year production levels, revenues and margins. For these reasons
and others that we may not yet have identified, our revenues and
operating results may differ materially from our expectations or
guidance as visibility is reduced. See Item 4.
Information on the Company Backlog.
Our
business is dependent in large part on continued growth in the
industries and segments into which our products are sold and on
our ability to attract and retain new customers. A market
decline in any of these industries or our inability to attract
new customers could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations.
We derive and expect to continue to derive significant sales
from the telecommunications, consumer, computer and
communication infrastructure, automotive and industrial markets.
Growth of demand in these market segments have fluctuated
significantly in the past, and may in the future, based on
numerous factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
spending levels of the market segment participants;
|
|
|
|
reduced demand resulting from a drop in consumer confidence
and/or a
deterioration of general economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
development of new consumer products or applications requiring
high semiconductor content;
|
|
|
|
evolving industry standards; and
|
|
|
|
the rate of adoption of new or alternative technologies.
|
We cannot predict the rate, or the extent to which, the
telecommunications, consumer, computer and communication
infrastructure, automotive and industrial markets will grow. In
2009, the decline in these markets resulted in slower growth and
a decline in demand for our products, which had a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations.
In addition, spending on process and product development well
ahead of market acceptance could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations
if projected industry growth rates do not materialize as
forecasted.
Our business is dependent upon our ability to attract and retain
new customers. The competition for such new customers is
intense. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in
attracting and retaining new customers. Our failure to do so
could materially adversely affect our business, financial
position and results of operations.
Our business is also dependent upon continuing to supply
existing large customers, their business success and the fit of
our product offering with their products road-map. Our
customers products strategy may change from time to time
and we have no certainty that our business, financial position
and results of operations will not be affected.
Disruptions
in our relationships with any one of our key customers, and/or
material changes in their strategy or financial condition, could
adversely affect our results of operations.
A substantial portion of our sales is derived from several large
customers, some of whom have entered into strategic alliances
with us. As of December 31, 2010, our largest customer, the
Nokia group of companies, accounted for 13.9% of our
2010 net revenues, compared to 16.1% in 2009 and 17.5% in
2008. We cannot guarantee that our largest customers will
continue to book the same level of sales with us and our joint
ventures that they have in the past, or will not solicit
alternative suppliers or will continue to succeed in the markets
they serve. Many of our key customers operate in cyclical
businesses that are also highly competitive, and their own
demands and market positions may vary considerably. In recent
years, certain customers of the semiconductor industry have
experienced consolidation. Such consolidations may impact our
business in the sense that our relationships with the new
entities could be either reinforced or jeopardized pursuant
thereto. Our customers have in the past, and may in the future,
vary order levels significantly from period to period, request
postponements to scheduled delivery dates or modify their
bookings. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to maintain
or enhance our market share with our key customers or
distributors. If we were to lose important design wins for our
products with our key customers, or if any key customer or
distributor were to reduce or change its bookings, seek
alternate suppliers, increase its product
13
returns or become unable or fail to meet its payment
obligations, our business financial condition and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected. If customers
do not purchase products made specifically for them, we may not
be able to resell such products to other customers or require
the customers who have ordered these products to pay a
cancellation fee. Furthermore, developing industry trends,
including customers use of outsourcing and new and revised
supply chain models, may reduce our ability to forecast the
purchase date for our products and evolving customer demand,
thereby affecting our revenues and working capital requirements.
For example, pursuant to industry developments, some of our
products are required to be delivered on consignment to customer
sites with recognition of revenue delayed until such moment,
which must occur within a defined period of time, when the
customer chooses to take delivery of our products from our
consignment stock.
Our
operating results can also vary significantly due to impairment
of goodwill and other intangible assets incurred in the course
of acquisitions, as well as to impairment of tangible assets due
to changes in the business environment.
Our operating results can also vary significantly due to
impairment of goodwill booked pursuant to acquisitions and to
the purchase of technologies and licenses from third parties,
which has increased significantly since 2008 due to M&A
transactions. Because the market for our products is
characterized by rapidly changing technologies, and because of
significant changes in the semiconductor industry, our future
cash flows may not support the value of goodwill and other
intangibles registered in our consolidated balance sheet. We are
required to perform an impairment test of our goodwill on an
annual basis. In addition, we are also required to assess the
carrying values of intangible and tangible assets when
impairment indicators exist. As a result of such tests, we could
be required to book an impairment charge in our statement of
income if the carrying value in our consolidated balance sheet
is in excess of the fair value. The amount of any potential
impairment is not predictable as it depends on our estimates of
projected market trends, results of operations and cash flows.
Any potential impairment, if required, could have a material
adverse impact on our results of operations.
We performed our annual impairment test in the third quarter of
2010 and incurred no charge as the value generated by all of our
product segments exceeded the carrying value of their assets. In
addition, we performed an impairment test of our Wireless assets
on a quarterly basis, as a result of the ongoing losses suffered
in that segment and concluded that no charges are required based
on the current plan of our joint-venture ST-Ericsson. However,
many of the factors used in assessing fair values for such
assets are outside of our control and the estimates used in such
analyses are subject to change. Due to the ongoing uncertainty
of the current market conditions, which may continue to
negatively impact our market value, we will continue to monitor
the carrying value of our assets. If market and economic
conditions further deteriorate, this could result in future
non-cash impairment charges against income. Further impairment
charges could also result from new valuations triggered by
changes in our product portfolio or strategic transactions, such
as ST-Ericsson, especially if ST-Ericsson, is unable to
successfully compete.
Because
we depend on a limited number of suppliers for raw materials and
certain equipment, we may experience supply disruptions if
suppliers interrupt supply, increase prices or experience
material adverse changes in their financial
condition.
Our ability to meet our customers demand to manufacture
our products depends upon obtaining adequate supplies of quality
raw materials on a timely basis. A number of materials are
available only from a limited number of suppliers, or only from
a limited number of suppliers in a particular region. In
addition, we purchase raw materials such as silicon wafers, lead
frames, mold compounds, ceramic packages and chemicals and gases
from a number of suppliers on a
just-in-time
basis, as well as other materials such as copper and gold whose
prices on the world markets have fluctuated significantly during
recent periods. Although supplies for the raw materials we
currently use are adequate, shortages could occur in various
essential materials due to interruption of supply or increased
demand in the industry. In addition, the costs of certain
materials, such as copper and gold, have increased due to market
pressures and we may not be able to pass on such cost increases
to the prices we charge to our customers. We also purchase
semiconductor manufacturing equipment from a limited number of
suppliers and because such equipment is complex it is difficult
to replace one supplier with another or to substitute one piece
of equipment for another. In addition, suppliers may extend lead
times, limit our supply or increase prices due to capacity
constraints or other factors. Furthermore, suppliers tend to
focus their investments on providing the most technologically
advanced equipment and materials and may not be in a position to
address our requirements for equipment or materials of older
generations. Shortages of supplies have in the past impacted and
may in the future impact the semiconductor industry, in
particular with respect to silicon wafers due to increased
demand and decreased production. Although we work closely with
our suppliers to avoid these types of shortages, there can be no
assurances that we will not encounter these problems in the
future. Our quarterly or annual results of operations would be
adversely affected if we were unable to obtain adequate supplies
of raw materials or equipment in a timely
14
manner or if there were significant increases in the costs of
raw materials or problems with the quality of these raw
materials.
If our
outside contractors fail to perform, this could adversely affect
our ability to exploit growth opportunities.
We currently use outside contractors, both for front and
back-end activities, and it is likely that we will increasingly
rely on foundries for a growing portion of our needs. The
foundries we contract with are primarily manufacturers of
high-speed complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor
(HCMOS) wafers and nonvolatile memory technology,
while our back-end subcontractors engage in the assembly and
testing of a wide variety of packaged devices. If our outside
suppliers are unable to satisfy our demand, or experience
manufacturing difficulties, delays or reduced yields, our
results of operations and ability to satisfy customer demand
could suffer. Our internal manufacturing costs include
depreciation and other fixed costs, while costs for products
outsourced are based on market conditions. Prices for these
services also vary depending on capacity utilization rates at
our suppliers, quantities demanded, product technology and
geometry. Furthermore, these outsourcing costs can vary
materially from quarter to quarter and, in cases of industry
shortages, they can increase significantly further, negatively
impacting our gross margin.
Our
manufacturing processes are highly complex, costly and
potentially vulnerable to impurities, disruptions or inefficient
implementation of production changes that can significantly
increase our costs and delay product shipments to our
customers.
Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, require advanced
and increasingly costly equipment and are continuously being
modified or maintained in an effort to improve yields and
product performance. Impurities or other difficulties in the
manufacturing process can lower yields, interrupt production or
result in losses of products in process. As system complexity
and production changes have increased and
sub-micron
technology has become more advanced using ever finer geometries,
manufacturing tolerances have been reduced and requirements for
precision have become even more demanding. Although in the past
few years we have significantly enhanced our manufacturing
capability in terms of efficiency, precision and capacity, we
have from time to time experienced bottlenecks and production
difficulties that have caused delivery delays and quality
control problems, as is common in the semiconductor industry. We
cannot guarantee that we will not experience bottlenecks,
production or transition difficulties in the future. In
addition, during past periods of high demand for our products,
our manufacturing facilities have operated at high capacity,
which has led to production constraints. Furthermore, if
production at a manufacturing facility is interrupted, we may
not be able to shift production to other facilities on a timely
basis, or customers may purchase products from other suppliers.
In either case, the loss of revenue and damage to the
relationship with our customer could be significant.
Furthermore, we periodically transfer production equipment
between production facilities and must ramp up and test such
equipment once installed in the new facility before it can reach
its optimal production level.
We
depend on patents to protect our rights to our technology and
may face claims of infringing the IP rights of
others.
We depend on our ability to obtain patents and other IP rights
covering our products and their design and manufacturing
processes. We intend to continue to seek patents on our
inventions relating to product designs and manufacturing
processes. However, the process of seeking patent protection can
be long and expensive, and we cannot guarantee that we will
receive patents from currently pending or future applications.
Even if patents are issued, they may not be of sufficient scope
or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial
advantage. In addition, effective patent, copyright and trade
secret protection may be unavailable or limited in some
countries. Competitors may also develop technologies that are
protected by patents and other IP and therefore either be
unavailable to us or be made available to us subject to adverse
terms and conditions. We have in the past used our patent
portfolio to negotiate broad patent cross-licenses with many of
our competitors enabling us to design, manufacture and sell
semiconductor products, without fear of infringing patents held
by such competitors. We may not, however, in the future be able
to obtain such licenses or other rights to protect necessary IP
on favorable terms for the conduct of our business, and such
failure may adversely impact our results of operations.
We have from time to time received, and may in the future
receive, communications alleging possible infringement of
patents and other IP rights. Some of those claims are made by so
called non practicing entities against which we are unable to
assert our own broad patent portfolio to lever licensing terms
and conditions. Competitors with whom we do not have patent
cross license agreements may also develop technologies that are
protected by patents and other IP rights and which may be
unavailable to us or only made available on unfavorable terms
and conditions. We may therefore become involved in costly
litigation brought against us regarding patents, mask works,
copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets. We are currently
involved in several lawsuits, including
15
litigation before the U.S. International Trade Commission
(ITC). See Item 8. Financial
Information Legal Proceedings. IP litigation
and specifically litigation in the ITC may also involve our
customers who in turn may seek indemnification from us should we
not prevail. Such lawsuits may therefore have a material adverse
effect on our business. We may be forced to stop producing
substantially all or some of our products or to license the
underlying technology upon economically unfavorable terms and
conditions or we may be required to pay damages for the prior
use of third party IP
and/or face
an injunction.
The outcome of IP litigation, given the complex technical issues
it involves, is inherently uncertain and may divert the efforts
and attention of our management and other specialized technical
personnel. Furthermore, litigation can result in significant
costs and, if not resolved in our favor, could materially and
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results
of operation.
We may
be faced with product liability or warranty
claims.
Despite our corporate quality programs and commitment, our
products may not in each case comply with specifications or
customer requirements. Although our general practice, in line
with industry standards, is to contractually limit our liability
to the repair, replacement or refund of defective products,
warranty or product liability claims could result in significant
expenses relating to compensation payments or other
indemnification to maintain good customer relationships if a
customer threatens to terminate or suspend our relationship
pursuant to a defective product supplied by us. No assurance can
be made that we will be successful in maintaining our
relationships with customers with whom we incur quality
problems, which could have a material adverse affect on our
business. Furthermore, we could incur significant costs and
liabilities if litigation occurs, to defend against such claims
and if damages are awarded against us. In addition, it is
possible for one of our customers to recall a product containing
one of our parts. Costs or payments we may make in connection
with warranty claims or product recalls may adversely affect our
results of operations. There is no guarantee that our insurance
policies will be available or adequate to protect us against
such claims.
Some
of our production processes and materials are environmentally
sensitive, which could expose us to liability and increase our
costs due to environmental regulations and laws or because of
damage to the environment.
We are subject to many environmental laws and regulations
wherever we operate that govern, among other things, the use,
storage, discharge and disposal of chemicals, gases and other
hazardous substances used in our manufacturing processes, air
emissions, waste water discharges, waste disposal, as well as
the investigation and remediation of soil and ground water
contamination.
A number of environmental requirements in the European Union,
including some that have only recently come into force, affect
our business. See Item 4. Information on the
Company Environmental Matters. These
requirements are partly under revision by the European Union and
their potential impacts cannot currently be determined in
detail. Such regulations, however, could adversely affect our
manufacturing costs or product sales by requiring us to acquire
costly equipment, materials or greenhouse gas allowances, or to
incur other significant expenses in adapting our manufacturing
processes or waste and emission disposal processes. We are not
in a position to quantify specific costs, in part because these
costs are part of our business process. Furthermore,
environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or
future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or
imposition of fines against us, suspension of production or a
cessation of operations. As with other companies engaged in
similar activities, any failure by us to control the use of, or
adequately restrict the discharge of, chemicals or hazardous
substances could subject us to future liabilities. Any specific
liabilities we identify as probable would be reflected in our
consolidated balance sheet. To date, we have not identified any
such specific liabilities and have therefore not booked reserves
for any specific environmental risks.
Loss
of key employees could hurt our competitive
position.
As is common in the semiconductor industry, success depends to a
significant extent upon our key senior executives and R&D,
engineering, marketing, sales, manufacturing, support and other
personnel. Our success also depends upon our ability to continue
to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. The
competition for such employees is intense, and the loss of the
services of any of these key personnel without adequate
replacement or the inability to attract new qualified personnel
could have a material adverse effect on us.
16
We
operate in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied tax
regimes. Changes in tax rules or the outcome of tax assessments
and audits could cause a material adverse effect on our
results.
We operate in many jurisdictions with highly complex and varied
tax regimes. Changes in tax rules or the outcome of tax
assessments and audits could have a material adverse effect on
our results in any particular quarter. Our tax rate is variable
and depends on changes in the level of operating profits within
various local jurisdictions and on changes in the applicable
taxation rates of these jurisdictions, as well as changes in
estimated tax provisions due to new events. We currently receive
certain tax benefits in some countries, and these benefits may
not be available in the future due to changes in the local
jurisdictions. As a result, our effective tax rate could
increase in the coming years.
In line with our strategic repositioning of our product
portfolio, the acquisition or divestiture of businesses in
different jurisdictions could materially affect our effective
tax rate in future periods.
We evaluate our deferred tax asset position and the need for a
valuation allowance on a regular basis. This assessment requires
the exercise of judgment on the part of our management with
respect to, among other things, benefits that could be realized
from available tax strategies and future taxable income, as well
as other positive and negative factors. The ultimate realization
of deferred tax assets is dependent upon, among other things,
our ability to generate future taxable income that is sufficient
to utilize loss carry-forwards or tax credits before their
expiration. The recorded amount of total deferred tax assets
could be reduced, resulting in a decrease in our total assets
and, consequently, in our shareholders equity, if our
estimates of projected future taxable income and benefits from
available tax strategies are reduced as a result of a change in
managements assessment or due to other factors, or if
changes in current tax regulations are enacted that impose
restrictions on the timing or extent of our ability to utilize
tax loss and credit carry-forwards in the future. A change in
the estimated amounts and the character of the future result may
require additional valuation allowances, resulting in a negative
impact on our income statement.
We are subject to the possibility of loss contingencies arising
out of tax claims, assessment of uncertain tax positions and
provisions for specifically identified income tax exposures.
There are currently tax audits ongoing in certain of our
jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that we will be
successful in resolving potential tax claims that arose or can
arise from these audits. We have booked provisions on the basis
of the best current understanding; however, we could be required
to book additional provisions in future periods for amounts that
cannot be assessed at this stage. Our failure to do so
and/or the
need to increase our provisions for such claims could have a
material adverse effect on our financial position.
We are
required to prepare financial statements under IFRS in addition
to Consolidated Financial Statements under U.S. GAAP, and such
dual reporting may impair the clarity of our financial
reporting.
We use U.S. GAAP as our primary set of reporting standards.
Applying U.S. GAAP in our financial reporting is designed
to ensure the comparability of our results to those of our
competitors, as well as the continuity of our reporting, thereby
providing our investors with a clear understanding of our
financial performance. As we are incorporated in the Netherlands
and our shares are listed on Euronext Paris and on the Borsa
Italiana, we are subject to EU regulations requiring us to also
report our results of operations and financial statements using
IFRS.
As a result of the obligation to report our financial statements
under IFRS, we prepare our results of operations using both
U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which are currently not consistent.
Such dual reporting can materially increase the complexity of
our investor communications. Our financial condition and results
of operations reported in accordance with IFRS will differ from
our financial condition and results of operations reported in
accordance with U.S. GAAP, which could give rise to
confusion in the marketplace. We are continuing to consider
whether to shift our primary accounting standards to IFRS at
some point in the future.
If our
internal control over financial reporting fails to meet the
requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, it
may have a materially adverse effect on our stock
price.
The SEC, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, adopted rules that require us to include a
management report assessing the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting in our annual report on
Form 20-F.
In addition, we must also include an attestation by our
independent registered public accounting firm regarding the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
We have successfully completed our Section 404 assessment
and received the auditors attestation as of
December 31, 2010. However, in the future, if we fail to
complete a favorable assessment from our management or to obtain
an unqualified auditors attestation, we may be
subject to regulatory sanctions or may suffer a loss of investor
confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which
could lead to an adverse effect on our stock price.
17
The
lack of public funding available to us, changes in existing
public funding programs or demands for repayment may increase
our costs and impact our results of operations.
Like many other manufacturers operating in Europe, we benefit
from governmental funding for R&D expenses and
industrialization costs (which include some of the costs
incurred to bring prototype products to the production stage),
as well as from incentive programs for the economic development
of underdeveloped regions. Public funding may also be
characterized by grants
and/or
low-interest financing for capital investment
and/or tax
credit investments. We have entered into public funding
agreements in France and Italy, which set forth the parameters
for state support to us under selected programs. These funding
agreements require compliance with EU regulations and approval
by EU authorities. We have also entered into the Crolles Nano
2012 funding program. See Item 4. Information on the
Company Public Funding.
Furthermore, we receive a material amount of R&D tax
credits in France, which is directly linked to the amount spent
for our R&D activities. In 2010, we booked
$146 million, which reflected amounts relating to yearly
activities.
We rely on receiving funds on a timely basis pursuant to the
terms of the funding agreements. However, the funding of
programs in France and Italy is subject to the annual
appropriation of available resources and compatibility with the
fiscal provisions of their annual budgets, which we do not
control, as well as to our continuing compliance with all
eligibility requirements. If we are unable to receive
anticipated funding on a timely basis, or if existing
government-funded programs were curtailed or discontinued, or if
we were unable to fulfill our eligibility requirements, this
could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating
results and financial condition. There is no assurance that any
alternative funding would be available, or that, if available,
it could be provided in sufficient amounts or on similar terms.
The application for and implementation of such grants often
involves compliance with extensive regulatory requirements
including, in the case of subsidies to be granted within the EU,
notification to the European Commission by the member state
making the contemplated grant prior to disbursement and receipt
of required EU approval. In addition, compliance with
project-related ceilings on aggregate subsidies defined under EU
law often involves highly complex economic evaluations.
Furthermore, public funding arrangements are generally subject
to annual and
project-by-project
reviews and approvals. If we fail to meet applicable formal or
other requirements, we may not be able to receive the relevant
subsidies, which could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations. If we do not receive anticipated funding,
this may lead us to curtail or discontinue existing projects,
which may lead to further impairments. In addition, if we do not
complete projects for which public funding has been approved, or
meet certain objectives set forth in funding programs such as in
the case of the Crolles Nano 2012 frame agreement signed by us
with the French government in 2009, which includes certain
conditions of employment and manufacturing capacity to be met by
2012, we may be required to repay any advances received for
completed milestones, which may lead to a material adverse
effect on our results of operations.
The
interests of our controlling shareholders, which are in turn
controlled respectively by the French and Italian governments,
may conflict with investors interests.
We have been informed that as of December 31, 2010,
STMicroelectronics Holding II B.V. (ST Holding
II), a wholly-owned subsidiary of STMicroelectronics
Holding N.V. (ST Holding), owned
250,704,754 shares, or approximately 27.5%, of our issued
common shares. ST Holding is therefore effectively in a position
to control actions that require shareholder approval, including
corporate actions, the election of our Supervisory Board and our
Managing Board and the issuance of new shares or other
securities.
We have also been informed that the shareholders agreement
among ST Holdings shareholders (the STH
Shareholders Agreement), to which we are not a
party, governs relations between our current indirect
shareholders Areva Group (Areva), Commissariat
à lEnergie Atomique et aux Energies Alternatives
(CEA) and the Italian Ministero
dellEconomia e delle Finanze (the Ministry of
the Economy and Finance), which is in the process of
signing a deed of adherence to the STH Shareholders
Agreement. Each of these shareholders is ultimately controlled
by the French or Italian government. See Item 7.
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Major Shareholders. The STH Shareholders Agreement
includes provisions requiring the unanimous approval by
shareholders of ST Holding before ST Holding can make any
decision with respect to certain actions to be taken by us.
Furthermore, as permitted by our Articles of Association, the
Supervisory Board has specified selected actions by the Managing
Board that require the approval of the Supervisory Board. See
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party
Transactions Major Shareholders. These
requirements for the prior approval of various actions to be
taken by us and our subsidiaries may give rise to a conflict of
interest between our interests and investors interests, on
the one hand, and the interests of the individual shareholders
approving such actions, on the other, and may affect the ability
of our Managing Board to respond as may be necessary in the
rapidly changing environment
18
of the semiconductor industry. Our ability to issue new shares
or other securities may be limited by the existing
shareholders desire to maintain their proportionate
shareholding at a certain minimum level and our ability to buy
back shares may be limited by our existing shareholders due to a
Dutch law that may require shareholders that own 30% or more of
our voting rights to launch a tender offer for our outstanding
shares. Dutch law, however, requires members of our Supervisory
Board to act independently in supervising our management and to
comply with applicable corporate governance standards.
Our
shareholder structure and our preference shares may deter a
change of control.
We have an option agreement (the Option Agreement)
with an independent foundation, Stichting Continuiteit ST (the
Stichting), whereby we could issue a maximum of
540,000,000 preference shares in the event of actions considered
hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board, such as a
creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common
shares, which are unsupported by our Managing Board and
Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting
determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company,
our shareholders and our other stakeholders. See
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party
Transactions Major Shareholders
Shareholders Agreements Preference
Shares.
No preference shares have been issued to date. The effect of the
issuance of preference shares pursuant to the Option Agreement
may be to deter potential acquirers from effecting an
unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of control or
otherwise taking actions considered hostile by our Managing
Board and Supervisory Board. In addition, our shareholders have
authorized us to issue additional capital within the limits of
our authorized share capital, subject to the requirements of our
Articles of Association, without the need to seek a specific
shareholder resolution for each capital increase. See
Item 10. Additional Information
Memorandum and Articles of Association Share
Capital Issuance of Shares, Preemptive Preference
Shares and Capital Reduction (Articles 4 and 5).
Our
direct or indirect shareholders may sell our existing common
shares or issue financial instruments exchangeable into our
common shares at any time. In addition, substantial sales by us
of new common shares or convertible bonds could cause our common
share price to drop significantly.
The STH Shareholders Agreement, to which we are not a
party, between respectively FT1CI, our French Shareholder
controlled by Areva and CEA, and the Ministry of the Economy and
Finance, our Italian shareholder, which is in the process of
signing a deed of adherence to the STH Shareholders
Agreement, permits our respective French and Italian indirect
shareholders to cause ST Holding to dispose of its stake in us
at its sole discretion at any time from their current level, and
to reduce the current level of their respective indirect
interests in our common shares. The details of the STH
Shareholders Agreement, as reported by ST Holding II, are
further explained in Item 7. Major Shareholders and
Related Party Transactions Major Shareholders.
Disposals of our shares by the parties to the STH
Shareholders Agreement can be made by way of the issuance
of financial instruments exchangeable for our shares, equity
swaps, structured finance transactions or sales of our shares.
An announcement with respect to one or more of such dispositions
could be made at any time without our advance knowledge.
Further sales of our common shares or issue of bonds
exchangeable into our common shares or any announcements
concerning a potential sale by ST Holding, FT1CI, Areva, CEA or
the Ministry of the Economy and Finance, could materially impact
the market price of our common shares. The timing and size of
any future share or exchangeable bond offering by ST Holding,
FT1CI, Areva, CEA or the Ministry of the Economy and Finance
would depend upon market conditions as well as a variety of
factors.
Because
we are subject to the corporate law of the Netherlands, U.S.
investors might have more difficulty protecting their interests
in a court of law or otherwise than if we were a U.S.
company.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of
Association and by the laws governing corporations incorporated
in the Netherlands. The corporate affairs of each of our
consolidated subsidiaries are governed by the Articles of
Association and by the laws governing such corporations in the
jurisdiction in which such consolidated subsidiary is
incorporated. The rights of the investors and the
responsibilities of members of our Supervisory Board and
Managing Board under Dutch law are not as clearly established as
under the rules of some U.S. jurisdictions. Therefore,
U.S. investors may have more difficulty in protecting their
interests in the face of actions by our management, members of
our Supervisory Board or our controlling shareholders than
U.S. investors would have if we were incorporated in the
United States.
Our executive offices and a substantial portion of our assets
are located outside the United States. In addition, ST
Holding II and most members of our Managing and Supervisory
Boards are residents of jurisdictions other than the United
States and Canada. As a result, it may be difficult or
impossible for shareholders to effect service within
19
the United States or Canada upon us, ST Holding II, or members
of our Managing or Supervisory Boards. It may also be difficult
or impossible for shareholders to enforce outside the United
States or Canada judgments obtained against such persons in
U.S. or Canadian courts, or to enforce in U.S. or
Canadian courts judgments obtained against such persons in
courts in jurisdictions outside the United States or Canada.
This could be true in any legal action, including actions
predicated upon the civil liability provisions of
U.S. securities laws. In addition, it may be difficult or
impossible for shareholders to enforce, in original actions
brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United
States, rights predicated upon U.S. securities laws.
We have been advised by Dutch counsel that the United States and
the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for
reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than
arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. As a
consequence, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered
by any federal or state court in the United States based on
civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the
federal securities laws of the United States, will not be
enforceable in the Netherlands. However, if the party in whose
favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a
competent court in the Netherlands, such party may submit to the
Netherlands court the final judgment that has been rendered in
the United States. If the Netherlands court finds that the
jurisdiction of the federal or state court in the United States
has been based on grounds that are internationally acceptable
and that proper legal procedures have been observed, the court
in the Netherlands would, under current practice, give binding
effect to the final judgment that has been rendered in the
United States unless such judgment contradicts the
Netherlands public policy.
Removal
of our common shares from the CAC 40 on Euronext, the FTSE MIB
on the Borsa Italiana or the PHLX Semiconductor Sector Index
(SOX) could cause the market price of our common
shares to drop significantly.
Our common shares have been included in the CAC 40 index on
Euronext since November 12, 1997; the FTSE MIB index (which
replaced the S&P/MIB on June 1, 2009), or Italian
Stock Exchange, since March 18, 2002; and the SOX since
June 23, 2003. However, our common shares could be removed
from the CAC 40, the FTSE MIB or the SOX at any time if, for a
sustained period of time, our market capitalization were to fall
below the required thresholds for the respective indices or our
shares were to trade below a certain price, or in the case of a
delisting of our shares from one or more of the stock exchanges
where we are currently listed or if we were to decide to pursue
a delisting on one of the three stock exchanges on which we
maintain a listing as part of the measures we may from time to
time consider to simplify our administrative and overhead
expenses. Certain investors will only invest funds in companies
that are included in one of these indexes. Any such removal or
the announcement thereof could cause the market price of our
common shares to drop significantly.
|
|
Item 4.
|
Information
on the Company
|
History
and Development of the Company
STMicroelectronics N.V. was formed and incorporated in 1987 and
resulted from the combination of the semiconductor business of
SGS Microelettronica (then owned by Società Finanziaria
Telefonica (S.T.E.T.), an Italian corporation) and the
non-military business of Thomson Semiconducteurs (then owned by
the former Thomson-CSF, now Thales, a French corporation). We
completed our initial public offering in December 1994 with
simultaneous listings on Euronext and the New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE). In 1998, we listed our shares on
the Borsa Italiana. Until 1998, we operated as SGS-Thomson
Microelectronics N.V. Our length of life is indefinite. We are
organized under the laws of the Netherlands. We have our
corporate legal seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and our head
offices at WTC Schiphol Airport, Schiphol Boulevard 265, 1118 BH
Schiphol Airport, the Netherlands. Our telephone number there is
+31-20-654-3210. Our headquarters and operational offices are
located at 39 Chemin du Champ des Filles, 1228 Plan-Les-Ouates,
Geneva, Switzerland. Our main telephone number there is
+41-22-929-2929. Our agent for service of process in the United
States related to our registration under the
U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is
Corporation Service Company (CSC), 80 State Street, Albany, New
York, 12207. Our operations are also conducted through our
various subsidiaries, which are organized and operated according
to the laws of their country of incorporation, and consolidated
by STMicroelectronics N.V.
Business
Overview
We are a global independent semiconductor company that designs,
develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of
semiconductor products used in a wide variety of microelectronic
applications, including automotive products, computer
peripherals, telecommunications systems, consumer products,
industrial automation and control systems. Our major customers
include Apple, Bosch, Cisco, Continental, Delta, Gemalto,
Hewlett-Packard,
20
LG Electronics, Motorola, Nokia, Pace, Panasonic, Philips,
Research in Motion, Samsung, Seagate, Sharp, Siemens, Sony
Ericsson and Western Digital. We also sell our products through
distributors and retailers, including Arrow Electronics, Avnet,
Tomen, Wintech and Yosun.
The semiconductor industry has historically been a cyclical one
and we have responded through emphasizing balance in our product
portfolio, in the applications we serve, and in the regional
markets we address.
We offer a broad and diversified product portfolio and develop
products for a wide range of market applications to reduce our
dependence on any single product, application or end market.
Within our diversified portfolio, we have focused on developing
products that leverage our technological strengths in creating
customized, system-level solutions with high-growth digital and
mixed-signal content. Our product families are comprised of
differentiated application-specific products (we define as being
our dedicated analog, mixed-signal and digital
application-specific standard products (ASICs) and
application-specific standard products (ASSP)
offerings and semi-custom devices) that are organized under our
Automotive, Consumer, Computer and Communication Infrastructure
(ACCI) and Wireless (Wireless) segments
and our Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS),
consisting mainly of power discrete devices, analog,
microcontrollers and MEMS.
Our products are manufactured and designed using a broad range
of manufacturing processes and proprietary design methods. We
use all of the prevalent function-oriented process technologies,
including CMOS, bipolar and nonvolatile memory technologies. In
addition, by combining basic processes, we have developed
advanced systems-oriented technologies that enable us to produce
differentiated and application-specific products, including
bipolar CMOS technologies (BiCMOS) for mixed-signal
applications, and diffused metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor
(DMOS) technology and bipolar, CMOS and DMOS
(BCD technologies) for intelligent power
applications, MEMS and embedded memory technologies. This broad
technology portfolio, a cornerstone of our strategy for many
years, enables us to meet the increasing demand for SoC and
System-in-Package
(SiP) solutions. Complementing this depth and
diversity of process and design technology is our broad IP
portfolio that we also use to enter into broad patent
cross-licensing agreements with other major semiconductor
companies.
Our principal investment and resource allocation decisions in
the semiconductor business area are for expenditures on
technology R&D as well as capital investments in front-end
and back-end manufacturing facilities, which are planned at the
corporate level; therefore, our product segments share common
R&D for process technology and manufacturing capacity for
most of their products.
For information on our segments and product lines, see
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects Results of Operations Segment
Information.
Results
of Operations
For our 2010 Results of Operations, see Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects Results
of Operations Segment Information.
Strategy
We aim to become the undisputed leader in multimedia
convergence, power and sensor applications, dedicating
significant resources to product innovation and increasingly
becoming a solution provider in order to drive higher value and
increase our market share in the markets we serve. As a
worldwide semiconductor leader, we are well positioned to
implement our strategy after having accomplished two major
strategic transformations, namely a refocus of our product
portfolio and our move towards being an asset lighter company.
In addition, our strategy to enhance market share by developing
innovative products and targeting new key customers is gaining
momentum. Our strong capital structure enables us to operate as
a long-term, viable supplier of semiconductor products and to
possibly participate as a consolidator into the industry
consolidation in high margin segments like advanced analog,
MEMS, microcontrollers and automotive.
The semiconductor industry, after having experienced a strong
recovery from the difficult market conditions of the second half
of 2008 and the whole of 2009 continues to undergo several
significant structural changes characterized by:
|
|
|
|
|
the changing long-term structural growth of the overall market
for semiconductor products, which has moved from double-digit
average growth rate to single-digit average growth rate over the
last several years;
|
|
|
|
the strong development of new emerging applications in areas
such as wireless communications, mobile Internet access and
smart consumer devices, home digital consumer as well as for
energy saving and healthcare & wellness;
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
the importance of the Asia Pacific region, particularly China,
Taiwan and other emerging countries, which represent the fastest
growing regional markets;
|
|
|
|
the importance of convergence between wireless, consumer and
computer applications, which drives customer demand to seek new
system-level, turnkey solutions from semiconductor suppliers;
|
|
|
|
the evolution of the customer base from original equipment
manufacturers (OEM) to a mix of OEM, electronic
manufacturing service providers (EMS) and original
design manufacturers (ODM);
|
|
|
|
the expansion of available manufacturing capacity through
third-party providers;
|
|
|
|
the evolution of advanced process development R&D
partnerships; and
|
|
|
|
the recent consolidation process, which may lead to further
strategic repositioning and reorganization amongst industry
players.
|
Our strategy within this challenging environment is designed to
focus on the following complementary key elements:
Broad, balanced market exposure. We offer a
diversified product portfolio and develop products for a wide
range of market applications using a variety of technologies,
thereby reducing our dependence on any single product,
application or end market. Within our diversified portfolio, we
have focused on developing products that leverage our
technological strengths in creating customized, system-level
solutions for high-growth digital, advanced analog, MEMS and
mixed-signal applications. We target five key markets comprised
of: (i) industrial and multisegment products, including
high performance analog solutions, MEMS, microcontrollers,
digital audio, power supply, motor-control, metering, banking
and Smartcard; (ii) digital consumer, including set-top
boxes and digital TVs; (iii) automotive, including engine,
body, safety and infotainment; (iv) ASICs for communication
infrastructure and computer peripherals, such as printers;
(v) wireless communications and portable multi-media;
mostly through a
50-50% Joint
Venture.
Product innovation. We aim to be leaders in
multi-media convergence and power applications. In order to
serve these segments, our plan is to maintain and further
establish existing leadership positions for (i) platforms
and chipset solutions for multimedia applications; and
(ii) power applications, which are driving system solutions
for customer specific applications. We have the knowledge,
partners and financial resources to develop new, leading edge
products, such as cellular modems and application processor
solutions for wireless, MEMS, digital consumer products focused
on set-top boxes and digital TVs and system-oriented products
for the multisegment sector. We are also targeting new end
markets, such as medical and energy saving applications.
Customer-based initiatives. We have a strategy
based on four tenets, which we believe will help us gain market
share. First, we work with our key customers to identify
evolving needs and new applications in order to develop
innovative products and product features. We have formal
alliances with certain strategic customers that allow us and our
customers to exchange information and which give our customers
access to our process technologies and manufacturing
infrastructure. Secondly, we are targeting new major key
accounts, where we can leverage our position as a supplier of
application-specific products with a broad range product
portfolio to better address the requirements of large users of
semiconductor products with whom our market share has been
historically quite low. Thirdly, we have targeted the mass
market, or those customers outside of our traditional top 50
customers, who require system-level solutions for multiple
market segments. Finally, we have focused on two regions as key
ingredients in our future sales growth. The first is Greater
China-South Asia and the second is Japan-Korea. We have launched
important marketing initiatives in both regions.
Global integrated manufacturing
infrastructure. We have a diversified,
leading-edge manufacturing infrastructure, comprising front-end
and back-end facilities, capable of producing silicon wafers
using our broad process technology portfolio, including our
CMOS, BiCMOS, BCD and MEMS technologies as well as our discrete
technologies. Assembling, testing and packaging of our
semiconductor products takes place in our large and modern
back-end facilities, which generally are located in low-cost
areas. In order to ensure adequate flexibility, we continue to
utilize outside contractors for certain foundry and back-end
services.
Reduced asset intensity. While confirming our
mission to remain an integrated device manufacturing company,
and in conjunction with our decision to pursue the strategic
repositioning of our product portfolio, we have decided to
reduce our capital intensity in order to optimize opportunities
between internal and external front-end production, reduce our
dependence on market cycles that impact the loading of our fabs,
and decrease the impact of depreciation on our financial
performance. We have been able to reduce the
capex-to-sales
ratio from a historic average of 26% of sales during the period
of 1995 through 2004, to approximately 8.6% of sales in the last
three years aggregated.
22
Process research and development (R&D)
leadership. The semiconductor industry is
increasingly characterized by higher costs and technological
risks involved in the R&D of leading edge CMOS process
development. These higher costs and technological risks have
driven us to enter into cooperative partnerships, in particular
for the development of basic CMOS technology. We are a member of
ISDA, a technology alliance led by IBM with GlobalFoundries,
Freescale, Infineon, Renesas, Samsung and Toshiba to develop the
CMOS process technology for 32/28-nm and 22/20-nm nodes.
Furthermore, in order to maintain our differentiation
capabilities through process technology leadership, we are
continuing our development of proprietary derivatives of CMOS
process technologies and of Smart Power, analog, discretes, MEMS
and mixed signal processes, for which R&D costs are
significantly lower than for CMOS.
Integrated presence in key regional
markets. We have sought to develop a competitive
advantage by building an integrated presence in each of the
worlds economic zones that we target: Europe, Asia, China
and America. An integrated presence means having product
development, sales and marketing capabilities in each region, in
order to ensure that we are well positioned to anticipate and
respond to our customers business requirements. We have
major front-end manufacturing facilities in Europe and Asia. Our
more labor-intensive back-end facilities are located in
Malaysia, China, Philippines, Singapore, Morocco and Malta,
enabling us to take advantage of more favorable production cost
structures, particularly lower labor costs. Major design centers
and local sales and marketing groups are within close proximity
of key customers in each region, which we believe enhances our
ability to maintain strong relationships with our customers.
Product quality excellence. We aim to develop
the quality excellence of our products and in the various
applications we serve and our quality strategy is built around a
three-pronged approach: (i) the improvement of our full
product cycle involving robust design and manufacturing,
improved detection of potential defects, and better anticipation
of failures through improved risk assessment, particularly in
the areas of product and process changes; (ii) improved
responsiveness to customer demands; and (iii) ever
increasing focus on quality and discipline in execution.
Sustainable Excellence and Compliance. We are
committed to sustainable excellence and compliance. We conduct
our business based on our Principles for Sustainable
Excellence (PSE) and are focused on following
the highest ethical standards, empowering our people and
striving for quality and customer satisfaction, while creating
value for all of our partners.
Creating Shareholder Value. We remain focused
on creating value for our shareholders, which we measure in
terms of return on net assets attributable to our shareholders
(i.e., including 50% of ST-Ericssons results) in excess of
our weighted average cost of capital.
Products
and Technology
We design, develop, manufacture and market a broad range of
products used in a wide variety of microelectronic applications,
including telecommunications systems, computer systems, consumer
goods, automotive products and industrial automation and control
systems. Our products include discretes, microcontrollers,
Smartcard products, standard commodity components, MEMS and
advanced analog products, ASICs (full custom devices and
semi-custom devices) and ASSPs for analog, digital, and
mixed-signal applications.
In 2010, we ran our business along product lines and managed our
revenues and internal operating income performance based on the
following product segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive, Consumer, Computer and Communication Infrastructure
(ACCI);
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS); and
|
|
|
|
Wireless.
|
We also design, develop, manufacture and market subsystems and
modules for a wide variety of products in the
telecommunications, automotive and industrial markets in our
Subsystems division. Based on its immateriality, we do not
report information separately for Subsystems. For a description
of the main categories of products sold
and/or
services performed for each of the last three fiscal years, see
Note 29 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
ACCI
ACCI is responsible for the design, development and manufacture
of application-specific products using advanced bipolar, CMOS,
BiCMOS Smart Power technologies. The businesses in the ACCI
offer complete system solutions to customers in several
application markets. All products are ASSPs, full-custom or
semi-custom devices
23
that may also include digital signal processor (DSP)
and microcontroller cores. The businesses in the ACCI
particularly emphasize dedicated Integrated Circuits
(ICs) for automotive, consumer, computer
peripherals, telecommunications infrastructure and certain
industrial application segments.
Our businesses in ACCI work closely with customers to develop
application-specific products using our technologies, IP, and
manufacturing capabilities. The breadth of our customer and
application base provides us with a better source of stability
in the cyclical semiconductor market.
ACCI is comprised of three major product lines
Automotive Products Group (APG); Computer and
Communication Infrastructure (CCI); and Home
Entertainment & Displays (HED).
Furthermore, we also operate an imaging business with a product
line called Imaging (IMG).
Automotive
Products Group
Our automotive products include digital and mixed signal devices
that enable features like airbag controls, anti-skid braking
systems, vehicle stability control, ignition and injection
circuits, multiplex wiring, RF and power management for body and
chassis electronics, engine management, advanced safety,
instrumentation, car radio and infotainment. We hold a leading
position in the global IC market for automotive semiconductor
products. In addition to our own products and technologies, we
also work with Freescale Semiconductor on 90nm and 55nm embedded
Flash Technology and other common products based on
cost-effective 32-bit microcontrollers for use in many
automotive applications.
(i) Automotive Electronics Division. We
design and manufacture products to enhance performance, safety
and comfort while reducing the environmental impact of the
automobile. For body and chassis electronics requirements, our
products range from microcontrollers used in lighting, door and
window/wiper applications to mixed signal control in junction
boxes, power solutions, dashboards and climate control needs.
For powertrain and safety, our products are used for engine
emissions and fuel economy improvements, passive and active
safety systems and powertrain electrification with
microcontrollers, mixed signal power management and, in some
cases, RF sensing.
(ii) Automotive Infotainment Division. We
produce products comprising full solutions for analog and
digital car radio for tolling, navigation and telematics
applications. The increasingly complex requirements of the
car/driver interface continue to create market opportunities for
re-use of the companys media processing and multi-format
global positioning (GPS) capabilities into car
multimedia applications. We have the skills and competence to
provide the total solution, which includes GPS navigation, media
processing, audio amplification and signal processing. We also
supply components to satellite radio applications, including
base-band products to market leaders in this segment.
Computer
and Communications Infrastructure
(i) BCD Power Division. This organization
serves the markets of hard disk drive (HDD) and
Printers with products developed on our BCD technology. Main
applications are motor controllers for HDD and motor drivers and
head drivers for printers.
(ii) Networking and Storage
Division. This division provides solutions for
the wireless and wireline infrastructure segments and digital
SoC for the HDD market. Our wireline telecommunications
products, mainly digital and mixed signal ASICs, are used for
various application in the high-speed electronic and optical
communications market. In the wireless field, we focus on the
ASIC market due to our many years of experience in the fields of
digital baseband, radio frequency and mixed-signal products. Our
activity in digital SoC for the HDD market is focused on
selected customer/product and is no longer part of our
development for future business.
(iii) Computer System Division. We are
focusing mainly on inkjet and laser printer components and are
an important supplier of digital engines including those in
high-performance photo-quality applications and multifunction
printers. We are also expanding our offerings to include a
reconfigurable ASSP product family, known as
SPEArtm
(Structured Processor Enhanced Architecture), designed for
flexibility and
ease-of-use
by customers on printers and other computing, industrial and
networking applications.
(iv) Microfluidics Division. This
division builds on the years of our success in microfluidic
product design, developed primarily for the inkjet print-head
product line, and expands our offering into related fields, such
as molecular and health diagnostics. In the field of medical
diagnostic, we have developed specific Lab On Chip technology
and products.
24
Home
Entertainment and Displays Group
Our HED addresses product requirements for the digital consumer
application market and has three divisions.
(i) Audio Division. We design and
manufacture a wide variety of components for use in audio
applications. Our audio products include audio power amplifiers,
audio processors and graphic-equalizer ICs.
(ii) Set Top Box Division. This division
focuses on products for digital terrestrial, satellite, cable
and IPTV set-top box products. We continue to expand our product
offerings and customer base by introducing innovative platform
solutions offering advanced technologies and a wide range of
consumer services.
We also offer customers and partners the capability to jointly
develop highly integrated solutions for their digital consumer
products. We utilize our expertise and knowledge of the digital
consumer ecosystem, advanced technologies and hardware/software
IP to provide
best-in-class
differentiated ASIC products for a select base of customers and
markets.
(iii) TV & Monitor Division. We
address the digital television markets with a range of highly
integrated ASSPs and application-specific microcontrollers.
Following the acquisition of Genesis in 2008, we have worked to
develop our integrated digital television product portfolio. The
first generation DTV platform was introduced in 2010 to the
market.
Imaging
Division
We have been focusing on the wireless handset image-sensor
market. We are in production of CMOS-based camera modules and
processors for
low-and-high
density pixel resolutions, which also meet the autofocus,
advanced fixed focus and miniaturization requirements of this
market. We also sell standalone sensors. We plan to focus our
presence in the imaging business by concentrating on selling
CMOS sensors as opposed to modules, focusing our technology and
products offering towards higher margin and pursuing new
opportunities beyond wireless applications.
IMS
IMS is comprised of two Product Lines: Analog, Power and
Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems (APM) and
Microcontroller, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smart Cards
(MMS).
We are positioning IMS in the High End Analog world that
comprises MEMS, many kind of Sensors, Interfaces, low power RF
Transceivers and Analog front-end. It comprises also High
Voltage Smart Power Controllers for main Industrial and Power
Conversion applications such as Metering and Lighting,
exploiting our leadership in MEMS and our system expertise built
around ARM based microcontrollers representing the core of many
applications today.
APM
(i) Industrial and Power Conversion
Division. We design and manufacture products for
industrial applications including lighting and power-line
communication; power supply and power management ICs for
computer, industrial, consumer, and telecom applications along
with power over Ethernet powered devices. In the industrial
market segment, our key products are power ICs for motor
control, including monolithic DMOS solutions and high-voltage
gate drivers, for a broad range of systems; intelligent power
switches for factory automation and process control. We offer
also a broad product portfolio of linear and switching voltage
regulators, addressing various applications, from general
purpose point of load, for most of the market
segments (consumer, computer and data storage, mobile phones,
industrial, medical, automotive, aerospace), to specific
functions such as camera flash LED, LCD backlighting and organic
LED power supply, for the mobile handset and other portable
device markets; Low Noise Block supply and control for set top
box; and multiple channels DC-DC for motherboards are also
featured.
(ii) MEMS, Sensors and High Performance Analog
Division. We manufacture MEMS for a wide variety
of applications where real-world input is required. Our prior
product line of three-axis accelerometers was expanded in 2010
to include a complete family of very successful high-performance
multi-axis gyroscopes. The combination of accelerometers and
gyroscopes enables accurate motion tracking into a 3D space,
which is the primary component of enhanced motion controlled
user interfaces in gaming, mobile phones, Portable Navigation
Devices and multimedia players. The same devices are also
employed in laptops, automotive, HDDs and digital cameras. Other
important developments include MEMS based Pressure Sensors and
Active Microphones. The Division develops also innovative,
differentiated and value-added analog products such as Audio
Amplifiers ICs from portable to professional Audio Systems
equipment, Touch Sensors, Op Amps and Application Specific ICs
(i.e., glucose meters, ECG, flow sensors), supported by ultra
low power technologies necessary for healthcare and consumer
applications.
25
(iii) ASD and IPAD Division. This
division offers a full range of rectifiers, protection devices,
thyristors and Integrated Passive and Active Devices
(IPAD). These components are used in various
applications, including telecommunications systems (telephone
sets, modems and line cards), household appliances and
industrial systems (motor-control and power-control devices).
More specifically, rectifiers (both Silicon and Silicon carbide)
are used in voltage converters and regulators, while thyristors
control current flows through a variety of electrical devices,
including lamps and household appliances. New areas of
development are Tunable capacitors, very important in mobile
phones and thin film flexible rechargeable batteries.
(iv) Transistor Division. We design,
manufacture and sell Power MOSFET, IGBT and Bipolar Transistor
ranging from 20 to 2200 volts for most of the
switching and linear applications on the
market today. Our products are particularly well suited for high
voltage switch-mode power supplies, lighting, motor control and
consumer applications. The Division also produces RF power
transistors for specific markets such as factory automation,
medical and avionics with a particular effort in developing new
composite materials like SiC and GaN which look to be the new
promising areas of growth for automotive and alternative
energies, where high switching performance, low conduction
losses and high operating temperature are required.
MMS
(i) Memory Division. Memories (EEPROM,
EPROM) are used for parameter storage in various electronic
devices used in all market segments.
(ii) Microcontroller Division. We offer a
wide range of 8-bit and 32-bit microcontrollers suitable for a
wide variety of applications from those where a minimum cost is
a primary requirement to those that need powerful real-time
performance and high-level language support. These products are
manufactured in processes capable of embedding nonvolatile
memories as appropriate.
(iii) Secure Microcontoller
Division. Secure Microcontrollers are 8-bit and
32-bit microcontrollers that securely store data and provide an
array of security capabilities including advanced data
encryption. Our expertise in security is a key to our leadership
in the banking,
pay-TV,
mobile communication, identity, and transport fields. We also
actively contribute to the emergence of new applications such as
secure mobile transactions on near filed communication
(NFC) mobile phones, trusted computing, brand
protection, etc. In addition under the Incard brand,
the division develops, manufactures and sells smartcards for
banking, identification and telecom applications.
Wireless
The wireless segment resulted from the combination of our
wireless business with NXPs to create ST-NXP Wireless as
of August 2, 2008. Subsequently, we combined that business
with the EMP business to form a joint venture, ST-Ericsson,
which began operations on February 1, 2009.
Wireless is responsible for the design, development and
manufacture of semiconductors and platforms for mobile
applications. In addition, this segment spearheads our ongoing
efforts to maintain and develop innovative solutions for our
mobile customers while consolidating our world leadership
position in wireless. Wireless is comprised of four product
lines: 2G, EDGE, TD-SCDMA & Connectivity; 3G
Multimedia & Platforms; LTE & 3G Modem
Solutions; in which since February 3, 2009, we report the
portion of sales and operating results of
ST-Ericsson
JVS as consolidated in our revenue and operating results; and
Other Wireless, in which we report other revenues, cost of sales
and other items related to the wireless business but outside of
the ST-Ericsson JVS.
ST-Ericsson offers integrated and discrete solutions for
wireless applications and serves several major OEMs. In this
market, ST-Ericsson is strategically positioned in platform
solutions serving the smartphone and tablet markets combining
modem and application processor, thin modems, stand alone
application processors, energy management, audio coding and
decoding functions (CODEC) and radio frequency ICs
and connectivity.
Strategic
Alliances with Customers and Industry Partnerships
We believe that strategic alliances with customers and industry
partnerships are critical to success in the semiconductor
industry. We have entered into several strategic customer
alliances, including alliances with Bosch, Continental,
Hewlett-Packard, Marelli, Nokia, Pioneer, Samsung, Seagate,
Sharp, SonyEricsson and Western Digital. Customer alliances
provide us with valuable systems and application know-how and
access to markets for key products, while allowing our customers
to share some of the risks of product development with us and to
gain access to our process technologies and manufacturing
infrastructure. We are actively working to expand the number of
our customer alliances, targeting OEMs in the United States, in
Europe and in Asia.
26
Partnerships with other semiconductor industry manufacturers
permit costly R&D and manufacturing resources to be shared
to mutual advantage for joint technology development. For
example, we belong to the International Semiconductor
Development Alliance to co-develop 32/28-nm and below process
technologies. In addition, we have joint development programs
with leading suppliers such as Air Liquide, ASM Lithography,
Hewlett-Packard, PACKTEC, JSR, SOITEC, Statchip, Teradyne and
with electronic design automation (EDA) tool
producers, including Apache, Atrenta, Cadence, Mentor and
Synopsys. We also participate in joint European research
programs, such as the ITEA, the Cluster for Application and
Technology Research in Europe or/and Electronics
(CATRENE) and the European Nanoelectronics
Initiative Advisory (ENIAC) programs.
Customers
and Applications
We design, develop, manufacture and market thousands of products
that we sell to thousands of customers. Our top 20 customers
include Apple, Bosch, Cisco, Continental, Delta, Gemalto,
Hewlett-Packard, LG Electronics, Motorola, Nokia, Pace,
Panasonic, Philips, Research in Motion, Samsung, Seagate, Sharp,
Siemens, Sony Ericsson and Western Digital. To many of our key
customers we provide a wide range of products, including
application-specific products, discrete devices, memory products
and programmable products. Our position as a strategic supplier
of application-specific products to certain customers fosters
close relationships that provide us with opportunities to supply
such customers requirements for other products, including
discrete devices, programmable products and memory products. We
also sell our products through distributors and retailers,
including Arrow Electronics, Avnet, Tomen, Wintech and Yosun.
The following table sets forth the top 10 customers by market
segment for our
products1:
|
|
|
Automotive
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
Bosch, Continental, Delphi, Denso, Harman, Hella, Lear, Marelli,
Sirius Satellite Radio, Valeo
|
Communication
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
Cisco, Ericsson Finisar, Huawei, LG Electronics, Nokia, Research
in Motion, Samsung, Sharp, Sony Ericsson
|
Computer & Peripherals
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
Agilent, Apple, Dell, Delta, Eastman Kodak, Hewlett-Packard,
Hitachi, Microsoft, Seagate, Western Digital
|
Consumer
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
ADB, Garmin, LG Electronics, Pace, Panasonic, Sagem
Communications, Samsung, Cisco/SA, Technicolor, Videocon
|
Industrial/ Other Applications
|
|
|
Customers:
|
|
Autostrade, Delta, Emerson, Gemalto, Liteon, Nagra, Nintendo,
Philips, Safran, Siemens
|
In 2010, our largest customer, the Nokia group of companies,
represented approximately 13.9% of our net revenues, compared to
approximately 16.1% in 2009 and 17.5% in 2008. No other single
customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues. There
can be no assurance that such customers or distributors, or any
other customers, will continue to place orders with us in the
future at the same levels as in prior periods. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Operations
Disruptions in our relationships with any one of our key
customers,
and/or
material changes in their strategy or financial condition, could
adversely affect our results of operations.
Sales,
Marketing and Distribution
In 2010, we operated regional sales organizations in EMEA (which
includes all of Europe, the Middle East and Africa), the
Americas, Greater China-South Asia and Japan-Korea. A
description of our regional sales organizations activities
and structure during 2010 is below.
(i) EMEA The EMEA region is divided into
four business units: automotive, convergence EMS, industrial and
multimarket. Each business unit is dedicated to customers
operating mainly in its market segment, actively promoting a
broad range of products, including commodities and dedicated
ICs, as well as proposing solutions through its sales force,
field application engineers, supply-chain management, customer
service and technical competence center for system solutions,
with support functions provided locally or centrally (through
central labs).
1 Net
revenues by market segment application are classified according
to the status of the final customer. For example, products
ordered by a computer company, even including sales of other
applications such as Telecom, are classified as Computer
revenues.
27
(ii) Americas In the Americas region,
the sales and marketing team is organized into six business
units: automotive (Detroit, Michigan); industrial (Boston,
Massachusetts); consumer, industrial and medical (Chicago,
Illinois); communications, consumer and computer Peripherals
(San Jose, California and Longmont, Colorado); RFID and
communications (Dallas, Texas); and distribution (Boston,
Massachusetts). A central product-marketing operation in Boston
provides product support and training for standard products for
the Americas region. In addition, a comprehensive distribution
business unit provides product and sales support for the
regional distribution network.
(iii) Greater China-South Asia In the
Greater China-South Asia region, which encompasses China,
Taiwan, Hong Kong, India, Singapore and other countries in the
Asia Pacific region, with the exception of Japan and Korea. Our
sales and marketing activities are organized into seven business
units (automotive, computer peripherals, consumer, distribution,
EMS, industrial and telecom) with seven central support
functions (service and business management, field quality, human
resources, strategic planning, finance, corporate communication
and design center). Our design center in Singapore carries out
full custom designs in several applications.
(iv) Japan-Korea In Japan, the large
majority of our sales have historically been made through
distributors, as is typical for foreign suppliers to the
Japanese market. However, we are now seeking to work more
directly with our major customers to address their requirements.
We provide marketing and technical support services to customers
through sales offices in Tokyo and Osaka. In addition, we have
established a quality laboratory and an application laboratory
in Tokyo. The quality laboratory allows us to respond quickly to
the local requirement, while the application laboratory allows
Japanese customers to test our products in specific
applications. In Korea, we have a strong local presence serving
the local Korean companies in telecom, consumer, automotive and
industrial applications.
The sales and marketing activities performed by our regional
sales organizations are supported by product marketing that is
carried out by each product division, which also includes
product development functions. This matrix system reinforces our
sales and marketing activities and our broader strategic
objectives. An important component of our regional sales and
marketing efforts is to expand our customer base, which we seek
to do by adding sales representatives, regional competence
centers and new generations of electronic tools for customer
support.
Most of our regional sales organizations operate dedicated
distribution organizations. To support the distribution network,
we operate logistic centers in Saint Genis, France and
Singapore. We also use distributors and representatives to
distribute our products around the world. Typically,
distributors handle a wide variety of products, including
products that compete with our products, and fill orders for
many customers. Most of our sales to distributors are made under
agreements allowing for price protection
and/or the
right-of-return
on unsold merchandise. We generally recognize revenues upon the
transfer of ownership of the goods at the contractual point of
delivery. Sales representatives generally do not offer products
that compete directly with our products, but may carry
complementary items manufactured by others. Representatives do
not maintain a product inventory. Their customers place large
quantity orders directly with us and are referred to
distributors for smaller orders.
At the request of certain of our customers, we also sell and
deliver our products to EMS, which, on a contractual basis with
our customers, incorporate our products into the
application-specific products they manufacture for our
customers. Certain customers require us to hold inventory on
consignment in their hubs and only purchase inventory when they
require it for their own production. This may lead to delays in
recognizing revenues, as revenue recognition will occur, within
a specific period of time, at the actual withdrawal of the
products from the consignment inventory, at the customers
option.
For a breakdown of net revenues by product segment and
geographic region for the last three fiscal years, see
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects.
Research
and Development
We believe that research and development (R&D)
is critical to our success. The main R&D challenge we face
is to continually increase the functionality, speed and
cost-effectiveness of our semiconductor devices, while ensuring
that technological developments translate into profitable
commercial products as quickly as possible.
We are market driven in our R&D and focused on leading-edge
products and technologies developed in close collaboration with
strategic alliance partners, leading universities and research
institutions, key customers, leading EDA vendors and global
equipment manufacturers working at the cutting edge of their own
markets. In addition, we have a technology council comprised of
15 leading experts to review, evaluate and advise us on the
competitive landscape. Front-end manufacturing and technology
R&D, while being separate organizations, are under the
responsibility of our Chief Operating Officer, thereby ensuring
a smooth flow of information between the R&D and
28
manufacturing organizations. The R&D activities relating to
new products are managed by the Product Segments and consist
mainly of design activities.
We devote significant effort to R&D because semiconductor
manufacturers face immense pressure to be the first to make
breakthroughs that can be leveraged into competitive advantages;
new developments in semiconductor technology can make end
products significantly cheaper, smaller, faster, more reliable
and embedded with more functionalities than their predecessors
and enable, through their timely appearance on the market,
significant value creation opportunities. For a description of
our R&D expenses, see Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects Research and
Development Expenses.
To ensure that new technologies can be exploited in commercial
products as quickly as possible, an integral part of our
R&D philosophy is concurrent engineering, meaning that new
fabrication processes and the tools needed to exploit them are
developed simultaneously. Typically, these include not only EDA
software, but also cell libraries that allow access to our rich
IP portfolio and a demonstrator product suitable for subsequent
commercialization. In this way, when a new process is delivered
to our product segments or made available to external customers,
they are more able to develop commercial products immediately.
In the same spirit, we develop, in a concurrent engineering
mode, a complete portfolio of Analog and RF IP. The new
generation of products now mix Analog and Digital IP Blocks, and
even complex RF solutions, high performance data converters and
high-speed data transmission ports. Our R&D design centers
located in France and India have been specialized in the
development of these functions, offering a significant advantage
for us in quickly and cost effectively introducing products in
the consumer and wireless market.
Our advanced R&D centers are strategically located around
the world, including in France, Italy, Belgium, Canada, China,
India, Singapore, Sweden, the United Kingdom and the United
States.
In 2008, we entered into an R&D alliance with the ISDA to
develop leading edge core CMOS technologies at 32/28 nm and
22/20 nm nodes. We are also working with the CEA Leti to develop
derivative technologies from our technology portfolio. In this
context, five strategic objectives have been established.
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerate the development and the number of differentiated
technologies for SoC so as to be able to supply amongst the
worlds leading prototypes ICs, thereby develop a strategy
of advanced differentiated products.
|
|
|
|
Develop libraries and perform transversal R&D on the
methods and tools necessary to develop complex ICs using these
technologies.
|
|
|
|
Provide Crolles 300mm operation with competitive leading edge
technologies.
|
|
|
|
Perform advanced technology research linked to the conception of
CMOS nano electric functionalities advanced devices on 300mm
wafers.
|
|
|
|
Pervade local, national and European territories, taking
advantage of nano-electronic diffusion technologies to further
promote innovation in various application sectors.
|
In 2009, we entered into a framework agreement with the French
Ministry of Economy, Industry and Employment for the
Nano2012 Research and Development program. For more
information, see Item 4. Information on the
Company Public Funding. In addition, our
manufacturing facility in Crolles, France houses a R&D
center that is operated in the legal form of a French Groupement
dintérêt économique named Centre
Commun de Microelectronique de Crolles. Laboratoire
dElectronique de Technologie dInstrumentation
(LETI), a research laboratory of CEA (one of our
indirect shareholders), is our partner.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to develop future
technologies and commercially implement them on satisfactory
terms, or that our alliances will allow the successful
development of
state-of-the-art
core or derivative CMOS technologies on satisfactory terms. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Operations
Our R&D efforts are increasingly expensive and dependent on
alliances, and our business, results of operations and prospects
could be materially adversely affected by the failure or
termination of such alliances, or failure to find new partners
and/or to
develop new process technologies and products.
The R2 activity in Agrate encompasses prototyping, pilot and
volume production of the newly developed technologies with the
objective of accelerating process industrialization and
time-to-market
for Smart Power affiliation (BCD), including on SOI, High
Voltage CMOS and MEMS. It is the result of an ongoing
cooperation under a consortium agreement with Micron
Technologies. Please refer to Item 5
Other developments. Our IP design center in Greater Noida,
India supports all of our major design activities worldwide and
hosts a major central R&D activity focused on software and
core libraries development, with a strong emphasis on system
solutions. The fundamental mission of our Advanced System
Technology (AST) organization is to create system
knowledge that
29
supports our SoC development. ASTs objective is to develop
the advanced architectures that will drive key strategic
applications, including digital consumer, wireless
communications, computer peripherals and Smartcards, as well as
the broad range of emerging automotive applications such as car
multi-media. ASTs challenge is to combine the expertise
and expectations of our customers, industrial and academic
partners, our central R&D teams and product segments to
create a cohesive, practical vision that defines the hardware,
software and system integration knowledge that we will need in
the next three to five years and the strategies required to
master them.
All of these worldwide activities create new ideas and
innovations that enrich our portfolio of IP and enhance our
ability to provide our customers with winning solutions.
Furthermore, an array of important strategic customer alliances
ensures that our R&D activities closely track the changing
needs of the industry, while a network of partnerships with
universities and research institutes around the world ensures
that we have access to leading-edge knowledge from all corners
of the world. We also play leadership roles in numerous projects
running under the European Unions IST (Information Society
Technologies) programs. We actively participate in these
programs and continue collaborative R&D efforts such as the
CATRENE, ARTEMIS and ENIAC programs.
Finally, we believe that platforms are the answer to the growing
need for full system integration, as customers require from
their silicon suppliers not just chips, but an optimized
combination of hardware and software. Our world-class engineers
and designers are currently developing platforms we selected to
spearhead our future growth in some of the fastest developing
markets of the microelectronics industry. The platforms include
the application processors and integrated modem, set-top
boxes/integrated digital TV, which include high definition and
3-D
capability, and in the area of computer peripherals, the
SPEArtm
family of reconfigurable SoC ICs for printers and related
applications.
Property,
Plants and Equipment
We currently operate 15 main manufacturing sites around the
world. The table below sets forth certain information with
respect to our current manufacturing facilities, products and
technologies. Front-end manufacturing facilities are fabs and
back-end facilities are assembly, packaging and final testing
plants.
|
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Products
|
|
Technologies
|
|
Front-end facilities
|
|
|
|
|
Crolles1, France
|
|
Application-specific products, image sensors
|
|
Fab: 200-mm CMOS and BiCMOS, Analog/RF, imaging
|
Crolles2, France
|
|
Application-specific products and leading edge logic products
|
|
Fab: 300-mm research and development on deep sub-micron
(45-nm and
below) CMOS and differentiated SoC technology and manufacturing
on advanced CMOS and imaging, technologies
|
Phoenix, Arizona
(sold in 2010, production to be closed in Q1 2011)
|
|
Application-specific products and microcontrollers
|
|
Fab: 200-mm BCD, BiCMOS, microcontrollers, CMOS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agrate, Italy
|
|
Nonvolatile memories, microcontrollers and application-specific
products MEMS
|
|
Fab 1: 200-mm BCD, MEMS, Microfluidics Fab 2: 200-mm, embedded
Flash, research and development on nonvolatile memories and BCD
technologies and Flash (operating in consortium with Micron)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rousset, France
|
|
Microcontrollers, nonvolatile memories and Smartcard ICs,
application-specific products and image sensors
|
|
Fab 1: 200-mm CMOS, Smartcard, embedded Flash, Analog/RF
|
Catania, Italy
|
|
Power transistors, Smart Power and analog ICs and
application-specific products, MEMS
|
|
Fab 1: 150-mm Power metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor process
technology (MOS),
VIPpowertm,
MO-3, MO-5 and Pilot Line RF Fab 2: 200-mm,
Microcontrollers, BCD, power MOS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tours, France
|
|
Protection thyristors, diodes and ASD power transistors, IPAD
|
|
Fab: 125-mm, 150-mm and 200-mm pilot line discrete
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Products
|
|
Technologies
|
|
Ang Mo Kio, Singapore
|
|
Analog, microcontrollers, power transistors, commodity products,
nonvolatile memories, and application-specific products
|
|
Fab 1: 125-mm, (150-mm conversion ongoing) power MOS, bipolar,
power Fab 2: 150-mm bipolar, power MOS and BCD, EEPROM,
Smartcard, Micros, CMOS logic Fab 3: 150 mm Microfluidics, MEMS,
power MOS, BiCMOS, CMOS, 200mm BCD
|
Back-end facilities
|
|
|
|
|
Muar, Malaysia
|
|
Application-specific and standard products, microcontrollers
|
|
A building (block P) inside the plant has been contributed to STE
|
Kirkop, Malta
|
|
Application-specific products, MEMS, Embedded Flash for
Automotive
|
|
|
Toa Payoh, Singapore
|
|
Optical packages research and development, EWS and Testing Center
|
|
|
Bouskoura, Morocco
|
|
Nonvolatile memories, discrete and standard products,
micromodules, RF and subsystems
|
|
|
Shenzhen, China(1)
|
|
Nonvolatile memories, optical packages, discrete,
application-specific and standard products
|
|
|
Longgang, China
|
|
Discrete and standard products
|
|
|
Calamba, Philippines(2)
|
|
Application Specific Products and standard products
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Jointly operated with SHIC, a subsidiary of Shenzhen Electronics
Group. |
|
(2) |
|
Operated by ST but owned by ST-Ericsson. |
At the end of 2010, our front-end facilities had a total
capacity of approximately 125,000
200-mm
equivalent wafer starts per week. The number of wafer starts per
week varies from facility to facility and from period to period
as a result of changes in product mix. Among the
200-mm
wafers production facilities, the fabs based in Europe (Crolles
and Rousset, France; Agrate and Catania, Italy) had full
installed capacity as of December 31, 2010. Among the
150-mm
wafers production facilities, two (at Catania, Italy and Tours,
France) had full design capacity installed as of
December 31, 2010. As of the same date, the fab in
Singapore had approximately two-thirds of the full design
capacity installed.
Our advanced
300-mm wafer
pilot-line fabrication facility in Crolles, France had an
installed capacity of 3,200 wafers per week at the end of 2010,
and we plan to increase production to up to approximately 4,500
wafers per week as required by market conditions and within the
framework of our R&D Nano 2012 program.
We own all of our manufacturing facilities, except Crolles2,
France, which is the subject of leases for the building shell
and some equipment that represents overall a small percentage of
total assets.
We have historically subcontracted a portion of total
manufacturing volumes to external suppliers. In 2010 we
purchased approximately 15% of our total silicon from external
foundries. Our plan is to extend sourcing of silicon from
external foundries up to above 20% of our total needs.
At December 31, 2010, we had approximately
$630 million in outstanding commitments for purchases of
equipment and other assets for delivery in 2011. In 2010, we
increased our capital spending to approximately
$1,040 million, from $451 million registered in 2009. In
the 2009-2010 period the ratio of capital investment spending to
revenues was approximately 7.9%. Such a level of capital
spending in 2010 was designed to respond to the revamping market
demand, while optimizing in parallel opportunities between
internal and external front-end production. For more
information, see Item 5. Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects Financial Outlook.
Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, require
technologically advanced and costly equipment and are
continuously being modified in an effort to improve yields and
product performance. Impurities or other difficulties in the
manufacturing process can lower yields, interrupt production or
result in losses of products in process. As system complexity
has increased and
sub-micron
technology has become more advanced, manufacturing tolerances
have been reduced and requirements for precision and excellence
have become even more demanding. Although our increased
manufacturing efficiency has been an important factor in our
improved results of operations, we have from time to time
experienced production difficulties that have caused delivery
delays and quality control problems, as is common in the
semiconductor industry.
31
The present environment is affected by demand growth and supply
availability remains constrained throughout a portion of the
semiconductor market. Recently, our existing capacity has been
outstripped by the increase in business demand as a result of
the upturn in the semiconductor industry. This situation is
completely different from the one seen in the first six months
of 2009, where we had experienced a severe under-loading that
resulted in significant unused capacity charges and cost
inefficiencies despite our ongoing measures to reduce the
activity of our fabs. No assurance can be given that we will be
able to increase manufacturing efficiencies in the future to the
same extent as in the past, or that we will not experience
production difficulties
and/or
unsaturation in the future.
In addition, as is common in the semiconductor industry, we have
from time to time experienced difficulty in ramping up
production at new facilities or effecting transitions to new
manufacturing processes and, consequently, have suffered delays
in product deliveries or reduced yields. There can be no
assurance that we will not experience manufacturing problems in
achieving acceptable yields, product delivery delays or
interruptions in production in the future as a result of, among
other things, capacity constraints, production bottlenecks,
construction delays, equipment failure or maintenance, ramping
up production at new facilities, upgrading or expanding existing
facilities, changing our process technologies, or contamination
or fires, storms, earthquakes or other acts of nature, any of
which could result in a loss of future revenues. In addition,
the development of larger fabrication facilities that require
state-of-the-art
sub-micron
technology and larger-sized wafers has increased the potential
for losses associated with production difficulties,
imperfections or other causes of defects. In the event of an
incident leading to an interruption of production at a fab, we
may not be able to shift production to other facilities on a
timely basis, or our customers may decide to purchase products
from other suppliers, and, in either case, the loss of revenues
and the impact on our relationship with our customers could be
significant. Our operating results could also be adversely
affected by the increase in our fixed costs and operating
expenses related to increases in production capacity if revenues
do not increase commensurately. Finally, in periods of high
demand, we increase our reliance on external contractors for
foundry and back-end service. Any failure to perform by such
subcontractors could impact our relationship with our customers
and could materially affect our results of operations.
Intellectual
Property (IP)
IP rights that apply to our various products include patents,
copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks and mask work rights. A
mask work is the two- or three-dimensional layout of an
integrated circuit. Including patents and pending patent
applications owned by us and our affiliate ST-Ericsson, we
currently own over 20,000 patents and pending patent
applications which have been registered in multiple countries
around the world and correspond to more than 10,000 patent
families (each patent family containing all patents originating
from the same invention). Together we also increased to 839 our
filings of new patent applications around the world in 2010.
Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patents,
licenses and other IP rights covering our products and their
design and manufacturing processes. To that end, we intend to
continue to seek patents on our innovations in our circuit
designs, manufacturing processes, packaging technology and
system applications as well as on industry standards and other
inventions. The process of seeking patent protection can be long
and expensive, and there can be no assurance that patents will
issue from currently pending or future applications or that, if
patents are issued, they will be of sufficient scope or strength
to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to
us. In addition, effective copyright and trade-secret protection
may be unavailable or limited in certain countries. Competitors
may also develop technologies that are protected by patents and
other IP rights and therefore such technologies may be
unavailable to us or available to us subject to adverse terms
and conditions. Management believes that our IP represents
valuable assets and intends to protect our investment in
technology by enforcing all of our IP rights. We are also
endeavouring to optimize the value from our IP portfolio by
creating a new business unit in 2010. We have used our patent
portfolio to enter into several broad patent cross-licenses with
several major semiconductor companies enabling us to design,
manufacture and sell semiconductor products without fear of
infringing patents held by such companies, and intend to
continue to use our patent portfolio to enter into such patent
cross-licensing agreements with industry participants on
favorable terms and conditions. As our sales increase compared
to those of our competitors, the strength of our patent
portfolio may not be sufficient to guarantee the conclusion or
renewal of broad patent cross-licenses on terms which do not
affect our results of operations. Furthermore, as a result of
litigation, or to address our business needs, we may be required
to take a license to third-party IP rights upon economically
unfavorable terms and conditions, and possibly pay damages for
prior use,
and/or face
an injunction or exclusion order, all of which could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations and ability
to compete.
From time to time, we are involved in IP litigation and
infringement claims. See Item 8. Financial
Information Legal Proceedings. In the event a
third-party IP claim were to prevail, our operations may be
interrupted and we may incur costs and damages, which could have
a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash
flow and financial condition.
32
Finally, we have received from time to time, and may in the
future receive communications from competitors or other third
parties alleging infringement of certain patents and other IP
rights of others, which have been and may in the future be
followed by litigation. Regardless of the validity or the
successful assertion of such claims, we may incur significant
costs with respect to the defense thereof, which could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow
or financial condition. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations We depend on patents to protect
our rights to our technology and may face claims of infringing
the IP rights of others.
Backlog
Our sales are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase
orders that are generally booked from one to twelve months in
advance of delivery. Quantities actually purchased by customers,
as well as prices, are subject to variations between booking and
delivery and, in some cases, to cancellation due to changes in
customer needs or industry conditions. During periods of
economic slowdown
and/or
industry overcapacity
and/or
declining selling prices, customer orders are not generally made
far in advance of the scheduled shipment date. Such reduced lead
time can reduce managements ability to forecast production
levels and revenues. When the economy rebounds, our customers
may strongly increase their demands, which can result in
capacity constraints due to our inability to match manufacturing
capacity with such demand.
In addition, our sales are affected by seasonality, with the
first quarter generally showing lowest revenue levels in the
year, and the third or fourth quarter generating the highest
amount of revenues due to electronic products purchased from
many of our targeted market segments.
We also sell certain products to key customers pursuant to frame
contracts. Frame contracts are annual contracts with customers
setting forth quantities and prices on specific products that
may be ordered in the future. These contracts allow us to
schedule production capacity in advance and allow customers to
manage their inventory levels consistent with
just-in-time
principles while shortening the cycle times required to produce
ordered products. Orders under frame contracts are also subject
to a high degree of volatility, because they reflect expected
market conditions which may or may not materialize. Thus, they
are subject to risks of price reduction, order cancellation and
modifications as to quantities actually ordered resulting in
inventory
build-ups.
Furthermore, developing industry trends, including
customers use of outsourcing and their deployment of new
and revised supply chain models, may reduce our ability to
forecast changes in customer demand and may increase our
financial requirements in terms of capital expenditures and
inventory levels.
We entered 2010 with a backlog significantly higher compared to
2009 due to the strong improvement in the semiconductor industry
registered in the second half of 2009. During 2010, our backlog
grew as a result of a strong increase in order flow, reflecting
a more favorable industry environment and new products. As a
result of this improvement, we entered 2011 with a backlog
significantly higher than we had entering 2010.
Competition
Markets for our products are intensely competitive. While only a
few companies compete with us in all of our product lines, we
face significant competition in each of our product lines. We
compete with major international semiconductor companies.
Smaller niche companies are also increasing their participation
in the semiconductor market, and semiconductor foundry companies
have expanded significantly, particularly in Asia. Competitors
include manufacturers of standard semiconductors, ASICs and
fully customized ICs, including both chip and board-level
products, as well as customers who develop their own IC products
and foundry operations. Some of our competitors are also our
customers.
The primary international semiconductor companies that compete
with us include Analog Devices, Atmel, Avago, Broadcom,
Fairchild Semiconductor, Freescale Semiconductor, Infineon,
Intel, International Rectifier, Linear Technology, LSI Logic,
Marvell, Maxim, MediaTek, Microchip Technology, Mstar, National
Semiconductor, NXP Semiconductors, ON Semiconductor, Qualcomm,
Renesas, ROHM Semiconductor, Samsung, Texas Instruments,
Trident, Toshiba, TSMC and Vishay.
We compete in different product lines to various degrees on the
basis of price, technical performance, product features, product
system compatibility, customized design, availability, quality
and sales and technical support. In particular, standard
products may involve greater risk of competitive pricing,
inventory imbalances and severe market fluctuations than
differentiated products. Our ability to compete successfully
depends on elements both within and outside of our control,
including successful and timely development of new products and
manufacturing processes, product performance and quality,
manufacturing yields and product availability, customer service,
pricing, industry trends and general economic trends.
33
Organizational
Structure and History
We are a multinational group of companies that designs,
develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products
used in a wide variety of microelectronic applications,
including telecommunications systems, computer systems, consumer
goods, automotive products and industrial automation and control
systems. We are organized in a matrix structure with geographic
regions interacting with product divisions, both being supported
by shared technology and manufacturing operations and by central
functions, designed to enable us to be closer to our customers
and to facilitate communication among the R&D, production,
marketing and sales organizations.
While STMicroelectronics N.V. is the parent company and the
principal player of our business, ST NV also conducts its
operations through service activities from our subsidiaries. We
provide certain administrative, human resources, legal,
treasury, strategy, manufacturing, marketing and other overhead
services to our consolidated subsidiaries pursuant to service
agreements for which we recover the cost. We have two joint
ventures with Ericsson, which operate as independent JV
companies and are currently governed by a fully balanced Board
and an independent management team. Our Consolidated Financial
Statements include JVS and related affiliates,
responsible for the full commercial operation of the combined
businesses, namely sales and marketing. Its parent company is
ST-Ericsson Holding AG (JVS), which is owned 50%
plus a controlling share by us. The other JV is focused on
fundamental R&D activities. Its parent company is
ST-Ericsson AT SA (JVD), which is owned 50% plus a
controlling share by Ericsson and is therefore accounted for by
us under the equity method.
The following table lists our consolidated subsidiaries and our
percentage ownership as of December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage Ownership
|
Legal Seat
|
|
Name
|
|
(Direct or Indirect)
|
|
Australia Sydney
|
|
STMicroelectronics PTY Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Belgium Zaventem
|
|
ST-Ericsson Belgium N.V.
|
|
|
50
|
|
Belgium Zaventem
|
|
Proton World International N.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Brazil Sao Paolo
|
|
STMicroelectronics Ltda
|
|
|
100
|
|
Brazil Sao Paulo
|
|
Incard do Brazil Ltda
|
|
|
50
|
|
Canada Ottawa
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Canada), Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
Shenzhen STS Microelectronics Co. Ltd
|
|
|
60
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) Manufacturing Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shenzhen
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shenzhen) R&D Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Shanghai) R&D Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
STMicroelectronics (China) Investment Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
Shanghai NF Trading Ltd
|
|
|
50
|
|
China Shanghai
|
|
Shanghai NF Semiconductors Technology Ltd
|
|
|
50
|
|
China Beijing
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Beijing) R&D Co. Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
China Beijing
|
|
ST-Ericsson Semiconductor (Beijing) Co. Ltd
|
|
|
50
|
|
Czech Republic Prague
|
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Application s.r.o.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Czech Republic Prague
|
|
ST-Ericsson s.r.o.
|
|
|
50
|
|
Finland Lohja
|
|
ST-Ericsson OY
|
|
|
50
|
|
France Crolles
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Crolles 2) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Montrouge
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Paris
|
|
ST-Ericsson (France) SAS
|
|
|
50
|
|
France Rousset
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Rousset) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Tours
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Tours) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Grenoble
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Grenoble 2) SAS
|
|
|
100
|
|
France Grenoble
|
|
ST-Ericsson (Grenoble) SAS
|
|
|
50
|
|
Germany Grasbrunn
|
|
STMicroelectronics GmbH
|
|
|
100
|
|
Germany Grasbrunn
|
|
STMicroelectronics Design and Application GmbH
|
|
|
100
|
|
Germany Grasbrunn
|
|
ST-NXP Wireless GmbH i.L.
|
|
|
50
|
|
Holland Amsterdam
|
|
STMicroelectronics Finance B.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Holland Amsterdam
|
|
ST-Ericsson Wireless N.V.
|
|
|
50
|
|
Holland Eindhoven
|
|
ST-Ericsson B.V.
|
|
|
50
|
|
Holland Eindhoven
|
|
ST-Ericsson Holding B.V.
|
|
|
50
|
|
Hong Kong Hong Kong
|
|
STMicroelectronics LTD
|
|
|
100
|
|
India Noida
|
|
STMicroelectronics Pvt Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
India Noida
|
|
ST-Ericsson India Pvt Ltd
|
|
|
50
|
|
India New Delhi
|
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing Pvt Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
India Bangalore
|
|
NF Wireless India Pvt Ltd
|
|
|
50
|
|
Ireland Dublin
|
|
NXP Falcon Ireland Ltd
|
|
|
50
|
|
Israel Netanya
|
|
STMicroelectronics Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage Ownership
|
Legal Seat
|
|
Name
|
|
(Direct or Indirect)
|
|
Italy Catania
|
|
CO.RI.M.ME.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Aosta
|
|
DORA S.p.a.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Agrate Brianza
|
|
ST Incard S.r.l.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Naples
|
|
STMicroelectronics Services S.r.l.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Agrate Brianza
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.r.l.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Italy Agrate Brianza
|
|
ST-Ericsson Srl
|
|
|
50
|
|
Japan Tokyo
|
|
STMicroelectronics KK
|
|
|
100
|
|
Japan Tokyo
|
|
ST-Ericsson KK
|
|
|
50
|
|
Korea Seoul
|
|
ST-Ericsson Korea Ltd
|
|
|
50
|
|
Malaysia Kuala Lumpur
|
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing SDN BHD
|
|
|
100
|
|
Malaysia Muar
|
|
STMicroelectronics SDN BHD
|
|
|
100
|
|
Malaysia Muar
|
|
ST-Ericsson SDN.BHD
|
|
|
50
|
|
Malta Kirkop
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Malta) Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Mexico Guadalajara
|
|
STMicroelectronics Marketing, S. de R.L. de C.V.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Morocco Rabat
|
|
Electronic Holding S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Morocco Casablanca
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.S. (Maroc)
|
|
|
100
|
|
Morocco Rabat
|
|
ST-Ericsson (Maroc) SAS
|
|
|
50
|
|
Norway Grimstad
|
|
ST-Ericsson A.S.
|
|
|
50
|
|
Philippines Calamba
|
|
STMicroelectronics, Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Philippines Calamba
|
|
ST-Ericsson (Philippines) Inc.
|
|
|
50
|
|
Philippines Calamba
|
|
Mountain Drive Property, Inc.
|
|
|
20
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
STMicroelectronics ASIA PACIFIC Pte Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
STMicroelectronics Pte Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
Singapore Ang Mo Kio
|
|
ST-Ericsson Asia Pacific Pte Ltd
|
|
|
50
|
|
Spain Madrid
|
|
STMicroelectronics Iberia S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Sweden Kista
|
|
STMicroelectronics A.B.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Sweden Stockholm
|
|
ST-Ericsson A.B.
|
|
|
50
|
|
Sweden Kista
|
|
STMicroelectronics Wireless A.B.
|
|
|
50
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
STMicroelectronics S.A.
|
|
|
100
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
INCARD SA
|
|
|
100
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
INCARD Sales and Marketing SA
|
|
|
100
|
|
Switzerland Geneva
|
|
ST-Ericsson SA
|
|
|
50
|
|
Taiwan Taipei
|
|
ST-Ericsson (Taiwan) Ltd
|
|
|
50
|
|
Thailand Bangkok
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Thailand) Ltd
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Marlow
|
|
STMicroelectronics Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Marlow
|
|
STMicroelectronics (Research & Development) Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Bristol
|
|
Inmos Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Bristol
|
|
ST-Ericsson (UK) Ltd
|
|
|
50
|
|
United Kingdom Reading
|
|
Synad Technologies Limited
|
|
|
100
|
|
United Kingdom Southampton
|
|
NF UK, Ltd
|
|
|
50
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
STMicroelectronics Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
ST-Ericsson Inc.
|
|
|
50
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Genesis Microchip Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Genesis Microchip (Del) Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Genesis Microchip LLC
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Genesis Microchip Limited Partnership
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Sage Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Faroudja Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Carrollton
|
|
Faroudja Laboratories Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Wilmington
|
|
STMicroelectronics (North America) Holding, Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
United States Wilsonville
|
|
The Portland Group, Inc.
|
|
|
100
|
|
The following table lists our principal equity investments and
our percentage ownership as of December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage Ownership
|
Legal Seat
|
|
Name
|
|
(Direct or Indirect)
|
|
Italy Roma
|
|
3 Sun S.r.l.
|
|
|
33.3
|
|
South Korea Yongin-si
|
|
ATLab Inc.
|
|
|
8
|
|
Singapore The Curie
|
|
Veredus Laboratories Pte Ltd
|
|
|
41.2
|
|
Switzerland Zurich
|
|
ST-Ericsson AT SA
|
|
|
49
|
|
On May 7, 2010, Micron Technology Inc. acquired all of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of Numonyx.
35
Public
Funding
We participate in certain programs established by the EU,
individual countries and local authorities in Europe
(principally France and Italy). Such funding is generally
provided to encourage R&D activities and capital
investment, industrialization and the economic development of
underdeveloped regions. These programs are partially supported
by direct funding, tax credits and specific loans (low-interest
financing).
Public funding in France, Italy and Europe generally is open to
all companies, regardless of their ownership or country of
incorporation. The EU has developed model contracts for R&D
funding that require beneficiaries to disclose the results to
third parties on reasonable terms. As disclosed, the conditions
for receipt of government funding may include eligibility
restrictions, approval by EU authorities, annual budget
appropriations, compliance with European Commission regulations,
as well as specifications regarding objectives and results.
Some of our R&D government funding contracts involve
advance payments that require us to justify our expenses after
receipt of funds. Certain specific contracts (Crolles, Grenoble,
Rousset, France and Catania, Italy) contain obligations to
maintain a minimum level of employment and investment during a
certain amount of time. There could be penalties (i.e. a partial
refund due to the government) if these objectives are not
fulfilled. Other contracts contain penalties for late deliveries
or for breach of contract, which may result in repayment
obligations.
The main programs for R&D in which we are involved include:
(i) the Eureka-CATRENE cooperative R&D program
(Cluster for Application and Technology Research in Europe on
NanoElectronics), which is the successor of MEDEA+ (which ended
in 2008); (ii) EU R&D projects with FP6 and FP7 (Sixth
and Seventh Frame Program) for Information Technology;
(iii) European industry initiatives such as ENIAC (European
Nanoelectronics Initiative) and ARTEMIS (Embedded Computing
Systems Initiative); and (iv) national or regional programs
for R&D and for industrialization in the electronics
industries involving many companies and laboratories. The
pan-European programs cover a period of several years, while
national or regional programs in France and Italy are subject
mostly to annual budget appropriation.
In Italy, there are some national funding programs established
to support the new FIRST (Fondo per gli Investimenti nella
Ricerca Scientifica e Tecnologica) that will group previous
funding regulations (FIRB, Fondo per gli Investimenti della
Ricerca di Base, aimed to fund fundamental research), FAR,
Fondo per le Agevolazioni alla Ricerca, to fund industrial
research), and the FCS (Fondo per la Competitività e lo
Sviluppo). The FRI (Fondo rotativo per il sostegno alle
imprese e agli investimenti in ricerca) funds research and
innovation activities and the FIT (Fondo speciale rotativo
per lInnovazione Tecnologica) is designed to fund
precompetitive development in manufacturing. These programs are
not limited to microelectronics and are suitable to support
industry R&D in any segment. Italian programs often cover
several years and the approval phase is quite long, up to two or
three years. In 2010, the strategic program industria
2015 (involving a two-step evaluation procedure) at the
end of the second evaluation stage, three projects of the
company have been selected for funding.
In Italy, according to the ARTEMIS and ENIAC Joint Undertaking
procedures related to calls for proposals, in 2010 the Italian
Research Ministry has approved public grants for seven projects
involving the company.
Furthermore, there are some regional funding tools for research
that can be addressed by local initiatives, primarily in the
regions of Puglia, Sicily, Campania and Val dAosta,
provided that a reasonable regional socio-economic impact could
be recognized in terms of industrial exploitation, new
professional hiring
and/or
cooperation with local academia and public laboratories.
In 2006, the EU Commission allowed the modification of the
conditions of a grant pertaining to the building, facilitization
and equipment of our facility in Catania, Italy (the M6
Plant). Following this decision, the authorized timeframe
for completion of the project was extended and the Italian
government was authorized to allocate 446 million,
out of the 542 million grants originally authorized,
for the completion of the M6 Plant if we made a further
investment of 1,700 million between January 1,
2006 through the end of 2009. The M6 plant and the Contratto di
programma have been transferred to Numonyx, which will benefit
from future M6 grants linked to the completion of the M6 plant
and assume related responsibilities. Under a Memorandum of
Understanding dated July 30, 2009 the Italian Authorities
declared their willingness to release public grants in
connection with a revision of the current M6 Program Agreement
so that original project (consisting in 1,700 million
of investments to complete the M6 plant so as to make it able to
produce memories with corresponding public funds for
446 million) is replaced by 2 separate projects, one
related to Numonyx R&D activities in its Italian sites and
the second to the finalization of the announced joint venture in
the photovoltaic field with Enel and Sharp, and the conversion
of the industrial destination of the new M6 facility in Catania
from production of memories to production of photovoltaic
panels. In particular, as part of the joint venture in the
photovoltaic field with Enel and Sharp, we have contributed the
M6 plant, reacquired from Numonyx, to the new joint venture,
which will make the necessary investments to convert industrial
destination of M6 from production of memories to production of
photovoltaic panels up to a
36
capacity of 240 MW/year (approved phase 1) and plans, subject to
future business and financial conditions, up to a maximum of
1GW/year production capability for a corresponding maximum
investment of 1,150 million. Recently CIPE
(Comitato Interministeriale Programmazione Economica )
has resolved to issue a first step of 49 million in
funding.
In France, support for R&D is given by ANR (Agence
Nationale de la Recherche), by OSEO (the agency taking over
the missions and budgets of the AII Agency for Industrial
Innovation), by the Ministry of Industry (FCE) and
local public authorities. Specific support for microelectronics
is provided through FCE to over 30 companies with
activities in the semiconductor industry. The amount of support
under French programs is decided annually and subject to budget
appropriation. In 2010, we continued the execution of the
framework agreement with the French Ministry of Economy,
Industry and Employment, the Nano2012 Research and
Development program. Under this agreement, we are the
Coordinator and Project Leader and have been allocated up to
340 million (about $450 million) in grants for
the period
2008-2012 if
all technical parameters and objectives are met. Nano2012 is
designed to promote development of advanced CMOS (32nm and
below) technologies for
system-on-chip
semiconductor products in the Grenoble-Crolles region of France,
in cooperation with the ISDA (International Semiconductor
Development Alliance) led by IBM and grouping seven leading
world-wide semiconductor partners.
We also benefit from tax credits for R&D activities in
several countries (notably in France). R&D tax credits
consist of tax benefits granted to companies on a open and
non-discriminatory base for their research &
development activities. See Item 5. Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects Research and
Development Expenses.
Funding for R&D activities is the most common form of
funding that we receive. Public funding for R&D is recorded
as Other Income and Expenses, net in our
consolidated statements of income and booked pro rata in
relation to the relevant cost once the agreement with the
respective government agency has been signed and all applicable
conditions are met. See Note 2 to our Consolidated
Financial Statements.
Government support for capital expenditures funding has been
used to support our capital investment. Although receipt of
these funds is not directly reflected in our results of
operations, the resulting lower amounts recorded in property,
plant and equipment costs reduce the level of depreciation
recognized by us. In Italy the new Tremonti-ter
allows business income tax reduction excluding from taxation of
business income an amount equal to 50 percent of the value
of investments in a detailed list of new machinery and new
equipment, made from July 1, 2009 through June 30,
2010. See Note 11 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
As a third category of government funding, we receive some
loans, mainly related to large capital investment projects, at
preferential interest rates. See Note 15 to our
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Funding of programs in France and Italy is subject to annual
appropriation, and if such governments or local authorities were
unable to provide anticipated funding on a timely basis or if
existing government- or local-authority-funded programs were
curtailed or discontinued, or if we were unable to fulfill our
eligibility requirements, such an occurrence could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results and
financial condition. From time to time, we have experienced
delays in the receipt of funding under these programs. As the
availability of such funding are substantially outside our
control, there can be no assurance that we will continue to
benefit from such government support, that sufficient
alternative funding would be available if necessary or that any
such alternative funding would be provided on terms as favorable
to us as those previously committed. Due to changes in
legislation
and/or
review by the competent administrative or judicial bodies, there
can be no assurance that government funding granted to us may
not be revoked or challenged or discontinued in whole or in
part, by any competent state or European authority, until the
legal time period for challenging or revoking such funding has
fully lapsed. See Item 3. Key Information
Risk Factors Risks Related to Our
Operations The lack of public funding available to
us, changes in existing public funding programs or demands for
repayment may increase our costs and impact our results of
operations.
Suppliers
We use three main critical types of suppliers in our business:
equipment suppliers, raw material suppliers and external
subcontractors.
In the front-end process, we use steppers, scanners, tracking
equipment, strippers, chemo-mechanical polishing equipment,
cleaners, inspection equipment, etchers, physical and chemical
vapor-deposition equipment, implanters, furnaces, testers,
probers and other specialized equipment. The manufacturing tools
that we use in the back-end process include bonders, burn-in
ovens, testers and other specialized equipment. The quality and
technology of equipment used in the IC manufacturing process
defines the limits of our technology. Demand for increasingly
smaller chip structures means that semiconductor producers must
quickly incorporate the latest
37
advances in process technology to remain competitive. Advances
in process technology cannot be brought about without
commensurate advances in equipment technology, and equipment
costs tend to increase as the equipment becomes more
sophisticated.
Our manufacturing processes use many raw materials, including
silicon wafers, lead frames, mold compound, ceramic packages and
chemicals and gases. The prices of many of these raw materials
are volatile. We obtain our raw materials and supplies from
diverse sources on a
just-in-time
basis. Although supplies for the raw materials used by us are
currently adequate, shortages could occur in various essential
materials due to interruption of supply or increased demand in
the industry. See Item 3. Key Information
Risk Factors Risks Related to Our
Operations Because we depend on a limited number of
suppliers for raw materials and certain equipment, we may
experience supply disruptions if suppliers interrupt supply,
increase prices or experience material adverse changes in their
financial condition.
Finally, we also use external subcontractors to outsource wafer
manufacturing and assembly and testing of finished products. See
Property, Plants and Equipment above.
Environmental
Matters
Our manufacturing operations use many chemicals, gases and other
hazardous substances, and we are subject to a variety of
evolving environmental and health and safety regulations
related, among other things, to the use, storage, discharge and
disposal of such chemicals and gases and other hazardous
substances, emissions and wastes, as well as the investigation
and remediation of soil and ground water contamination. In most
jurisdictions in which we operate, we must obtain permits,
licenses and other forms of authorization, or give prior
notification, in order to operate. Because a large portion of
our manufacturing activities are located in the EU, we are
subject to European Commission regulation on environmental
protection, as well as regulations of the other jurisdictions
where we have operations.
Consistent with our PSE (Principles of Sustainable Excellence),
we have established proactive environmental policies with
respect to the handling of chemicals, gases, emissions and waste
disposals from our manufacturing operations, and we have not
suffered material environmental claims in the past. We believe
that our activities comply with presently applicable
environmental regulations in all material respects. We have
engaged outside consultants to audit all of our environmental
activities and created environmental management teams,
information systems and training. We have also instituted
environmental control procedures for processes used by us as
well as our suppliers. As a company, we have been certified to
be in compliance with the quality standard ISO9001:2008 and with
the technical specification ISO/TS16949:2009, and with the
environmental standards ISO14001 and the European EMAS
(Eco-Management and Audit Scheme).
Our activities are subject to two directives: Directive
2002/95/EC on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous
substances in electrical and electronic equipment
(ROHS Directive, as amended in particular by
Commission Decision 2005/618/EC of August 18, 2005); and
Directive 2002/96/EC on waste electrical and electronic
equipment (WEEE Directive, as modified by Directive
2003/108/EC, Directive 2008/34/EC and Directive 2008/12/EC).
Both Directives are in the process of being replaced by new
directives that are expected to be adopted in 2011. The ROHS
Directive aims at banning the use of lead and other
flame-retardant substances in manufacturing electronic
components. The WEEE Directive promotes the recovery and
recycling of electrical and electronic waste. Due to unclear
statutory definitions and interpretations, we are unable at this
time to determine in detail the ramifications of our activities
under the WEEE Directive. The WEEE Directive to be adopted in
2011 may or may not clarify such definitions with respect
to our activities. At this stage, we do not participate in a
take back organization in France.
Our activities in the EU are also subject to the European
Directive 2003/87/EC establishing a scheme for greenhouse gas
allowance trading (as modified by Directive 2004/101/EC and
Directive 2008/101/EC), and applicable national legislation. The
2003 Directive was also amended by Directive 2009/29/EC, which
must be transposed into national law by the European Member
States on or before December 31, 2012. Two of our
manufacturing sites (Crolles, France, and Agrate, Italy) have
been allocated a quota of greenhouse gas for the period
2008-2012.
Failure to comply would force us to acquire potentially
expensive additional emission allowances from third parties, or
to pay a fee for each extra ton of gas emitted. Our on-going
programs to reduce
CO2
emissions should allow us to comply with the greenhouse gas
quota allocations that have been defined for Crolles and Agrate
for the period
2008-2012.
At this stage, the emission permits are allocated for free to
the industry. However, pursuant to provisions created by the
2009 Directive, a growing percentage of the permits will be
auctioned by Member States beginning in 2013. Moreover, the
French authorities will be implementing a scheme in the course
of 2011 where part of the permits (up to 10%) will be auctioned,
pursuant to Law n°
2010-1657 of
December 2010. We
38
are not yet in a position to know whether our Crolles site will
be impacted by such measures. However, part of the permits will
be allocated for free until 2027, when all of the permits will
be subject to auction.
In the United States, we participate in the Chicago Climate
Exchange program, a voluntary greenhouse gas trading program
whose members commit to reduce emissions. We have also
implemented voluntary reforestation projects in several
countries in order to sequester additional
CO2
emissions and report our emissions in our annual Corporate
Sustainable Report as well as through the Carbon Disclosure
Project.
Regulations implementing the registration, evaluation,
authorization and restriction of chemicals (REACH)
were adopted in 2008. We intend to proactively implement such
legislation, in line with our commitment toward environmental
protection. The implementation of any such legislation could
adversely affect our manufacturing costs or product sales by
requiring us to acquire costly equipment or materials, or to
incur other significant expenses in adapting our manufacturing
processes or waste and emission disposal processes. However, we
are currently unable to evaluate such specific expenses and
therefore have no specific reserves for environmental risks.
Furthermore, environmental claims or our failure to comply with
present or future regulations could result in the assessment of
damages or imposition of fines against us, suspension of
production or a cessation of operations and, as with other
companies engaged in similar activities, any failure by us to
control the use of, or adequately restrict the discharge of
hazardous substances could subject us to future liabilities. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Operations
Some of our production processes and materials are
environmentally sensitive, which could expose us to liability
and increase our costs due to environmental regulations and laws
or because of damage to the environment.
Industry
Background
The
Semiconductor Market
Semiconductors are the basic building blocks used to create an
increasing variety of electronic products and systems. Since the
invention of the transistor in 1948, continuous improvements in
semiconductor process and design technologies have led to
smaller, more complex and more reliable devices at a lower cost
per function. As performance has increased and size and unitary
cost have decreased, semiconductors have expanded beyond their
original primary applications (military applications and
computer systems) to applications such as telecommunications
systems, consumer goods, automotive products and industrial
automation and control systems. In addition, system users and
designers have demanded systems with more functionality, higher
levels of performance, greater reliability and shorter design
cycle times, all in smaller packages at lower costs.
Although cyclical changes in production capacity in the
semiconductor industry and demand for electronic systems have
resulted in pronounced cyclical changes in the level of
semiconductor sales and fluctuations in prices and margins for
semiconductor products from time to time, the semiconductor
industry has experienced substantial growth over the long term.
Factors that contribute to long-term growth include the
development of new semiconductor applications, increased
semiconductor content as a percentage of total system cost,
emerging strategic partnerships and growth in the electronic
systems industry, in particular, the Asia Pacific region.
Semiconductor
Classifications
Process technologies, levels of integration, design specificity,
functional technologies and applications for different
semiconductor products vary significantly. As differences in
these characteristics have increased, the semiconductor market
has become highly diversified as well as subject to constant and
rapid change. Semiconductor product markets may be classified
according to each of these characteristics.
Semiconductors can be manufactured using different process
technologies, each of which is particularly suited to different
applications. Since the mid-1970s, the two dominant processes
have been bipolar (the original technology used to produce ICs)
and CMOS. Bipolar devices typically operate at higher speeds
than CMOS devices, but CMOS devices consume less power and
permit more transistors to be integrated on a single IC. CMOS
has become the prevalent technology, across all major mass
markets such as personal computers, consumer application and
cellular phones. Advanced technologies have been developed
during the last decade that are particularly suited to more
systems-oriented semiconductor applications. BiCMOS technologies
have been developed to combine the high-speed and high-voltage
characteristics of bipolar technologies with the low power
consumption and high integration of CMOS technologies. BCD
technologies have been developed that combine bipolar, CMOS and
DMOS technologies to target intelligent power control and
conversion applications. Such systems-oriented technologies
require more process steps and mask levels, and are more complex
than the basic function-oriented technologies.
39
Process technologies, referred to as MEMS, has significantly
developed in the last decade and has allowed to expand the scope
of traditional semiconductor devices from signal processing,
storage and power conversion, up to sensing and converting a
wide variety of physical dimensions such as pressure,
temperature and acceleration.
Semiconductors are often classified as either discrete devices
(such as individual diodes, thyristors and single high voltage
and power transistors, as well as optoelectronic products) or
ICs (in which thousands of functions are combined on a single
chip of silicon to form a more complex circuit).
Compared to the market for ICs, there is typically less
differentiation among discrete products supplied by different
semiconductor manufacturers. Also, discrete markets have
generally grown at slower, but more stable, rates than IC
markets.
Semiconductors may also be classified as either standard
components, ASSPs or ASICs. Standard components are used for a
broad range of applications, while ASSPs and ASICs are designed
to perform specific functions in specific applications.
The two basic functional technologies for semiconductor products
are analog and digital. Mixed-signal products combine both
analog and digital functionality. Analog devices monitor,
condition, amplify or transform analog signals, which are
signals that vary continuously over a wide range of values.
Analog/digital (or mixed-signal) ICs combine analog
and digital devices on a single chip to process both analog
signals and digital data. System designers are increasingly
demanding system-level integration in which complete electronic
systems containing both analog and digital functions are
integrated on a single IC.
Digital devices are divided into two major types: memory
products and logic devices. Memory products, which are used in
electronic systems to store data and program instructions, are
classified as either volatile memories (which lose their data
content when power to the device is switched off) or nonvolatile
memories (which retain their data content without the need for
continuous power).
The primary volatile memory devices are dynamic random access
memories (DRAMs). DRAMs are used in a
computers main memory. SRAMs are principally used as
caches and buffers between a computers microprocessor and
its DRAM-based main memory and in other applications such as
mobile handsets.
Nonvolatile memories are used to store program instructions.
Among such nonvolatile memories, read-only memories
(ROMs) are permanently programmed when they are
manufactured while programmable ROMs (PROMs) can be
programmed by system designers or end-users after they are
manufactured. Erasable PROMs (EPROMs) may be erased
after programming by exposure to ultraviolet. Electrically
erasable PROMs (EEPROMs) can be erased byte by byte
and reprogrammed in-system without the need for
removal. Flash Memory is a type of EEPROM in which the memory
data is electrically erased by large arrays of bits rather than
by fractions such as bit by bit.
Logic devices process digital data to control the operation of
electronic systems. The largest segment of the logic market
includes microprocessors, microcontrollers and DSPs.
Microprocessors are the central processing units of computer
systems. Microcontrollers are complete computer systems
contained on single ICs that are programmed to specific customer
requirements. Microcontrollers control the operation of
electronic and electromechanical systems by processing input
data from electronic sensors and generating electronic control
signals. They are used in a wide variety of consumer,
communications, automotive, industrial and computer products.
DSPs are parallel processors used for high complexity,
high-speed real-time computations in a wide variety of
applications.
A significant number of our logic devices is constituted by ASSP
SoC, which gathers the functions of system control, multi-media
signal processing and communication protocols in a wide variety
of systems, such as smart-phones, set-top-boxes and
communication infrastructure platforms.
|
|
Item 5.
|
Operating
and Financial Review and Prospects
|
Overview
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with
our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included
elsewhere in this
Form 20-F.
The following discussion contains statements of future
expectations and other forward-looking statements within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, or
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as
amended, particularly in the sections Critical
Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates,
Business Outlook and
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Financial Outlook. Our actual results may differ
significantly from those projected in the forward-looking
statements. For a discussion of factors that might cause future
actual results to differ materially from our recent results or
those projected in the forward-looking statements in addition to
the factors set forth below, see
40
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements and Item 3, Key
Information Risk Factors. We assume no
obligation to update the forward-looking statements or such risk
factors.
Critical
Accounting Policies Using Significant Estimates
The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements in
accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and
assumptions. The primary areas that require significant
estimates and judgments by us include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
sales returns and allowances;
|
|
|
|
determination of the best estimate of selling price for
deliverables in multiple element sale arrangements;
|
|
|
|
inventory reserves and normal manufacturing capacity thresholds
to determine costs capitalized in inventory;
|
|
|
|
provisions for litigation and claims;
|
|
|
|
valuation at fair value of acquired assets including
intangibles, goodwill, investments and tangible assets, and
assumed liabilities in a business combination, as well as the
impairment of their related carrying values;
|
|
|
|
assessment, in each reporting period, of events, which could
trigger interim impairment testing;
|
|
|
|
estimated value of the consideration to be received and used as
fair value for asset groups classified as assets to be disposed
of by sale and the assessment of the probability of realizing
the sale;
|
|
|
|
measurement of the fair value of debt and equity securities, for
which no observable market price is obtainable;
|
|
|
|
assessment of credit losses and
other-than-temporary
impairment charge on financial assets;
|
|
|
|
valuation of noncontrolling interests, particularly in case of a
contribution in kind as part of a business combination;
|
|
|
|
restructuring charges;
|
|
|
|
assumptions used in calculating pension obligations; and
|
|
|
|
determination of the amount of taxes estimated for the full
year, including deferred income tax assets and valuation
allowances, and provisions for uncertain positions and claims.
|
We base the estimates and assumptions on historical experience
and on various other factors such as market trends and the
latest available business plans that we believe to be reasonable
under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for
making judgments about the carrying values of assets and
liabilities. While we regularly evaluate our estimates and
assumptions, the actual results we experience could differ
materially and adversely from our estimates. To the extent there
are material differences between our estimates and actual
results, future results of operations, cash flows and financial
position could be significantly affected. With respect to the
Wireless segment, our accounting relies on estimates based on
the business plan of ST-Ericsson, as submitted by
ST-Ericssons CEO to ST-Ericssons Board of Directors.
We believe the following critical accounting policies require us
to make significant judgments and estimates in the preparation
of our Consolidated Financial Statements:
Revenue recognition. Our policy is to
recognize revenues from sales of products to our customers when
all of the following conditions have been met:
(a) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
(b) delivery has occurred; (c) the selling price is
fixed or determinable; and (d) collectability is reasonably
assured. This usually occurs at the time of shipment.
Consistent with standard business practice in the semiconductor
industry, price protection is granted to distributor customers
on their inventory of our products to compensate them for
declines in market prices. We accrue a provision for price
protection based on a rolling historical price trend computed on
a monthly basis as a percentage of gross distributor sales. This
historical price trend represents differences in recent months
between the invoiced price and the final price to the
distributor, adjusted if required, to accommodate for a
significant move in the current market price. We record the
accrued amounts as a deduction of revenue at the time of the
sale. The ultimate decision to authorize a distributor refund
remains fully within our control. The short outstanding
inventory time period, our ability to foresee changes in
standard inventory product pricing (as opposed to pricing for
certain customized products) and our lengthy distributor pricing
history have enabled us to reliably estimate price protection
provisions at period-end. If market conditions differ from our
assumptions, this could have an impact on
41
future periods. In particular, if market conditions were to
deteriorate, net revenues could be reduced due to higher product
returns and price reductions at the time these adjustments occur.
Our customers occasionally return our products for technical
reasons. Our standard terms and conditions of sale provide that
if we determine that our products are non-conforming, we will
repair or replace them, or issue a credit or rebate of the
purchase price. In certain cases, when the products we have
supplied have been proven to be defective, we have agreed to
compensate our customers for claimed damages in order to
maintain and enhance our business relationship. Quality returns
are not related to any technological obsolescence issues and are
identified shortly after sale in customer quality control
testing. We book a provision for such returns when they are
considered probable and can be reasonably estimated. We record
the accrued amounts as a reduction of revenue.
Our insurance policies relating to product liability only cover
physical and other direct damages caused by defective products.
We carry only limited insurance against immaterial,
non-consequential damages in the event of a product recall. We
record a provision for warranty costs as a charge against cost
of sales based on historical trends of warranty costs incurred
as a percentage of sales which we have determined to be a
reasonable estimate of the probable losses to be incurred for
warranty claims in a period. Any potential warranty claims are
subject to our determination that we are at fault and liable for
damages, and that such claims usually must be submitted within a
short period following the date of sale. This warranty is given
in lieu of all other warranties, conditions or terms expressed
or implied by statute or common law. Our contractual terms and
conditions typically limit our liability to the sales value of
the products that gave rise to the claim.
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated
potential losses resulting from our customers inability to
make required payments. We base our estimates on historical
collection trends and record a provision accordingly.
Furthermore, we are required to evaluate our customers
credit ratings from time to time and take an additional
provision for any specific account that we consider doubtful. In
2010, we did not record any new material specific provision
related to bankrupt customers. If we receive information that
the financial condition of our customers has deteriorated,
resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments,
additional allowances could be required. Such deterioration is
increasingly likely in the case of a crisis in the credit
markets. While the majority of our sales agreements contain
standard terms and conditions, we may, from time to time, enter
into agreements that contain multiple elements or non-standard
terms and conditions, which require revenue recognition
judgments. In such cases, following the guidance related to
revenue recognition, we allocate the revenue to different
deliverables based on best estimates of selling prices of each
deliverable.
Goodwill and purchased intangible assets. The
purchase method of accounting for acquisitions requires
extensive use of estimates and judgments to allocate the
purchase price to the fair value of the net tangible and
intangible assets acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets
deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but are
instead subject to annual impairment tests. The amounts and
useful lives assigned to other intangible assets impact future
amortization. If the assumptions and estimates used to allocate
the purchase price are not correct or if business conditions
change, purchase price adjustments or future asset impairment
charges could be required. At December 31, 2010, the value
of goodwill amounted to $1,054 million.
Impairment of goodwill. Goodwill recognized in
business combinations is not amortized and is instead subject to
an impairment test to be performed on an annual basis, or more
frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in order to assess
the recoverability of its carrying value. Goodwill subject to
potential impairment is tested at a reporting unit level, which
represents a component of an operating segment for which
discrete financial information is available. Our reporting unit
Wireless includes ST-Ericsson. This impairment test
determines whether the fair value of each reporting unit for
which goodwill is allocated is lower than the total carrying
amount of relevant net assets allocated to such reporting unit,
including its allocated goodwill. If lower, the implied fair
value of the reporting unit goodwill is then compared to the
carrying value of the goodwill and an impairment charge is
recognized for any excess. In determining the fair value of a
reporting unit, we use a market approach with financial metrics
of comparable public companies and estimate the expected
discounted future cash flows associated with the reporting unit.
Significant management judgments and estimates are used in
forecasting the future discounted cash flows. Our evaluations
are based on financial plans updated with the latest available
projections of the semiconductor market evolution, our sales
expectations and our costs evaluation, and are consistent with
the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. It
is possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be
incorrect, and future adverse changes in market conditions or
operating results of acquired businesses that are not in line
with our estimates may require impairment of certain goodwill.
In the third quarter, we conducted the yearly impairment test,
which did not result in a need to recognize an additional
impairment. In the fourth quarter, we tested the fair value of
the Wireless business and concluded that no additional
impairment was required. The fair values comfortably exceeded
our carrying values for each reporting
42
unit. We did not record any goodwill impairment charge in 2010.
However, many of the factors used in assessing fair values for
such assets are outside of our control and the estimates used in
such analyses are subject to change. We will continue to monitor
the carrying value of our assets. If market conditions
deteriorate or our Wireless business experiences a further
decline in revenues, this could result in future non-cash
impairment charges against earnings. Further impairment charges
could also result from new valuations triggered by changes in
our product portfolio or strategic transactions, particularly in
the event of a downward shift in future revenues or operating
cash flow in relation to our current plans.
Intangible assets subject to
amortization. Intangible assets subject to
amortization include the cost of technologies and licenses
purchased from third parties, as well as from the purchase
method of accounting for acquisitions, purchased software and
internally developed software that is capitalized. In addition,
intangible assets subject to amortization include intangible
assets acquired through business combinations such as core
technologies and customer relationships. Intangible assets
subject to amortization are reflected net of any impairment
losses and are amortized over their estimated useful life. The
carrying value of intangible assets subject to amortization is
evaluated whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount may not be recoverable. In determining
recoverability, we initially assess whether the carrying value
exceeds the undiscounted cash flows associated with the
intangible assets. If exceeded, we then evaluate whether an
impairment charge is required by determining if the assets
carrying value also exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss
is recognized for the excess of the carrying amount over the
fair value. We normally estimate the fair value using a market
approach with financial metrics of comparable public companies
and estimate the expected discounted future cash flows
associated with the intangible assets. Significant management
judgments and estimates are required to forecast the future
operating results used in the discounted cash flow method of
valuation. Our evaluations are based on financial plans,
including the plan we receive from ST-Ericsson, updated with the
latest available projections of growth in the semiconductor
market and our sales expectations. They are consistent with the
plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. It is
possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be
incorrect and that future adverse changes in market conditions
or operating results of businesses acquired may not be in line
with our estimates and may therefore require us to recognize
impairment of certain intangible assets.
During the third quarter, we conducted the yearly impairment
test, which did not result in a need to recognize an additional
impairment. In the fourth quarter, we tested the fair value of
the Wireless business and no additional impairment was required.
The fair values comfortably exceeded the carrying values of our
intangible assets for each reporting unit. However, many of the
factors used in assessing fair values for such assets are
outside of our control and the estimates used in such analyses
are subject to change. We will continue to monitor the carrying
values of our intangible assets. If market conditions
deteriorate or our Wireless business experiences a further
decline in revenues, this could result in future non-cash
impairment charges against income. Further impairment charges
could also result from new valuations triggered by changes in
our product portfolio or strategic transactions, particularly in
the event of a downward shift in future revenues or operating
cash flow in relation to our current plans. At December 31,
2010, the value of intangible assets subject to amortization
amounted to $731 million.
Property, plant and equipment. Our business
requires substantial investments in technologically advanced
manufacturing facilities, which may become significantly
underutilized or obsolete as a result of rapid changes in demand
and ongoing technological evolution. We estimate the useful life
for the majority of our manufacturing equipment, the largest
component of our long-lived assets, to be six years, except for
our 300-mm
manufacturing equipment whose useful life was estimated to be
ten years. This estimate is based on our experience using the
equipment over time. Depreciation expense is a major element of
our manufacturing cost structure. We begin to depreciate new
equipment when it is placed into service.
We perform an impairment review when there is reason to suspect
that the carrying value of tangible assets or groups of assets
might not be recoverable. In determining the recoverability of
assets to be held and used, we initially assess whether the
carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows associated
with the tangible assets or group of assets. If exceeded, we
then evaluate whether an impairment charge is required by
determining if the assets carrying value also exceeds its
fair value. We normally estimate this fair value based on market
appraisals or the sum of discounted future cash flows, using
market assumptions such as the utilization of our fabrication
facilities and the ability to upgrade such facilities, change in
the selling price and the adoption of new technologies. We also
evaluate the continued validity of an assets useful life
when impairment indicators are identified. Assets classified as
held for sale are reflected at the lower of their carrying
amount and fair value less selling costs and are not depreciated
during the selling period. Selling costs include incremental
direct costs to transact the sale that we would not have
incurred except for the decision to sell.
Our evaluations are based on financial plans updated with the
latest projections of growth in the semiconductor market and our
sales expectations, from which we derive the future production
needs and loading of our
43
manufacturing facilities, and which are consistent with the
plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. These
plans are highly variable due to the high volatility of the
semiconductor business and therefore are subject to continuous
modifications. If future growth differs from the estimates used
in our plans, in terms of both market growth and production
allocation to our manufacturing plants, this could require a
further review of the carrying amount of our tangible assets and
result in a potential impairment loss.
Inventory. Inventory is stated at the lower of
cost and net realizable value. Cost is based on the weighted
average cost by adjusting the standard cost to approximate
actual manufacturing costs on a quarterly basis; therefore, the
cost is dependent upon our manufacturing performance. In the
case of underutilization of our manufacturing facilities, we
estimate the costs associated with the excess capacity. These
costs are not included in the valuation of inventories but are
charged directly to the cost of sales. Net realizable value is
the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business,
less applicable variable selling expenses and cost of
completion. As required, we evaluate inventory acquired as part
of purchase accounting at fair value, less completion and
distribution costs and related margin.
The valuation of inventory requires us to estimate obsolete or
excess inventory as well as inventory that is not of saleable
quality. Provisions for obsolescence are estimated for excess
uncommitted inventories based on the previous quarters
sales, order backlog and production plans. To the extent that
future negative market conditions generate order backlog
cancellations and declining sales, or if future conditions are
less favorable than the projected revenue assumptions, we could
be required to record additional inventory provisions, which
would have a negative impact on our gross margin.
Business combination. The purchase method of
accounting for business combinations requires extensive use of
estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the
fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired.
The amounts and useful lives assigned to other intangible assets
impact future amortization. If the assumptions and estimates
used to allocate the purchase price are not correct or if
business conditions change, purchase price adjustments or future
asset impairment charges could be required.
Restructuring charges. We have undertaken, and
we may continue to undertake, significant restructuring
initiatives, which have required us, or may require us in the
future, to develop formalized plans for exiting any of our
existing activities. We recognize the fair value of a liability
for costs associated with exiting an activity when a probable
liability exists and it can be reasonably estimated. We record
estimated charges for non-voluntary termination benefit
arrangements such as severance and outplacement costs meeting
the criteria for a liability as described above. Given the
significance and timing of the execution of such activities, the
process is complex and involves periodic reviews of estimates
made at the time the original decisions were taken. This process
can require more than one year due to requisite governmental and
customer approvals and our capability to transfer technology and
know-how to other locations. As we operate in a highly cyclical
industry, we monitor and evaluate business conditions on a
regular basis. If broader or newer initiatives, which could
include production curtailment or closure of other manufacturing
facilities, were to be taken, we may be required to incur
additional charges as well as change estimates of the amounts
previously recorded. The potential impact of these changes could
be material and could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations or financial condition. For 2010, the net
amount of restructuring charges and other related closure costs
amounted to $93 million before taxes.
Share-based compensation. We measure our
share-based compensation cost based on its fair value on the
grant date of each award. This cost is recognized over the
period during which an employee is required to provide service
in exchange for the award or the requisite service period,
usually the vesting period, and is adjusted for actual
forfeitures that occur before vesting. Our share-based
compensation plans may award shares contingent on the
achievement of certain financial objectives, including our
financial results. In order to assess the fair value of this
share-based compensation, we are required to estimate certain
items, including the probability of meeting certain industry
performances compared to our financial results, forfeitures and
employees service period. As a result, in relation to our
nonvested Stock Award Plan, we recorded a total pre-tax expense
of $34 million in 2010, out of which $6 million was
related to the 2007 plan, $4 million was related to the
2008 plan; $12 million to the 2009 plan and
$12 million to the 2010 plan.
Earnings (loss) on Equity Investments. We are
required to record our proportionate share of the results of the
entities that we account for under the equity method. This
recognition is based on results reported by these entities,
sometimes on a one-quarter lag, and, for such purpose, we rely
on their internal controls. In 2010, we recognized a loss of
approximately $28 million related to the ST-Ericsson JVD
entities we account for under the equity method, net of the
amortization of basis differences, a gain of approximately
$8 million on our investment in Numonyx and $3 million
loss related to other investments. Moreover, we recognized a
$265 million gain on the sale of the
44
Numonyx shares in the second quarter of 2010. In case of
triggering events, we are required to determine the fair value
of our investment and assess the classification of temporary
versus
other-than-temporary
impairments of the carrying value. We make this assessment by
evaluating the business on the basis of the most recent plans
and projections or to the best of our estimates.
Financial assets. We classify our financial
assets in the following categories:
held-for-trading
and
available-for-sale.
Such classification depends on the purpose for which the
investments are acquired. We determine the classification of our
financial assets at initial recognition. We have not elected to
apply the fair value option on any financial assets. Unlisted
equity securities with no readily determinable fair value are
carried at cost. Regular purchases and sales of financial assets
are recognized on the trade date the date on which
we commit to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are
initially recognized at fair value;
available-for-sale
and
held-for-trading
financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value. The
gain (loss) on the sale of the financial assets is reported as a
non-operating element on the consolidated statements of income.
The fair values of quoted debt and equity securities are based
on current market prices. If the market for a financial asset is
not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, we
measure fair value by using assumptions and estimates. For
unquoted equity securities, these assumptions and estimates
include the use of recent arms-length transactions; for
debt securities without available observable market price, we
establish fair value by reference to publicly available indexes
of securities with same rating and comparable or similar
underlying collaterals or industries exposure, which we
believe approximates the orderly exit value in the current
market. In measuring fair value, we make maximum use of market
inputs and rely as little as possible on entity-specific inputs.
Based on the previously adopted mark to model methodology, in
2010 we had no additional impairment on the value of the Auction
Rate Securities (ARS) that Credit Suisse purchased
on our account contrary to our mandate. For more information
about the ARS purchased by Credit Suisse contrary to our
instruction, which are still accounted for and owned by us
pending the execution of the favorable arbitration award against
Credit Suisse Securities LLC (Credit Suisse) by the
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and
confirmed on March 19, 2010 and on August 24, 2010 by
the ruling of the federal district court in New York, see
Item 8. Financial Information Legal
Proceedings.
Income taxes. We are required to make
estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense or
benefit for financial statement purposes. These estimates and
judgments also occur in the calculation of certain tax assets
and liabilities and provisions. Furthermore, the adoption of the
FASB guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes
requires an evaluation of the probability of any tax
uncertainties and the recognition of the relevant charges.
We are also required to assess the likelihood of recovery of our
deferred tax assets and partially depend on
ST-Ericsson
management as deferred tax assets at ST-Ericsson are concerned.
This assessment requires the exercise of judgement on the part
of our management with respect to, among other things, benefits
that could be realized from available tax strategies and future
taxable income, as well as other positive and negative factors.
The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent
upon, among other things, our ability to generate future taxable
income that is sufficient to utilize loss carry-forwards or tax
credits before their expiration. If recovery is not likely, we
are required to record a valuation allowance against the
deferred tax assets that we estimate will not ultimately be
recoverable, which would increase our provision for income
taxes. Our deferred tax assets have increased substantially in
the period
2007-2009 in
light of our negative net earnings, particularly at
ST-Ericsson,
while decreased in 2010 due to improved performances resulting
in net income. As of December 31, 2010, we recorded in our
accounts certain valuation allowances based on our current
operating assumptions. However, the recorded amount of total
deferred tax assets could be reduced, resulting in a decrease in
our total assets and, consequently, in our shareholders
equity, if our estimates of projected future taxable income and
benefits from available tax strategies are reduced as a result
of a change in managements assessment or due to other
factors, or if changes in current tax regulations are enacted
that impose restrictions on the timing or extent of our ability
to utilize tax loss and credit carry-forwards in the future.
Likewise, a change in the tax rates applicable in the various
jurisdictions or unfavorable outcomes of any ongoing tax audits
could have a material impact on our future tax provisions in the
periods in which these changes could occur. In particular, a
significant part of the increase in the deferred tax assets was
recorded in relation to net operating losses incurred in
ST-Ericsson joint-venture. These net operating losses will
expire in seven years; currently, no valuation allowance was
recorded at December 31, 2010 on the basis of the most
updated business plans including its tax considerations. The
future recoverability of these net operating losses is partly
dependent on the successful market penetration of new product
releases. We have received several design wins to support our
forecasted recoverability of the deferred tax assets; however,
negative developments in the new product roll-out could require
adjustments to our evaluation of the deferred tax asset
valuation.
Patent and other Intellectual Property (IP)
litigation or claims. As is the case with many
companies in the semiconductor industry, we have from time to
time received, and may in the future receive, communication
alleging possible infringement of patents and other IP rights of
third parties. Furthermore, we may become involved in costly
45
litigation brought against us regarding patents, mask works,
copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets. In the event the
outcome of a litigation claim is unfavorable to us, we may be
required to purchase a license for the underlying IP right on
economically unfavorable terms and conditions, possibly pay
damages for prior use,
and/or face
an injunction, all of which singly or in the aggregate could
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
on our ability to compete. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations We depend on patents to protect
our rights to our technology and may face claims of infringing
the IP rights of others.
We record a provision when we believe that it is probable that a
liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be
reasonably estimated. We regularly evaluate losses and claims
with the support of our outside counsel to determine whether
they need to be adjusted based on current information available
to us. From time to time we face cases where contingent
liability cannot readily be reasonably estimated. In the event
of litigation that is adversely determined with respect to our
interests, or in the event that we need to change our evaluation
of a potential third-party claim based on new evidence or
communications, this could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations or financial condition at the time it were
to materialize. We are in discussion with several parties with
respect to claims against us relating to possible infringement
of other parties IP rights. We are also involved in
several legal proceedings concerning such issues. See
Item 8. Financial Information Legal
Proceedings.
As of December 31, 2010, based on our assessment, we did
not record any material provisions in our financial statements
relating to third-party IP right claims since we had not
identified any risk of probable loss that is likely to arise out
of asserted claims or ongoing legal proceedings. There can be no
assurance, however, that these will be resolved in our favor. If
the outcome of any claim or litigation were to be unfavorable to
us, we could incur monetary damages,
and/or face
an injunction, all of which singly or in the aggregate could
have an adverse effect on our results of operation and our
ability to compete.
Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits. Our
results of operations and our consolidated balance sheet include
an amount of pension and post-retirement benefits that are
measured using actuarial valuations. At December 31, 2010,
our pension and long-term benefit obligations net of plan assets
amounted to $326 million based on the assumption that our
employees will work with us until they reach the age of
retirement. These valuations are based on key assumptions,
including discount rates, expected long-term rates of return on
funds and salary increase rates. These assumptions are updated
on an annual basis at the beginning of each fiscal year or more
frequently upon the occurrence of significant events. Any
changes in the pension schemes or in the above assumptions can
have an impact on our valuations. The measurement date we use
for the majority of our plans is December 31.
Other claims. We are subject to the
possibility of loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course
of business. These include, but are not limited to: warranty
costs on our products not covered by insurance, breach of
contract claims, tax claims and provisions for specifically
identified income tax exposure as well as claims for
environmental damages. In determining loss contingencies, we
consider the likelihood of a loss of an asset or the incurrence
of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate
the amount of such loss or liability. An estimated loss is
recorded when we believe that it is probable that a liability
has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated. We regularly re-evaluate any losses and claims and
determine whether our provisions need to be adjusted based on
the current information available to us. In the event we are
unable to estimate the amount of such loss in a correct and
timely manner, this could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations or financial condition at the time such
loss were to materialize.
For more information, see Note 2 to our Consolidated
Financial Statements.
Fiscal
Year 2010
Under Article 35 of our Articles of Association, our
financial year extends from January 1 to December 31, which
is the period end of each fiscal year. The first quarter of 2010
ended on March 27, 2010. The second quarter of 2010 ended
on June 26, 2010 and the third quarter of 2010 ended on
September 25, 2010. The fourth quarter of 2010 ended on
December 31, 2010. Based on our fiscal calendar, the
distribution of our revenues and expenses by quarter may be
unbalanced due to a different number of days in the various
quarters of the fiscal year.
In 2011 the first quarter will end on April 2, the second
quarter will end on July 2, the third quarter will end on
October 1 and the fourth quarter will end on
December 31.
46
2010
Business Overview
The total available market is defined as the TAM,
while the serviceable available market, the SAM, is
defined as the market for products produced by us (which
consists of the TAM and excludes PC motherboard major devices
such as Microprocessors (MPUs), DRAMs,
optoelectronics devices and Flash Memory).
In 2010, the semiconductor industry significantly rebound after
the previous year decline, with the total revenues reaching new
historically high levels.
Based on published industry data by WSTS, semiconductor industry
revenues increased in 2010 on a
year-over-year
basis by approximately 32% for the TAM and 26% for the SAM to
reach approximately $298 billion and $171 billion,
respectively. In the fourth quarter the TAM and the SAM
decreased approximately 4% and 2% sequentially, while increasing
on a
year-over-year
basis by 12% and 14%, respectively.
With reference to our business performance, in 2010 we
registered a solid progression in terms of revenues, with
particularly strong results noted by the ACCI and IMS product
segments. Our yearly revenues increased to $10,346 million,
our highest ever net revenues, resulting in a 21.6% increase
over 2009; this performance was below the SAM, as a combination
of IMS and ACCI growing faster than their served market and
Wireless declining in a growing market due to product portfolio
transition.
Our fourth quarter 2010 revenues reached $2,833 million,
increasing both on a
year-over-year
and sequential basis by 9.7% and 6.6%, respectively, as they
continued to benefit from strong demand from our customers,
mainly in Automotive and Industrial and Multi segment sectors.
Compared to the SAM, our sequential performance was
significantly better, although it was lower on a
year-over-year
basis.
Our effective average exchange rate for 2010 was $1.36 for
1.00 compared to $1.37 for 1.00 for 2009. Our
effective average exchange rate for the fourth quarter of 2010
was $1.34 for 1.00, same as for the third quarter of 2010
and compared to $1.43 for 1.00 in the fourth quarter of
2009. For a more detailed discussion of our hedging arrangements
and the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates, see
Impact of Changes in Exchange Rates below.
Our 2010 gross margin reached 38.8% of revenues, increasing
by 7.9 percentage points compared to the prior year. The
main factors contributing to the improvement during 2010 were:
(i) higher sales volume and, consequently, the improved
loading of our fabs, while the 2009 gross margin was
penalized by approximately 4 percentage points by the
unused capacity charges; (ii) overall improvement in our
manufacturing efficiencies resulting from our cost optimization
initiatives and restructuring plans; and (iii) new product
introductions in several of our product lines.
Our fourth quarter 2010 gross margin further increased to
39.9%, up sequentially and on a
year-over-year
basis, by 70 and 290 basis points, respectively.
Our total operating expenses, combining the selling, general and
administrative (SG&A) and research and
development (R&D) expenses, were basically flat
compared to 2009, despite higher revenues, taking advantage of
the cost saving initiatives, while we maintained our commitment
to support significant investments in the research and
development activities.
The 2010 overall improvement of our performances, particularly
in terms of higher revenues and manufacturing efficiencies,
coupled with a strong decrease in the amount of impairment and
restructuring charges and led to a significant turnaround of our
operating results, moving from a loss of $1,023 million in
2009 to an income of $476 million in 2010. Our continued
effort to develop new and exciting products has started to
translate into increased profitability as operating results
improved in 2010 by approximately $1.5 billion on
$1.84 billion of higher revenues.
Our fourth quarter 2010 operating income amounted to
$213 million, improving sequentially from
$193 million, driven by higher revenues.
In summary, our profitability in 2010 was generated by the
following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
strong progression of our revenues; and
|
|
|
|
overall improvement of our manufacturing performances.
|
These factors were partially offset by the following elements:
|
|
|
|
|
negative pricing trend; and
|
|
|
|
the losses of ST-Ericsson JVS, half of which were attributed to
noncontrolling interest.
|
47
We had a very strong finish to the year. Our fourth quarter
revenues came in near the top end of our range anticipated when
entering the quarter, increasing 6.6% sequentially on
broad-based strength in Analog, MEMS, Microcontrollers and
Automotive applications. Our gross margin further increased to
39.9%, up 70 basis points sequentially, coming in above the
mid-point of our guidance.
ACCI and IMS again achieved record sales this quarter,
accompanied by further improvements at the operating profit
level, with ACCI operating margin increasing to 11.9% and IMS
rising to 22.5%. In Wireless, while operating losses remain very
significant, ST-Ericsson has completed its restructuring and is
now well on its way to complete the transition to its new
product portfolio. Our strong sales result, driven by our
innovative product portfolio combined with our restructuring
efforts, enabled us to generate net earnings of
$830 million for the year.
In 2010, we were well prepared to take advantage of
significantly better industry conditions with the right
portfolio and we have started to turn our vision of leadership
in Sense and Power applications and in multimedia
convergence into reality. In the last eight quarters, we went
through the most severe economic recession in 2009 and
successfully capitalized on the 2010 market recovery. Throughout
this time frame, we remained focused on our growth and
profitability objectives. Today, our innovative products, which
have leadership positions in highly successful applications,
customer base and solid capital structure, make us a much
stronger company.
Business
Outlook
As we enter 2011, key new products continuing to ramp will
include gyroscopes, accelerometers, 32-bit microcontrollers and
automotive products among others. New products that will
contribute to our growth in the coming quarters include
System-on-Chips
for 3-D and
connected TVs, MEMS microphones and pressure sensors and
advanced analog products for medical and smart grid
applications. Also, ST-Ericsson will ramp new products, such as
their thin modem and, in the second half of the year, U8500
smartphone platforms.
While the semi-conductor industry is expected to grow in 2011,
although at a much more moderate rate compared to the strong
growth in 2010, based on current market conditions, we believe
we are positioned to deliver above market revenue growth
accompanied by further
year-over-year
improvements in quarterly operating profitability. We are
well-positioned for success in our traditional and new growth
markets including energy savings, data security, healthcare and
wellness, as well as smart consumer devices.
In order to support our innovative product portfolio and to fuel
revenue growth faster than the served market dynamic,
particularly for MEMS, Automotive and U8500 smartphone platform,
we expect to invest approximately $1.1 billion to
$1.5 billion in 2011 based on revenue growth.
In line with normal seasonality, the high exposure to New Year
holidays in Asia and the accounting calendar, we expect the
first quarter 2011 revenues to be lower sequentially by about 7
to 12%, which at the mid-point equates to a 10% increase when
compared to the
year-over-year
period. As a result, and based on prices entering the new year
contracts, gross margin in the first quarter is expected to be
around 39.0%, plus or minus 1 percentage point.
This outlook is based on an assumed effective currency exchange
rate of approximately $1.32 equal to 1.00 for 2011 first
quarter. The first quarter will close on April 2, 2011.
These are forward-looking statements that are subject to
known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual results to differ materially; in particular, refer to
those known risks and uncertainties described in
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
and Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors herein.
Other
Developments
3Sun
S.r.l. (3Sun)
On January 4, 2010, we signed a joint agreement with Enel
and Sharp for the manufacture of triple-junction thin-film
photovoltaic panels in Italy. On August 2, 2010, we
announced, together with Enel and Sharp, the signature of a
binding commitment letter for a project financing of around
150 million by a group of banks and our equal share
joint venture, named 3Sun, began operations at the Catania,
Italy factory. The Catania factorys initial photovoltaic
panel production capacity, equivalent to 160 MW per year,
is to be financed through a combination of equity from sponsors,
grants from the Italian Joint Ministerial Committee for Economic
planning, which recently committed 49 million to this
project, and project financing provided by leading banks. In
December 2010, 3Sun signed the project finance agreement. We,
Enel and Sharp have each underwritten one-third of the joint
ventures equity, equal to 60 million. Our
equity commitment was mainly satisfied by the contribution of
the M6 facility in Catania (see below) for a value of
60 million. We, Enel and Sharp are committed to
further equity contributions up
48
to 30 million should certain conditions be met. Panel
production at the Catania plant is scheduled to begin in the
second half of 2011.
Numonyx
On February 10, 2010, we, together with our partners Intel
Corporation and Francisco Partners, entered into a definitive
agreement with Micron Technology Inc., in which Micron acquired
Numonyx Holdings B.V. in an all-stock transaction, closed on
May 7, 2010. In exchange for our 48.6% stake in Numonyx, we
received approximately 66.88 million shares of Micron
common stock, recorded as a financial investment. At the
May 6, 2010 Micron closing share price of $8.75 per share,
the value of the shares was $585.2 million. Due to the high
volatility in the share price, the value of these shares could
be subject to material variations and, therefore, in order to
partially protect the value of the transaction, we had hedged,
with certain derivative instruments, a significant portion of
the 66.88 million shares. Through December 31, 2010,
we sold 46.8 million shares at an average price of $8.48
per share, including the unwinding of the applicable hedging
contracts. For the details of these hedging operations, see
Note 27 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Furthermore, we had a payable of $78 million due to
Francisco Partners at the end of the shares six month
lock-up
period which was paid during the fourth quarter 2010. Also, at
the closing of this transaction, the senior credit facility that
was supported by our guarantee of $225 million was repaid
in full by Numonyx. The overall transaction resulted in a gain
after tax of approximately $265 million, higher than the
amount previously announced, which was reported in our fiscal
second quarter Consolidated Statement of Income. In connection
with the divestiture of Numonyx we also received full ownership
of the Numonyx M6 facility in Catania, Italy, which, as noted
above, we have contributed to 3Sun, the new photovoltaic joint
venture among Enel, Sharp and us. Subsequently, in
January 2011, we sold all the remaining Micron shares
together with their relevant collar option for the total
proceeds of $196 million, realizing a gain of
$20 million.
Under the terms of the agreement to sell Numonyx to Micron, we
retained the $250 million deposit with DBS Bank Ltd. in
Singapore, which was intended to guarantee the Hynix-Numonyx
Joint Ventures debt financing for such amount. Concurrent
with our divestiture of Numonyx, we entered into an agreement
with Micron and Numonyx that provided that, in the event Hynix
exercised its right to purchase Numonyxs interest in the
Hynix joint venture following the closing of the Numonyx
transaction, Numonyx would take over all or part of our
obligations under the guarantee. On May 31, 2010, Numonyx
notified us that on May 28, 2010, Hynix had delivered a
call option exercise notice to them. Following these events, our
$250 million deposit in favor of the Numonyx-Hynix joint
venture was released to us on August 31, 2010, upon the
completion of Hynixs purchase of Numonyxs equity
interest in the Hynix-Numonyx Joint Venture.
Credit
Suisse
On March 19, 2010, in connection with our legal action to
recover from Credit Suisse the amount invested in unauthorized
auction rate securities against our instructions, the federal
district court in New York issued a ruling affirming the
unanimous arbitration award in our favor for more than
$432 million, including collected interest, entered in
February 2009 by FINRA. The ruling of the federal district court
in New York denied Credit Suisses motion to vacate the
award, also granting our petition to affirm the award and
directing Credit Suisse to pay us the unpaid balance. Based on
the ruling we should receive approximately $357 million,
which includes approximately $27 million of interest to
date, in addition to the approximately $75 million
previously received in December upon selling a portion of these
securities. On March 31, 2010, the New York Court for the
Southern District issued a judgment confirming the
March 19, 2010 order and closing the case. On
August 24, 2010, the New York Court for the Southern
District issued a judgment confirming the ruling of March 2010,
which was subsequently appealed by Credit Suisse. After filing
the required supersedeas bond, Credit Suisse filed on
September 21, 2010 a motion of appeal to the US Court of
Appeal of the Second Circuit, and three days later we filed a
motion for an expedited appeal. On February 24, 2011, we
received notice that the US Court of Appeals for the Second
Circuit has fixed March 28, 2011 as the trial date.
Shareholders
Meeting
At our annual general meeting of shareholders held on
May 25, 2010, the following proposals, inter alia, were
approved by our shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
Approval of our 2009 accounts reported in accordance with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS);
|
|
|
|
The reappointment for a three-year term, expiring at the 2013
Annual General Meeting, of the following members of the
Supervisory Board: Mr. Raymond Bingham and
Mr. Alessandro Ovi; and
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
The distribution of an annual cash dividend of $0.28 per share,
to be paid in four equal quarterly installments.
|
Organizational
changes
On February 3, 2010, we announced that Tjerk Hooghiemstra
joined us as Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative
Officer (CAO), reporting to our President and CEO,
Carlo Bozotti. This new position was created with the aim of
generating synergies among several staff organizations by
optimizing the functions of Human Resources, Health &
Safety, Education, Legal, Internal Communication, Security and
Corporate Responsibility.
As of October 8, 2010, our Chief Compliance Officer reports
to our CAO; and our Internal Audit organization reports
functionally to the Chairman of our Audit Committee and
administratively to our CEO.
Our Supervisory Board met on October 26, 2010, and
announced its decision to propose for shareholder approval at
our next Annual General Meeting in 2011, the reappointment for a
three-year term of Carlo Bozotti as the sole member of the
Managing Board and our President and Chief Executive Officer. In
addition, Didier Lamouche resigned as a member of our
Supervisory Board effective October 26, 2010, in view of
his joining us on November 1, 2010. Alain Dutheil has
announced his decision to retire in 2011 after 27 years
with us. Following a transition period, Didier Lamouche
succeeded Alain Dutheil as Chief Operating Officer on
January 26, 2011. Alessandro Ovi was appointed to replace
Didier Lamouche on our Audit Committee.
We have decided to start some venture capital investments in
areas of strategic interest for our company. With this
initiative, managed by a dedicated organization, we will invest
in startup companies that develop emergent technologies,
products and services connected to our business, allowing us to
assess new markets and to position ourselves early. As a
consequence, Loïc Lietar, formerly Chief Strategic Officer,
will manage this new activity and Philippe Lambinet, on top of
his current assignment, will take on the responsibility of the
strategic functions currently managed by Loïc Lietar.
Moreover, the Corporate Communication Group has become part of
our CFOs organization, with the purpose of driving a
comprehensive and thorough business, market, product and
financial integrated communication platform, aimed at a broader
audience of stakeholders and shareholders.
Results
of Operations
Segment
Information
We operate in two business areas: Semiconductors and Subsystems.
In the Semiconductors business area, we design, develop,
manufacture and market a broad range of products, including
discrete and standard commodity components, application-specific
integrated circuits (ASICs), full-custom devices and
semi-custom devices and application-specific standard products
(ASSPs) for analog, digital and mixed-signal
applications. In addition, we further participate in the
manufacturing value chain of Smartcard products through our
divisions, which include the production and sale of both silicon
chips and Smart cards.
The organization during 2010 was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
(ACCI), comprised of four product lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Products Group (APG);
|
|
|
|
Computer and Communication Infrastructure (CCI);
|
|
|
|
Home Entertainment & Displays
(HED); and
|
|
|
|
Imaging (IMG).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS), comprised
of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analog, Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(APM); and
|
|
|
|
Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smart Card
products (MMS).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless Segment (Wireless), comprised of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
2G, EDGE, TD-SCDMA & Connectivity;
|
|
|
|
3G Multimedia & Platforms;
|
|
|
|
LTE & 3G Modem Solutions;
|
50
in which since February 3, 2009, we report the portion of
sales and operating results of ST-Ericsson JVS as consolidated
in our revenue and operating results; and
|
|
|
|
|
Other Wireless, in which we report other revenues, gross margin
and other items related to the wireless business but outside of
the ST-Ericsson JVS.
|
In 2010, we restated our results from prior periods for
illustrative comparisons of our performance by product segment.
The preparation of segment information based on the current
segment structure requires us to make significant estimates,
assumptions and judgments in determining the operating income of
the segments for the prior reporting periods. The tables set
forth below reflect the transfer of a small business unit from
ACCI to IMS; accordingly, we have reclassified the prior
periods revenues and operating income results of ACCI and
IMS. We believe that the restated 2009 presentation is
consistent with that of 2010 and we use these comparatives when
managing our company.
As of January 1, 2011, the Audio division moved from ACCI
to the IMS perimeter.
Additionally starting in 2011, we are now tracking the
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS) in the two
following sub-segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Analog, MEMS, MCU (AMM), including
|
|
|
|
|
|
all Analog Products and MEMS from former product line Analog
Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(APM); and
|
|
|
|
former product line Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile
Memory and Smart Card products (MMS).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Power Discrete Products (PDP), including:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tyristors & Triacs, IPAD and Transistors from former
product line Analog Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(APM).
|
Our principal investment and resource allocation decisions in
the semiconductor business area are for expenditures on R&D
and capital investments in front-end and back-end manufacturing
facilities. These decisions are not made by product segments,
but on the basis of the semiconductor business area. All these
product segments share common R&D for process technology
and manufacturing capacity for most of their products.
In the Subsystems business area, we design, develop, manufacture
and market subsystems and modules for the telecommunications,
automotive and industrial markets including mobile phone
accessories, battery chargers, ISDN power supplies and
in-vehicle equipment for electronic toll payment. Based on its
immateriality to our business as a whole, the Subsystems segment
does not meet the requirements for a reportable segment as
defined in the guidance on disclosures about segments of an
enterprise and related information.
The following tables present our consolidated net revenues and
consolidated operating income by product segment. For the
computation of the segments internal financial
measurements, we use certain internal rules of allocation for
the costs not directly chargeable to the segments, including
cost of sales, selling, general and administrative expenses and
a significant part of research and development expenses.
Additionally, in compliance with our internal policies, certain
cost items are not charged to the segments, including unused
capacity charges, impairment, restructuring charges and other
related closure costs,
start-up and
phase out costs of certain manufacturing facilities, strategic
and special R&D programs or other corporate-sponsored
initiatives, including certain corporate level operating
expenses, acquired IP R&D, other non-recurrent purchase
accounting items and certain other miscellaneous charges.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net revenues by product segments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
(ACCI)(1)
|
|
$
|
4,169
|
|
|
$
|
3,152
|
|
|
$
|
4,055
|
|
Industrial and Multi segment Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
3,899
|
|
|
|
2,687
|
|
|
|
3,403
|
|
Wireless
|
|
|
2,219
|
|
|
|
2,585
|
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
Others(2)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
Flash Memory Group (FMG)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
Total consolidated net revenues
|
|
$
|
10,346
|
|
|
$
|
8,510
|
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Following the transfer of a small business unit from ACCI to
IMS, we have reclassified prior periods revenues
accordingly. |
|
(2) |
|
In 2010, Others includes revenues from the sales of
Subsystems ($19 million), assembly services
($14 million), sales of materials and other products not
allocated to product segments ($21 million) and
miscellaneous ($5 million). |
For each product segment, the following table discloses the
revenues of their relevant product lines for the periods under
review:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net revenues by product lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Products Group (APG)(1)
|
|
$
|
1,420
|
|
|
$
|
1,005
|
|
|
$
|
1,386
|
|
Computer and Communication Infrastructure (CCI)
|
|
|
1,125
|
|
|
|
932
|
|
|
|
1,077
|
|
Home Entertainment & Displays (HED)
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
Imaging (IMG)
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
|
499
|
|
Others
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
(ACCI)
|
|
|
4,169
|
|
|
|
3,152
|
|
|
|
4,055
|
|
Analog, Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(APM)
|
|
|
2,714
|
|
|
|
1,887
|
|
|
|
2,393
|
|
Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smartcard
products (MMS)(1)
|
|
|
1,181
|
|
|
|
798
|
|
|
|
1,010
|
|
Others
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
3,899
|
|
|
|
2,687
|
|
|
|
3,403
|
|
2G, EDGE TD-SCDMA & Connectivity
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
|
1,027
|
|
|
|
737
|
|
3G Multimedia & Platforms
|
|
|
1,223
|
|
|
|
1,529
|
|
|
|
1,293
|
|
LTE & 3G Modem Solutions
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
Others
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless
|
|
|
2,219
|
|
|
|
2,585
|
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
Others
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
Flash Memory Group (FMG)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated net revenues
|
|
$
|
10,346
|
|
|
$
|
8,510
|
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Following the transfer of a small business unit from ACCI to
IMS, we have reclassified prior periods revenues
accordingly. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) by product segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
(ACCI)
|
|
$
|
410
|
|
|
$
|
(69
|
)
|
|
$
|
142
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
476
|
|
Wireless(1)
|
|
|
(483
|
)
|
|
|
(356
|
)
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
Others(2)
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
|
|
(689
|
)
|
|
|
(767
|
)
|
Operating income (loss) excluding FMG
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
|
(1,023
|
)
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
Flash Memory Group (FMG)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
$
|
(1,023
|
)
|
|
$
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The majority of Wireless activities are run through
ST-Ericsson JVS, a joint venture between us and Ericsson. In
addition, the Wireless segment includes other items affecting
operating results related to the wireless business. The
noncontrolling interest of Ericsson in ST-Ericsson JVS
operating results (which are 100% included in the Wireless
segment) is credited on the line Net loss (income)
attributable to noncontrolling interest of our
Consolidated Statements of Income, which represented
$288 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
Operating loss of Others includes items such as
unused capacity charges, impairment, restructuring charges and
other related closure costs,
start-up and
phase-out costs, and other unallocated expenses such as:
strategic or |
52
|
|
|
|
|
special R&D programs, acquired IP R&D and other
non-recurrent purchase accounting items, certain corporate level
operating expenses, certain patent claims and litigation, and
other costs that are not allocated to the product segments, as
well as operating earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other
Products Group. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(As percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) by product segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
(ACCI)(1)
|
|
|
9.8
|
%
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)%
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)(1)
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
Wireless(1)
|
|
|
(21.8
|
)
|
|
|
(13.8
|
)
|
|
|
(3.2
|
)
|
Others(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flash Memory Group (FMG)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)(3)
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
(12.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As a percentage of net revenues per product segment. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes operating income (loss) from sales of subsystems and
other income (expenses) not allocated to product segments. |
|
(3) |
|
As a percentage of total net revenues. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Reconciliation to consolidated operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating income (loss) of product segments
|
|
$
|
608
|
|
|
$
|
(334
|
)
|
|
$
|
553
|
|
Total operating income FMG
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Unused capacity charges
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(322
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
(291
|
)
|
|
|
(481
|
)
|
Start-up/phase-out
costs
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Strategic and other research and development programs
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Acquired In-Process R&D and other non recurring purchase
accounting items
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
Other non-allocated provisions(1)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Total operating loss Others
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
|
|
(689
|
)
|
|
|
(767
|
)
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
$
|
(1,023
|
)
|
|
$
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes unallocated income and expenses such as certain
corporate level operating expenses and other costs that are not
allocated to the product segments. |
Net
revenues by location of order shipment and by market
segment
The table below sets forth information on our net revenues by
location of order shipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMEA
|
|
$
|
2,592
|
|
|
$
|
2,413
|
|
|
$
|
3,024
|
|
Americas
|
|
|
1,331
|
|
|
|
1,015
|
|
|
|
1,334
|
|
Greater China South Asia
|
|
|
4,558
|
|
|
|
3,457
|
|
|
|
3,928
|
|
Japan-Korea
|
|
|
1,865
|
|
|
|
1,625
|
|
|
|
1,556
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,346
|
|
|
$
|
8,510
|
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by
location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered by
U.S.-based
companies to be invoiced to Greater China South Asia
affiliates are |
53
|
|
|
|
|
classified as Greater China South Asia revenues.
Furthermore, the comparison among the different periods may be
affected by shifts in order shipment from one location to
another, as requested by our customers. |
The table below shows our net revenues by location of order
shipment and market segment application in percentage of net
revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(As percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
Net Revenues by Location of Order Shipment:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
28.4
|
%
|
|
|
30.7
|
%
|
Americas
|
|
|
12.9
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
|
13.6
|
|
Greater China South Asia
|
|
|
44.1
|
|
|
|
40.6
|
|
|
|
39.9
|
|
Japan-Korea
|
|
|
18.0
|
|
|
|
19.1
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
Net Revenues by Market Segment Application:(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
13.8
|
|
Computer
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
12.9
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
|
|
|
13.6
|
|
Telecom
|
|
|
31.8
|
|
|
|
39.9
|
|
|
|
33.3
|
|
Industrial and Other
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
20.9
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Net revenues by location of order shipment are classified by
location of customer invoiced. For example, products ordered by
U.S.-based
companies to be invoiced to Greater China South Asia
affiliates are classified as Greater China South
Asia revenues. Furthermore, the comparison among the different
periods may be affected by shifts in order shipment from one
location to another, as requested by our customers. |
|
(2) |
|
The above table estimates, within a variance of 5% to 10% in the
absolute dollar amount, the relative weighting of each of our
target segments. Net revenues by market segment application are
classified according to the status of the final customer. For
example, products ordered by a computer company, even including
sales of other applications such as Telecom, are classified as
Computer revenues. |
54
The following table sets forth certain financial data from our
Consolidated Statements of Income, expressed in each case as a
percentage of net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(As percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
99.2
|
%
|
|
|
99.5
|
%
|
|
|
99.5
|
%
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
(61.2
|
)
|
|
|
(69.1
|
)
|
|
|
(63.8
|
)
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
38.8
|
|
|
|
30.9
|
|
|
|
36.2
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
(11.4
|
)
|
|
|
(13.6
|
)
|
|
|
(12.0
|
)
|
Research and development
|
|
|
(22.7
|
)
|
|
|
(27.8
|
)
|
|
|
(21.9
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(3.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
(12.0
|
)
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge and realized losses on financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
Earnings (loss) on equity investments and gain on investment
divestiture
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
(5.6
|
)
|
Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling
interest
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
(17.6
|
)
|
|
|
(8.3
|
)
|
Income tax benefit expense
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
Income (loss) before noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
(16.5
|
)
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)
|
Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Net income (loss) attributable to parent company
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
|
|
(13.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(8.0
|
)%
|
2010 vs.
2009
Based on published industry data by WSTS, semiconductor industry
revenue increased by approximately 32% for the TAM and 26% for
the SAM.
Net
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
10,262
|
|
|
$
|
8,465
|
|
|
|
21.2
|
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
87.1
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
10,346
|
|
|
$
|
8,510
|
|
|
|
21.6
|
|
In 2010, we registered a strong performance, posting growth in
all regions and in all product segments, with the exception of
Wireless. Our revenues reached a record $10,346 million,
increasing 21.6% compared to prior year, as a result of a broad
product portfolio and significantly better industry conditions.
In 2010, we recognized $84 million in other revenues,
mainly consisting of the proceeds from the licensing of CMOS
technologies which accounted for $57 million. The revenue
increase was entirely driven by volume, which accounted for an
approximate 31% increase, partially balanced by an approximate
9% decline in average selling prices. The selling price decrease
resulted from a negative pricing impact of approximately 6% and
a less favorable product mix impact of 3% due to a strong volume
increase in IMS and ACCI coupled with a volume decrease in
Wireless.
By product segment, our revenues performance was supported by
the strong results within both IMS and ACCI, registering an
increase of approximately 45% and 32%, respectively, while
Wireless sales registered a decline of approximately 14%. Within
ACCI, strong results were driven by all key product lines, in
particular Automotive, Digital Consumer, Computer Peripherals
and Printers. IMS revenue growth benefited from two main
factors: (1) first advanced Analog and MEMS products, which
are becoming an increasing proportion of its overall portfolio;
(2) success of its general purpose and secure
microcontroller families. The decline in volume and selling
prices was the main reason for Wireless sales decrease,
due to the expected ongoing decline in sales of our legacy
product portfolio.
55
By location of order shipment, Greater China-South Asia and
Americas were the top performers, with approximately 32% and 31%
growth, respectively, largely exceeding the results registered
by Japan-Korea at approximately 15% and EMEA at approximately
7%. Our largest customer, the Nokia group of companies,
accounted for approximately 14% of our net revenues in 2010
compared to about 16% during 2009.
Gross
profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
(6,331
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,884
|
)
|
|
|
(7.6
|
)
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,015
|
|
|
|
2,626
|
|
|
|
52.9
|
|
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
38.8
|
%
|
|
|
30.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Our gross margin in 2010 reached a level of 38.8%, increasing on
a
year-over-year
basis by nearly 8 percentage points. The increase in gross
profit and gross margin reflected higher revenues, improved
manufacturing efficiencies and a more favorable product mix in
ACCI and IMS, as well as the absence of unused capacity charges
following the return to normal fab loading. The unused capacity
charges were immaterial in 2010, compared to $322 million
in 2009. The gross profit also benefited slightly from a
positive fluctuation in the U.S. dollar exchange rate.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
(1,175
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,159
|
)
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(11.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(13.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
While our selling, general and administrative expenses
registered a slight increase in 2010 in dollar terms, they
decreased as a percentage of revenues from 13.6% in 2009 to
11.4% in 2010, as leveraged by the higher revenues.
Our share-based compensation charges were $18 million in
2010, compared to $19 million registered in 2009.
Research
and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
$
|
(2,350
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,365
|
)
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(22.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(27.8
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
Our
year-over-year
R&D expenses remained basically flat due to our ongoing
cost saving measures and restructuring initiatives, mainly in
the ST-Ericsson perimeter, while maintaining our commitment to
invest in R&D activities. The R&D expense to sales
ratio was at about 23% of revenues in 2010, also reflecting the
current effort in product transition in Wireless.
The 2010 amount included $10 million of share-based
compensation charges compared to $11 million in 2009.
R&D expenses in 2010 were net of research tax credits,
which amounted to $146 million, same as in the prior year.
56
Other
income and expenses, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
|
Research and development funding
|
|
$
|
106
|
|
|
$
|
202
|
|
Start-up/phase-out
costs
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
Exchange gain, net
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Patent costs, net of gain from settlement
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Gain on sale of long-lived assets, net
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
166
|
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Other income and expenses, net, mainly included, as income,
R&D funding and exchange gain and, as expenses,
start-up and
phase-out costs and patent claim costs net of settlement
agreements. Income from R&D funding was associated with our
R&D projects, which, upon approval, qualify as funding on
the basis of contracts with local government agencies in
locations where we pursue our activities. In 2010, the balance
of these factors resulted in net income of $90 million,
significantly lower than in the previous year, which benefited
from the
catch-up of
funding related also to prior years. The 2010 amount also
included a significant decline in
start-up and
phase-out costs, benefiting from a more stabilized structure of
our manufacturing activities.
Impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure
costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
$
|
(104
|
)
|
|
$
|
(291
|
)
|
In 2010, we recorded $104 million of impairment and
restructuring charges and other related closure costs, which
were basically related to two plans: the manufacturing
restructuring plan, which is expected to be completed in the
second half of 2011, and the ST-Ericsson restructuring plan. The
breakdown was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
$27 million related to our manufacturing restructuring plan
which contemplated the closure of our Ain Sebaa (Morocco),
Carrollton (Texas) and Phoenix (Arizona) sites, and was composed
of one-time termination benefits, as well as other relevant
charges, mainly related to the Carrollton and Phoenix fabs;
|
|
|
|
$74 million related to the plans announced in April and
December 2009 by ST-Ericsson, largely completed during 2010,
primarily consisting of on-going termination benefits pursuant
to the workforce reduction plan and the closure of certain
locations in Europe; and
|
|
|
|
$3 million related to other restructuring initiatives.
|
In 2009, we recorded $291 million in impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs, of which:
$126 million related to the closure of our Ain Sebaa
(Morocco), Carrollton (Texas) and Phoenix (Arizona) sites,
including $101 million of one-time termination benefits, as
well as other relevant charges and $25 million as
impairment charges on the fair value of Carrollton and Phoenix
assets; $100 million related to the new plans announced in
April and December 2009 by ST-Ericsson, primarily consisting of
on-going termination benefits pursuant to the closure of certain
locations in Europe and the United States; $59 million
related to other ongoing and newly committed restructuring
plans, consisting primarily of voluntary termination benefits
and early retirement arrangements in some of our European
locations; and $6 million as impairment on certain goodwill.
Operating
income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
476
|
|
|
$
|
(1,023
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
(12.0
|
)%
|
57
Our operating results significantly improved in 2010 compared to
the year-ago period due to the rebound in our revenues, the
success of new product offering, in particular in ACCI and IMS
and the benefits of our cost optimization initiatives. As a
result, our operating income reached $476 million,
significantly better than our operating loss of
$1,023 million in 2009. In 2009, the high level of
operating losses was mainly due to the sharp drop in revenues
originated by the market downturn, the high amount of unused
capacity charges associated with the low level of fab loading
and the higher amount of impairment and restructuring charges.
Both ACCI and IMS reported a significant improvement in their
profitability compared to the year ago period, supported by
their higher levels of revenues, while Wireless incurred higher
losses due to declining sales. ACCI increased its operating
result from a loss of $69 million to an operating profit of
$410 million, equivalent to 9.8% of revenues. IMS improved
its profit from $91 million to $681 million,
equivalent to 17.5% of revenues. Wireless operating loss
increased from $356 million to $483 million, partially
off-set by noncontrolling interest in our earnings of
respectively $276 million and $296 million, and was
originated by ST-Ericsson, which is completing its cost
restructuring while seeking to enhance its product and
customers portfolio. The segment Others
significantly reduced its losses to $132 million, from
$689 million in the year ago period, mainly due to
significantly lower amounts of restructuring and unused capacity
charges.
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge and realized losses on financial
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge and realized losses on financial assets
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
(140
|
)
|
No amounts were recorded as
other-than-temporary
impairment charge or realized losses on financial assets as of
December 31, 2010. The 2009 amount was related to an
other-than-temporary
impairment of $72 million and a realized loss of
$68 million, both linked to the portfolio of ARS purchased
on our account by Credit Suisse contrary to our instruction. See
Liquidity and Capital Resources.
Interest
income (expense), net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
We recorded net interest expense of $3 million in 2010,
compared to income of $9 million registered in the previous
period. This amount consisted of (i) $31 million in
interest income, decreasing compared to 2009, in spite of the
more favorable cash position, due to lower U.S. dollar
denominated interest rates on liquidity investments and the
extinguishment of long-term subordinated notes received upon the
creation of Numonyx, as well as the redemption of the
$250 million restricted cash in favor of the Numonyx-Hynix
joint venture; and (ii) $34 million of interest
expense and banking fees, which also decreased due to the lower
cost of debt following our repurchase of about 50% of our 2016
convertible bonds (2016 Convertible Bonds) and about
15% of our 2013 senior bonds (2013 Senior Bonds).
Loss
on equity investments and gain on investment
divestiture
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Loss on equity investments and gain on investment divestiture
|
|
$
|
242
|
|
|
$
|
(337
|
)
|
The 2010 amount represented an income of $242 million,
which included (i) $265 million gain realized on the
divestiture of our proportionate share in Numonyx;
(ii) $8 million of income representing our net
proportional share of Numonyxs result;
(iii) $28 million of loss related to our proportionate
share in the ST-Ericsson JVD (both results included amortization
of basis difference following the business combinations); and
(iv) $3 million loss relating to other investments. In
2009, we recorded an impairment loss of $200 million booked
on our Numonyx equity investment, $103 million as our net
proportional share of the loss reported by Numonyx, a
$32 million loss related to
58
our proportionate share in ST-Ericsson JVD as a loss
pick-up
including an amortization of basis difference and
$2 million related to other investments.
Loss
on financial instruments, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Loss on financial instruments, net
|
|
$
|
(24
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
The $24 million loss on financial instruments in 2010 was
the balance between (i) a loss of $15 million related
to the net premium paid on financial contracts designated to
hedge part of the disposal of our share in Numonyx; (ii) a
loss of $3 million related to the sale of a senior Floating
Rate Notes (FRN); (iii) a loss of
$13 million related to the sale of shares of our equity
participation in Micron; and (iv) a gain of $7 million
related to the repurchase of our 2016 Convertible Bonds. In
2009, we registered a loss of $8 million related to the
sale of a cancellable swap purchased to hedge the fair value of
a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a fixed
interest rate, partially balanced by a $3 million gain
related to a partial repurchase of our 2016 Convertible Bonds.
Income
tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
$
|
(149
|
)
|
|
$
|
95
|
|
In 2010, we registered an income tax expense of
$149 million, reflecting the actual tax charge calculated
on our income before income taxes in each of our jurisdictions.
This expense included the recognition of deferred tax assets,
potential valuation allowances on our deferred tax assets
associated with our estimates of the net operating loss
recoverability in certain jurisdictions and our best estimate on
tax charges related to potential uncertain tax positions. The
2009 benefit was reflecting the loss before taxes.
Net
loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
|
|
$
|
288
|
|
|
$
|
270
|
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
2.8
|
%
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
In 2010, we booked $288 million as a result attributable to
noncontrolling interest, of which $296 million was
attributable to the share owned by Ericsson in the losses of the
consolidated ST-Ericsson JVS, while the corresponding 2009
amount was $276 million.
All periods included the recognition of noncontrolling interest
related to our joint venture in Shenzhen, China for assembly
operating activities and Incard do Brasil for the distribution
of the smart cards. Those amounts were not material.
Net
income (loss) attributable to parent company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to parent company
|
|
$
|
830
|
|
|
$
|
(1,131
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
|
|
(13.3
|
)%
|
In 2010, we reported a net income of $830 million. In 2009,
we had a net loss of $1,131 million as a result of adverse
economic conditions, which negatively impacted our operations
and certain non-operating charges.
Earnings per diluted share was $0.92 in 2010, whereas in 2009 we
reported a loss per share of $(1.29).
59
2009 vs.
2008
Based on published industry data by WSTS, semiconductor industry
revenue decreased by approximately 9% for the TAM and 13% for
the SAM.
Net
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
8,465
|
|
|
$
|
9,792
|
|
|
|
(13.5
|
)
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
(10.2
|
)
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
8,510
|
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
|
|
(13.5
|
)
|
In 2009, our net revenues decreased significantly due to the
difficult market environment experienced overall by the
semiconductor industry. Our revenues performance was basically
in line with the SAMs decline. The majority of our market
segments was negatively impacted by these difficult conditions
and registered declining rates, except for Telecom, which
benefited from the additional contribution of the NXP and EMP
wireless businesses integrated in August 2008 and February 2009,
respectively. Such a negative trend in our revenues was driven
by the large drop in units sold since average selling prices
basically remained flat as a result of an improved product mix.
By product segment, both ACCI and IMS registered double digit
declines, driven by a sharp drop in sales volume. Wireless,
however, increased approximately 27%, benefiting from the
additional contribution of the integrated wireless business.
By location of order shipment, all regions but Japan-Korea
registered a drop in revenues, ranging from declines of
approximately 24% in the Americas to approximately 20% in EMEA
and 12% in Greater China-South Asia. Our largest customer, the
Nokia group of companies, accounted for approximately 16.1% of
our net revenues, compared to 17.5% during 2008, excluding FMG.
Gross
profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
(5,884
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,282
|
)
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
2,626
|
|
|
|
3,560
|
|
|
|
(26.2
|
)
|
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
30.9
|
%
|
|
|
36.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Our gross profit in 2009 was largely penalized by unused
capacity charges of $322 million due to the significant
underloading of our wafer fabs planned in response to dropping
demand, coupled with our substantial reduction in inventory and
manufacturing inefficiencies. Consequently, our gross margin was
largely below the previous years result, totaling 30.9%,
or a drop of 5.3 percentage points, with unused capacity
charges estimated to account for approximately 4 percentage
points.
Gross profit and gross margin in 2009, however, benefited from
the positive impact of the strengthening U.S. dollar.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
(1,159
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,187
|
)
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(13.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(12.1
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
Our selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by
approximately 2.3% despite the additional activities related to
the integration of the NXP and EMP businesses, mainly due to the
favorable impact of the strengthening U.S. dollar exchange
rate and savings from the progression of cost restructuring
plans. As a percentage of revenues, they increased to 13.6%
compared to the prior year, due primarily to the sharp decline
in our sales. The 2009 amount included $19 million of
share-based compensation charges compared to $37 million in
2008.
60
Research
and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
$
|
(2,365
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,152
|
)
|
|
|
(9.9
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(27.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(21.9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
On a
year-over-year
basis, our R&D expenses increased in line with the
expansion of our activities, including, primarily, the
integration of the businesses from NXP and Ericsson. Our 2009
R&D expenses also benefited from a stronger
U.S. dollar exchange rate and savings from the progression
of cost restructuring plans for both us and ST-Ericsson. The
2009 amount included $11 million of share-based
compensation charges compared to $24 million in 2008.
R&D expenses in 2009 were net of research tax credits,
which amounted to $146 million, decreasing $15 million
compared to the year-ago period.
Other
income and expenses, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Research and development funding
|
|
$
|
202
|
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
Start-up/phase-out
costs
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Exchange gain (loss) net
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Patent costs, net of gain from settlement
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Gain on sale of other non-current assets
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
$
|
166
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
Other income and expenses, net, mainly included, as income,
items such as R&D funding and exchange gain and, as
expenses,
start-up and
phase-out costs. R&D funding income was associated with our
R&D projects, which, upon project approval, qualifies as
funding pursuant to contracts with local government agencies in
locations where we pursue our activities. In 2009, the balance
of these factors resulted in net income of $166 million, a
significant improvement compared to the equivalent period in
2008, resulting from the booking of new funding for an R&D
program in France. As a result, total funding reached in 2009
was $202 million, which included the
catch-up of
2008 projects, and resulted in an amount significantly higher
compared to 2008. The 2009 amount also included a higher level
of phase-out costs associated with the closure of our facilities
in Carrollton, Texas and Ain Sebaa, Morocco.
Impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure
costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
$
|
(291
|
)
|
|
$
|
(481
|
)
|
In 2009, we recorded $291 million in impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs, of which:
|
|
|
|
|
$126 million related to the closure of our Ain Sebaa
(Morocco), Carrollton (Texas) and Phoenix (Arizona) sites,
including $101 million of one-time termination benefits, as
well as other relevant charges and $25 million as
impairment charges on the fair value of Carrollton and Phoenix
assets;
|
|
|
|
$100 million related to the new plans announced in April
and December 2009 by ST-Ericsson, to be completed in 2010,
primarily consisting of on-going termination benefits pursuant
to the closure of certain locations in Europe and the United
States;
|
|
|
|
$59 million related to other ongoing and newly committed
restructuring plans, consisting primarily of voluntary
termination benefits and early retirement arrangements in some
of our European locations; and
|
|
|
|
$6 million as impairment on certain goodwill.
|
61
In 2008, this expense was mainly comprised of the following:
$216 million originated by the disposal of the FMG assets,
which required the recognition of $190 million as an
additional loss as a result of a revision in the terms of the
transaction from those expected at December 31, 2007 and
$26 million as restructuring and other related disposal
costs; $164 million incurred as part of our ongoing 2007
restructuring initiatives which included the closure of our fabs
in Phoenix and Carrollton (USA) and of our back-end facilities
in Ain Sebaa (Morocco); $13 million as impairment charges
on goodwill and certain financial investments; and
$88 million for other previously and newly announced
restructuring plans, consisting primarily of voluntary
termination benefits and early retirement arrangements in some
of our European locations.
Operating
loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Operating loss
|
|
$
|
(1,023
|
)
|
|
$
|
(198
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(12.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)%
|
Our operating results were largely impacted by the strong
decline in revenues, which also triggered the recognition of
significant underutilization charges. As a result, we registered
an operating loss of $1,023 million, significantly larger
than our operating loss of $198 million in 2008.
All of our product segments registered a decline in their
operating results on a
year-over-year
basis, driven by the drop in revenues. ACCI moved from a profit
of $142 million to a loss of $69 million. IMS
registered a profit of $91 million, compared to a profit of
$476 million in 2008. Wireless registered an operating loss
of $356 million compared to an operating loss of
$65 million in the year ago period, due to deteriorated
market conditions and additional charges associated with recent
acquisitions. The majority of Wireless activities are run
through ST-Ericsson JVS. The minority interest of Ericsson in
ST-Ericssons operating losses (which are 100% included in
the wireless segment) is credited in the line Non
controlling interest of our Income Statement, which
reported income of $265 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009. The Segment Others reported
a significant loss since it included the allocation of
$322 million of unused capacity charges, $291 million
impairment and restructuring charges and $39 million
phase-out costs related to the closure of certain manufacturing
facilities.
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge and realized losses on financial
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge and realized losses on financial assets
|
|
$
|
(140
|
)
|
|
$
|
(138
|
)
|
The 2009 amount is related to an
other-than-temporary
impairment of $72 million and a realized loss of
$68 million, both linked to the portfolio of ARS purchased
on our account by Credit Suisse contrary to our instruction. See
Liquidity and Capital Resources.
Interest
income, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
We recorded net interest income of $9 million, which
decreased compared to previous periods as a result of
significantly lower U.S. dollar and Euro denominated
interest rates, despite a higher amount of cash and cash
equivalents. The favorable impact of lower interest rates on our
financial liabilities at floating rate resulted in a lower
average cost of debt of 1.18%.
62
Loss
on equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Loss on equity investments
|
|
$
|
(337
|
)
|
|
$
|
(553
|
)
|
The 2009 amount represented a loss of $337 million, which
includes $103 million as our net proportional share of the
loss reported by Numonyx, an additional impairment loss of
$200 million booked in the first quarter of 2009 on our
Numonyx equity investment, a $32 million loss related to
our proportionate share in ST-Ericsson JVD as a loss
pick-up
including an amortization of basis difference and
$2 million related to other investments.
In 2008, our income on equity investments included our minority
interest in the joint venture with Hynix Semiconductor in China,
which was transferred to Numonyx on March 30, 2008.
Gain
(loss) on financial instruments, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
In 2006, we entered into cancellable swaps with a combined
notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair value of a
portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a fixed
interest rate. The cancellable swaps convert the fixed rate
interest expense recorded on the convertible bonds due 2016 to a
variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. Until
November 1, 2008, the cancellable swaps met the criteria
for designation as a fair value hedge. Due to the exceptionally
low U.S. dollar interest rate as a consequence of the
financial crisis, we assessed in 2008 that the swaps were no
longer effective as of November 1, 2008 and the fair value
hedge relationship was discontinued. Consequently, the swaps
were classified as
held-for-trading
financial assets. An unrealized gain of $15 million was
recognized in earnings from the discontinuance date and was
reported on the line Unrealized gain on financial
assets in the consolidated statement of income for the
year ended December 31, 2008.
This instrument was sold in 2009 with a loss of $8 million
due to variation in the underlying interest rates compared to
December 31, 2008. This loss was partially offset by
$3 million gain on convertible debt buyback is related to
the repurchase of bonds with a principal value of
$106 million for total cash consideration of
$103 million.
Income
tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
95
|
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
In 2009, we registered an income tax benefit of
$95 million, reflecting the actual tax benefit estimated on
our loss before income taxes in each of our jurisdictions. This
benefit was net of about $56 million booked as a tax
expense related to the valuation allowances on our deferred tax
asset associated with our estimates of the net operating loss
recoverability in certain jurisdictions.
Net
loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling
interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest
|
|
$
|
270
|
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
In 2009, we booked $270 million as a result attributable to
noncontrolling interest, which primarily represented the share
of the loss attributable to noncontrolling interest that
included the 20% owned by NXP in the ST-NXP joint venture for
the month of January 2009 and the 50% owned by Ericsson in the
consolidated ST-Ericsson JVS as of February 2009. This amount
reflected their share in the joint ventures losses.
63
All periods included the recognition of noncontrolling interest
related to our joint venture in Shenzhen, China for assembly
operating activities. Such amounts were not material.
Net
income (loss) attributable to parent company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to parent company
|
|
$
|
(1,131
|
)
|
|
$
|
(786
|
)
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(13.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(8.0
|
)%
|
In 2009, we reported a loss of $1,131 million as a result
of adverse economic conditions, which negatively impacted our
operations and certain non-operating charges. In 2008, we had a
net loss of $786 million.
Loss per share was $(1.29) in 2009.
Quarterly
Results of Operations
Certain quarterly financial information for the years 2010 and
2009 are set forth below. Such information is derived from our
unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements, prepared on a basis
consistent with the Consolidated Financial Statements that
include, in our opinion, all normal adjustments necessary for a
fair statement of the interim information set forth therein.
Operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative
of results for any future period. In addition, in view of the
significant growth we have experienced in recent years, the
increasingly competitive nature of the markets in which we
operate, the changes in products mix and the currency effects of
changes in the composition of sales and production among
different geographic regions, we believe that
period-to-period
comparisons of our operating results should not be relied upon
as an indication of future performance.
Our quarterly and annual operating results are also affected by
a wide variety of other factors that could materially and
adversely affect revenues and profitability or lead to
significant variability of operating results, including, among
others, capital requirements and the availability of funding,
competition, new product development, changes in technology,
manufacturing problems, litigation and possible IP claims. In
addition, a number of other factors could lead to fluctuations
in operating results, including order cancellations or reduced
bookings by key customers or distributors, IP developments,
international events, currency fluctuations, problems in
obtaining adequate raw materials on a timely basis, impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs, as well
as the loss of key personnel. As only a portion of our expenses
varies with our revenues, there can be no assurance that we will
be able to reduce costs promptly or adequately in relation to
revenue declines to compensate for the effect of any such
factors. As a result, unfavorable changes in the above or other
factors have in the past and may in the future adversely affect
our operating results. Quarterly results have also been and may
be expected to continue to be substantially affected by the
cyclical nature of the semiconductor and electronic systems
industries, the speed of some process and manufacturing
technology developments, market demand for existing products,
the timing and success of new product introductions and the
levels of provisions and other unusual charges incurred. Certain
additions of our quarterly results will not total our annual
results due to rounding.
In the fourth quarter of 2010, based upon published industry
data by WSTS, the TAM and the SAM increased
year-over-year
approximately 12% and 14%, reaching approximately
$75 billion and $44 billion, while sequentially, they
decreased approximately 4% and 2%, respectively.
In the fourth quarter of 2010, our average effective exchange
rate was approximately $1.34 to 1.00, the same as in the
third quarter of 2010 and compared to $1.43 to 1.00 in the
year-ago quarter. Our effective exchange rate reflects actual
exchange rate levels combined with the impact of cash flow
hedging programs.
Due to the 2010 accounting calendar schedule, the fourth quarter
period had six more days than the third quarter, which was
approximately 6% higher on a sequential basis.
64
Net
revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Sequential
|
|
Year-Over-Year
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
2,810
|
|
|
$
|
2,634
|
|
|
$
|
2,570
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
72.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
2,833
|
|
|
$
|
2,657
|
|
|
$
|
2,583
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year-over-year
comparison
Our fourth quarter 2010 net revenues increased in all
product segments compared to the year ago quarter, except in
Wireless, and in all regions, except EMEA, reflecting the broad
based recovery in the semiconductor market. Such performance was
driven by an increase of approximately 15% in volume, while
average selling prices declined approximately 5%.
ACCIs revenues increased by approximately 15%, driven by
the strong results observed in all its served markets, led by
robust demand in automotive and imaging products. IMSs
fourth quarter net revenues reached a record of
$1,131 million, with a 30%
year-over-year
increase, with an almost equal contribution by its product
lines. Revenue growth was strong in all segments, except
Telecom, and in distribution and was led by MEMS,
Microcontrollers, Power and Industrial products. Wireless sales
registered a decline of approximately 21%, reflecting its
product portfolio transition.
By location of order shipment, almost all regions were
positively impacted by strong local demand from their customers,
registering revenue growth of 15%, 14% and 12% in Greater
China-South Asia, the Americas and Japan-Korea, respectively.
EMEA experienced a decrease of about 2%. Our largest customer,
the Nokia group of companies, accounted for approximately 14% of
our fourth quarter 2010 net revenues, compared to about 15%
in the fourth quarter of 2009.
Sequential
comparison
On a sequential basis our revenues increased by 6.6%, near the
top of our targeted range of 2% to 7% sequential growth. The
quarter experienced a continued solid demand for our products;
all market segments increased on a sequential basis, except
Consumer, also benefiting from a higher number of days in the
quarter. This favorable trend was supported by an approximate 4%
increase in units sold, and about 3% increase from average
selling prices, the latter due to a more favorable product mix.
ACCI revenues increased by approximately 4%, reflecting a solid
contribution from Automotive and Imaging product lines, while
Home Entertainment and Displays as well as Computer and
Communication Infrastructure were slightly decreasing, mainly
due to seasonal factors. IMSs revenues increased by about
12% mainly as a result of higher sales volume, led by the strong
performance of MEMS, Microcontrollers, Industrial and others.
Wireless revenues also increased by 3%, driven by a stronger
demand.
All market segments, except Consumer, increased, with Automotive
higher by 16%, Industrial and other by 13%, Computer by 10% and
Telecom by 7%; Consumer decreased by 6% on weakening demand;
Distribution increased sequentially by 4%.
Sequentially, revenues grew in all regions, led by Japan-Korea,
Greater China-South Asia and Americas, with 10%, 8% and 7%
increases, respectively. In the fourth quarter of 2010, our
largest customer, the Nokia group of companies, accounted for
approximately 14% of our net revenues, remaining stable compared
to the third quarter of 2010.
Gross
profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Sequential
|
|
Year-Over-Year
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
(1,704
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,616
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,626
|
)
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
1,129
|
|
|
|
1,041
|
|
|
|
957
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
|
18.1
|
|
Gross margin (as a percentage of net revenues)
|
|
|
39.9
|
%
|
|
|
39.2
|
%
|
|
|
37.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
Fourth quarter gross margin reached a level of 39.9%, increasing
on a
year-over-year
basis by nearly 3 percentage points, benefiting from a
higher volume of revenues, improved manufacturing efficiencies
and an improved product mix as well as a favorable impact of
exchange rates partially offset by the negative impact of the
decline in selling prices.
On a sequential basis, gross margin in the fourth quarter
increased by 70 basis points, as a result of the higher
volumes, improved product mix and efficiencies.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Sequential
|
|
Year-Over-Year
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
(310
|
)
|
|
$
|
(281
|
)
|
|
$
|
(303
|
)
|
|
|
(10.5
|
)
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)
|
As percentage of net revenue
|
|
|
(11.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(10.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(11.7
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amount of our selling, general and administrative expenses
did not register a material variation on the
year-over-year
basis. On a sequential basis, SG&A expenses increased,
reflecting a longer quarter, as well as less favorable seasonal
impact. Our share-based compensation charges were
$4 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, compared to
$5 million in the fourth quarter of 2009 and
$5 million in the third quarter of 2010.
The ratio to sales of our selling, general and administrative
expenses was mainly driven by the volume of our revenues. As a
percentage of revenues, they decreased to 11.0% compared to
11.7% in the prior years fourth quarter, while there was a
slight increase sequentially from 10.6%.
Research
and development expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
% Variation
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Sequential
|
|
Year-Over-Year
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
$
|
(604
|
)
|
|
$
|
(558
|
)
|
|
$
|
(603
|
)
|
|
|
(8.2
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
As percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
(21.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(21.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(23.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R&D expenses remained basically flat
year-over-year.
On a sequential basis, R&D expenses increased, reflecting a
longer quarter and unfavorable seasonal effect, which were
partially offset by cost re-alignment initiatives.
The fourth quarter of 2010 included $3 million of
share-based compensation charges, basically flat compared to the
fourth quarter of 2009 and increasing compared to
$2 million in the third quarter of 2010. Total R&D
expenses were net of research tax credits, which amounted to
$40 million, basically equivalent to prior periods.
As a percentage of revenues, fourth quarter 2010 R&D
equaled 21.3%, a 2 percentage points decrease compared to
the year-ago period due to increasing revenues.
Other
income and expenses, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
|
Research and development funding
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
44
|
|
Start-up/phase-out
costs
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Exchange gain (loss) net
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Patent costs, net of gain from settlement
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Gain on sale of long-lived assets, net
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
As a percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
66
Other income and expenses, net, mainly included, as income,
items such as R&D funding and exchange gain and, as
expenses,
start-up/phase-out
costs and patent claim costs net of settlement agreements.
Income from R&D funding was associated with our R&D
projects, which, upon project approval, qualifies as funding on
the basis of contracts with local government agencies in
locations where we pursue our activities. In the fourth quarter
of 2010, the balance of these factors resulted in net income of
$30 million, entirely due to funding of approximately
$32 million.
Impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure
costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
$
|
(32
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27
|
)
|
|
$
|
(96
|
)
|
In the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded $32 million of
impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs, of which:
|
|
|
|
|
$8 million was recorded in relation to the manufacturing
restructuring plan contemplating the closure of our Ain Sebaa
(Morocco), Carrollton (Texas) and Phoenix (Arizona) sites, and
was composed of one-time termination benefits, as well as other
relevant closure charges, mainly associated with Carrollton and
Phoenix fabs;
|
|
|
|
$24 million related to the workforce reductions plans
announced in April and December 2009 by ST-Ericsson, primarily
consisting of on-going termination benefits pursuant to the
workforce reduction plan and the closure of certain locations in
Europe.
|
In the third quarter of 2010, we recorded $27 million of
impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs, of which: $7 million related to our manufacturing
restructuring plan which contemplated the closure of our Ain
Sebaa (Morocco), Carrollton (Texas) and Phoenix (Arizona) sites,
and was composed of one-time termination benefits, as well as
other relevant charges, mainly related to the Carrollton and
Phoenix fabs; $18 million related to the plans announced in
April and December 2009 by ST-Ericsson, primarily consisting of
on-going termination benefits pursuant to the workforce
reduction plan and the closure of certain locations in Europe;
and $2 million related to other restructuring initiatives.
In the fourth quarter of 2009, we recorded $96 million of
impairment and restructuring charges and other related closure
costs, of which: $16 million was recorded in preparation of
the closure of our Ain Sebaa (Morocco), Carrollton (Texas) and
Phoenix (Arizona) sites, and was composed of one-time
termination benefits, as well as other relevant charges;
$17 million related to the plan announced in April 2009 by
ST-Ericsson, primarily consisting of on-going termination
benefits pursuant to the closure of certain locations in Europe
and the United States and $45 million related to a plan
announced in December 2009 by ST-Ericsson, primarily consisting
of on-going termination benefits pursuant to workforce
reduction; and $18 million related to other ongoing and
newly committed restructuring plans, consisting primarily of
voluntary termination benefits and early retirement arrangements
in some of our European locations.
Operating
income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
213
|
|
|
$
|
193
|
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
In percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
|
|
7.3
|
%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
Our operating results improved compared to both the third
quarter of 2010 and the year-ago period as a result of a higher
level of revenues and cost optimization initiatives,
particularly in manufacturing. The fourth quarter 2010
registered an operating income of $213 million compared to
a loss of $6 million in the year ago quarter and an income
of $193 million in the prior quarter. The recovery in our
revenues led to a strong increase in loading, thereby reducing
underutilization charges from $13 million in the fourth
quarter of 2009 and to an immaterial amount in the fourth
quarter of 2010.
The fourth quarter registered an improved operating result
despite the fact that our operating income was impacted by
$32 million in impairment, restructuring and other related
closure costs, while in the third quarter of 2010 those charges
amounted to $27 million. In the year-ago quarter, the
negative impact of impairment, restructuring and other related
closure costs was $96 million.
67
Both ACCI and IMS reported a significant improvement in their
profitability levels compared to the year ago period, supported
by their higher levels of revenues, while Wireless incurred
higher losses due to declining sales. ACCI increased its
operating income from $62 million to $135 million,
equivalent to 11.9% of revenues. IMS improved its profit from
$85 million to $254 million, equivalent to 22.5% of
revenues. Wireless operating loss increased from
$48 million to $136 million, partially attributable to
noncontrolling interest of our 50% partner, and was originated
by ST-Ericsson, which is completing its cost restructuring while
seeking to enhance its product and customers portfolio.
The segment Others significantly reduced its losses
to $40 million, from $105 million in the year ago
period, mainly due to significantly lower amounts of
restructuring and unused capacity charges.
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge and realized losses on financial
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge and realized losses on financial assets
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
(68
|
)
|
No amounts were recorded as
other-than-temporary
impairment charge or realized losses on financial assets as of
December 31, 2010 and September 25, 2010. The fourth
quarter of 2009 income statement included a pre-tax non-cash
loss of $68 million related to the sale of a part of the
portfolio of ARS purchased on our account by Credit Suisse
contrary to our instruction. See Liquidity and Capital
Resources.
Interest
income (expense), net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
We recorded net interest expense of $5 million, compared to
an income of $3 million in the prior year quarter, due to
the declining U.S. dollar and Euro denominated interest
rates received on our cash resources. On a sequential basis the
net interest expense increased by $3 million.
Loss
on equity investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
Loss on equity investments
|
|
$
|
(10
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
In the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded a charge of
$10 million, of which $9 million related to our
proportionate share in ST-Ericsson JVD as a loss
pick-up
including amortization of basis difference and $1 million
related to other investments.
Gain
(loss) on financial instruments, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
The $12 million loss on financial assets in the fourth
quarter of 2010 was the balance between (i) a loss of
$13 million related to the sale of shares of our equity
participation in Micron and (ii) a gain of $1 million
related to the additional repurchase of part of our 2016
Convertible Bonds. The $1 million loss on financial assets
in the third quarter of 2010 was the balance between (i) a
loss of $3 million related to the sale of senior FRN and
(ii) a gain of $2 million related to the additional
repurchase of part of our 2016 Convertible Bonds. In the prior
year quarter the gain related to the repurchase of part of our
2016 Convertible Bonds. Please see Capital Resources.
Income
tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
$
|
(50
|
)
|
|
$
|
(44
|
)
|
|
$
|
(48
|
)
|
68
During the fourth quarter of 2010, we registered an income tax
expense of $50 million, reflecting actual tax provisions in
each jurisdiction.
Our tax rate is variable and depends on changes in the level of
operating results within various local jurisdictions and on
changes in the applicable taxation rates of these jurisdictions,
as well as changes in estimated tax provisions due to new
events. Our income tax amounts and rates depend also on our loss
carryforwards and their relevant valuation allowances, which are
based on estimated projected plans; in the case of material
changes in these plans, the valuation allowances could be
adjusted accordingly with an impact on our tax charges. We
currently enjoy certain tax benefits in some countries. Such
benefits may not be available in the future due to changes in
the local jurisdictions; our effective tax rate could be
different in future quarters and may increase in the coming
years. In addition, our yearly income tax charges include the
estimated impact of provisions related to potential tax
positions that are uncertain.
Net
loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
|
|
$
|
83
|
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
|
$
|
59
|
|
In the fourth quarter of 2010, we booked $83 million as a
result attributable to noncontrolling interest, representing the
loss attributable to noncontrolling interest, which mainly
included the 50% owned by Ericsson in the consolidated
ST-Ericsson JVS. In the third quarter of 2010, the corresponding
amount was $60 million. These amounts reflected
Ericssons share in the joint ventures loss.
All periods included the recognition of noncontrolling interest
related to our joint venture in Shenzhen, China for assembly
operating activities. Those amounts were not material.
Net
income (loss) attributable to parent company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
September 25, 2010
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in millions)
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to parent company
|
|
$
|
219
|
|
|
$
|
198
|
|
|
$
|
(70
|
)
|
As percentage of net revenues
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
|
|
7.4
|
%
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)%
|
For the fourth quarter of 2010, we reported a net income of
$219 million, a significant improvement compared to
previous periods due to the aforementioned factors.
Earnings per diluted share for the fourth quarter of 2010 was
$0.24 compared to $0.22 in the third quarter of 2010 and $(0.08)
loss in the year-ago quarter.
In the fourth quarter of 2010, the impact after tax of
impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs and other one-time items, was estimated to be
approximately $(0.03) per share, while in the third quarter of
2010, it was approximately $(0.01) per share. In the year ago
quarter, the impact of restructuring and impairment charges,
other-than-temporary
impairment charge, the loss on our Numonyx equity investment and
non-recurrent items was estimated to be approximately $(0.12)
per share.
Impact of
Changes in Exchange Rates
Our results of operations and financial condition can be
significantly affected by material changes in the exchange rates
between the U.S. dollar and other currencies, particularly
the Euro.
As a market rule, the reference currency for the semiconductor
industry is the U.S. dollar and product prices are mainly
denominated in U.S. dollars. However, revenues for some of
our products (primarily our dedicated products sold in Europe
and Japan) are quoted in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar and as such are directly affected by
fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar. As a result
of currency variations, the appreciation of the Euro compared to
the U.S. dollar could increase, in the short term, our
level of revenues when reported in U.S. dollars. Revenues
for all other products, which are either quoted in
U.S. dollars and billed in U.S. dollars or in local
currencies for payment, tend not to be affected significantly by
fluctuations in exchange rates, except to the extent that there
is a lag between the changes in currency rates and the
adjustments in the local currency equivalent of the price paid
for such products. Furthermore, certain significant costs
incurred by us, such as manufacturing, labor costs and
depreciation charges, selling, general and administrative
expenses, and R&D expenses, are largely incurred in the
69
currency of the jurisdictions in which our operations are
located. Given that most of our operations are located in the
Euro zone and other
non-U.S. dollar
currency areas, including Sweden, our costs tend to increase
when translated into U.S. dollars when the dollar weakens
or to decrease when the U.S. dollar strengthens.
In summary, as our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar,
currency exchange rate fluctuations affect our results of
operations: in particular, if the U.S. dollar weakens, our
results are negatively impacted since we receive a limited part
of our revenues, and more importantly, we incur a significant
part of our costs, in currencies other than the
U.S. dollar. On the other hand, our results are favorably
impacted when the dollar strengthens. Our consolidated
statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2010
included income and expense items translated at the average
U.S. dollar exchange rate for the period.
Our principal strategy to reduce the risks associated with
exchange rate fluctuations has been to balance as much as
possible the proportion of sales to our customers denominated in
U.S. dollars with the amount of materials, purchases and
services from our suppliers denominated in U.S. dollars,
thereby reducing the potential exchange rate impact of certain
variable costs relative to revenues. Moreover, in order to
further reduce the exposure to U.S. dollar exchange
fluctuations, we have hedged certain line items on our
consolidated statements of income, in particular with respect to
a portion of the costs of goods sold, most of the R&D
expenses and certain selling and general and administrative
expenses, located in the Euro zone. Our effective average
exchange rate was $1.36 for 1.00 for 2010 compared to
$1.37 for 1.00 for 2009. Our effective average exchange
rate was $1.34 for 1.00 for the fourth quarter of 2010 and
$1.34 for 1.00 for the third quarter of 2010 while it was
$1.43 for 1.00 in the fourth quarter of 2009. These
effective exchange rates reflect the actual exchange rates
combined with the impact of cash flow hedging contracts that
matured in the period.
In the fourth quarter of 2008 we decided to extend the time
horizon of our cash flow hedging contracts for manufacturing
costs and operating expenses for up to 12 months and in the
third quarter of 2010 we decided to extend the time horizon of
our cash flow hedging contracts for manufacturing costs and
operating expenses for up to 24 months, for a limited
percentage of our exposure to the Euro and under certain
currency market circumstances. As of December 31, 2010, the
outstanding hedged amounts were 797 million to cover
manufacturing costs and 498 million to cover
operating expenses, at an average exchange rate of about $1.33
and $1.32 to 1.00, respectively (including the premium
paid to purchase foreign exchange options), maturing over the
period from January 4, 2011 to September 5, 2012. As
of December 31, 2010, these outstanding hedging contracts
and certain expired contracts covering manufacturing expenses
capitalized in inventory represented a deferred profit of
approximately $31 million after tax, recorded in
Other comprehensive income in Net Equity, compared
to a deferred gain of approximately $6 million after tax at
December 31, 2009.
In addition, in order to further reduce our exposure to
fluctuations in the U.S. dollar exchange rate, we have
begun hedging certain line items on our consolidated statements
of income, particularly with respect to the portion of our
R&D expenses incurred in Sweden. As of December 31,
2010, the outstanding hedged amounts were SEK 805 million
at an average exchange rate of about SEK 7.13 to $1.00, maturing
over the period from January 7, 2011 to December 8,
2011. As of December 31, 2010, these outstanding hedging
contracts represented a deferred profit of approximately
$7 million after tax, recorded in Other comprehensive
income in Net Equity.
Our cash flow hedging policy is not intended to cover the full
exposure and is based on hedging a portion of our exposure in
the next quarter and a declining percentage of our exposure in
each quarter thereafter. In 2010, as a result of EUR USD cash
flow hedging, we recorded a net loss of $81 million,
consisting of a loss of $37 million to R&D expenses, a
loss of $37 million to costs of goods sold and a loss of
$7 million to selling, general and administrative expenses,
while in 2009, we recorded a net gain of $71 million,
consisting of a gain of $36 million to R&D expenses, a
gain of $29 million to cost of goods sold and a gain of
$6 million to selling, general and administrative expenses.
In addition, in 2010, as a result of USD SEK cash flow hedging,
we recorded a gain of $2 million related to SEK-denominated
R&D expenses.
In addition, in order to mitigate potential exchange rate risks
on our commercial transactions, we purchase and enter into
forward foreign currency exchange contracts and currency options
to cover foreign currency exposure in payables or receivables at
our affiliates. We may in the future purchase or sell similar
types of instruments. See Item 11, Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. Furthermore, we
may not predict in a timely fashion the amount of future
transactions in the volatile industry environment. Consequently,
our results of operations have been and may continue to be
impacted by fluctuations in exchange rates. The net effect of
the consolidated foreign exchange exposure resulted in a net
gain of $11 million in Other income and expenses,
net in 2010.
Our treasury strategies to reduce exchange rate risks are
intended to mitigate the impact of exchange rate fluctuations.
No assurance may be given that our hedging activities will
sufficiently protect us against declines in
70
the value of the U.S. dollar. In each reporting period we
may record a loss or gain as a result of the variation between
the hedged and the actual exchange rate.
The assets and liabilities of subsidiaries are, for
consolidation purposes, translated into U.S. dollars at the
period-end exchange rate. Income and expenses, as well as cash
flows, are translated at the average exchange rate for the
period. The balance sheet impact, as well as the income
statement and cash flow impact, of such translations have been,
and may be expected to be, significant from period to period
since a large part of our assets and liabilities and activities
are accounted for in Euros as they are located in jurisdictions
where the Euro is the functional currency. Adjustments resulting
from the translation are recorded directly in shareholders
equity, and are shown as Accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) in the consolidated statements of changes in
equity. At December 31, 2010, our outstanding indebtedness
was denominated mainly in U.S. dollars and in Euros.
For a more detailed discussion, see Item 3, Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations.
Impact of
Changes in Interest Rates
Interest rates may fluctuate upon changes in financial market
conditions and material changes can affect our results from
operations and financial condition, since these changes can
impact the total interest income received on our cash and cash
equivalents and marketable securities, as well as the total
interest expense paid on our financial debt.
Our interest income (expense), net, as reported on our
consolidated statements of income, is the balance between
interest income received from our cash and cash equivalent and
marketable securities investments and interest expense paid on
our long-term debt and bank fees (including fees on committed
credit lines). Our interest income is dependent upon
fluctuations in interest rates, mainly in U.S. dollars and
Euros, since we invest primarily on a short-term basis; any
increase or decrease in the market interest rates would mean an
equivalent increase or decrease in our interest income. Our
interest expenses are mainly associated with our long-term debt,
comprised of 2016 Convertible Bonds (with a fixed rate of 1.5%),
our 2013 Senior Bonds, which is fixed quarterly at a rate of
EURIBOR plus 40bps, and European Investment Bank Floating Rate
Loans at LIBOR plus variable spreads; a part of these interest
expenses are at fixed rates. See Note 22 to our
Consolidated Financial Statements.
At December 31, 2010, our total financial resources,
including cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
current and non-current, generated an average interest income
rate of 0.4%. In the same period, our average cost of debt rate
was 1.1%.
Impact of
Changes in Equity Prices
As consideration for the divestiture of our share in Numonyx, we
received 66.88 million Micron shares and we owed
$78 million to one of our partners. These shares were
subject to a
lock-up
period through November 7, 2010; through December 31,
2010, we sold 46.8 million shares at an average price of
$8.48 per share, including the unwinding of the applicable
hedging contracts. We received proceeds of $319 million net
of the $78 million payment to one of our partners referred
to above and realized a $13 million loss in the fourth
quarter income statement as a result of having not fully hedged
16 million shares.
The remaining 20.1 million shares were fully hedged at
December 31, 2010, and have been recorded as
available-for-sale
financial assets and considered as current assets on the basis
of the maturity of hedging contracts. At the December 31,
2010 closing, these remaining shares were accounted at their
fair market value (trading place of $8.02) for a value of
$161 million with the loss compared to the closing price of
the deal of $15 million deferred in Net Equity as Other
comprehensive income. Furthermore, the derivative hedging
instruments were evaluated at their fair market value with the
relevant gain ($27 million) deferred in Net Equity as Other
comprehensive income.
Subsequently, in January 2011, we sold all the remaining
Micron shares together with their relevant collar option for the
total proceeds of $196 million, realizing a gain of $20 million.
For the details of the hedging operations, see Note 27 to
our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Treasury activities are regulated by our policies, which define
procedures, objectives and controls. The policies focus on the
management of our financial risk in terms of exposure to
currency rates and interest rates. Most treasury activities are
centralized, with any local treasury activities subject to
oversight from our head treasury office. The majority of our
cash and cash equivalents are held in U.S. dollars and
Euros and are placed with financial institutions rated
A or better. Part of our liquidity is also held in
Euros to naturally hedge intercompany payables and financial
71
debt in the same currency and is placed with financial
institutions rated at least a single A long-term rating, meaning
at least A3 from Moodys Investor Service and A- from
Standard & Poors or Fitch Ratings. Marginal
amounts are held in other currencies. See Item 11,
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk.
Our total liquidity and capital resources were
$2,922 million as of December 31, 2010, slightly
increasing compared to $2,912 million at December 31,
2009, after having done certain transactions, including, among
others, a repurchase for a total amount of $508 million of
our 2016 Convertible Bonds and 2013 Senior Bonds and paid
$212 million of dividends to shareholders. As of
December 31, 2010, our total liquidity and capital
resources were comprised of $1,892 million in cash and cash
equivalents, of which $66 million is held at the
ST-Ericsson level, $67 million as short-term deposits and
$891 million in marketable securities, all considered as
current assets, and $72 million in ARS, considered as
non-current assets. Additionally, in order to reconcile with our
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010, we had
$7 million as restricted cash, related to certain margin
calls and we held $161 million fair value of the remaining
Micron shares considered in our balance sheet as current
marketable securities.
As of December 31, 2010, the $891 million held by us
in marketable securities as current assets was composed of
$563 million invested in Aaa treasury bills from the
French, German and U.S. governments and $328 million
invested in senior debt floating rate notes issued by primary
financial institutions with an average rating, excluding one
impaired debt security for a notional value of
15 million, of Aa3/A+ from Moodys and S&P,
respectively. Both the treasury bills and the Floating Rate
Notes are classified as
available-for-sale
and reported at fair value, with changes in fair value
recognized as a separate component of Accumulated other
comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of
changes in equity, except if deemed to be
other-than-temporary.
We reported as of December 31, 2010 a before tax increase
of $4 million compared to December 31, 2009 in the
fair value of our FRN portfolio. Since the duration of the FRN
portfolio is only an average of 1.5 years and the
securities have a minimum Moodys rating of A2, we expect
the value of the securities to return to par as the final
maturity approaches (with the only exception being the
15 million of Senior Floating Rate Notes issued by
Lehman Brothers, the value of which was impaired through an
other-than-temporary
charge in 2008). The fair value of these securities is based on
market prices publicly available through major financial
information providers. The market price of the FRN is influenced
by changes in the credit standing of the issuer but is not
significantly impacted by movement in interest rates. In 2010,
we invested $1,100 million in French, German and
U.S. treasury bills, of which $1,011 million was sold
or matured during the year. The change in fair value of the
$563 million debt securities classified as
available-for-sale
was not material at December 31, 2010. The average duration
of the treasury bills portfolio is less than three months and
the securities are rated Aaa by Moodys.
As of December 31, 2010, we had Auction Rate Securities,
purchased by Credit Suisse contrary to our instruction,
representing interests in collateralized debt obligations with a
par value of $261 million, that were carried on our balance
sheet as
available-for-sale
financial assets for $72 million, including the positive
revaluation of $45 million in Other comprehensive income in
equity. Following the continued failure of auctions for these
securities which began in August 2007, we first registered a
decline in the value of these Auction Rate Securities as an
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge against net income for $46 million during
the fourth quarter of 2007. Since the initial failure of the
auctions in August 2007, the market for these securities has
completely frozen without any observable secondary market
trades, and consequently, during 2008 and 2009, the portfolio
experienced a further estimated decline in fair value charged to
our Income Statement pursuant to applicable U.S. GAAP of
$127 million and $72 million, respectively. The
reduction in estimated fair value was recorded as an
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge against net income.
The investments made in the aforementioned Auction Rate
Securities were made without our authorization and, in 2008, we
launched a legal action against Credit Suisse. For the details
of the legal proceedings against Credit Suisse, see Note 3
to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Since the fourth quarter of 2007, as there was no information
available regarding mark to market bids and mark to
model valuations from the structuring financial institutions for
these securities, we based our estimation of fair value on a
theoretical model using yields obtainable for comparable assets.
The value inputs for the evaluation of these securities were
publicly available indices of securities with the same rating,
similar duration and comparable/similar underlying collaterals
or industries exposure (such as ABX for the collateralized debt
obligation and ITraxx and IBoxx for the credit linked notes).
The higher impairment charges during 2008 and 2009 reflected
downgrading events on the collateral debt obligations comparing
the relevant ABX indices of a lower rating category and a
general negative trend of the corporate debt market. The
estimated value of the collateralized debt obligations could
further decrease in the future as a result of credit market
deterioration
and/or other
downgrading.
72
Liquidity
We maintain a significant cash position and a low debt to equity
ratio, which provide us with adequate financial flexibility. As
in the past, our cash management policy is to finance our
investment needs mainly with net cash generated from operating
activities.
During 2010, the evolution of our cash flow produced an increase
in our cash and cash equivalents of $304 million, generated
by net cash from operating activities.
The evolution of our cash flow for each period is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
$
|
1,794
|
|
|
$
|
816
|
|
|
$
|
1,722
|
|
Net cash from (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(526
|
)
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
(2,417
|
)
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(876
|
)
|
|
|
(513
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
Effect of changes in exchange rates
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
304
|
|
|
$
|
579
|
|
|
$
|
(846
|
)
|
Net cash from operating activities. Net cash
from operating activities is (i) net income (loss) adjusted
for certain non-cash items and (ii) changes in assets and
liabilities. The net cash from operating activities in 2010 was
$1,794 million, largely improving compared to the prior
year period following the overall improvement in our financial
results (see Results of Operations for more
information).
|
|
|
|
|
Net income adjusted for non-cash items generated
$1,565 million of cash in 2010 compared to
$369 million in the prior year period.
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities generated cash for a total
amount of $229 million, compared to $447 million in
the prior year, with the main 2010 item being represented by a
favorable change in trade payables, partially balanced by a
negative trend in inventory, while in 2009 the favorable change
was mainly related to the reduction in inventories. Furthermore,
2010 also included the net cash impact of $166 million,
originated by the sales, with no recourse, of receivables done
by ST-Ericsson.
|
Net cash from (used in) investing
activities. Investing activities used
$526 million of cash in 2010, mainly for payments for
tangible assets, and net cash from proceeds of the sale of
Micron shares. Additionally, such amount included some
investments in intangible and financial assets. Payments for the
purchase of tangible assets totaled $1,034 million, a
significant increase from the $451 million registered in
the prior year period, as we upgraded our production capacity in
line with the strong increase in demand for our products.
Moreover, the net cash from investing activities included
$319 million as net proceeds from the sale of Micron stock
received on our Numonyx investment divestiture and the release
of the $250 million of restricted cash associated with the
Hynix-Numonyx JV, following the disposal of our shares in
Numonyx. Investing activity in 2009 generated net cash of
$290 million, entirely due to $1,137 million net
proceeds received from Ericsson as part of a business
combination.
Net cash used in financing activities. Net
cash used in financing activities was $876 million in 2010
with an increase compared to the $513 million used in 2009
mainly due to the partial buyback of our issued debt: our 2016
Convertible Bonds for a total cash consideration of
$410 million and our 2013 Senior Bonds for the amount of
EUR 74 million. Moreover, the 2010 amount included
$218 million as a repayment of long term debt at maturity
and $212 million as dividends paid to shareholders.
Free cash flow (non U.S. GAAP
measure). We also present free cash flow, defined
as net cash from (used in) operating activities plus (minus) net
cash from (used in) investing activities, excluding payment for
purchases of and proceeds from the sale of marketable securities
(both current and non-current), short-term deposits and
restricted cash. We believe free cash flow provides useful
information for investors and management because it measures our
capacity to generate cash from our operating and investing
activities to sustain our operating activities. Free cash flow
is not a U.S. GAAP measure and does not represent total
cash flow since it does not include the cash flows generated by
or used in financing activities. In addition, our definition of
free cash flow may differ from
73
definitions used by other companies. Free cash flow is
determined as follows from our Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flow:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Audited, in millions)
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
$
|
1,794
|
|
|
$
|
816
|
|
|
$
|
1,722
|
|
Net cash from (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(526
|
)
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
(2,417
|
)
|
Payment for purchase and proceeds from sale of marketable
securities (current and non-current), short-term deposits and
restricted cash, net
|
|
|
(307
|
)
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
(351
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Free cash flow
|
|
$
|
961
|
|
|
$
|
1,364
|
|
|
$
|
(1,046
|
)
|
We generated free cash flow of $961 million in 2010, of
which $349 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, supported
by a significant improvement in the cash generated from
operating activities. In 2009, free cash flow was
$1,364 million, mainly as a result of the
$1,137 million net proceeds received from Ericsson as part
of a business combination. Excluding the effects of business
combinations in both periods, our free cash flow in 2010 was
$972 million, including $319 million proceeds from the sale
of Micron shares, largely improving by $745 million
compared to 2009, in line with the overall improvement in our
financial results.
Capital
Resources
Net financial position (non U.S. GAAP
measure). Our net financial position represents
the balance between our total financial resources and our total
financial debt. Our total financial resources include cash and
cash equivalents, current and non-current marketable securities,
short-term deposits and restricted cash, and our total financial
debt includes bank overdrafts, short term borrowings and current
portion of long-term debt and long-term debt, as represented in
our consolidated Balance Sheet. Net financial position is not a
U.S. GAAP measure but we believe it provides useful
information for investors because it gives evidence of our
global position either in terms of net indebtedness or net cash
by measuring our capital resources based on cash, cash
equivalents and marketable securities and the total level of our
financial indebtedness. Our net financial position has been
determined as follows from our Consolidated Balance Sheets at
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, net of bank overdrafts
|
|
$
|
1,892
|
|
|
$
|
1,588
|
|
|
$
|
989
|
|
Marketable securities, current(1)
|
|
|
891
|
|
|
|
1,032
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
Short-term deposits
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketable securities, non-current
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial resources
|
|
|
2,922
|
|
|
|
2,912
|
|
|
|
2,132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
(720
|
)
|
|
|
(176
|
)
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
(1,050
|
)
|
|
|
(2,316
|
)
|
|
|
(2,554
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial debt
|
|
|
(1,770
|
)
|
|
|
(2,492
|
)
|
|
|
(2,677
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net financial position
|
|
$
|
1,152
|
|
|
$
|
420
|
|
|
$
|
(545
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amount of $1,052 million of marketable securities,
current reported in our Balance Sheet as of December 31,
2010 was composed of: (i) marketable securities
($891 million); and (ii) Micron shares
($161 million). |
Our net financial position as of December 31, 2010 resulted
in a net cash position of $1,152 million, representing a
solid improvement compared to the net cash of $420 million
at December 31, 2009, mainly due to favorable free cash
flow. In the same period, our cash and cash equivalents
increased significantly to $1,892 million, while total
financial debt decreased by $722 million.
At December 31, 2010, our financial debt was
$1,770 million, comprised of $720 million short-term,
of which $645 million as the current portion of our
long-term debt mainly related to our 2016 Convertible Bonds and
$1,050 million long-term. The breakdown of our total
financial debt included: (i) $534 million of our 2016
Convertible Bonds; (ii) $569 million of our 2013
Senior Bonds (corresponding to 500 million at
issuance); (iii) $569 million in European Investment
Bank loans (the EIB Loans);
(iv) $12 million in loans from other
74
funding programs; (v) $11 million of capital leases;
and (vi) $75 million of short-term borrowings related to
ST-Ericsson. The EIB Loans represent two committed credit
facilities as part of R&D funding programs; the first,
related to R&D in France, was fully drawn in
U.S. dollars, between December 2006 and February 2008, for
a total amount of $341 million, of which $98 million
had been paid back as at December 31, 2010; the second,
related to R&D projects in Italy, was fully drawn in
U.S. dollars, between August and October 2008, for a total
amount of $380 million, out of which $54 million had
been paid back as of December 31, 2010.
Additionally, we had unutilized committed medium term credit
facilities with core relationship banks totaling
$492 million. Furthermore, the aggregate amount of our
total available short-term credit facilities, excluding foreign
exchange credit facilities, was approximately $664 million
at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, the
amounts available under the short-term lines of credit were not
reduced by any borrowing. On September 27, 2010 we signed
with the European Investment Bank a new 350 million
loan to support our industrial and R&D programs, which is
currently undrawn.
In 2010 we granted, together with Ericsson, a $200 million
committed facility to ST-Ericsson, of which $150 million ($75
million for each parent) was withdrawn as of December 31,
2010. The withdrawal of that line is subject to approval of the
parent companies at ST-Ericssons Board of Directors. In
January 2011, we and Ericsson extended the overall amount of the
credit facility to $300 million.
Our long-term capital market financing instruments contain
standard covenants, but do not impose minimum financial ratios
or similar obligations on us. Upon a change of control, the
holders of our 2016 Convertible Bonds and 2013 Senior Bonds may
require us to repurchase all or a portion of such holders
bonds.
As of December 31, 2010, debt payments due by period and
based on the assumption that convertible debt redemptions are at
the holders first redemption option were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Long-term debt (including current portion)
|
|
$
|
1,695
|
|
|
$
|
645
|
|
|
$
|
109
|
|
|
$
|
676
|
|
|
$
|
106
|
|
|
$
|
84
|
|
|
$
|
75
|
|
In February 2006, we issued $1,131 million principal amount
at maturity zero coupon senior convertible bonds due in February
2016. The bonds are convertible by the holder at any time prior
to maturity at a conversion rate of 43.833898 shares per
one thousand dollar face value of the bonds corresponding to
42,694,216 equivalent shares. The holders can redeem the
convertible bonds upon a change of control or on
February 23, 2012 at a price of $1,093.81 and on
February 24, 2014 at a price of $1,126.99 per one thousand
dollar face value of the bonds. On February 23, 2011, the
holders redeemed 41,123 convertible bonds at a price of
$1,077.58, out of the total of 490,170 outstanding bonds, or
about 8%. We can call the bonds at any time after March 10,
2011 subject to our share price exceeding 130% of the accreted
value divided by the conversion rate for 20 out of 30
consecutive trading days. In order to optimize our liquidity
management and yield, we repurchased a portion of our 2016
Convertible Bonds during 2009 (98,000 bonds for a total cash
consideration of $103 million and corresponding to
4,295,722 shares) and in 2010 (385,830 bonds for a total cash
consideration of $410 million and corresponding to
16,912,433 shares).
As of December 31, 2010, we had the following credit
ratings on our 2013 Senior Bonds and 2016 Convertible Bonds:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Moodys Investors Service
|
|
Standard & Poors
|
|
Zero Coupon Senior Convertible Bonds due 2016
|
|
Baa1
|
|
BBB+
|
Floating Rate Senior Bonds due 2013
|
|
Baa1
|
|
BBB+
|
We are also rated A− from Fitch on an
unsolicited basis.
On February 6, 2009 Standard & Poors Rating
Services lowered our senior debt rating from
A− to BBB+. On January 27,
2011, Moodys Investors Service affirmed the Baa1 senior
debt ratings and changed the outlook on the ratings to stable
from negative.
In March 2006, STMicroelectronics Finance B.V. (ST
BV), one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, issued Floating
Rate Senior Bonds with a principal amount of
500 million at an issue price of 99.873%. The notes,
which mature on March 17, 2013, pay a coupon rate of the
three-month EURIBOR plus 0.40% on June 17,
September 17, December 17 and March 17 of each year through
maturity. The notes have a put for early repayment in case of a
change of control. The Floating Rate Senior Bonds issued by ST
BV are guaranteed by ST NV. We repurchased a portion of our 2013
Senior Bonds: (i) during the third quarter 2010, for the
amount of $17 million and (ii) during the fourth
quarter 2010 for the amount of $81 million.
75
Contractual
Obligations, Commercial Commitments and Contingencies
Our contractual obligations, commercial commitments and
contingencies as of December 31, 2010, and for each of the
five years to come and thereafter, were as follows(1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Operating leases(2)
|
|
$
|
378
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
|
$
|
49
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
94
|
|
Purchase obligations(2)
|
|
|
1,116
|
|
|
|
1,003
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment and other asset purchase
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foundry purchase
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software, technology licenses and design
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Other obligations(2)
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Long-term debt obligations (including current portion)(3)(4)(5)
of which:
|
|
|
1,695
|
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
Capital
leases(3)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Pension obligations(3)
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
Other non-current liabilities(3)
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4,181
|
|
|
$
|
1,971
|
|
|
$
|
530
|
|
|
$
|
826
|
|
|
$
|
200
|
|
|
$
|
150
|
|
|
$
|
504
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Contingent liabilities which cannot be quantified are excluded
from the table above. |
|
(2) |
|
Items not reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at
December 31, 2010. |
|
(3) |
|
Items reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at
December 31, 2010. |
|
(4) |
|
See Note 15 to our Consolidated Financial Statements at
December 31, 2010 for additional information related to
long-term debt and redeemable convertible securities. |
|
(5) |
|
Year of payment is based on maturity before taking into account
any potential acceleration that could result from a triggering
of the change of control provisions of the 2016 Convertible
Bonds and the 2013 Senior Bonds. |
As a result of our planned closures of certain manufacturing
facilities, some of the aforementioned contracts have been
terminated. The termination fees for the sites still in
operation have not been taken into account.
Operating leases are mainly related to building leases and to
equipment. The amount disclosed is composed of minimum payments
for future leases from 2011 to 2015 and thereafter. We lease
land, buildings, plants and equipment under operating leases
that expire at various dates under non-cancelable lease
agreements.
Purchase obligations are primarily comprised of purchase
commitments for equipment, for outsourced foundry wafers and for
software licenses.
Other obligations primarily relate to firm contractual
commitments with respect to cooperation agreements.
Long-term debt obligations mainly consist of bank loans,
convertible and non-convertible debt issued by us that is
totally or partially redeemable for cash at the option of the
holder. They include maximum future amounts that may be
redeemable for cash at the option of the holder, at fixed
prices. See Net financial position (non U.S. GAAP
measure).
Pension obligations and termination indemnities amounting to
$326 million consist of our best estimates of the amounts
projected to be payable by us for the retirement plans based on
the assumption that our employees will work for us until they
reach the age of retirement. The final actual amount to be paid
and related timing of such payments may vary significantly due
to early retirements, terminations and changes in assumptions
rates. See Note 16 to our Consolidated Financial
Statements. As part of the FMG deconsolidation, we retained the
obligation to fund the severance payment (trattamento di
fine rapporto) due to certain transferred employees by the
defined amount of about $26 million which qualifies as a
defined benefit plan and was classified as an other non-current
liability at December 31, 2010.
Other non-current liabilities include, in addition to the
above-mentioned pension obligation, future obligations related
to our restructuring plans and miscellaneous contractual
obligations. They also include at December 31, 2010,
following the FMG deconsolidation in 2008, a long-term liability
for capacity rights amounting to $33 million. In accordance
with the authoritative guidance for accounting for uncertainty
in income taxes, as of December 31, 2010, we had
unrecognized tax benefits of $116 million. We do not expect
to recognize any of these tax benefits in 2011. We are not,
however, able to provide a reasonably reliable estimate of when
these benefits will be recognized.
76
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We had no material off-balance sheet arrangements at
December 31, 2010.
Financial
Outlook
The increase in demand that we have been broadly facing across
all end markets requires the acceleration of some of our capex
spending in order to adapt our supply capability to this
increasing level of demand. In order to support our innovative
product portfolio and to fuel revenue growth faster than the
served market dynamic, we expect to invest approximately
$1.1 billion to $1.5 billion in 2011 based on
anticipated revenue growth. The most significant of our 2011
capital expenditure projects are expected to be: (a) for
the front-end facilities: (i) in our
300-mm fab
in Crolles, mix evolution to support the production
ramp-up of
the newest technologies and capacity growth, and activities to
prepare the next step to 4,500 wafers per week, planned by end
2012 within the framework of our Crolles Nano 2012 program;
(ii) the completion of the 32nm/28nm R&D capability
investment in Crolles; (iii) the upgrade and partial
conversion to 150-mm of our
125-mm fab
in Ang-Mo-Kio (Singapore); (iv) selective programs of mix
evolution in our
200-mm fabs,
mainly in the fabs of Crolles and Rousset; (v) capacity
increase in selected proprietary technologies in our
200-mm fabs
in Italy (MEMS, Advanced BCDs and PMOS) and (vi) quality,
safety, security and maintenance in both
150-mm and
200-mm front
end fabs; (b) for the back-end facilities, capital
expenditures will mainly be dedicated to: (i) capacity
growth on strategic package families, mainly in the areas of
Automotive, MEMS and Wireless, to sustain marked demand;
(ii) further consolidation of our presence in China
(Longgang and Shenzhen), in Muar and in Calamba;
(iii) modernization of package lines (copper bonding); and
(iv) specific investments in the areas of quality,
environment and energy saving; and (c) an overall capacity
increase in final testing and wafers probing (EWS) for all
product lines.
We will continue to monitor our level of capital spending by
taking into consideration factors such as trends in the
semiconductor industry, capacity utilization and announced
additions. We expect to have significant capital requirements in
the coming years and in addition we intend to continue to devote
a substantial portion of our net revenues to R&D and to
continue to support ST-Ericsson towards its expected recovery.
We plan to fund our capital requirements from cash provided by
operating activities, available funds and available support from
third parties, and may have recourse to borrowings under
available credit lines and, to the extent necessary or
attractive based on market conditions prevailing at the time,
the issuing of debt, convertible bonds or additional equity
securities. A substantial deterioration of our economic results
and consequently of our profitability could generate a
deterioration of the cash generated by our operating activities.
Therefore, there can be no assurance that, in future periods, we
will generate the same level of cash as in the previous years to
fund our capital expenditures plans for expending/upgrading our
production facilities, our working capital requirements, our
R&D and industrialization costs.
On February 23, 2011, holders were able to call for the
redemption of our outstanding 2016 Convertible Bonds, which
occurred for 41,123 bonds, for an amount of $44 million.
The residual amount outstanding after the exercise was
$449 million, which can be exercised on February 23,
2012 for an amount of $491 million. Furthermore, there
could be possible financial needs for temporary bridge
short-term financing by the parent companies of the ST-Ericsson
joint venture.
We believe that we have the financial resources needed to meet
our business requirements for the next twelve months, including
capital expenditures for our manufacturing activities, working
capital requirements, dividend payments and the repayment of our
debts in line with their maturity dates. We may use some of our
available cash to repurchase a portion of our outstanding debt
securities, including possibly our 2016 Convertible Bonds and
2013 Senior Bonds, should market conditions permit.
Impact of
Recently Issued U.S. Accounting Standards
See Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Equity
investments
See Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Backlog
and Customers
See Item 4. Information on the Company
Backlog.
77
|
|
Item 6.
|
Directors,
Senior Management and Employees
|
Directors
and Senior Management
The management of our company is entrusted to the Managing Board
under the supervision of the Supervisory Board.
Supervisory
Board
Our Supervisory Board advises our Managing Board and is
responsible for supervising the policies pursued by our Managing
Board and the general course of our affairs and business. Our
Supervisory Board consists of such number of members as is
resolved by our annual shareholders meeting upon a
non-binding proposal of our Supervisory Board, with a minimum of
six members. Decisions by our annual shareholders meeting
concerning the number and the identity of our Supervisory Board
members are taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a
meeting, provided quorum conditions are met (15% of our issued
and outstanding share capital present or represented).
Our Supervisory Board had the following eight members as of
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name(1)
|
|
Position
|
|
Year Appointed(2)
|
|
Term Expires
|
|
Age
|
|
Antonino Turicchi
|
|
Chairman
|
|
|
2008
|
(3)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
Gérald Arbola
|
|
Vice-Chairman
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Raymond Bingham
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
Douglas Dunn
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Didier Lombard
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
Alessandro Ovi
|
|
Member
|
|
|
2007
|
(4)
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Bruno Steve
|
|
Member
|
|
|
1989
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
Tom de Waard
|
|
Member
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Didier Lamouche was a member of the Supervisory Board
until October 26, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
As a member of the Supervisory Board. |
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Turicchi was also a Supervisory Board member from
2005-2007. |
|
(4) |
|
Mr. Ovi was also a Supervisory Board member from
1994-2005. |
At our annual shareholders meeting in 2010, the mandates
of Messrs. Bingham and Ovi were renewed. The mandates of
Messrs. Arbola, de Waard, Lombard, Steve and Turicchi will
expire at our annual shareholders meeting in 2011 and the
mandate of Mr. Dunn will expire at our annual shareholders
meeting in 2012. Mr. Lamouche resigned from the Supervisory
Board effective October 26, 2010, in view of his
appointment as Chief Operating Officer of our company, effective
January 26, 2011.
Resolutions of our Supervisory Board require the approval of at
least three-quarters of its members in office. Our Supervisory
Board must meet upon request by two or more of its members or by
our Managing Board. Our Supervisory Board has established
procedures for the preparation of Supervisory Board resolutions
and the calendar for Supervisory Board meetings. Our Supervisory
Board meets at least five times a year, including once per
quarter to approve our quarterly and annual accounts and their
release. Our Supervisory Board has adopted a Supervisory Board
Charter setting forth its duties, responsibilities and
operations, as mentioned below. This charter is available on our
website at
http://www.st.com/stonline/company/governance/index.htm.
Biographies
Antonino Turicchi was re-appointed as a member of our
Supervisory Board at our 2008 annual shareholders meeting
on May 14, 2008. He was also appointed Chairman of our
Supervisory Board at that time. Mr. Turicchi is the
Chairman of our Supervisory Boards Strategic Committee, as
well as its Compensation Committee, and also serves on the
Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Turicchi
was the General Manager of Cassa Depositi e Prestiti from June
2002 until January 2009, and was a member of the Supervisory
Board of Numonyx from March 30, 2008 until May 7,
2010. Since 1994, Mr. Turicchi has held positions with the
Italian Ministry of the Treasury (now known as the Ministry of
the Economy and Finance). In 1999, he was promoted as the
director responsible for conducting securitization operations
and managing financial operations as part of the treasurys
debt management functions. Between 1999 and June 2002,
Mr. Turicchi was also a member of the board of Mediocredito
del Friuli; from 1998 until 2000, he served on the board of
Mediocredito di Roma; and from 2000 until 2003, he
78
served on the board of EUR S.p.A. He also served as deputy
chairman of Infrastrutture S.p.A. from December 2002 to January
2006 and he was previously a member of our Supervisory Board
from March 2005 to April 2007.
Gérald Arbola was appointed to our Supervisory Board at our
2004 annual shareholders meeting and was reelected at our
2005 annual shareholders meeting. Mr. Arbola was
appointed the Vice-Chairman of our Supervisory Board on
May 14, 2008. Mr. Arbola previously served as Chairman
of our Supervisory Board from March 18, 2005 through
May 13, 2008. Mr. Arbola serves on the Supervisory
Boards Compensation Committee, Strategic Committee and
Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Arbola
is now Managing Director of Areva S.A., where he had also served
as Chief Financial Officer, and has been a member of the
Executive Board of Areva since his appointment on July 3,
2001, which was renewed on June 29, 2006. Mr. Arbola
joined the AREVA NC group (ex Cogema) in 1982 as Director of
Planning and Strategy for SGN, then served as Chief Financial
Officer at SGN from 1985 to 1989, becoming Executive Vice
President of SGN in 1988 and Chief Financial Officer of AREVA NC
in 1992. He was appointed as a member of the executive committee
in 1999, and also served as Chairman of the Board of SGN in 1997
and 1998. Mr. Arbola is currently a member of the board of
directors of AREVA NC, AREVA NP, CEA and a member of the
Supervisory Board of Eurodif since May 2010. On July 22,
2008, he was nominated the director of the Suez Environment
Company, and he has been co-President of the Areva Foundation
since September 2006. Mr. Arbola is a graduate of the
Institut dEtudes Politiques de Paris and holds an advanced
degree in economics. He is the Chairman of the Board of
Directors of FT1CI and was the Chairman, until his resignation
on November 15, 2006, of the Supervisory Board of ST
Holding, our largest shareholder. In addition, he has been
Director of the CEA since July 24, 2009.
Raymond Bingham was appointed to our Supervisory Board at our
2007 annual shareholders meeting. He serves on the Audit
Committee and the Strategic Committee. Since January 2010,
Mr. Bingham has been an Advisory Director of General
Atlantic LLC, a global private equity firm, and a Managing
Director from September 2006 to December 2009. From August 2005
to August 2006, Mr. Bingham was a private investor.
Mr. Bingham was Executive Chairman of the Board of
Directors of Cadence Design Systems Inc., a supplier of
electronic design automation software and services, from May
2004 to July 2005, and served as a director of Cadence from
November 1997 to July 2005. Prior to being Executive Chairman,
he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Cadence
from April 1999 to May 2004, and as Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer from April 1993 to April 1999.
Mr. Bingham also serves as a Director of Spansion Inc.,
Dice Holdings, Oracle Corporation and Flextronics International,
Ltd.
Tom de Waard has been a member of our Supervisory Board since
1998. Mr. de Waard has been Chairman of the Audit Committee
since 1999 and is also Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate
Governance Committee. In addition, he serves on our Supervisory
Boards Compensation Committee. Mr. de Waard has been a
partner of Clifford Chance, a leading international law firm,
since March 2000 and was the Managing Partner of Clifford
Chances Amsterdam office from May 1, 2002 until
May 1, 2005. From January 1, 2005 to January 1,
2007 he was a member of the Management Committee of Clifford
Chance. Prior to joining Clifford Chance, he was a partner at
Stibbe, where he held several positions since 1971 and gained
extensive experience working with major international companies,
particularly with respect to corporate finance. He is a member
of the Amsterdam bar and was President of the Netherlands Bar
Association from 1993 through 1995. He received his law degree
from Leiden University in 1971. Mr. de Waard is the chairman of
the Supervisory Board of BE Semiconductor Industries N.V.
(BESI) and a member of its audit compensation and
nominating committees. Mr. de Waard is a member of the
Supervisory Board of N.V. Nuon Energy and Chairman of its
Compensation Committee.
Douglas Dunn has been a member of our Supervisory Board since
2001 and has served on the Audit Committee since such time. He
also serves on the Strategic Committee. He was formerly
President and Chief Executive Officer of ASML Holding N.V.
(ASML), an equipment supplier in the semiconductor
industry, a position from which he retired in 2004.
Mr. Dunn was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors
of ARM Holdings plc (United Kingdom) in October 2006. In 2005,
Mr. Dunn was appointed to the board of Philips-LG LCD
(Korea) (of which he is no longer a board member as of
February 29, 2008), TomTom N.V. (Netherlands) and OMI, a
privately-held company (Ireland) (which was sold in November
2007 and of which he is no longer a board member), and also
serves as a non-executive director on the board of SOITEC
(France). He is also a member of the audit committees of SOITEC
and TomTom N.V., and a member of the Compensation Committee and
Strategic Committee of SOITEC. He was appointed as a Supervisory
Board member of BE Semiconductor Industries N.V.
(BESI) at their AGM on May 12, 2009 and serves
on their Audit and Remuneration/Nomination Committees.
Mr. Dunn was a member of the Managing Board of Royal
Philips Electronics in 1998. From 1996 to 1998 he was Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer of Philips Consumer Electronics and
from 1993 to 1996 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Philips Semiconductors (now NXP Semiconductors). From 1980 to
1993 he was CEO of Plessey Semiconductors. Prior to this, he
held several positions with Motorola Semiconductors (now
Freescale).
79
Didier Lombard was first appointed to our Supervisory Board at
our 2004 annual shareholders meeting and was reelected at
our 2005 annual shareholders meeting. He serves on the
Compensation, Strategic and Nomination and Corporate Governance
Committees of our Supervisory Board. Mr. Lombard was
appointed Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of France Telecom
in March 2005, and served as Chief Executive Officer until
February 2010 and Chairman until March 2011. Mr. Lombard
began his career in the Research and Development division of
France Telecom in 1967. From 1989 to 1990, he served as
scientific and technological director at the Ministry of
Research and Technology. From 1991 to 1998, he served as General
Director for industrial strategies at the French Ministry of
Economy, Finances and Industry, and from 1999 to 2003 he served
as an Ambassador at large for foreign investments in France and
as President of the French Agency for International Investments.
From 2003 through February 2005, he served as France
Telecoms Senior Executive Vice President in charge of
technologies, strategic partnerships and new usages and as a
member of France Telecoms Executive Committee.
Mr. Lombard also spent several years as Ambassador in
charge of foreign investment in France. Mr. Lombard is also
a member of the Board of Directors of Thales and Technicolor
(previously Thomson), one of our customers, as well as a member
of the Supervisory Board of Radiall. Mr. Lombard was also a
member until his resignation on November 15, 2006 of the
Supervisory Board of ST Holding, our largest shareholder.
Mr. Lombard is a graduate of the Ecole Polytechnique and
the Ecole Nationale Supérieure des
Télécommunications.
Alessandro Ovi was a member of our Supervisory Board from 1994
until his term expired at our annual general shareholders
meeting on March 18, 2005. He was reappointed to our
Supervisory Board at the 2007 annual shareholders meeting
and serves on the Strategic Committee. He was appointed to our
Audit Committee in 2010. Mr. Ovi received a doctoral degree
in Nuclear Engineering from the Politecnico in Milan and a
Masters Degree in Operations Research from the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He has been Special
Advisor to the President of the European Community for five
years and has served on the boards of Telecom Italia S.p.A,
Finmeccanica S.p.A. and Alitalia S.p.A. Currently, he is also a
director of Telecom Italia Media S.p.A. and LandiRenzo Spa.
Mr. Ovi is a Life Trustee in Carnegie Mellon University and
a Member of the Board in the Italian Institute of Technology.
Until April 2000, he was the Chief Executive Officer of Tecnitel
S.p.A., a subsidiary of Telecom Italia Group. Prior to joining
Tecnitel S.p.A., Mr. Ovi was the Senior Vice President of
International Affairs and Communications at I.R.I.
Bruno Steve has been a member of our Supervisory Board since
1989 and has previously served as both its Chairman and
Vice-Chairman. Mr. Steve currently serves on our
Supervisory Boards Audit Committee, Compensation Committee
and Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. He was with
Istituto per la Ricostruzione Industriale-IRI S.p.A.
(I.R.I), a former shareholder of Finmeccanica,
Finmeccanica and other affiliates of I.R.I. in various senior
positions for over 17 years. Mr. Steve is currently
Chairman of the Statutory Auditors of Selex Galileo S.p.A. He
previously served as member of the Statutory Auditors of Pirelli
Tyres S.p.A. Until December 1999, he served as Chairman of MEI.
He served as the Chief Operating Officer of Finmeccanica from
1988 to July 1997 and Chief Executive Officer from May 1995 to
July 1997. He was Senior Vice President of Planning, Finance and
Control of I.R.I. from 1984 to 1988. Prior to 1984,
Mr. Steve served in several key executive positions at
Telecom Italia. He is also a professor at LUISS Guido Carli
University in Rome. Mr. Steve was Vice Chairman from May
1999 to March 2002, Chairman from March 2002 to May 2003 and
member until his resignation on April 21, 2004 of the
Supervisory Board of ST Holding, our largest shareholder.
Supervisory
Board Committees
Membership and Attendance. As of
December 31, 2010, the composition of our Supervisory
Boards committees was as follows: i) Mr. Tom de
Waard is the Chairman of the Audit Committee, and
Messrs. Raymond Bingham, Douglas Dunn and Bruno Steve are
all voting members; ii) Mr. Antonino Turicchi is the
Chairman of the Compensation Committee, and
Messrs. Gérald Arbola, Tom de Waard and Bruno Steve
are members; iii) Mr. Tom de Waard is the Chairman of
the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, and
Messrs. Gérald Arbola, Didier Lombard, Bruno Steve and
Antonino Turicchi are members; and, iv) Mr. Antonino
Turicchi is the Chairman of the Strategic Committee, and
Messrs. Gérald Arbola, Raymond Bingham, Douglas Dunn,
Didier Lombard and Alessandro Ovi are members.
80
Detailed information on attendance at full Supervisory Board and
Supervisory Board Committee meetings during 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nominating
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
|
|
Audit
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Strategic
|
|
Governance
|
Number of Meetings Attended in 2010(1)
|
|
Full Board
|
|
Committee
|
|
Committee
|
|
Committee
|
|
Committee
|
|
Antonino Turicchi
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Gérald Arbola
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Raymond Bingham
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Dunn
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Didier Lamouche(2)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Didier Lombard
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Alessandro Ovi
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bruno Steve
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Tom de Waard
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes meetings attended by way of conference call. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Didier Lamouche was member of the Supervisory Board
until October 26, 2010. |
Audit Committee. The Audit Committee was
established in 1996 to assist the Supervisory Board in
fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to corporate
accounting, reporting practices, and the quality and integrity
of our financial reports as well as our auditing practices,
legal and regulatory related risks, execution of our
auditors recommendations regarding corporate auditing
rules and the independence of our external auditors.
The Audit Committee met ten times during 2010 and, in addition,
held several conference calls related to subjects that arose
during the year. At many of the Audit Committees meetings,
the committee received presentations on current financial and
accounting issues and had the opportunity to interview our CEO,
CFO, General Counsel, external and internal auditors. The Audit
Committee also met with outside U.S. legal counsel to
discuss corporate requirements pursuant to NYSEs corporate
governance rules and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Audit Committee
also proceeded with its annual review of our internal audit
function. The Audit Committee reviewed our annual Consolidated
Financial Statements in U.S. GAAP for the year ended
December 31, 2010, and the results press release was
published on January 24, 2011.
The Audit Committee approved the compensation of our external
auditors for 2010 and provisionally approved the scope of their
audit, audit-related and non-audit-related services for 2011.
At the end of each quarter, prior to each Supervisory Board
meeting to approve our quarterly results and earnings press
release, the Audit Committee reviewed our interim financial
information and the proposed press release and had the
opportunity to raise questions to management and the independent
registered public accounting firm. In addition, the Audit
Committee reviewed our quarterly Operating and Financial
Review and Prospects and Consolidated Financial
Statements (and notes thereto) before they were filed with the
SEC and voluntarily certified by the CEO and the CFO (pursuant
to sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The
Audit Committee also reviewed Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects and our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in
our 2010
Form 20-F,
prior to the Supervisory Boards meeting to approve the
full year results. Furthermore, the Audit Committee monitored
our compliance with the European Directive and applicable
provisions of Dutch law that require us to prepare a set of
accounts pursuant to IFRS in advance of our annual
shareholders meetings, which was held on May 25,
2010. See Item 3. Key Information Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Operations.
Also in 2010, our Audit Committee reviewed with our external
auditors our compliance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, the Audit Committee regularly
discussed the progress of the implementation of internal control
over financial reporting and reviewed managements
conclusions as to the effectiveness of internal control.
As part of each of its quarterly meetings our Audit Committee
reviewed our financial results as presented by Management and
whistleblowing reports, including independent investigative
reports provided by internal audit or outside consultants on
such matters.
Compensation Committee. Our Compensation
Committee proposes to our Supervisory Board the compensation for
our President and Chief Executive Officer and sole member of our
Managing Board as well as for our Chief Operating Officer,
including the variable portion of such compensation based on
performance criteria recommended by our Compensation Committee.
It also approves any increase in the incentive component of
81
compensation for our executive officers. The Compensation
Committee is also informed of the compensation plans for our
executive officers and specifically approves stock-based
compensation plans for our executive officers and key employees.
The Compensation Committee met four times in 2010.
Among its main activities, the Compensation Committee:
(i) agreed to propose a bonus for the CEO related to fiscal
year 2009 equal to 65% of his base salary and for the COO
related to fiscal year 2009 equal to 50% of his base salary,
given the difficult market conditions and the objectives that
had been met; (ii) recommended the performance criteria
which must be met by the CEO and COO in order to benefit from
the bonus that was approved by our 2010 Annual General Meeting
of Shareholders as part of the Managing Board compensation
policy; and (iii) proposed performance criteria, which must
be met by the CEO as well as all other employees participating
in the employees stock award plans to benefit from such awards.
In particular, the Compensation Committee recommended the
performance targets for the base bonus of our CEO and COO be
based on, among other factors, market share, introduction of new
products for ACCI and IMS, the budget for 2010, the
Companys share price versus SOX from July 27, 2010
through January 25, 2011, corporate governance and special
programs, including restructuring and
5-year plan.
The Compensation Committee, on behalf of, and with the approval
of, the entire Supervisory Board, also set the criteria for a
special incentive bonus.
For the 2010 nonvested stock award plan, the Compensation
Committee, on behalf, and with the approval, of the entire
Supervisory Board, established the applicable performance
criteria, which are based on sales and operating income as
compared against a panel of semiconductor companies and cash
flow before acquisitions as well as cash restructuring costs,
with the target to have it positive for the second half of 2010.
In addition, the Compensation Committee received presentations
and discussed our succession planning for key employees.
Strategic Committee. Our Strategic Committee
was created to monitor key developments within the semiconductor
industry and our overall strategy, and is, in particular,
involved in supervising the execution of strategic transactions.
The Strategic Committee met only once in 2010, as several of the
strategic discussions were extended to involve all Supervisory
Board members and occurred at extended Supervisory Board
meetings. Among its main activities, the Strategic Committee
reviewed prospects and various possible scenarios and
opportunities to meet the challenges of the semiconductor
market, including the evaluation of possible divestitures and
partnerships to invest in new markets.
Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee. Our Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee was created to establish the selection
criteria and appointment procedures for the appointment of
members to our Supervisory Board and Managing Board, and to
resolve issues relating to corporate governance. The Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee met three times during 2010
to discuss changes to the Dutch Corporate Governance Code,
recent developments in U.S. law regarding corporate
governance and preparations for the Annual General Meeting.
Secretariat and Controllers. Our Supervisory
Board appoints a Secretary and Vice Secretary as proposed by our
Supervisory Board. Furthermore, the Managing Board makes an
Executive Secretary available to our Supervisory Board, who is
appointed by the Supervisory Board. The Secretary, Vice
Secretary and Executive Secretary constitute the Secretariat of
the Board. The mission of the Secretariat is primarily to
organize meetings, ensure the continuing education and training
of our Supervisory Board members and to maintain record-keeping.
Messrs. Bertrand Loubert and Luigi Chessa serve as
Secretary and Vice Secretary, respectively, for our Supervisory
Board, and for each of the Compensation, Nominating and
Corporate Governance and Strategic Committees of our Supervisory
Board. Our Chief Compliance Officer, Ms. Alisia Grenville,
serves as the Executive Secretary of our Supervisory Board. In
addition, Mr. Willem Toussaint serves as the Secretary of
the Audit Committee.
Our Supervisory Board appoints and dismisses two financial
experts (Controllers). The mission of the
Controllers is primarily to assist our Supervisory Board in
evaluating our operational and financial performance, business
plan, strategic initiatives and the implementation of
Supervisory Board decisions, as well as to review the
operational reports provided under the responsibility of the
Managing Board. The Controllers generally meet once a month with
the management of the Company and report to our Supervisory
Board. The current Controllers are Messrs. Christophe Duval
and Andrea Novelli, who have served as controllers since our
2005 annual shareholders meeting.
The STH Shareholders Agreement between our principal
indirect shareholders contains provisions with respect to the
appointment of the Secretary, Vice Secretary and Controllers,
which are described in Item 7. Major Shareholders and
Related Party Transactions.
82
Managing
Board
In accordance with Dutch law, our management is entrusted to the
Managing Board under the supervision of our Supervisory Board.
Mr. Carlo Bozotti, re-appointed in 2008 for a three-year
term to expire at the end of our annual shareholders
meeting in 2011, is currently the sole member of our Managing
Board with the function of President and Chief Executive
Officer. The Supervisory Board has announced that it will
reappoint Mr. Bozotti for a further three-year term.
Mr. Alain Dutheil served as our Chief Operating Officer,
reporting to Mr. Bozotti until January 26, 2011 and
Mr. Didier Lamouche has succeeded Mr. Dutheil in this
position as of January 26, 2011. Mr. Lamouche serves
as Chief Operating Officer, reporting to Mr. Bozotti. Since
its creation in 1987, our managing board has always been
comprised of a sole member. The member of our Managing Board is
appointed for a three-year term, as described in our Articles of
Association, which may be renewed one or more times in
accordance with our Articles of Association upon a non-binding
proposal by our Supervisory Board at our shareholders
meeting and adoption by a simple majority of the votes cast at
the shareholders meeting where at least 15% of the issued
and outstanding share capital is present or represented. If our
Managing Board were to consist of more than one member, our
Supervisory Board would appoint one of the members of our
Managing Board to be chairman of our Managing Board for a
three-year term, as defined in our Articles of Association (upon
approval of at least three-quarters of the members of our
Supervisory Board). In such case, resolutions of our Managing
Board would require the approval of a majority of its members.
Our shareholders meeting may suspend or dismiss one or
more members of our Managing Board at a meeting at which at
least one-half of the outstanding share capital is present or
represented. If a quorum is not present, a further meeting shall
be convened, to be held within four weeks after the first
meeting, which shall be entitled, irrespective of the share
capital represented, to pass a resolution with regard to the
suspension or dismissal of one or more members of our Managing
Board. Such a quorum is not required if a suspension or
dismissal is proposed by our Supervisory Board. In that case, a
resolution to dismiss or to suspend a member of our Managing
Board can be taken by a simple majority of the votes cast at a
meeting where at least 15% of our issued and outstanding share
capital is present or represented. Our Supervisory Board may
suspend members of our Managing Board, but a shareholders
meeting must be convened within three months after such
suspension to confirm or reject the suspension. Our Supervisory
Board shall appoint one or more persons who shall, at any time,
in the event of absence or inability to act of all the members
of our Managing Board, be temporarily responsible for our
management.
Under Dutch law, our Managing Board is entrusted with our
general management and the representation of the Company. Our
Managing Board must seek prior approval from our
shareholders meeting for decisions regarding a significant
change in the identity or nature of the Company. Under our
Articles of Association, our Managing Board must obtain prior
approval from our Supervisory Board for (i) all proposals
to be submitted to a vote at a shareholders meeting;
(ii) the formation of all companies, acquisition or sale of
any participation, and conclusion of any cooperation and
participation agreement; (iii) all of our multi-year plans
and the budget for the coming year, covering investment policy,
policy regarding R&D, as well as commercial policy and
objectives, general financial policy, and policy regarding
personnel; and (iv) all acts, decisions or operations
covered by the foregoing and constituting a significant change
with respect to decisions already taken by our Supervisory
Board. In addition, under our Articles of Association, our
Supervisory Board and our shareholders meeting may specify
by resolution certain additional actions by our Managing Board
that require its prior approval.
In accordance with our Corporate Governance Charter, the sole
member of our Managing Board and our Executive Officers may not
serve on the board of a public company without the prior
approval of our Supervisory Board. We are not aware of any
potential conflicts of interests between the private interest or
other duties of our sole Management Board member and our
Executive Officers and their duties to our Company.
Pursuant to the charter adopted by our Supervisory Board, the
following decisions by our Managing Board with regards to the
Company and any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries (an
ST Group Company) require prior approval from our
Supervisory Board: (i) any modification of our or any ST
Group Companys Articles of Association or other
constitutional documents, other than those of wholly-owned
subsidiaries; (ii) any change in our or any ST Group
Companys authorized share capital or any issue,
acquisition or disposal by us of our own shares, or any ST Group
Companys shares, or change in share rights or issue of any
instruments granting an interest in our or an ST Group
Companys capital or profits other than those of our
wholly-owned subsidiaries; (iii) any liquidation or
dissolution of us or any ST Group Company or the disposal of all
or a substantial and material part of our business or assets, or
those of any ST Group Company, or of any shares in any such ST
Group Company; (iv) any merger, acquisition or joint
venture agreement (and, if substantial and material, any
agreement relating to IP) or formation of a new company to which
we or any ST Group Company is, or is proposed to be, a party, as
well as the formation of new companies by us or any ST Group
Company (with the understanding that only acquisitions above
$25 million per transaction are subject to prior
Supervisory Board approval); (v) approval of our draft
consolidated balance
83
sheets and financial statements, as well as our and our
subsidiaries profit distribution policies;
(vi) entering into any agreement that may qualify as a
related party transaction, including any agreement between us or
any ST Group Company and ST Holding, ST Holding II, FT1CI, Areva
or CEA; (vii) the key parameters of our
5-year plans
and our consolidated annual budgets, as well as any significant
modifications to said plans and budgets, or any one of the
matters set forth in our Articles of Association and not
included in the approved plans or budgets; (viii) approval
of operations of exceptional importance which have to be
submitted for Supervisory Board prior approval even if their
financing was already provided for in the approved annual
budget; (ix) approval of our quarterly and annual
Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with
U.S. GAAP and semiannual and annual accounts using IFRS,
prior to submission for shareholder adoption; and (x) the
exercise of any shareholder right in an ST joint venture company
(ST Joint Venture Company), which is a company
(i) with respect to which we hold directly or indirectly
either a minority equity position in excess of 25% or a majority
position without the voting power to adopt extraordinary
resolutions or (ii) in which we directly or indirectly
participate and such participation has a value of at least
one-third of our total assets according to the consolidated
balance sheet and notes thereto in our most recently adopted
(statutory) annual accounts.
Executive
Officers
Our executive officers support our Managing Board in its
management of the Company, without prejudice to our Managing
Boards ultimate responsibility. New corporate officers
during 2010 and the first quarter of 2011 include: Didier
Lamouche who joined the Company on November 1, 2010 and
following a transition period became the Chief Operating Officer
on January 26, 2011; and Tjerk Hooghiemstra, who joined our
company in February 2010 in the new position of Executive Vice
President, Chief Administrative Officer. In this role,
Mr. Hooghiemstra reports to the President and CEO, Carlo
Bozotti. We created this new position with the aim of generating
synergies among many staff organizations, by optimizing the
functions of Human Resources, Health & Safety,
Education, Legal, Internal Communication, Security, and
Corporate Responsibility. Claudia Levo joined the Company in
January 2011 as Corporate Vice President, Communication and
Fabio Gualandris rejoined the Company in February 2011 as
Corporate Vice President and Director of Product Quality
Excellence.
As of March 2011, our organizational chart is as follows:
As a company committed to good governance, we hold several
corporate meetings on a regular basis. Such meetings, which
involve the participation of several of our executive officers,
include:
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Operation Reviews (COR), which meets once per
month to review monthly results and short term forecasts and
involve the following executive officers/groups: CEO; COO; CFO;
Infrastructures and Services; Product Quality Excellence;
Manufacturing (Front-End and Back-End); TR&D; Regions; and
Product Groups.
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Strategic Committee, which meets twice per
quarter, sets corporate policy, coordinates strategies of our
various functions representing our constituents and drives major
cross-functional programs. The Corporate Strategic Committee
meetings are attended by the CEO, the COO and the following
senior executive officers: Orio Bellezza; Jean-Marc Chery;
Andrea Cuomo; Carlo Ferro; Tjerk Hooghiemstra; Philippe
Lambinet; and Carmelo Papa.
|
Our executive officers during 2010 were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Semi-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years with
|
|
Conductor
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Position
|
|
Company
|
|
Industry
|
|
Age
|
|
Carlo Bozotti, Chairman
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Alain Dutheil, Vice Chairman(1)
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
Georges Auguste(2)
|
|
Executive Vice President, Packaging and Test Manufacturing
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
Orio Bellezza
|
|
Senior Executive Vice President, Member of the Corporate
Strategic Committee and General Manager, Front-End Manufacturing
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Gian Luca Bertino
|
|
Executive Vice President, Computer and Communications
Infrastructure
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Marco Luciano Cassis
|
|
Executive Vice President, Japan & Korea Region
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Patrice Chastagner
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Human Resources
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Jean-Marc Chery
|
|
Senior Executive Vice President, Member of the Corporate
Strategic Committee and Chief Technology Officer
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Andrea Cuomo
|
|
Senior Executive Vice President, Member of the Corporate
Strategic Committee and General Manager, Sales & Marketing,
Europe, Middle East and Africa
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
Claude Dardanne
|
|
Executive Vice President, General Manager, Microcontrollers,
Memories & Secure MCUs
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
Carlo Ferro
|
|
Senior Executive Vice President, Member of the Corporate
Strategic Committee and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Alisia Grenville
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Paul Grimme
|
|
Executive Vice President and General Manager, Automotive Product
Group
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
François Guibert
|
|
Executive Vice President, President, Greater China & South
Asia Region
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
Tjerk Hooghiemstra(3)
|
|
Senior Executive Vice President, Member of the Corporate
Strategic Committee and Chief Administrative Officer
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Otto Kosgalwies
|
|
Executive Vice President, Infrastructure and Services
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
Robert Krysiak
|
|
Executive Vice President and General Manager, Americas
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
Philippe Lambinet
|
|
Senior Executive Vice President, Member of the Corporate
Strategic Committee and General Manager, Home Entertainment
& Displays Group
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Loïc Lietar
|
|
Executive Vice President, New Ventures
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Pierre Ollivier
|
|
Corporate Vice President and General Counsel
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
Carlo Ottaviani(4)
|
|
Corporate Vice President, Communication
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Carmelo Papa
|
|
Senior Executive Vice President, Member of the Corporate
Strategic Committee and General Manager, Industrial Multisegment
Sector
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
Jeffrey See
|
|
Executive Vice President, Packaging and Test Manufacturing
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Dutheil was replaced by Didier Lamouche on
January 26, 2011. Mr. Dutheil has continued to act as
an advisor to the Company. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Fabio Gualandris replaced Mr. Auguste as Corporate
Vice President, Director Product Quality Excellence in February
2011. Effective May 1, 2011, Mr. Auguste will be
taking over from Mr. See, Executive Vice President,
Packaging and Test Manufacturing, who has decided to retire at
the end of June 2011, after 41 years with the Company. |
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Hooghiemstra has held this position since February 2010. |
|
(4) |
|
Mr. Ottaviani passed away in January 2011. Following Mr.
Ottavianis passing, Ms. Claudia Levo became our Corporate
Vice President, Communication. |
85
Biographies
of our Current Executive Officers
Carlo Bozotti is our President, Chief Executive Officer and the
sole member of our Managing Board. As CEO, Mr. Bozotti is
the Chairman of our Executive Committee. Prior to taking on this
new role at the 2005 annual shareholders meeting,
Mr. Bozotti served as Corporate Vice President, Memories
Product Group (MPG) since August 1998.
Mr. Bozotti joined SGS Microelettronica in 1977 after
graduating in Electronic Engineering from the University of
Pavia. Mr. Bozotti served as Product Manager for the
Industrial, Automotive and Telecom products in the Linear
Division and as Business Unit Manager for the Monolithic
Microsystems Division from 1987 to 1988. He was appointed
Director of Corporate Strategic Marketing and Key Accounts for
the Headquarters Region in 1988 and became Vice President,
Marketing and Sales, Americas Region in 1991. Mr. Bozotti
served as Corporate Vice President, MPG from August 1998 through
March 2005, after having served as Corporate Vice President,
Europe and Headquarters Region from 1994 to 1998. In 2008,
Mr. Bozotti was appointed Chairman of the Supervisory Board
of Numonyx until it was acquired by Micron in 2010. As of
February 1, 2009, he is Vice Chairman of the Board of
Directors of ST-Ericsson.
Alain Dutheil was appointed Chief Operating Officer in 2005,
with the endorsement of the Supervisory Board. He is also the
Vice Chairman of our Corporate Executive Committee. Prior to his
appointment as COO, he served as Corporate Vice President,
Strategic Planning and Human Resources from 1994 and 1992,
respectively. After graduating in Electrical Engineering from
the Ecole Supérieure dIngénieurs de Marseille
(ESIM), Mr. Dutheil joined Texas Instruments in
1969 as a Production Engineer, becoming Director for Discrete
Products in France and Human Resources Director in France in
1980 and Director of Operations for Portugal in 1982. He joined
Thomson Semiconductors in 1983 as General Manager of a plant in
Aix-en-Provence, France and then became General Manager of
SGS-Thomson Discrete Products Division. From 1989 to 1994,
Mr. Dutheil served as Director for Worldwide Back-end
Manufacturing, in addition to serving as Corporate Vice
President for Human Resources from 1992 until 2005. From August
2008 through January 2009, Mr. Dutheil acted as CEO for our
joint venture ST-NXP Wireless and as of the end of May 2011,
Mr. Dutheil will retire from STMicroelectronics.
Didier Lamouche is our Chief Operating Officer. Prior to taking
on this new role, he was a member of our Supervisory Board and
Audit Committee until October 26, 2010. Dr. Lamouche
is a graduate of Ecole Centrale de Lyon and holds a PhD in
semiconductor technology. He has over 20 years experience
in the semiconductor industry. Dr. Lamouche started his
career in 1984 in the R&D department of Philips before
joining IBM Microelectronics where he held several positions in
France and the United States. In 1995, he became Director of
Operations of Motorolas Advanced Power IC unit in Toulouse
(France). Three years later, in 1998, he joined IBM as General
Manager of the largest European semiconductor site in Corbeil
(France) to lead its turnaround and transformation into a joint
venture between IBM and Infineon: Altis Semiconductor. He
managed Altis Semiconductor as CEO for four years. In 2003,
Dr. Lamouche rejoined IBM and was the Vice President for
Worldwide Semiconductor Operations based in New York (United
States) until the end of 2004. Since February 2005,
Dr. Lamouche has been the Chairman and CEO of Groupe Bull,
a France-based global company operating in the IT sector. He is
also a member of the Board of Directors of SOITEC (since
2005) and Atari (since 2008).
Georges Auguste currently serves as our Executive Vice
President, Packaging & Test Manufacturing. Mr. Auguste
received a degree in Engineering from the Ecole Supérieure
dElectricité (SUPELEC) in 1973 and a
diploma in Business Administration from Caen University in 1976.
Prior to joining us, Mr. Auguste worked with Philips
Components from 1974 to 1986, in various positions in the field
of manufacturing. From 1990 to 1997, he headed our operations in
Morocco, and from 1997 to 1999, Mr. Auguste served as
Director of Total Quality and Environmental Management.
Orio Bellezza, Senior Executive Vice President, Member of the
Corporate Strategic Committee and General Manager, Front-End
Manufacturing, is responsible for all of our wafer fabrication
operations and facilities. He graduated with honors in Chemistry
from Milan University in 1983. He joined SGS-ATES in 1984 as a
Process Engineer and after two years moved to the Central
R&D department, where he worked first as a Development
Engineer and later as the Process Integration Manager,
responsible for submicron EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read-Only
Memories) process technology modules. In 1996, Bellezza was
named Director of the Agrate R1 Research and Development
facility. In 2002, he was appointed Vice President of Central
R&D and then in 2005 was named Vice President and Assistant
General Manager of Front-End Technology and Manufacturing.
Bellezza also served on the Board of the ST-Hynix
memory-manufacturing joint venture established in Wuxi (China).
Gian Luca Bertino is our Executive Vice President, Computer and
Communications Infrastructure. He graduated in 1985 in
Electronic Engineering from the Polytechnic of Turin. From 1986
to 1997 he held several positions within the Research and
Development organization of Olivettis semiconductor group
before joining ST in 1997. Previously, he was Group Vice
President, Peripherals, General Manager of our Data Storage
Division within the Telecommunications, Peripherals and
Automotive (TPA) Groups.
86
Marco Luciano Cassis is Executive Vice President, Japan &
Korea region. He graduated from the Polytechnic of Milan with a
degree in Electronic Engineering. Mr. Cassis joined us in
1988 as a mixed-signal analog designer for car radio
applications. In 1993, Mr. Cassis moved to Japan to support
our newly created design center with his expertise in audio
products. Then in 2000, Mr. Cassis took charge of the Audio
Business Unit and a year later he was promoted to Director of
Audio and Automotive Group, responsible for design, marketing,
sales, application support, and customer services. In 2004,
Mr. Cassis was named Vice President of Marketing for the
automotive, computer peripheral, and telecom products. In 2005,
he advanced to Vice President Automotive Segment Group and
joined the Board of the Japanese subsidiary, STMicroelectronics
K.K.
Patrice Chastagner is Corporate Vice President, Human Resources.
He is a graduate of the HEC business school in France and in
1988 became the Grenoble Site Director, guiding the emergence of
this facility to become one of the most important hubs in Europe
for advanced, complex silicon chip development and solutions. As
Human Resources Manager for the Telecommunications, Peripherals
and Automotive (TPA) Groups, which was our largest product group
at the time, he was also TQM Champion and applied the principle
of continuous improvement to human resources as well as to
manufacturing processes. Since March 2003, he has also been
serving as Chairman of STMicroelectronics S.A. in France.
Jean-Marc Chery is our Senior Executive Vice President, Member
of the Corporate Strategic Committee and Chief Technology
Officer, where his responsibilities include our corporate
technology R&D, as well as the production at the
Companys 12 (300mm) Crolles wafer fab. He graduated
from the National Superior School for Engineering, ENSAM France
in 1984. He began his professional career in 1985 with MATRA SA
in its Quality organization and by the end of 1986 had joined
the Discrete Division of Thomson Semiconducteurs, located in
Tours, where he remained until the beginning of 2001, first as
Division Planning and Front-End Production Control Manager
and later as the Front-End Operation Manager. Early in 2001,
Chery joined our Central Front-End Manufacturing organization as
General Manager of the Rousset 8 (200mm) plant, eventually
assuming responsibilities for the 6 and 8 wafer fab
operations at the site. In 2005, Chery successfully led our
restructuring program for 6 front-end wafer manufacturing
and he moved to Singapore, where, in 2006, his efforts earned
him the responsibility for our Asia-Pacific Front-End
Manufacturing operations and EWS (electrical wafer-sort)
operations. In February 2009, he was appointed a member of
ST-Ericssons
Board of Directors. He is also Chairman of ST Microelectronics,
Crolles 2, SAS. In September 2009, he was appointed a deputy of
ST-Ericssons Board of Directors. He has been in charge of
Information Communication Technology since October 2009.
Andrea Cuomo is Senior Executive Vice President, Member of the
Corporate Strategic Committee and General Manager,
Sales & Marketing, Europe, Middle East and Africa.
After studying at Milano Politecnico in Nuclear Sciences, with a
special focus on analog electronics, Mr. Cuomo joined us in
1983 as a System Testing Engineer, and from 1985 to 1989 held
various positions to become Automotive Marketing Manager, then
computer and industrial product manager. In 1989, Mr. Cuomo
was appointed Director of Strategy and Market Development for
the Dedicated Products Group, and in 1994 became Vice President
of the Headquarters Region, responsible for Corporate Strategic
Marketing and for Sales and Marketing to ST Strategic Accounts.
In 1998, Mr. Cuomo was appointed as Vice President
responsible for Advanced System Technology and in 2002,
Mr. Cuomo was appointed as Corporate Vice President and
Advanced System Technology General Manager. In 2004, he was
given the additional responsibility of serving as our Chief
Strategy officer and was promoted to Executive Vice President.
In 2008, he was appointed Executive Vice President, GM, EMEA and
AST. In July 2010, he was appointed, in addition to his current
assignments, Chairman of the Board of Directors of 3Sun S.r.l.,
a joint venture between Enel, Sharp and ST to manufacture solar
panels.
Claude Dardanne is Executive Vice President and General Manager
of our Microcontrollers, Memories & Secure MCUs Group,
which is part of our Industrial & Multisegment Sector,
and has held this position since January 2007. Mr. Dardanne
started his career with Thomson Semiconducteurs, a predecessor
company to ST. From 1982, he was responsible for the marketing
of microcontroller and microprocessor products. Between 1989 and
1994, Mr. Dardanne served as Marketing Director at Apple
Computer, France, and Alcatel-Mietec, Belgium, covering markets
such as Education, Banking, as well as Automotive and
Industrial. In 1994, he rejoined ST as Director of Central
Marketing for the Memory Products Group. In 1998,
Mr. Dardanne became Head of the EEPROM (Electronically
Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory) Division and was
promoted to Group Vice President and General Manager of the
Serial Non-Volatile Memories Division in 2002. Two years later,
he was appointed Group Deputy General Manager and Head of the
Smart Card Division. Mr. Dardanne was born near Limoges,
France, in 1952, and graduated with a degree in Electronic
Engineering from the Ecole Supérieure
dIngénieurs en Génie Electrique in Rouen, France.
Carlo Ferro is Senior Executive Vice President, Member of the
Corporate Strategic Committee and Chief Financial Officer.
Mr. Ferro has been serving as our CFO since May 2003.
Mr. Ferro graduated with a degree
87
in Business and Economics from the LUISS Guido Carli University
in Rome, Italy in 1984, and has a professional qualification as
a Certified Public Accountant in Italy. From 1984 through 1996,
Mr. Ferro held a series of positions in finance and control
at Istituto per la Ricostruzione Industriale-IRI S.p.A. (I.R.I),
and Finmeccanica. Mr. Ferro served as one of our
Supervisory Board Controllers from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Ferro
was also a part-time university professor of Planning and
Control until 1996. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Ferro held
positions at EBPA NV, a process control company listed on the
NYSE, rising to Vice President Planning and Control and
principal financial officer. Mr. Ferro joined us in June
1999 as Group Vice President Corporate Finance, overseeing
finance and accounting for all affiliates worldwide, and served
as Deputy CFO from April 2002 through April 2003. Mr. Ferro
holds positions on the board of directors of several of our
affiliates. He is also a part-time professor of finance at the
University LUISS Guido Carli in Rome (Italy). As of
February 1, 2009, he is a member of ST-Ericssons
Board of Directors, as well as Chair of its Audit Committee. He
has been the Chairman of Incard SA, our fully-owned affiliate.
Since January 2011 Corporate Communications reports to him.
Alisia Grenville is Corporate Vice President, Chief Compliance
Officer. She graduated from Queens University in Kingston,
Ontario with an honors degree in French and Italian and
from the University of Sussex with a bachelor in law (LLB).
Between 1999 and 2004, Grenville worked in
top-tier American law firms as a corporate associate,
specializing in bank finance, capital markets and M&A
transactions, as well as governance, based in both New York and
Frankfurt. In 2004, Ms. Grenville became a Senior
Compliance Officer at Zurich Financial Services in Zurich. In
2005, she became the Head of Legal Compliance for Serono, S.A.
in Geneva, and she joined ST in December 2007.
Ms. Grenville is also in charge of the Executive
Secretariat of the Supervisory Board, and supervised the
Companys Internal Audits until December 2010. In addition,
Ms. Grenville chairs the Companys Ethics Committee.
Paul Grimme is Executive Vice President and General Manager of
STMicroelectronics Automotive Product Group. He was born
in 1959 in Yankton, South Dakota, and graduated from the
University of Nebraska (Lincoln) with a degree in Electrical
Engineering and from the University of Texas (Austin) with a
Master of Business Administration. Mr. Grimme began his
career at Motorola, where he held positions of increasing
responsibility in product engineering, marketing and operations
management. He served as Corporate Vice President and General
Manager of the 8/16-bit Products Division. In 1999, Grimme was
promoted to Vice President and General Manager of the Advanced
Vehicle Systems Division. He was later appointed Senior Vice
President of the Transportation and Standard Products Group and
continued in that role at Freescale Semiconductor after Motorola
spun off its semiconductor business. Mr. Grimme also served
as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Freescale
Semiconductors Microcontroller Solutions Group.
Mr. Grimme joined STMicroelectronics as Deputy General
Manager of the Automotive Product Group in early 2009.
Mr. Grimme was promoted to his current position in
September 2009.
Fabio Gualandris is Corporate Vice President, Product Quality
Excellence. Mr. Gualandris joined the R&D organization
of SGS Microelettronica, a predecessor company to ST, in 1984,
and was promoted to R&D Director of Operations in 1989. In
1996, Mr. Gualandris became Automotive Business Unit
Director, focusing on product quality and development. After two
years in the US as President and CEO of Semitool, a
semiconductor-manufacturing equipment vendor, he rejoined ST in
2000 as Group VP responsible for the RAM/PSRAM Product Division
and the Flash Automotive Business Unit. In 2005,
Mr. Gualandris was appointed CEO of ST Incard, an ST
smart-card subsidiary. Two years later, he contributed to the
carve out of STs Flash Memory Group and subsequently
joined Numonyx, the joint venture with Intel, as VP and Supply
Chain General Manager. Mr. Gualandris has authored several
technical and managerial papers, holds some international
patents, and served as a board member in Incard SA, ST Incard,
and the Numonyx-Hynix joint venture in China. He also served as
Board member and President of Numonyx Italy. Mr. Gualandris
was born in Bergamo, Italy, in 1959. He graduated in Physics
from the University of Milan.
François Guibert is Executive Vice President and President,
Greater China & South Asia Region. He was born in
Beziers, France in 1953 and graduated from the Ecole
Supérieure dIngénieurs de Marseilles in 1978.
After three years at Texas Instruments, he joined Thomson
Semiconducteurs in 1981 as Sales Manager Telecom. From 1983 to
1986, he was responsible for ICs and strategic marketing of
telecom products in North America. In 1988 he was appointed
Director of our Semi-custom Business for Asia Pacific and in
1989 he became President of ST-Taiwan. Since 1992 he has
occupied senior positions in Business Development and Investor
Relations and was Group Vice President, Corporate Business
Development which includes M&A activities from 1995 to the
end of 2004. In January 2005, Mr. Guibert was promoted to
the position of Corporate Vice President, Emerging Markets
Region and in October 2006, he was appointed to his current
position. In 2008, Mr. Guibert was appointed a member of
Veredus Board of Directors.
88
Tjerk Hooghiemstra is Senior Executive Vice President, Member of
the Corporate Strategic Committee and Chief Administrative
Officer, responsible for Corporate Human Resources, Learning,
Legal, Compliance, Internal Communication, Sustainability and
Security, as well as for the Intellectual Properties Business
Unit. He has held this position since February 2010. He is a
member of our Corporate Strategic Committee. He began his career
at AMRO Bank. Later he joined HayGroup, a leading global HR
consultancy, where he rose through the ranks to become the
European head of HayMcBer, the groups HR and leadership
development arm, in 1991. Five years later,
Mr. Hooghiemstra joined Philips Consumer Electronics as
Managing Director of Human Resources. In 2000, he was appointed
a member of Royal Philips Electronics Group Management
Committee, responsible for Corporate Human Resources of the
160,000-employee global electronics group. In this position,
Mr. Hooghiemstra successfully developed global HR
processes, policies and tools across all Philips
businesses, establishing leading-edge talent and leadership
development programs. From
2007-2009,
Mr. Hooghiemstra served as Executive Vice President, Human
Resources, at the Majid Al Futtaim retail and real-estate group
in Dubai, UAE. Mr. Hooghiemstra was born in Hoogeveen, The
Netherlands in 1956. He graduated with a degree in Economics
from the Erasmus University in Rotterdam, The Netherlands.
Otto Kosgalwies is Executive Vice President, Infrastructure and
Services, with responsibility for all of our corporate
activities related to Capacity Planning, Logistics, Procurement
and Material Management, with particular emphasis on the
complete supply chain between customer demand, manufacturing
execution, inventory management, and supplier relations.
Mr. Kosgalwies has been with us since 1984 after graduating
with a degree in Economics from Munich University. From 1992
through 1995, he served as European Manager for Distribution,
from 1995 to 2000 as Sales and Distribution Director for Central
Europe, and since 1997 as CEO of our German subsidiary. In 2000,
Mr. Kosgalwies was appointed Vice President for Sales and
Marketing in Europe and General Manager for Supply Chain
Management, where he was responsible at a corporate level for
the effective flow of goods and information from suppliers to
end users. In December 2007, he was promoted Executive Vice
President and became responsible for capacity and investment
planning at the corporate level.
Robert Krysiak is Executive Vice President of STMicroelectronics
and General Manager of the Companys Americas Region and
has held this position since January 2010. He also chairs
STs Task Force on Electronic Manufacturing Services, the
Worldwide Computer Market Program and the Worldwide Medical
Program. Mr. Krysiak started his professional career in
1983 with INMOS, a company acquired by SGS-Thomson
Microelectronics (now STMicroelectronics) in 1989. He formed and
led a CPU design group since 1992, and in 1997 he was appointed
Group Vice President and General Manager of STs STAR
division, which incorporated
16/32/64-bit
microcontrollers and DSP products. Two years later, he became
Group Vice President responsible for micro cores development,
including advanced
System-on-Chip
products for the digital consumer market. In 2001,
Mr. Krysiak took charge of STs DVD division. In 2004,
he was promoted to Marketing Director for the Home, Personal and
Communications sector, the Companys largest product
organization at the time. In 2005, when ST created its Greater
China regional organization, covering STs operations in
China, Hong Kong and Taiwan, Mr. Krysiak was appointed
Corporate Vice President and General Manager. Mr. Krysiak
was born in Bristol, UK in 1954. He graduated from Cardiff
University, UK, with a degree in Electronics and holds an MBA
from the University of Bath, UK.
Philippe Lambinet is Senior Executive Vice President, Member of
the Corporate Strategic Committee and General Manager Home
Entertainment & Displays Group. He graduated from the
Paris Ecole Supérieure dElectricité in 1979 with
a Masters Degree in Electronics. He began his professional
career as a software engineer with Control Data Corporation in
1979 and in 1980 joined Thomsons semiconductor subsidiary
EFCIS to work in application engineering. He later supervised
ASIC Operations at Thomsons Mostek Corporation in
Carrollton, Texas and in 1990 took charge of design and
marketing for Mixed Signal Semi-custom Products within the
Companys Programmable Products Group. In 1997, he became
Group Vice President and General Manager of the Digital Video
Division. He then joined Advanced Digital Broadcast Group (ADB)
as CEO of ADB-SA and became COO of ADB Holdings SA and Vice
Chairman. As of January 2011, he is also Corporate Strategy
Officer in charge of Strategic Planning and Corporate Business
Development.
Claudia Levo is Corporate Vice President, Communication. In
1993, Ms. Levo began her career with Marconi, a global
telecommunications company, where she was responsible for a
number of management roles within the Communication function,
including marketing communications, and internal and external
communications across wide geographies. In 2005, Ms. Levo
managed the communication activities related to the integration
of Marconi with Ericsson, and was subsequently appointed Vice
President for Communications at the newly-formed Ericsson
Multimedia Business Unit. In 2008, Ms. Levo was appointed
Vice President Communications at Italtel. In early 2009 she
joined ST-Ericsson, the newly-established wireless joint venture
between the Company and Ericsson, as Senior Vice President and
head of Global Communications. In this capacity, she has
successfully built the Global Communication function covering
marketing and portfolio communication, public and media
relations, investor relations and internal communication.
Ms. Levo was born in Genoa, Italy, in 1965, and holds a
language school diploma in English and Russian.
89
Loïc Liétar is Executive Vice President for New
Ventures of STMicroelectronics. He is setting up a Strategic
Corporate Venture Fund for STMicroelectronics.
Mr. Liétar joined Thomson Semiconducteurs, a
predecessor company to STMicroelectronics, in 1985. After
working in R&D Management and Marketing, he was appointed
Director of the Companys Advanced Systems Technology (AST)
labs in the US in 1999. Four years later, Mr. Liétar
became General Manager of STs Cellular Terminals Division,
and later moved to head the Application Processor Division,
which brought to market STs leading-edge Nomadik mobile
multimedia processor. In 2006, he was appointed Group Vice
President, Strategies, and contributed to establishing STs
R&D partnership with IBM and two joint ventures
the Numonyx flash-memory joint venture with Intel and
ST-Ericsson, combining the wireless operations of ST, NXP and
Ericsson. Mr. Liétar sits on the Board of Directors of
the Global Semiconductor Alliance (GSA). He has been in charge
of STMicroelectronics strategy from January 2008 to
January 2011. During this time, he was responsible for the
Companys Strategic Planning, Corporate Business
Development and Corporate Communication (from February 2010).
Mr. Lietar also sat on the Board of Directors of
ST-Ericsson from February 2009 to January 2011. He graduated
with a degree in Engineering from the École Polytechnique,
Paris, in 1984, a Masters degree in Microelectronics from
Orsay University (1985) and he holds an MBA from Columbia
University, New York (1993).
Pierre Ollivier is Corporate Vice President, General Counsel. He
obtained a Law Degree at Caen University in 1976 and a
postgraduate degree in International Business law at Paris 1
University in 1978. After graduation, he joined Clifford Turner
(now Clifford Chance) and then, in 1982, joined Stein Heurtey,
an engineering firm, where he was responsible for legal affairs.
In 1984, Mr. Ollivier joined Thomson CSF where he first
worked in the Electronics systems and equipment branch, later
moving to corporate headquarters. Mr. Ollivier became
general counsel of STMicroelectronics in 1990, a position he has
held since. From 1994 until 2007, he also acted as Executive
Secretary to the Secretariat of the Supervisory Board. In
January 2008, Mr. Ollivier was promoted to Executive Vice
President, General Counsel. In addition to legal matters
involving contracts, litigation and general corporate matters,
his responsibilities include developing the protection and
extraction of value from STs Intellectual Property, as
well as the negotiation and management of worldwide insurance
programs for STs global group of companies.
Carlo Emanuele Ottaviani was Corporate Vice President,
Communication. He began his career in 1965 in the Advertisement
and Public Relations Office of SIT-SIEMENS, today known as
ITALTEL. He later had responsibility for the activities of the
associated semiconductor company ATES Electronic Components.
ATES merged with the Milan-based SGS in 1971, and
Mr. Ottaviani was in charge of the advertisement and
marketing services of the newly formed SGS-ATES. In 1975, he was
appointed Head of Corporate Communication worldwide, and has
held this position since that time. In 2001, Mr. Ottaviani
was appointed by STMicroelectronics Foundation, an independent
charitable organization, as its President. Mr. Ottaviani
passed away in January 2011.
Carmelo Papa is our Senior Executive Vice President, Member of
the Corporate Strategic Committee and General Manager of our
Industrial & Multisegment Sector. He received his
degree in Nuclear Physics at Catania University. Mr. Papa
joined us in 1983 and in 1986 was appointed Director of Product
Marketing and Customer Service for Transistors and Standard ICs.
In 2000, Mr. Papa was appointed Corporate Vice President,
Emerging Markets and in 2001, he took on additional worldwide
responsibility for our Electronic Manufacturing Service to drive
forward this new important channel of business. From January
2003 through December 2004, he was in charge of formulating and
leading our strategy to expand our customer base by providing
dedicated solutions to a broader selection of customers, one of
our key growth areas. In 2005, he was named Corporate Vice
President.
Jeffrey See is our Executive Vice President and General Manager,
Packaging & Test Manufacturing. After Mr. See
graduated from the Singapore Polytechnic in 1965, he became a
Chartered Electronic Engineer at the Institution of Electrical
Engineers (IEE) in the UK. In 1969, Mr. See joined SGS
Microelettronica, a forerunner company of ST, as a Quality
Supervisor at its first Assembly and Test facility in Toa Payoh,
Singapore and was promoted to Deputy Back-End Plant Manager in
1980. In 1983, Mr. See was appointed to manage the
start-up of
the regions first wafer fabrication plant
(125-mm) in
Ang Mo Kio, Singapore and became General Manager of the
front-end operations in 1992. In 2001, Mr. See was
appointed Vice President and Assistant General Manager of
Central Front-End Manufacturing and General Manager of the Asia
Pacific Manufacturing Operations, responsible for wafer
fabrication and electrical wafer sort in the region.
As is common in the semiconductor industry, our success depends
to a significant extent upon, among other factors, the continued
service of our key senior executives and research and
development, engineering, marketing, sales, manufacturing,
support and other personnel, and on our ability to continue to
attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. The
competition for such employees is intense, and the loss of the
services of any of these key personnel without adequate
replacement or the inability to attract new qualified personnel
could have a material adverse effect on us. We do not maintain
insurance with respect to the loss of any of our key personnel.
See Item 3.
90
Key Information Risk Factors Risks
Related to Our Operations Loss of key employees
could hurt our competitive position.
Compensation
Pursuant to the decisions adopted by our shareholders at the
annual shareholders meeting held on May 25, 2010, the
aggregate compensation for the members and former members of our
Supervisory Board in respect of service in 2010 was
942,875.00 before any withholding taxes and applicable
mandatory social contributions, as set forth in the following
table.
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisory Board Member
|
|
Directors Fees
|
|
|
Antonino Turicchi
|
|
|
146,125
|
|
Gérald Arbola
|
|
|
146,125
|
|
Raymond Bingham
|
|
|
83,750
|
|
Douglas Dunn
|
|
|
86,375
|
|
Didier Lamouche
|
|
|
79,125
|
|
Didier Lombard
|
|
|
84,750
|
|
Alessandro Ovi
|
|
|
73,250
|
|
Bruno Steve
|
|
|
95,125
|
|
Tom de Waard(1)
|
|
|
148,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
942,875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Compensation, including attendance fees of $1,500 per meeting of
our Supervisory Board or committee thereof, was paid to Clifford
Chance LLP. |
We do not have any service agreements with members of our
Supervisory Board.
The total amount paid as compensation in 2010 to our executive
officers, including Mr. Carlo Bozotti, the sole member of
our Managing Board and our President and CEO as well as
executive officers employed by us during 2010, was approximately
$15.7 million before any withholding taxes. Such amount
also includes the amounts of EIP paid to the executive officers
pursuant to a Corporate Executive Incentive Program (the
EIP) that entitles selected executives to a yearly
bonus based upon the individual performance of such executives.
The maximum bonus awarded under the EIP is based upon a
percentage of the executives salary and is adjusted to
reflect our overall performance. The participants in the EIP
must satisfy certain personal objectives that are focused,
inter alia, on return on net assets, customer service,
profit, cash flow and market share. The relative charges and
non-cash benefits were approximately $12.5 million. Within
such amount, the remuneration of our current sole member of our
Managing Board and President and CEO in 2010 was:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sole Member of Our Managing Board and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash
|
|
|
President and CEO
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus(1)
|
|
Benefits(2)
|
|
Total
|
|
Carlo Bozotti
|
|
$
|
804,824
|
|
|
$
|
510,906
|
|
|
$
|
957,323
|
|
|
$
|
2,273,053
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The bonus paid to the sole member of our Managing Board and
President and CEO during the 2010 financial year was approved by
the Compensation Committee, and approved by the Supervisory
Board in respect of the 2009 financial year, based on
fulfillment of a number of pre-defined objectives for 2009. |
|
(2) |
|
Including stock awards, employer social contributions, company
car allowance, pension contributions and miscellaneous
allowances. |
Mr. Bozotti was re-appointed as sole member of our Managing
Board and President and Chief Executive Officer of our company
by our annual shareholders meeting on May 14, 2008
for a three-year period. At our annual shareholders
meeting in 2011, the mandate of Mr. Bozotti will expire;
however, the Supervisory Board will propose for shareholder
approval the reappointment of Mr. Bozotti for a three-year
term at our annual shareholders meeting in 2011. In each
of the years 2007, 2008 and 2009, Mr. Bozotti was granted,
in accordance with the compensation policy approved by the
shareholders meeting, up to 100,000 nonvested Stock
Awards. The vesting of such stock awards is conditional upon
certain performance criteria, fixed by our Supervisory Board,
being achieved as well as Mr. Bozottis continued
service with us.
In 2009, our Supervisory Board approved the terms of
Mr. Bozottis employment by us, which are consistent
with the compensation policy approved by our 2005 annual
shareholders meeting. Mr. Bozotti has two employment
agreements with us, the first with our Dutch parent company,
which relates to his activities as sole member of our Managing
Board and representative of the Dutch legal entity, and the
second in Switzerland, which relates to his activities as
President and CEO, EIP, Pension and other items covered by the
compensation policy approved by our shareholders.
91
Consistent with this compensation policy, the Supervisory Board,
upon the recommendation of its compensation committee, set the
criteria to be met for Mr. Bozotti for attribution of his
2010 bonus (based on new product introductions, market share and
budget targets, as well as corporate governance initiatives).
The Supervisory Board, however, has not yet determined the
amount of the CEO bonus for 2011.
With regard to Mr. Bozottis 2008 nonvested stock
awards, the Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of its
Compensation Committee, noted that only one out of the three
performance criteria linked to sales, operating income and
return on net assets had been met under the Employee stock award
Plan and concluded that Mr. Bozotti was entitled to 33,331
stock awards, which vest as defined by the Plan one year, two
years and three years, respectively, after the date of the
grant, provided Mr. Bozotti is still an employee at such
time (subject to the acceleration provisions in the event of a
change in control).
With regard to Mr. Bozottis 2009 stock awards, the
Supervisory Board, upon recommendation of the Compensation
Committee, set the criteria for the attribution of the 100,000
stock awards permitted. The Supervisory Board noted that only
two out of the three performance criteria linked to sales,
operating income and cash flow had been met under the Employee
stock award Plan and concluded that Mr. Bozotti was
entitled to 66,672 stock awards, which vest as defined by the
Plan one year, two years and three years, respectively, after
the date of the grant provided Mr. Bozotti is still an
employee at such time (subject to the acceleration provisions in
the event of a change in control).
With regard to Mr. Bozottis 2010 stock awards, the
Supervisory Board, upon recommendation of the Compensation
Committee, set the criteria for the attribution of the 100,000
stock awards permitted. The Supervisory Board, however, has not
yet determined whether the performance criteria which condition
the vesting (and which, like for all employees benefiting from
nonvested share awards, are linked to sales, operating income
and cash flow) have been met.
During 2010, Mr. Bozotti did not exercise any stock options
granted to him, and did not sell any vested stock awards or
purchase or sell any of our shares.
Our Supervisory Board has approved the establishment of a
complementary pension plan for our top executive management,
comprising the CEO, COO and other key executives to be selected
by the CEO according to the general criteria of eligibility and
service set up by the Supervisory Board upon the proposal of its
Compensation Committee. In respect to such plan, we have set up
an independent foundation under Swiss law which manages the plan
and to which we make contributions. Pursuant to this plan, in
2010 we made a contribution of $0.3 million to the plan of
our current President and Chief Executive Officer,
$0.4 million to the plan of our Chief Operating Officer,
and $0.4 million to the plan for all other beneficiaries.
The amount of pension plan payments made for other
beneficiaries, such as former employees retired in 2010 and no
longer salaried in 2010 were $0.5 million.
Except as provided below, we did not extend any loans or
overdrafts to our Supervisory Board members or to the sole
member of our Managing Board and President and CEO. Furthermore,
we have not guaranteed any debts or concluded any leases with
our Supervisory Board members or their families, or the sole
member of the Managing Board or his family. We did advance
certain funds relating to withholding taxes on behalf of one of
our Supervisory Board members in connection with his sale of
restricted stock awards. Such advances were not material and
have been fully repaid to the Company.
For information regarding stock options and other stock-based
compensation granted to members of our Supervisory Board, the
Managing Board and our executive officers, please refer to
Stock Awards and Options below.
The current members of our Executive Committee and the Managing
Board were covered in 2010 under certain group life and medical
insurance programs provided by us. The aggregate additional
amount set aside by us in 2010 to provide pension, retirement or
similar benefits for our Executive Committee and our Managing
Board as a group is in addition to the amounts allocated to the
complementary pension plan described above and is estimated to
have been approximately $3.6 million, which includes
statutory employer contributions for state-run retirement,
similar benefit programs and other miscellaneous allowances.
Share
Ownership
None of the members of our Supervisory Board and Managing Board
or our executive officers holds shares or options to acquire
shares representing more than 1% of our issued share capital.
92
Stock
Awards and Options
Our stock options and stock award plans are designed to
incentivize, attract and retain our executives and key employees
by aligning compensation with our performance and the evolution
of our share price. We have adopted stock-based compensation
plans comprising either stock options or nonvested stock awards
that benefit our President and CEO as well as key employees
(employee stock options
and/or
employee nonvested stock award plans) and stock options or
vested stock awards that benefit our Supervisory Board members
and professionals (Supervisory Board stock options
and/or stock
award plans).
Pursuant to the shareholders resolutions adopted by our
2008 and 2009 annual shareholders meeting, our Supervisory
Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board and the
recommendation of the Compensation Committee, took the following
actions:
|
|
|
|
|
approved, for a five-year period, our 2008 nonvested Stock Award
Plan for Executives and Key Employees, under which directors,
managers and selected employees may be granted stock awards upon
the fulfillment of restricted criteria, such as those linked to
our performance and continued service with us;
|
|
|
|
approved conditions relating to our 2009 nonvested stock award
allocation under the 2008 Stock Award Plan, including
restriction criteria linked to our performance; and
|
|
|
|
approved conditions relating to our 2010 nonvested stock award
allocation under the 2008 Stock Award Plan, including
restriction criteria linked to our performance.
|
We use our treasury shares to cover the stock awards granted
under the Employee USA Plans. As of December 31, 2010,
3,251,737 stock awards granted in relation to the 2007, 2008 and
2009 plans had vested, leaving 28,734,002 treasury shares
outstanding. The 2010 Employee nonvested stock award plan
generated an additional charge of $12 million in the
consolidated statements of income for 2010, which corresponds to
the cost per service in the year for all granted shares that are
(or are expected to be) vested pursuant to the financial
performance criteria being met.
The exercise of stock options and the sale or purchase of shares
of our stock by the members of our Supervisory Board, the sole
member of our Managing Board and President and CEO, and all our
employees are subject to an internal policy which involves,
inter alia, certain blackout periods.
Employee
and Managing Board Stock-Based Compensation Plans
2001 Stock Option Plan. At the annual
shareholders meeting on April 25, 2001, our
shareholders approved resolutions authorizing the Supervisory
Board, for a period of five years, to adopt and administer a
stock option plan (in the form of five annual tranches) that
provided for the granting to our managers and professionals of
options to purchase up to a maximum of 60 million common
shares (the 2001 Stock Option Plan). The amount of
options granted to the sole member of our Managing Board and
President and CEO is determined by our Compensation Committee,
upon delegation from our Supervisory Board and, since 2005, has
been submitted for approval by our annual shareholders
meeting. The amount of stock options granted to other employees
was made by our Compensation Committee on delegation by our
Supervisory Board and following the recommendation of the sole
member of our Managing Board and President and CEO. In addition,
the Supervisory Board delegated to the sole member of our
Managing Board and President and CEO the flexibility to grant,
each year, up to a determined number of share awards to our
employees pursuant to the 2001 Stock Option Plan in special
cases or in connection with an acquisition.
In 2005, our shareholders at our annual shareholders
meeting approved a modification to our 2001 Stock Option Plan so
as to provide the grant of up to four million nonvested stock
awards instead of stock options to our senior executives and
certain of our key employees, as well as the grant of up to
100,000 nonvested Stock Awards instead of stock options to our
President and CEO. A total of 4,159,915 shares have been
awarded pursuant to the modification of such Plan, which include
shares that were awarded to employees who subsequently left our
Company thereby forfeiting their awards. Certain forfeited share
awards were subsequently awarded to other employees.
Pursuant to such approval, the Compensation Committee, upon
delegation from our Supervisory Board, approved the conditions
that apply to the vesting of such awards. These conditions
related to both our financial performance, pursuant to certain
defined criteria in 2005 and during the first quarter of 2006,
and the continued presence of the beneficiaries of the nonvested
stock awards at the defined vesting dates in 2006, 2007 and
2008. Of the shares awarded, none remain outstanding and
nonvested as of December 31, 2010.
93
2001 Plan
(Employees)
April 25, 2001
(outstanding grants)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tranche 1
|
|
Tranche 2
|
|
Tranche 3
|
|
Tranche 4
|
|
Tranche 5
|
|
Tranche 6
|
|
Tranche 7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of the grant
|
|
27-Apr-01
|
|
4-Sep-01
|
|
1-Nov-01
|
|
2-Jan-02
|
|
25-Jan-02
|
|
25-Apr-02
|
|
26-Jun-02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
|
|
9,521,100
|
|
16,000
|
|
61,900
|
|
29,400
|
|
3,656,103
|
|
9,708,390
|
|
318,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Date
|
|
27-Apr-03
|
|
4-Sep-03
|
|
1-Nov-03
|
|
2-Jan-04
|
|
25-Jan-03
|
|
25-Apr-04
|
|
26-Jun-04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
27-Apr-11
|
|
4-Sep-11
|
|
1-Nov-11
|
|
2-Jan-12
|
|
25-Jan-12
|
|
25-Apr-12
|
|
26-Jun-12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
$39.00
|
|
$29.70
|
|
$29.61
|
|
$33.70
|
|
$31.09
|
|
$31.11
|
|
$22.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Terms of Exercise
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
50% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27-Apr-03
|
|
4-Sep-03
|
|
1-Nov-03
|
|
2-Jan-04
|
|
25-Jan-03
|
|
25-Apr-04
|
|
26-Jun-04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
50% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27-Apr-04
|
|
4-Sep-04
|
|
1-Nov-04
|
|
2-Jan-05
|
|
25-Jan-04
|
|
25-Apr-05
|
|
26-Jun-05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36% on
27-Apr-05
|
|
36% on
4-Sep-05
|
|
36% on
1-Nov-05
|
|
36% on
2-Jan-06
|
|
|
|
36% on
25-Apr-06
|
|
36% on
26-Jun-06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of
December 31, 2010
|
|
6,628,730
|
|
0
|
|
29,800
|
|
18,100
|
|
2,443,311
|
|
6,914,869
|
|
91,206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held by Managing Board/Executive Officers
|
|
313,500
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
122,300
|
|
324,530
|
|
0
|
2001 Plan
(Employees) (continued)
April 25, 2001
(outstanding grants)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tranche 8
|
|
Tranche 9
|
|
Tranche 10
|
|
Tranche 11
|
|
Tranche 12
|
|
Tranche 13
|
|
Tranche 14
|
|
Tranche 15
|
|
Tranche 16
|
|
Tranche 17
|
|
Date of the grant
|
|
1-Aug-02
|
|
17-Dec-02
|
|
14-Mar-03
|
|
3-Jun-03
|
|
24-Oct-03
|
|
2-Jan-04
|
|
26-Apr-04
|
|
1-Sep-04
|
|
31-Jan-05
|
|
17-Mar-05
|
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
|
|
24,500
|
|
14,400
|
|
11,533,960
|
|
306,850
|
|
135,500
|
|
86,400
|
|
12,103,490
|
|
175,390
|
|
29,200
|
|
13,000
|
Vesting Date
|
|
1-Aug-04
|
|
17-Dec-04
|
|
14-Mar-05
|
|
3-Jun-05
|
|
24-Oct-05
|
|
2-Jan-06
|
|
26-Apr-06
|
|
1-Sep-06
|
|
31-Jan-07
|
|
17-Mar-07
|
Expiration Date
|
|
1-Aug-12
|
|
17-Dec-12
|
|
14-Mar-13
|
|
3-Jun-13
|
|
24-Oct-13
|
|
2-Jan-14
|
|
26-Apr-14
|
|
1-Sep-14
|
|
31-Jan-15
|
|
17-Mar-15
|
Exercise Price
|
|
$20.02
|
|
$21.59
|
|
$19.18
|
|
$22.83
|
|
$25.90
|
|
$27.21
|
|
$22.71
|
|
$17.08
|
|
$16.73
|
|
$17.31
|
Terms of Exercise
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
1-Aug-04
|
|
17-Dec-04
|
|
14-Mar-05
|
|
3-Jun-05
|
|
24-Oct-05
|
|
2-Jan-06
|
|
26-Apr-06
|
|
1-Sep-06
|
|
31-Jan-07
|
|
17-Mar-07
|
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
32% on
|
|
|
1-Aug-05
|
|
17-Dec-05
|
|
14-Mar-06
|
|
3-Jun-06
|
|
24-Oct-06
|
|
2-Jan-07
|
|
26-Apr-07
|
|
1-Sep-07
|
|
31-Jan-08
|
|
17-Mar-08
|
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
36% on
|
|
|
1-Aug-06
|
|
17-Dec-06
|
|
14-Mar-07
|
|
3-Jun-07
|
|
24-Oct-07
|
|
2-Jan-08
|
|
14-Mar-08
|
|
1-Sep-08
|
|
31-Jan-09
|
|
17-Mar-09
|
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of
December 31, 2010
|
|
1,300
|
|
12,900
|
|
8,868,063
|
|
163,950
|
|
112,150
|
|
11,700
|
|
9,432,285
|
|
107,231
|
|
17,300
|
|
6,000
|
Held by Managing Board/ Executive Officers
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
392,200
|
|
0
|
|
31,000
|
|
0
|
|
475,400
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
|
0
|
2007
nonvested Stock Award Plan
In 2007, in accordance with the Stock-Based Compensation Plan
for Employees as approved by our shareholders at our annual
shareholders meeting in 2006, up to six million nonvested
stock awards could be granted to our senior executives and
certain of our key employees. Our shareholders at our annual
shareholders meeting in 2007 approved the grant of up to
100,000 nonvested Stock Awards to our President and CEO.
5,911,840 shares have been awarded under such plan as of
December 31, 2010, out of which none remain outstanding and
nonvested as of December 31, 2010.
2008
nonvested Stock Award Plan 2008
Allocation
In 2008, in accordance with the Employee Unvested Share Award
Plan as approved by our shareholders at our annual
shareholders meeting in 2008, up to six million nonvested
stock awards could be granted to our senior executives and
certain of our key employees. Our shareholders at our annual
shareholders meeting in 2008 also approved the grant of up
to 100,000 nonvested Stock Awards to our President and CEO.
5,773,705 shares have been awarded under such allocation as
of December 31, 2010, out of which up to 628,510 remain
outstanding but nonvested as of December 31, 2010.
2008
nonvested Stock Award Plan 2009
Allocation
In 2009, in accordance with the Employee Unvested Share Award
Plan as approved by our shareholders at our annual
shareholders meeting in 2008 and further approved by our
shareholders at our annual shareholders meeting in 2009,
up to six million nonvested stock awards could be granted to our
senior executives and certain of our key
94
employees. Our shareholders at our annual shareholders
meeting in 2009 also approved the grant of up to 100,000
nonvested Stock Awards to our President and CEO.
5,583,540 shares have been awarded under such allocation as
of December 31, 2010, out of which up to 2,774,056 remain
outstanding but nonvested as of December 31, 2010.
2008
nonvested Stock Award Plan 2010
Allocation
In 2010, in accordance with the Employee Unvested Share Award
Plan as approved by our shareholders at our annual
shareholders meeting in 2008 and further approved by our
shareholders at our annual shareholders meeting in 2009,
up to 6,516,460 nonvested stock awards could be granted to our
senior executives and certain of our key employees. Our
shareholders at our annual shareholders meeting in 2010
approved the grant of up to 100,000 nonvested Stock Awards to
our President and CEO. 6,566,375 shares have been awarded
under such allocation as of December 31, 2010, out of which
up to 6,506,820 remain outstanding but nonvested as of
December 31, 2010.
Pursuant to such approval, the Compensation Committee, upon
delegation from our Supervisory Board has approved the
conditions which shall apply to the vesting of such awards.
These conditions relate both to our financial performance
meeting certain defined criteria in 2010, and to the continued
presence at the defined vesting dates in 2011, 2012 and 2013 of
the beneficiaries of the nonvested stock awards.
Furthermore, the Compensation Committee, on behalf of the entire
Supervisory Board and with the approval of the entire
Supervisory Board, approved the list of beneficiaries of the
unvested stock awards and delegated to our President and Chief
Executive Officer the right to grant certain additional unvested
stock awards to key employees, in exceptional cases, provided
that the total number of unvested stock awards granted to
executives and key employees shall not exceed 6,516,460 for
2010 shares.
The implementation of our Stock-Based Compensation Plan for
Employees is subject to periodic proposals from our Managing
Board to our Supervisory Board, and recommendations by the
Compensation Committee of our Supervisory Board.
Supervisory
Board Stock Option Plans
1999 Stock Option Plan for members and professionals of our
Supervisory Board. A plan was adopted in 1999 for
a three-year period expiring on December 31, 2001 (the
1999 Stock Option Plan), providing for the grant of
at least the same number of options as were granted during the
period from 1996 to 1999.
2002 Stock Option Plan for members and professionals of our
Supervisory Board. A 2002 plan was adopted on
March 27, 2002 (the 2002 Stock Option Plan).
Pursuant to this 2002 Plan, the annual shareholders
meeting authorized the grant of 12,000 options per year to each
member of our Supervisory Board during the course of his
three-year tenure (during the three-year period from
2002-2005),
and 6,000 options per year to all of the professionals. Pursuant
to the 1999 and 2002 Plans, stock options for the subscription
of 819,000 shares were granted to the members of the
Supervisory Board and professionals. Options were granted to
members and professionals of our Supervisory Board under the
1999, and 2002 Stock Option Plans as shown in the table below:
1999 and
2002 Plans
(for Supervisory Board Members and Professionals)
(outstanding grants)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Annual
|
|
May 31, 1999
|
|
March 27, 2002
|
Shareholders Meeting
|
|
Tranche 2
|
|
Tranche 3
|
|
Tranche 1
|
|
Tranche 2
|
|
Tranche 3
|
|
Date of the grant
|
|
16-Jun-00
|
|
27-Apr-01
|
|
25-Apr-02
|
|
14-Mar-03
|
|
26-Apr-04
|
Total Number of Shares which may be purchased
|
|
103,500
|
|
112,500
|
|
132,000
|
|
132,000
|
|
132,000
|
Vesting Date
|
|
16-Jun-01
|
|
27-Apr-02
|
|
25-May-02
|
|
14-Apr-03
|
|
26-May-04
|
Expiration Date
|
|
16-Jun-08
|
|
27-Apr-11
|
|
25-Apr-12
|
|
14-Mar-13
|
|
26-Apr-14
|
Exercise Price
|
|
$62.01
|
|
$39.00
|
|
$31.11
|
|
$19.18
|
|
$22.71
|
Terms of Exercise
|
|
All exercisable
after 1 year
|
|
All exercisable
after 1 year
|
|
All exercisable
after 1 year
|
|
All exercisable
after 1 year
|
|
All exercisable
after 1 year
|
Number of Shares to be acquired with Outstanding Options as of
December 31, 2010
|
|
0
|
|
90,000
|
|
108,000
|
|
108,000
|
|
132,000
|
At December 31, 2010, options to purchase a total of 90,000
common shares were outstanding under the 1999 Stock Option Plan
and options to purchase 348,000 common shares were outstanding
under the 2002 Supervisory Board Stock Option Plan.
95
2005, 2006 and 2007 Stock-based Compensation for members and
professionals of the Supervisory Board. Our 2005
Annual Shareholders meeting approved the adoption of a
three year stock based compensation plan for Supervisory Board
members and Professionals. The plan provided for the grant of a
maximum number of 6,000 newly issued shares per year for each
member of the Supervisory Board and 3,000 newly issued shares
for each of the Professionals of the Supervisory Board at a
price of 1.04 per share, corresponding to the nominal
value of our share. Pursuant to our 2007 annual
shareholders meeting, the 2005 plan was modified as the
maximum number was increased to 15,000 newly issued shares per
year for each member of the Supervisory Board and 7,500 newly
issued shares per year for each professional of the Supervisory
Board for the remaining year of the plan.
In 2005, 66,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries
under such plan, which had completely vested as of
December 31, 2008. In 2006, 66,000 shares were granted
to the beneficiaries under such plan, which had completely
vested as of December 31, 2009. In 2007,
165,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries under such
plan, out of which 0 were outstanding as of December 31,
2010.
The table below reflects the grants to the Supervisory Board
members and professionals under the 2005 Stock-Based
Compensation Plan as of December 31, 2010. See Note 17
to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
Total number of Shares outstanding
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Expiration date
|
|
|
25-Oct-15
|
|
|
|
29-Apr-16
|
|
|
|
28-Apr-17
|
|
2008, 2009 and 2010 Stock-based Compensation for members and
professionals of the Supervisory Board. Our 2008
annual shareholders meeting approved the adoption of a new
three-year stock-based compensation plan for Supervisory Board
members and professionals. This plan provides for the grant of a
maximum number of 15,000 newly issued shares per year for each
member of the Supervisory Board and 7,500 newly issued shares
for each of the professionals of the Supervisory Board at a
price of 1.04 per share, corresponding to the nominal
value of our share. In 2008, 165,000 shares were granted to
the beneficiaries under such plan, out of which 42,500 were
outstanding as of December 31, 2010. In 2009,
165,000 shares were granted to the beneficiaries under such
plan, out of which 95,000 were outstanding as of
December 31, 2010. In 2010, 172,500 shares were
granted to the beneficiaries under such plan, out of which
150,000 were outstanding as of December 31, 2010.
The table below reflects the grants to the Supervisory Board
members and professionals under the 2008 Stock-Based
Compensation Plan as of December 31, 2010. See Note 17
to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Total number of Shares outstanding
|
|
|
42,500
|
|
|
|
95,000
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
Expiration date
|
|
|
14-May-18
|
|
|
|
20-May-19
|
|
|
|
27-May-20
|
|
Employees
The tables below set forth the breakdown of employees, including
the employees of the consolidated entities of ST-Ericsson JVS,
by main category of activity and geographic area for the past
three years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
France
|
|
|
11,080
|
|
|
|
10,960
|
|
|
|
10,790
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
8,620
|
|
|
|
8,290
|
|
|
|
8,200
|
|
Rest of Europe
|
|
|
2,760
|
|
|
|
3,200
|
|
|
|
2,320
|
|
United States
|
|
|
1,870
|
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
3,250
|
|
Mediterranean (Malta, Morocco, Tunisia)
|
|
|
4,760
|
|
|
|
4,630
|
|
|
|
5,840
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
24,210
|
|
|
|
22,480
|
|
|
|
21,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
53,300
|
|
|
|
51,560
|
|
|
|
51,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Research and Development
|
|
|
11,910
|
|
|
|
12,330
|
|
|
|
11,900
|
|
Marketing and Sales
|
|
|
2,540
|
|
|
|
2,640
|
|
|
|
2,670
|
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
33,580
|
|
|
|
31,300
|
|
|
|
32,290
|
|
Administration and General Services
|
|
|
2,620
|
|
|
|
2,560
|
|
|
|
2,470
|
|
Divisional Functions
|
|
|
2,650
|
|
|
|
2,730
|
|
|
|
2,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
53,300
|
|
|
|
51,560
|
|
|
|
51,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our future success, particularly in a period of strong increased
demand, will partly depend on our ability to continue to
attract, retain and motivate highly qualified technical,
marketing, engineering and management personnel. Unions are
represented at several of our manufacturing facilities. We use
temporary employees, if required, during production spikes and,
in Europe, during summer vacations. We have not experienced any
significant strikes or work stoppages in recent years.
Management believes that our relations with employees are good.
|
|
Item 7.
|
Major
Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
|
Major
Shareholders
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to the ownership of our issued common shares based on
information available to us as of February 14, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Shares Owned
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
Number
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
ST Holding II
|
|
|
250,704,754
|
|
|
|
27.54
|
|
Public
|
|
|
575,278,098
|
|
|
|
63.19
|
|
Brandes Investment Partners(1)
|
|
|
55,703,451
|
|
|
|
6.12
|
|
Treasury shares
|
|
|
28,734,002
|
|
|
|
3.16
|
|
Total
|
|
|
910,420,305
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
According to information filed February 14, 2011 on
Schedule 13G, Brandes Investment Partners shares in
our company are beneficially owned by the following group of
entities: Brandes Investment Partners, L.P., Brandes Investment
Partners, Inc., Brandes Worldwide Holdings, L.P., Charles H.
Brandes, Glenn R. Carlson and Jeffrey A. Busby. |
Our principal shareholders do not have different voting rights
from those of our other shareholders.
ST Holding II is a wholly owned subsidiary of ST Holding.
As of December 31, 2010, FT1CI (the French
Shareholder), controlled by Areva and CEA, and the
Ministry of the Economy and Finance (the Italian
Shareholder), directly held 50% each in ST Holding. The
indirect interest of FT1CI and the Ministry of the Economy and
Finance in us is split on a 50%-50% basis. Through a structured
tracking stock system implemented in the articles of association
of ST Holding and ST Holding II, FT1CI and the Ministry of the
Economy and Finance each indirectly held 125,352,377 of our
common shares, representing approximately 13.7% of our issued
share capital as of December 31, 2010. Any disposals or, as
the case may be, acquisitions by ST Holding II on behalf of
FT1CI or the Ministry of the Economy and Finance, will decrease
or, as the case may be, increase the indirect interest of
respectively FT1CI or the Ministry of the Economy and Finance,
in our issued share capital. FT1CI is a jointly held company
originally set up by Areva and France Telecom to control the
interest of the French shareholders in ST Holding. As of
December 31, 2010, Areva and CEA are the sole shareholders
of FT1CI. Following the transfer to the Ministry of the Economy
and Finance of all of CDPs shares in STMicroelectronics
N.V. on December 21, 2010, CDP no longer has a shareholding
in ST Holding. Following a preliminary announcement on
December 16, 2010 and documents subsequently filed by ST
Holding II with the Securities and Exchange Commission, we
became aware that the Fonds Stratégique
dInvestissement (FSI) entered into a
binding share purchase agreement with Areva on February 8,
2011 with a view to acquiring Arevas stake in FT1CI, at a
price of 7.00 per share for a total of
695 million, and thereby become an indirect 10.9%
shareholder in STMicroelectronics N.V. FSI is a strategic
investment fund 51% owned by Caisse des Dépôts
et Consignations and 49% owned by the French government.
Areva (formerly known as CEA-Industrie) is a corporation
controlled by CEA. Areva is listed on Euronext Paris in the form
of Investment Certificates. CEA is a French-government funded
technological research organization. CDP is an Italian
corporation 70% owned by the Ministry of the Economy and Finance
and 30% owned by a consortium of 66 Italian banking foundations.
97
ST Holding II owned 90% of our shares before our initial
public offering in 1994, and has since then gradually reduced
its participation, going below the 66% threshold in 1997 and
below the 50% threshold in 1999. ST Holding II may further
dispose of its shares as provided below in STH
Shareholders Agreement Disposals of our Common
Shares and pursuant to the eventual conversion of our
outstanding convertible instruments. Set forth below is a table
of ST Holding IIs holdings in us as of the end of each of
the past three financial years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Shares Owned
|
|
|
Number
|
|
%
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
250,704,754
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
250,704,754
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
250,704,754
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
Announcements about additional disposals of our shares by ST
Holding II on behalf of one or more of its indirect
shareholders, Areva, CEA, the Ministry of the Economy and
Finance or FT1CI may come at any time.
The chart below illustrates the shareholding structure as of
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In addition to the 27.5% held by ST Holding and the 69.3% held
by the Public, 3.2% are held by us as Treasury Shares. |
On December 21, 2010, CDP transferred to the Ministry of
the Economy and Finance all of its shares in us, held indirectly
through ST Holding. Following this transaction, CDP no longer
holds any of our shares, whether indirectly through ST Holding
or directly, and is no longer a party to the STH
Shareholders Agreement and all of its rights related
thereto have been transferred to the Ministry of the Economy and
Finance.
Announcements about additional disposals by ST Holding II
or our indirect shareholders may come at any time, and we may
not be informed of such beforehand. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations Our direct or indirect
shareholders may sell our existing common shares or issue
financial instruments exchangeable into our common shares at any
time. In addition, substantial sales by us of new common shares
or convertible bonds could cause our common share price to drop
significantly.
Shareholders
Agreements
STH
Shareholders Agreement
We were formed in 1987 as a result of the decision by
Thomson-CSF (now called Thales) and STET (now called Telecom
Italia S.p.A.) to combine their semiconductor businesses and to
enter into a shareholders agreement on April 30,
1987, which was amended on December 10, 2001, restated on
March 17, 2004 and further amended on February 26,
2008. The February 26, 2008 amended and restated agreement
(as amended, the STH Shareholders Agreement)
supersedes and replaces all previous agreements. The current
parties to the STH Shareholders Agreement are Areva, CEA,
the Ministry of the Economy and Finance and FT1CI. Following the
Ministry of the Economy and Finances acquisition of all of
CDPs shares in us, held indirectly through ST Holding, CDP
is no
98
longer a party to the STH Shareholders Agreement and all
of its rights and obligations related thereto have been
transferred to the Ministry of the Economy and Finance. The
Ministry of the Economy and Finance is in the process of signing
a deed of adherence to the Shareholders Agreement. Upon
FSIs acquisition of the FT1CI shares, it intends to
continue the Shareholders Agreement until the conclusion
of a new shareholders agreement with the Ministry of the
Economy and Finance.
We understand, based on publicly available documents, that once
FSI and Areva implement the share purchase agreement of
February 8, 2011, FSI will become a party to the STH
Shareholders Agreement and will sign a deed of adherence
thereto, and Areva will no longer be a party thereto.
Pursuant to the terms of the STH Shareholders Agreement,
FT1CI, on the one hand, and the Ministry of the Economy and
Finance, on the other hand, have agreed to certain corporate
governance rights provided that they maintain equal interests in
our share capital. See further details below.
Restructuring
of the Holding Companies
If necessary, the parties agreed to restructure the two holding
companies (ST Holding and ST Holding II) to simplify the
structure to the extent possible or desirable. In any case, at
least one holding company will continue to exist to hold our
common shares. The company that now holds or may hold our common
shares in the future for indirect shareholders is referred to
below as the holding company.
Standstill
The STH Shareholders Agreement contains a standstill
provision that precludes any of the parties and the
parties affiliates from acquiring, directly or indirectly,
any of our common shares or any instrument providing for the
right to acquire any of our common shares other than through the
holding company. The standstill is in effect for as long as such
party holds our common shares through ST Holding. The parties
agreed to continue to hold their stakes in us at all times
through the current holding structure of ST Holding and ST
Holding II, subject to exercising the preference share option
granted to ST Holding if ST Holding were to choose not to
exercise such rights directly.
Corporate
Governance
The STH Shareholders Agreement provides for a balanced
corporate governance of the indirect interests in us between
FT1CI and the Ministry of the Economy and Finance (FT1CI and the
Ministry of the Economy and Finance are collectively defined as
STH Shareholders and individually defined as
STH Shareholder) for the duration of the
Balance Period, despite actual differences in
indirect economic interest in us. The Balance Period
is defined as (i) a period through March 17, 2011,
provided that each STH Shareholder owns at all times a voting
stake at least equal to 10.5% of our issued and outstanding
shares, and (ii) subject to the aforementioned condition,
thereafter as long as each STH Shareholder owns at any time,
including as a result of the exercise of the Re-balancing
Option (as defined below), a voting stake equal to at
least 47.5% of the total voting stakes. During the Balance
Period, each of FT1CI and the Ministry of the Economy and
Finance has an option to rebalance their shareholdings, referred
to as the Rebalancing Option, as further described
below.
FSI and the Italian Ministry of the Economy and Finance have
recently entered into discussions aimed at extending the
March 17, 2011 deadline incorporated into the definition of
the Balance Period.
During the Balance Period, the STH Shareholders agree that the
holding company will have a managing board comprised of two
members (one member designated by FT1CI, and one previously
designated by CDP, with a new member to be designated by the
Ministry of the Economy and Finance at the next Annual General
Meeting of ST Holding) and a supervisory board comprised of six
members (three designated by FT1CI and three previously
designated by CDP, with three new members to be designated by
the Ministry of the Economy and Finance at the next Annual
General Meeting of ST Holding). The Chairman of the Supervisory
Board of the holding company shall be designated for a
three-year term by one shareholder (with the other shareholder
entitled to designate the Vice Chairman), such designation to
alternate between the Ministry of the Economy and Finance on the
one hand and FT1CI on the other hand. The current Chairman is
Matteo Del Fante.
During the Balance Period, any other decision, to the extent
that a resolution of the holding company is required, must be
pursuant to the unanimous approval of the shareholders,
including but not limited to the following: (i) the
definition of the role and structure of our Managing Board and
Supervisory Board, and those of the holding company;
(ii) the powers of the Chairman and the Vice Chairman of
our Supervisory Board, and that of the holding company;
(iii) information by the holding companys managing
board and supervisory board, and those by us;
(iv) treatment of confidential information;
(v) appointment of any additional members of our Managing
Board and that of the holding company; (vi) remuneration of
the members of our Managing Board and those of the holding
99
company; (vii) internal audit of STMicroelectronics N.V.
and of the holding company; (viii) industrial and
commercial relationships between STMicroelectronics N.V. and the
Ministry of the Economy and Finance or STMicroelectronics N.V.
and either or both FT1CI shareholders, or any of their
affiliates; and (ix) any of the decisions listed in
article 16.1 of our Articles of Association including our
budget and pluri-annual plans.
With regard to STMicroelectronics N.V. during the Balance
Period: (i) each of the STH Shareholders (FT1CI, on the one
hand, and the Ministry of the Economy and Finance, on the other
hand) shall have the right to insert on a list prepared for
proposal by the holding company to our annual shareholders
meeting the same number of members for election to the
Supervisory Board, and the holding company shall vote in favor
of such members; (ii) the STH Shareholders will cause the
holding company to submit to our annual shareholders meeting and
to vote in favor of a common proposal for the appointment of the
Managing Board; and (iii) any decision relating to the
voting rights of the holding company in us shall require the
unanimous approval of the holding company shareholders and shall
be submitted by the holding company to our annual shareholders
meeting. The STH Shareholders also agreed that the Chairman of
our Supervisory Board will be designated upon proposal of an STH
Shareholder for a three-year term, and the Vice Chairman of our
Supervisory Board will be designated upon proposal of the other
STH Shareholder for the same period, and vice-versa for the
following three-year term. The STH Shareholders further agreed
that the STH Shareholder proposing the appointment of the
Chairman be entitled to propose the appointment of the Assistant
Secretary of our Supervisory Board, and the STH Shareholder
proposing the appointment of the Vice Chairman be entitled to
propose the appointment of the Secretary of our Supervisory
Board. Finally, each STH Shareholder is entitled to appoint a
Financial Controller to the Supervisory Board. Our Secretary,
Assistant Secretary and two Financial Controllers are referred
to as professionals (not members) of our Supervisory Board.
In addition, the following resolutions, to the extent that a
resolution of the holding company is required, must be resolved
upon by a shareholders resolution of the holding company,
which shall require the unanimous approval of the STH
Shareholders: (i) any alteration in the holding
companys articles of association; (ii) any issue,
acquisition or disposal by the holding company of its shares or
change in share rights; (iii) any alteration in our
authorized share capital or issue by us of new shares
and/or of
any financial instrument giving rights to subscribe for our
common shares; any acquisition or disposal by the holding
company of our shares
and/or any
right to subscribe for our common shares; any modification to
the rights attached to our common shares; any merger,
acquisition or joint venture agreement to which we are or are
proposed to be a party; and any other items on the agenda of our
general shareholders meeting; (iv) the liquidation or
dissolution of the holding company; (v) any legal merger,
legal de-merger, acquisition or joint venture agreement to which
the holding company is proposed to be a party; and (vi) the
adoption or approval of our annual accounts or those of the
holding company or a resolution concerning a dividend
distribution by us.
At the end of the Balance Period, the members of our Supervisory
Board and those of the holding company designated by the
minority shareholder of the holding company will immediately
resign upon request of the holding companys majority
shareholder, subject to the rights described in the previous
paragraph.
After the end of the Balance Period, unanimous approval by the
shareholders of the holding company remains required to approve:
(i) As long as any of the shareholders indirectly owns at
least equal to the lesser of 3% of our issued and outstanding
share capital or 10% of the remaining STH Shareholders
stake in us at such time, with respect to the holding company,
any changes to the articles of association, any issue,
acquisition or disposal of shares in the holding company or
change in the rights of its shares, its liquidation or
dissolution and any legal merger, de-merger, acquisition or
joint venture agreement to which the holding company is proposed
to be a party.
(ii) As long as any of the shareholders indirectly owns at
least 33% of the holding company, certain changes to our
articles of association (including any alteration in our
authorized share capital, or any issue of share capital
and/or
financial instrument giving the right to subscribe for our
common shares, changes to the rights attached to our shares,
changes to the preemptive rights, issues relating to the form,
rights and transfer mechanics of the shares, the composition and
operation of the Managing and Supervisory Boards, matters
subject to the Supervisory Boards approval, the
Supervisory Boards voting procedures, extraordinary
meetings of shareholders and quorums for voting at shareholders
meetings).
(iii) Any decision to vote our shares held by the holding
company at any general meeting of our shareholders with respect
to any substantial and material merger decision. In the event of
a failure by the shareholders to reach a common decision on the
relevant merger proposal, our shares attributable to the
minority shareholder and held by the holding company will be
counted as present for purposes of a quorum of shareholders at
one of our shareholders meetings, but will not be voted (i.e.,
will be abstained from the vote in a way that they will not be
counted as a negative vote or as a positive vote).
100
(iv) In addition, the minority shareholder will have the
right to designate at least one member of the list of candidates
for our Supervisory Board to be proposed by the holding company
if that shareholder indirectly owns at least 3% of our total
issued and outstanding share capital, with the majority STH
Shareholder retaining the right to appoint that number of
members to our Supervisory Board that is at least proportional
to such majority STH Shareholders voting stake.
Finally, at the end of the Balance Period, the unanimous
approval required for other decisions taken at the
STMicroelectronics N.V. level shall only be compulsory to the
extent possible, taking into account the actual power attached
to the direct and indirect shareholding together held by the STH
Shareholders in our company.
Disposals
of our Common Shares
The STH Shareholders Agreement provides that each STH
Shareholder retains the right to cause the holding company to
dispose of its stake in us at its sole discretion, provided it
is pursuant to either (i) the issuance of financial
instruments, (ii) an equity swap, (iii) a structured
finance deal or (iv) a straight sale. ST Holding II
may enter into escrow arrangements with STH Shareholders with
respect to our shares, whether this be pursuant to exchangeable
notes, securities lending or other financial instruments. STH
Shareholders that dispose of our shares through the issuance of
exchangeable instruments, an equity swap or a structured finance
deal maintain the voting rights of the underlying shares in
their ST Holding voting stake provided that such rights remain
freely and continuously held by the holding company as though
the holding company were still holding the full ownership of the
shares.
As long as any of the parties to the STH Shareholders
Agreement has a direct or indirect interest in us, except in the
case of a public offer, no sales by a party may be made of any
of our shares or of FT1CI, ST Holding or ST Holding II to
any of our top ten competitors, or any company that controls
such competitor.
Re-adjusting
and Re-balancing options
The STH Shareholders Agreement provides that the parties
have the right, subject to certain conditions, to re-balance
their indirect holdings in our shares to achieve parity between
FT1CI on the one hand and the Ministry of the Economy and
Finance on the other hand. If at any time prior to
March 17, 2011, the voting stake in us of one of the STH
Shareholders (FT1CI on the one hand, and the Ministry of the
Economy and Finance on the other hand) falls below 10.5% due
either to (a) the exchange by a third party of any
exchangeable instruments issued by an STH Shareholder or
(b) to an issuance by us of new shares subscribed to by a
third party, such STH Shareholder will have the right to notify
the other STH Shareholder of its intention to exercise a
Re-adjusting Option. In such case, the STH
Shareholders will cause the holding company to purchase the
number of our common shares necessary to increase the voting
stake of such STH Shareholder to 10.5% of our issued and
outstanding share capital.
If three months prior to March 17, 2011, the Balance Period
has not already expired and if on such date the voting stake of
one of the STH Shareholders (FT1CI on the one hand, and the
Ministry of the Economy and Finance on the other hand) has
fallen below 47.5% of the total voting stake in ST Holding, such
STH Shareholder will have the right to notify the other STH
Shareholder of its intention to exercise a Re-balance
Option no later than 30 Business Days prior to
March 17, 2011. In such case, the STH Shareholders will
cause the holding company to purchase before March 17, 2011
the number of our common shares necessary to re-balance at
50/50%
the respective voting stakes of the STH Shareholders.
FSI and the Italian Ministry of the Economy and Finance have
recently entered into discussions aimed at extending the
March 17, 2011 deadline incorporated into the definition of
the Balance Period.
Change of
Control Provision
The STH Shareholders Agreement provides for tag-along
rights, preemptive rights, and provisions with respect to a
change of control of any of the shareholders or any controlling
shareholder of FT1CI, on the one hand, and the Ministry of the
Economy and Finance, on the other hand. The shareholders may
transfer shares of the holding company or FT1CI to any of the
shareholders affiliates, which would include the Italian
state or the French state with respect to entities controlled by
a state. The shareholders and their ultimate shareholders will
be prohibited from launching any takeover process on any of the
other shareholders.
Non-competition
Pursuant to the terms of STH Shareholders Agreement,
neither we nor ST Holding are permitted, as a matter of
principle, to operate outside the field of semiconductor
products. The parties to the STH Shareholders Agreement
also undertake to refrain directly or indirectly from competing
with us in the area of semiconductor
101
products, subject to certain exceptions, and to offer us
opportunities to commercialize or invest in any semiconductor
product developments by them.
Deadlock
In the event of a disagreement that cannot be resolved between
the parties as to the conduct of the business and actions
contemplated by the STH Shareholders Agreement, each party
has the right to offer its interest in ST Holding to the other,
which then has the right to acquire, or to have a third party
acquire, such interest. If neither party agrees to acquire or
have acquired the other partys interest, then together the
parties are obligated to try to find a third party to acquire
their collective interests, or such part thereof as is suitable
to change the decision to terminate the agreement. The STH
Shareholders Agreement will remain in force as long as the
Ministry of the Economy and Finance, on the one hand, and any of
Areva, FT1CI or CEA, on the other hand, are shareholders of the
holding company.
Preference
Shares
On November 27, 2006, our Supervisory Board decided to
authorize us to enter into an option agreement with an
independent foundation, Stichting Continuïteit ST (the
Stichting). This is a common practice used by a
majority of publicly traded Dutch companies. Our Managing Board
and our Supervisory Board, along with the board of the
Stichting, have declared that they are jointly of the opinion
that the Stichting is legally independent of our Company and our
major shareholders. Our Supervisory Board approved this option
agreement, dated February 7, 2007, to reflect changes in
Dutch legal requirements, not in response to any hostile
takeover attempt. It provides for the issuance of up to a
maximum of 540,000,000 preference shares. The Stichting would
have the option, which it shall exercise in its sole discretion,
to take up the preference shares. The preference shares would be
issuable in the event of actions considered hostile by our
Managing Board and Supervisory Board, such as a creeping
acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our common shares, which
are unsupported by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board and
which the board of the Stichting determines would be contrary to
the interests of our Company, our shareholders and our other
stakeholders. If the Stichting exercises its call option and
acquires preference shares, it must pay at least 25% of the par
value of such preference shares. The preference shares may
remain outstanding for no longer than two years.
The Stichting would have the option, which it shall exercise in
its sole discretion, to take up the preference shares. The
preference shares would be issuable in the event of actions
considered hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board,
such as a creeping acquisition or an unsolicited offer for our
common shares, which are unsupported by our Managing Board and
Supervisory Board and which the board of the Stichting
determines would be contrary to the interests of our Company,
our shareholders and our other stakeholders. If the Stichting
exercises its call option and acquires preference shares, it
must pay at least 25% of the par value of such preference
shares. The preference shares may remain outstanding for no
longer than two years.
No preference shares have been issued to date. The effect of the
preference shares may be to deter potential acquirers from
effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in a change of
control or otherwise taking actions considered hostile by our
Managing Board and Supervisory Board. In addition, any issuance
of additional capital within the limits of our authorized share
capital, as approved by our shareholders, is subject to the
requirements of our Articles of Association.
Statutory
Considerations
As is the case with other companies controlled by the French
government, the French government has appointed a Commissaire
du Gouvernement and a Contrôleur dEtat for
FT1CI. Pursuant to Decree
No. 94-214,
dated March 10, 1994, these government representatives have
the right (i) to attend any board meeting of FT1CI, and
(ii) to veto any board resolution or any decision of the
president of FT1CI within ten days of such board meeting (or, if
they have not attended the meeting, within ten days of the
receipt of the board minutes or the notification of such
presidents decision); such veto lapses if not confirmed
within one month by the Ministry of the Economy or the Ministry
of the Industry. FT1CI is subject to certain points of the
Decree of August 9, 1953 pursuant to which the Ministry of
the Economy and any other relevant ministries have the authority
to approve decisions of FT1CI relating to budgets or forecasts
of revenues, operating expenses and capital expenditures. The
effect of these provisions may be that the decisions taken by us
and our subsidiaries that, by the terms of the STH
Shareholders Agreement, require prior approval by FT1CI,
may be adversely affected by these veto rights under French law.
102
Related
Party Transactions
One of the members of our Supervisory Board is managing director
of Areva SA, which is a controlled subsidiary of CEA, one of the
members of our Supervisory Board is a member of the Board of
Directors of Technicolor (formerly known as Thomson), another is
the non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of ARM
Holdings PLC (ARM), two of our Supervisory Board
members are non-executive directors of Soitec, two of the
members of the Supervisory Board are also members of the
Supervisory Board of BESI and one of the members of our
Supervisory Board is a director of Oracle Corporation
(Oracle) and Flextronics International. France
Telecom and its subsidiaries Equant and Orange, as well as
Oracles new subsidiary PeopleSoft supply certain services
to our Company. We have a long-term joint R&D partnership
agreement with LETI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CEA. We have
certain licensing agreements with ARM, and have conducted
transactions with Soitec and BESI as well as with Technicolor
and Flextronics. Each of the aforementioned arrangements and
transactions are negotiated without the personal involvement of
our Supervisory Board members and we believe that they are made
on an arms-length basis in line with market practices and
conditions.
For the years ended, December 31,
2010 December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, our
related party transactions were primarily with our significant
shareholders, or their subsidiaries and companies in which our
management perform similar policymaking functions. These
include, but are not limited to: Areva, France Telecom, Equant,
Orange, Finmeccanica, CDP, Flextronics, Oracle and Technicolor.
See Note 28 for transactions with significant shareholders,
their affiliates and other related parties, which also include
transactions between us and our equity investments.
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Information
|
Financial
Statements
Please see Item 18. Financial Statements for a
list of the financial statements filed with this
Form 20-F.
Legal
Proceedings
As is the case with many companies in the semiconductor
industry, we have from time to time received, and may in the
future receive, communications from other semiconductor
companies or third parties alleging possible infringement of
patents. Furthermore, we may become involved in costly
litigation brought against us regarding patents, copyrights,
trademarks, trade secrets or mask works. In the event that the
outcome of such IP litigation would be unfavorable to us, we may
be required to take a license to patents or other IP rights upon
economically unfavorable terms and conditions, and possibly pay
damages for prior use,
and/or face
an injunction, all of which singly or in the aggregate could
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
ability to compete. See Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations We depend on patents to protect
our rights to our technology and may face claims of infringing
the IP rights of others in our
Form 20-F.
We record a provision when, based on our best estimate, we
consider it probable that a liability has been incurred and when
the amount of the probable loss can be reasonably estimated. We
regularly evaluate losses and claims to determine whether they
need to be adjusted based on the most current information
available to us and using our best judgment. There can be no
assurance that our recorded reserves will be sufficient to cover
the extent of our potential liabilities. Legal costs associated
with claims are expensed as incurred.
We are
a party to legal proceedings with Tessera, Inc.
On January 31, 2006, Tessera added ST as a co-defendant to
a lawsuit filed by Tessera on October 7, 2005, against
Advanced Micro Devices Inc., Spansion, ChipMOS, Advanced
Semiconductor Engineering, Siliconware Precision Industries and
STATS Chippac in the U.S. District Court for the Northern
District of California, claiming ST infringes certain patents
related to ball grid array (BGA) packaging
technology. Tessera also claims that our U.S. affiliate,
STMicroelectronics, Inc (ST Inc.), breached the
terms of a license agreement with Tessera. The District Court
Action is stayed pending resolution of the ITC proceeding
discussed below, including all appeals.
On April 17, 2007, Tessera filed a complaint with the
International Trade Commission in Washington, D.C.
(ITC) against us, ATI Technologies, Freescale,
Motorola, Qualcomm, and Spansion claiming infringement of two
patents related to BGA packaging technology and requesting that
the ITC issue an injunction barring the importation into the
U.S. of certain products using such BGA packaging
technology. On December 1, 2008, the Administrative Law
Judge (ALJ) at the ITC issued an initial
determination finding the asserted Tessera patents valid but not
infringed. On May 20, 2009, the ITC issued a final
determination reversing the ALJs decision and finding the
asserted Tessera patents valid and infringed. The ITC issued a
limited exclusion order prohibiting the
103
importation of infringing products. ST Inc. was not affected by
this order by virtue of its license agreement with Tessera
(which is the subject of a claim in the District Court Action
described above). On December 21, 2010, the U.S. Court
of Appeals for the Federal Circuit issued a decision affirming
the ITCs final determination. We are considering further
appeals. The Tessera patents expired on September 21, 2010.
As a result, the ITCs exclusion order expired on that
date. We continue to assess the merits of all ongoing litigation
with Tessera.
We are
a party to legal proceedings with Rambus Inc.
On December 1, 2010, Rambus Inc. (Rambus) filed
a complaint with the ITC against us, Broadcom, Freescale, LSI,
Media Tek and NVIDIA as primary respondents, as well as multiple
other companies allegedly purchasing semiconductor products from
such primary respondents, including customers of ST, such as
CISCO, HP, Garmin, and Seagate. The ITC complaint alleges
infringement of six Rambus patents that allegedly cover certain
peripheral interfaces including PCI Express, DisplayPort, SATA
and SAS interface,
and/or DDR
type, LPDDR type, or GDDR type memory controllers, and requests
the ITC grant a permanent exclusion order prohibiting the
importation into the U.S. by ST and the other named
respondents of the semiconductor chips and products containing
such semiconductor chips. On December 29, 2010 the ITC
voted to institute an investigation based on Rambus
complaint and on February 15, 2011 the Administrative Law
Judge at the ITC issued a procedural order pursuant to which a
hearing is currently scheduled to be held in October 2011, an
Initial Determination to be rendered no later than
January 4, 2012, with a final determination expected for
May 2012.
Also on December 1, 2010, Rambus also filed a lawsuit
against us in the U.S. District Court for the Northern
District of California alleging infringement of nineteen Rambus
patents, including the six patents asserted by Rambus in the
ITC. Rambus claims these patents read on certain peripheral
interfaces
and/or
memory controllers which meet the requirements defined by
certain industry setting standards bodies such as JEDEC. A
number of these patents have expired. The District Court case
will remain stayed with respect to the six Rambus patents
asserted in the ITC and the Court may elect to stay this matter
in its entirety.
We intend to vigorously defend our positions in these matters.
However given the fact that several of the asserted patents have
been successfully litigated by Rambus in the past and could be
found to apply to certain industry standards, there is no
assurance that we will prevail and that we may not be required
to take a license from Rambus at conditions which may adversely
affect our results of operations if we are unable to pass
through such costs to our customers.
We are
a party to a dispute with Credit Suisse Securities and Credit
Suisse Group concerning Auction Rate Securities.
In February 2008, we instituted FINRA arbitration proceedings
against Credit Suisse Securities (Credit Suisse) in
connection with the unauthorized purchase by Credit Suisse of
collateralized debt obligations and credit-linked notes (the
Unauthorized Securities) instead of the federally
guaranteed student loan securities that we had instructed Credit
Suisse to purchase. On March 19, 2010, the
U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York
(the District Court) issued a ruling affirming the
unanimous arbitration award in our favor for more than
$432 million, including collected interest, entered in
February 2009 by FINRA. The District Court denied Credit
Suisses motion to vacate the award and granted our
petition to affirm the award and directed Credit Suisse to pay
us the unpaid balance. On March 31, 2010, the District
Court issued a judgment confirming the March 19, 2010 order
and closing the case. On August 24, 2010, the District
Court issued a judgment confirming the ruling of March 2010,
which was subsequently appealed by Credit Suisse. After filing
the required supersedeas bond, Credit Suisse filed on
September 21, 2010 an appeal to the U.S. Court of
Appeals for the Second Circuit (the Court of
Appeals), and three days later we filed a motion for an
expedited appeal. On February 24, 2011, we received notice
that the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit has fixed
March 28, 2011 as the trial date. Based on the FINRA
arbitration award, as affirmed by the District Court, we should
receive approximately $357 million, which includes
approximately $27 million of interest to date, in addition
to the approximately $75 million previously received in
December upon selling a portion of these securities.
We are
a party to arbitration proceedings following a complaint filed
by NXP Semiconductors.
On December 4, 2009 the Company received from the
International Chamber of Commerce the notification of a request
for arbitration filed by NXP Semiconductors Netherlands BV
NXP against STMicroelectronics NV, and ST-Ericsson,
claiming compensation for so called underloading costs, pursuant
to a Manufacturing Services Agreement entered into between NXP
and ST-NXP Wireless, at the time of the creation of ST-NXP
Wireless, the Companys wireless semiconductor products
joint venture with NXP, in August 2008. The claim is currently
evaluated by NXP at approximately $59 million. In January
2009, NXP agreed upon our request to withdraw its
104
claim against ST-Ericsson. The Company is contesting the NXP
claim vigorously. An arbitration hearing is currently planned to
occur in Paris beginning May 23, 2011. We continue to
assess the merits of NXPs claims against us and possible
other claims to be made by us against NXP.
EU
Smartcard Investigation.
On October 21, 2008, the EU Commission carried out a dawn
raid at our Montrouge premises near Paris, France, based on an
investigation being conducted by the EU Commission on alleged
anti-competitive practices pertaining to the manufacture of
integrated circuits for smartcards. The Commission believes that
the main manufacturers of ICs for smartcards may have been in
contact and exchanged confidential information on future
pricing, prices to certain customers, future production
capacities, and plans for new products during a period between
January 1999 and November 2006. We have offered to support the
EU in the pursuit of its investigation. We have not received any
further communication from the EU since October 21, 2008.
Risk
Management and Insurance
We cover our industrial and business risks through insurance
contracts with top ranking insurance carriers, to the extent
reasonably permissible by the insurance market which does not
provide insurance coverage for certain risks and imposes certain
limits, terms and conditions on coverage that it does provide.
Risks may be covered either through local policies or through
corporate policies negotiated on a worldwide level for the ST
Group of Companies. Corporate policies are negotiated when the
risks are recurrent in various of our affiliated companies.
Currently we have four corporate policies covering the following
risks:
|
|
|
|
|
Property damage and business interruption;
|
|
|
|
General liability and product liability;
|
|
|
|
Directors and officers liability; and
|
|
|
|
Transportation risks.
|
Our policies generally cover a twelve-month period although may
be subscribed for a longer period if conditions for a longer
term arrangement are deemed beneficial to us. Such policies are
subject to certain terms and conditions, exclusions and
limitations, generally in line with prevailing conditions,
exclusions and limitations, in the insurance market. Pursuant to
such conditions, risks such as terrorism, earthquake, fire,
floods, consequential damages and loss of production, may not be
fully insured and we may not, in the event of a claim under a
policy, receive an indemnification from our insurers
commensurate with the full amount of the damage we have
incurred. Furthermore, our product liability insurance covers
physical and direct damages, which may be caused by our
products, however, immaterial, non-consequential damages
resulting from failure to deliver or delivery of defective
products are generally not covered because such risks are
considered to occur in the ordinary course of business and
cannot be insured. We may decide to subscribe for excess
coverage in addition to the coverage provided by our standard
policies. If we suffer damage or incur a claim, which is not
covered by one of our corporate insurance policies, this may
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
We also perform annual assessments through an external
consultant of our risk exposure in the field of property
damage/business interruption in our production sites, to assess
potential losses and actual risk exposure. Such assessments are
provided to our underwriters. We do not own or operate any
insurance captive, which acts an insurer for our own risks,
although we may consider such an option in the future.
Reporting
Obligations in IFRS
We are incorporated in the Netherlands and our shares are listed
on Euronext and Borsa Italiana. Consequently, we are subject to
an EU regulation issued on September 29, 2003 requiring us
to report our results of operations and Consolidated Financial
Statements using IFRS. As from January 1, 2009 we are also
required to prepare a semi-annual set of accounts using IFRS
reporting standards.
We use U.S. GAAP as our primary set of reporting standards,
as U.S. GAAP has been our reporting standard since our
creation in 1987. Until the SEC adopted rules allowing foreign
private issuers to file financial statements prepared in
accordance with IFRS without reconciliation to U.S. GAAP,
U.S. GAAP was the sole admitted reporting standard for
companies like us whose shares are listed on the NYSE.
105
The obligation to report our Consolidated Financial Statements
under IFRS requires us to prepare our results of operations
using two different sets of reporting standards, U.S. GAAP
and IFRS, which are currently not consistent. Such dual
reporting could materially increase the complexity of our
investor communications. We are continuing to consider whether
to shift our primary accounting standards to IFRS at some point
in the future.
Dividend
Policy
We seek to use our available cash in order to develop and
enhance our position in the very capital-intensive semiconductor
market while at the same time managing our cash resources to
reward our shareholders for their investment and trust in us.
Based on our annual results, projected capital requirements as
well as business conditions and prospects, the Managing Board
proposes each year to the Supervisory Board the allocation of
our earnings involving, whenever deemed possible and desirable
in line with our objectives and financial situation, the
distribution of a cash dividend.
The Supervisory Board, upon the proposal of the Managing Board,
decides each year, in accordance with this policy, which portion
of the profits shall be retained in reserves to fund future
growth or for other purposes and makes a proposal to the
shareholders concerning the amount, if any, of the annual cash
dividend. See Item 10. Additional
Information Memorandum and Articles of
Association Articles of Association
Distribution of Profits (Articles 37, 38, 39 and 40).
In the past five years, we have paid the following dividends:
|
|
|
|
|
On May 25, 2010, our shareholders adopted the payment of a
cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31,
2009 of $0.28 per share.
|
|
|
|
On May 20, 2009, our shareholders adopted the payment of a
cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31,
2008 of $0.12 per share.
|
|
|
|
On May 14, 2008, our shareholders adopted the payment of a
cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31,
2007 of $0.36 per share.
|
|
|
|
On April 26, 2007, our shareholders adopted the payment of
a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31,
2006 of $0.30 per share.
|
|
|
|
On April 27, 2006, our shareholders adopted the payment of
a cash dividend with respect to the year ended December 31,
2005 of $0.12 per share.
|
Future dividends will depend on our accumulated profits, our
capacity to generate cash flow, our financial situation, the
general economic situation and prospects and any other factors
that the Supervisory Board, upon the recommendation of our
Managing Board, shall deem important.
Trading
History of the Companys Shares
Since 1994, our common shares have been traded on the NYSE under
the symbol STM and on Euronext (formerly known as
ParisBourse) and were quoted on SEAQ International. On
June 5, 1998, our common shares were also listed for the
first time on the Borsa Italiana (Italian Stock Exchange), where
they have been traded since that date.
Since November 12, 1997, our common shares have been
included in the CAC 40, the main benchmark for Euronext which
tracks a sample of 40 stocks selected from among the top 100
market capitalization and the most active stocks listed on
Euronext, and which is the underlying asset for options and
futures contracts. The base value was 1,000 at December 31,
1987.
On December 1, 2003, the CAC 40 index shifted to free-float
weightings. As of this date, the CAC 40 weightings are based on
free-float capitalization instead of total market
capitalization. On February 21, 2005, Euronext created a
new range of indices; along with four existing indices including
the CAC 40, six new indices have been created.
On March 18, 2002, we were admitted into the S&P/MIB
(formerly the MIB 30 Index), which was comprised of the 40
leading stocks, based upon their industry, market capitalization
and liquidity, listed on the Borsa Italiana. It featured
free-float adjustment, high liquidity and broad, accurate
representation of market performance based on the leading
companies in leading industries. On June 1, 2009, the Borsa
Italiana introduced a new series of indexes and, as a result,
our shares were included in the new FTSE MIB Index, which
replaced the S&P/MIB Index. The new
106
FTSE MIB Index is still comprised of 40 leading stocks, selected
on the basis of their market capitalization, liquidity, free
float and financial viability. On January 29, 2010, the
Borsa Italiana announced the introduction of a new index, the
FTSE MIB Dividend Index. This new index relies on the
composition of the FTSE MIB Index, to which we belong, and
represents the cumulative value of ordinary gross dividends paid
by the individual constituents of the underlying FTSE MIB Index,
expressed in terms of index points.
On June 23, 2003, we were admitted into the PHLX
Semiconductor Sector Index (SOX). The SOX is a
widely followed, modified capitalization-weighted index composed
of companies primarily involved in the design, distribution,
manufacture and sale of semiconductors.
The tables below indicate the range of the high and low prices
in U.S. dollars for the common shares on the NYSE, and the
high and low prices in Euros for the common shares on Euronext
Paris, and the Borsa Italiana annually for the past five years,
during each quarter in 2009 and 2010, and monthly for the past
six months. In December 1994, we completed our Initial Public
Offering of 21,000,000 common shares at an initial price to the
public of $22.25 per share. On June 16, 1999, we effected a
2-to-1 stock split and on May 5, 2000, we effected a 3-to-1
stock split. The tables below have been adjusted to reflect the
split. Each range is based on the highest or lowest rate within
each day for common share price ranges for the relevant exchange.
Euronext
Paris
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily Trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volumes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Price Ranges
|
Calendar Period
|
|
Shares
|
|
Capital
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
|
|
|
()
|
|
()
|
|
()
|
|
Annual Information for the Past Five Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
5,748,008
|
|
|
|
78,944,778
|
|
|
|
16.56
|
|
|
|
11.34
|
|
2007
|
|
|
5,430,551
|
|
|
|
71,352,748
|
|
|
|
15.61
|
|
|
|
9.70
|
|
2008
|
|
|
7,490,827
|
|
|
|
54,414,076
|
|
|
|
9.89
|
|
|
|
4.52
|
|
2009
|
|
|
4,613,574
|
|
|
|
23,933,547
|
|
|
|
7.02
|
|
|
|
2.97
|
|
2010
|
|
|
4,851,846
|
|
|
|
31,541,910
|
|
|
|
8.08
|
|
|
|
5.16
|
|
Quarterly Information for the Past Two Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
4,318,138
|
|
|
|
17,103,184
|
|
|
|
5.29
|
|
|
|
2.97
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
5,127,833
|
|
|
|
25,919,626
|
|
|
|
5.96
|
|
|
|
3.67
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
4,519,462
|
|
|
|
25,896,652
|
|
|
|
6.78
|
|
|
|
4.96
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
4,504,956
|
|
|
|
26,817,174
|
|
|
|
7.02
|
|
|
|
5.18
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
4,801,646
|
|
|
|
30,812,542
|
|
|
|
7.51
|
|
|
|
5.73
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
5,796,237
|
|
|
|
40,110,699
|
|
|
|
8.08
|
|
|
|
5.91
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
4,474,706
|
|
|
|
26,911,085
|
|
|
|
6.99
|
|
|
|
5.16
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
4,375,441
|
|
|
|
29,175,576
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
5.32
|
|
Monthly Information for the Past Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September
|
|
|
4,319,386
|
|
|
|
24,237,054
|
|
|
|
5.92
|
|
|
|
5.21
|
|
October
|
|
|
4,921,804
|
|
|
|
27,993,347
|
|
|
|
6.36
|
|
|
|
5.32
|
|
November
|
|
|
4,621,433
|
|
|
|
30,390,124
|
|
|
|
7.10
|
|
|
|
6.14
|
|
December
|
|
|
3,641,292
|
|
|
|
27,860,634
|
|
|
|
7.90
|
|
|
|
6.74
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
|
|
|
6,154,303
|
|
|
|
52,861,945
|
|
|
|
9.23
|
|
|
|
7.90
|
|
February (as of February 22, 2011)
|
|
|
4,725,633
|
|
|
|
42,924,699
|
|
|
|
9.64
|
|
|
|
8.44
|
|
Source: Bloomberg
107
Borsa
Italiana (Milan)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily Trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volumes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Price Ranges
|
Calendar Period
|
|
Shares
|
|
Capital
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
|
|
|
()
|
|
()
|
|
()
|
|
Annual Information for the Past Five Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
10,316,084
|
|
|
|
141,689,828
|
|
|
|
16.55
|
|
|
|
11.33
|
|
2007
|
|
|
7,485,654
|
|
|
|
98,885,773
|
|
|
|
15.60
|
|
|
|
9.80
|
|
2008
|
|
|
7,194,358
|
|
|
|
52,370,415
|
|
|
|
9.90
|
|
|
|
4.52
|
|
2009
|
|
|
6,606,116
|
|
|
|
34,222,931
|
|
|
|
7.03
|
|
|
|
2.97
|
|
2010
|
|
|
6,893,012
|
|
|
|
44,735,516
|
|
|
|
8.09
|
|
|
|
5.15
|
|
Quarterly Information for the Past Two Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
4,708,890
|
|
|
|
18,660,286
|
|
|
|
5.29
|
|
|
|
2.97
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
7,575,169
|
|
|
|
38,304,696
|
|
|
|
5.95
|
|
|
|
3.67
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
6,923,926
|
|
|
|
39,684,060
|
|
|
|
6.79
|
|
|
|
4.96
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
7,216,727
|
|
|
|
42,888,549
|
|
|
|
7.03
|
|
|
|
5.15
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
7,758,354
|
|
|
|
49,763,066
|
|
|
|
7.45
|
|
|
|
5.72
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
7,201,572
|
|
|
|
49,838,879
|
|
|
|
8.09
|
|
|
|
5.92
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
6,272,460
|
|
|
|
37,708,887
|
|
|
|
6.98
|
|
|
|
5.15
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
6,377,399
|
|
|
|
42,307,065
|
|
|
|
7.90
|
|
|
|
5.33
|
|
Monthly Information for the Past Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September
|
|
|
6,441,728
|
|
|
|
36,167,374
|
|
|
|
5.92
|
|
|
|
5.21
|
|
October
|
|
|
6,896,594
|
|
|
|
39,262,969
|
|
|
|
6.36
|
|
|
|
5.33
|
|
November
|
|
|
6,552,763
|
|
|
|
43,112,710
|
|
|
|
7.10
|
|
|
|
6.12
|
|
December
|
|
|
5,764,488
|
|
|
|
43,307,153
|
|
|
|
7.90
|
|
|
|
6.74
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
|
|
|
8,690,661
|
|
|
|
74,561,733
|
|
|
|
9.24
|
|
|
|
7.91
|
|
February (as of February 22, 2011)
|
|
|
7,182,106
|
|
|
|
65,229,234
|
|
|
|
9.64
|
|
|
|
8.44
|
|
Source: Bloomberg
108
New York
Stock Exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Daily Trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volumes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
Price Ranges
|
Calendar Period
|
|
Shares
|
|
Capital
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
|
|
|
(US$)
|
|
(US$)
|
|
(US$)
|
|
Annual Information for the Past Five Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
1,069,476
|
|
|
|
18,428,607
|
|
|
|
19.90
|
|
|
|
14.55
|
|
2007
|
|
|
1,823,514
|
|
|
|
32,857,113
|
|
|
|
20.84
|
|
|
|
14.22
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2,615,829
|
|
|
|
28,015,734
|
|
|
|
14.35
|
|
|
|
5.90
|
|
2009
|
|
|
1,707,480
|
|
|
|
12,411,885
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
3.73
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2,016,329
|
|
|
|
17,374,954
|
|
|
|
10.73
|
|
|
|
6.51
|
|
Quarterly Information for the Past Two Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
1,780,595
|
|
|
|
9,166,855
|
|
|
|
7.15
|
|
|
|
3.73
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
1,632,902
|
|
|
|
11,183,826
|
|
|
|
8.30
|
|
|
|
4.97
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
1,483,681
|
|
|
|
11,785,948
|
|
|
|
9.99
|
|
|
|
6.89
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
1,980,001
|
|
|
|
17,386,576
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
|
7.86
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
1,848,123
|
|
|
|
16,398,605
|
|
|
|
9.97
|
|
|
|
7.87
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
2,659,613
|
|
|
|
23,515,408
|
|
|
|
10.73
|
|
|
|
7.28
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
2,047,063
|
|
|
|
15,879,451
|
|
|
|
8.86
|
|
|
|
6.51
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
1,512,684
|
|
|
|
13,632,354
|
|
|
|
10.51
|
|
|
|
7.22
|
|
Monthly Information for the Past Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September
|
|
|
1,456,937
|
|
|
|
10,671,019
|
|
|
|
7.83
|
|
|
|
6.89
|
|
October
|
|
|
1,599,100
|
|
|
|
12,632,132
|
|
|
|
8.82
|
|
|
|
7.22
|
|
November
|
|
|
1,617,386
|
|
|
|
14,501,789
|
|
|
|
9.34
|
|
|
|
8.55
|
|
December
|
|
|
1,330,253
|
|
|
|
13,459,133
|
|
|
|
10.51
|
|
|
|
8.96
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
|
|
|
2,139,628
|
|
|
|
24,593,957
|
|
|
|
12.29
|
|
|
|
10.60
|
|
February (as of February 22, 2011)
|
|
|
1,834,631
|
|
|
|
22,623,447
|
|
|
|
12.89
|
|
|
|
11.63
|
|
Source: Bloomberg
Of the 881,686,303 common shares outstanding as of
December 31, 2010, 75,942,980, or 8.6%, were registered in
the common share registry maintained on our behalf in New York
and 583,772,571, or 66.2%, of our common shares outstanding were
listed on Euroclear France and traded on Euronext SA and on the
Borsa Italiana in Milan. Of the 878,333,566 common shares
outstanding as of December 31, 2009, 78,305,804, or 8.9%,
were registered in the common share registry maintained on our
behalf in New York and 581,333,347, or 66.2%, of our common
shares outstanding were listed on Euroclear France and traded on
Euronext SA and on the Borsa Italiana in Milan.
Market
Information
Euronext
General
On September 22, 2000, the Amsterdam Stock Exchange, the
Brussels Stock Exchange and the Paris Bourse merged to
create Euronext, the first pan-European stock exchange. Euronext
subsequently expanded to include the Portugal Exchange and the
Londons International Financial Futures and Options
Exchange (LIFFE), Londons derivatives market,
thereby creating Euronext.liffe. Euronext.liffe is the
international derivatives business of Euronext, comprising the
Amsterdam, Brussels, Lisbon, London and Paris derivatives
markets. Euronext.liffe creates a single market for derivatives,
by bringing all its derivatives products together on the one
electronic trading platform, LIFFE
CONNECTtm.
Securities quoted on exchanges participating in Euronext cash
markets are traded and cleared over common Euronext platforms
but remain listed on their local exchanges. UTP is
the common
109
Euronext platform for trading and Clearing 21 for
clearing (except for the London market which uses the Trade
Registration System). In addition, Euronext, through Euroclear,
has a central settlement and custody structure over a common
system (ESES).
NYSE Group Inc. and Euronext combined in April 2007 to create
NYSE Euronext, the worlds largest and first transatlantic
stock exchange operator, with seven cash equities exchanges in
six countries and six derivatives exchanges. Following the
consummation of the combination transaction, NYSE Euronext
became the parent company of both NYSE Group Inc. and Euronext
and their respective subsidiaries.
On February 15, 2011, Deutsche Boerse AG and NYSE Euronext
announced that they have entered into a business combination
agreement following approval from both companies Boards.
Under the agreement, the companies will combine to create the
worlds premier global exchange group, creating the world
leader in derivatives trading and risk management, and the
largest, most well known venue for capital raising and equities
trading.
Euronext
Paris
In 2005, Euronext overhauled its listing arrangements, creating
a single list, Eurolist by Euronext (Eurolist) that
encompassed all of its regulated markets. The market operated by
Euronext in Paris, Euronext Paris, retains responsibility for
the admission of shares on, and regulation of, the Paris market.
Our shares have been listed on Euronext Paris since July 2001.
In accordance with Euronext Paris rules, securities issued by
domestic and other companies listed on Eurolist are classified
in capitalization compartments. The shares of listed companies
are distributed between the following three market
capitalization compartments:
|
|
|
|
|
Compartment A comprises the companies with market
capitalizations above 1 billion;
|
|
|
|
Compartment B comprises the companies with market
capitalizations from 150 million and up to and
including 1 billion; and
|
|
|
|
Compartment C comprises the companies with market
capitalizations below 150 million.
|
Our common shares are listed on the compartment A under the ISIN
Code NL0000226223.
Securities listed on Euronext Paris are placed in one of two
categories (Continu or Fixing) depending on
whether they belong to certain indices or compartments
and/or their
trading volume. Our common shares are listed in the category
known as Continu, which includes the most actively traded
securities. The minimum yearly trading volume required for a
security of a listed company on a regulated market of Euronext
Paris in the Continu category is 2,500 trades.
Securities listed on Euronext Paris are traded through providers
of investment services (investment companies and other financial
institutions). The trading of our common shares takes place
continuously on each trading day from 9:00 a.m. to
5:30 p.m. (Paris time), with a pre-opening session from
7:15 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. (Paris time) and a pre-closing
session from 5:30 p.m. to 5:35 p.m. (Paris time)
during which transactions are recorded but not executed and a
closing auction at 5:35 p.m. (Paris time). From
5:35 p.m. to 5:40 p.m. (Paris time)
(trading-at-last
phase), transactions are executed at the closing price.
Any trade effected after the close of a trading session will be
recorded, on the next Euronext Paris trading day, at the closing
price for the relevant security at the end of the previous
days session. Euronext Paris publishes a daily official
price list that includes price information on each listed
security. Euronext Paris has introduced continuous electronic
trading during trading hours for most actively traded
securities. Any trade of a security that occurs outside trading
hours is executed at a price within a range of 1% of the closing
price for that security.
Euronext Paris may temporarily interrupt trading in a security
admitted to trading on the Euronext Paris market if purchases
and sales recorded in the system would inevitably result in a
price beyond a certain threshold, determined on the basis of a
percentage fluctuation from a reference price. Under the UTP
trading manual, for securities belonging to the continu
category, an order which breaches volatility thresholds no
longer triggers the interruption of the trading of the security.
Instead, such order is partially executed (for a price that does
not cross the threshold) and, until confirmed by the ordering
member, such order is automatically reserved by Euronext Paris.
If confirmed, the order is executed for the unexecuted part.
With respect to shares belonging to the continu category, once
trading has commenced, volatility interruptions for a
reservation period of two minutes (subject to extension by
Euronext Paris) are possible if the price varies either by more
than 5% from a reference price (e.g., opening auction price) or
by more than 3% (with respect to CAC 40 issuers like our
company) from the last trade on such securities.
110
Euronext Paris may suspend trading of a security admitted to
trading on the Euronext Paris market because of disorderly
market conditions. In exceptional cases, including, for example,
upon announcement of a takeover bid, the French market regulator
(Autorité des marchés financiers or
AMF) may also require Euronext Paris to
suspend trading. In addition, Euronext Paris is entitled to
suspend trading of a security belonging to the continu
category in case of repeated volatility threshold breaches.
All trades of securities listed on Euronext Paris are performed
on a cash-settlement basis on the third trading day after the
trade. Market intermediaries are also permitted to offer
investors a deferred settlement service (Service à
Règlement Différé or SRD)
for a fee. The SRD allows investors who elect this service to
benefit from leverage and other special features of the monthly
settlement market. The SRD is reserved for securities which have
both a total market capitalization of at least
1 billion and represent a minimum daily trading
volume of 1 million and which are normally cited on a
list published by Euronext Paris. Investors in securities
eligible for the SRD can elect on the determination date
(date de liquidation), which is, at the latest, the fifth
trading day before the end of the month, either to settle the
trade by the last trading day of the month or to deduct a margin
amount and postpone the settlement decision to the determination
date of the following month. Our common shares are eligible for
the SRD.
Ownership of securities traded on a deferred settlement basis
belongs to the market intermediary (in whose account they are
registered at the date set by market rules) pending registration
in the buyers account. According to the rules of Euronext
Paris, the market intermediary is entitled to the dividends and
coupons pertaining to the securities he has full title of,
provided he is responsible for paying the buyer, when the
settlement matured, the exact cash equivalent of the rights
received.
Prior to any transfer of securities held in registered form on
Eurolist, the securities must be converted into bearer form and
accordingly recorded in an account maintained by an accredited
intermediary with Euroclear France SA (Euroclear), a
registered central securities depository. Transactions in
securities are initiated by the owner giving instructions
(through an agent, if appropriate) to the relevant accredited
intermediary. Trades of securities listed on Eurolist are
cleared through Clearing 21, a common Euronext platform, and
settled through Euroclear using a continuous net settlement
system. A fee or a commission is payable to the broker-dealer or
other agent involved in the transaction.
Our common shares have been included in the CAC 40, the
principal index published by Euronext Paris, since
November 12, 1997. The CAC 40 is derived daily by comparing
the total market capitalization of 40 stocks included in the
monthly settlement market of Euronext Paris to a baseline
established on December 31, 1987. Adjustments are made to
allow for expansion of the sample due to new issues. The CAC 40
indicates the trends in the French stock market as a whole and
is one of the most widely followed stock price indices in France.
Our common shares could be removed from the CAC 40 at any time,
and the exclusion or the announcement thereof could cause the
market price of our common shares to drop significantly.
Securities
Trading in Italy
The Mercato Telematico Azionario (the MTA), the
Italian automated screen-based quotation system on which our
common shares are listed, is organized and administered by Borsa
Italiana S.p.A. (Borsa Italiana) subject to the
supervision of the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e
la Borsa (CONSOB) the public authority charged,
inter alia, with regulating investment companies, securities
markets and public offerings of securities in Italy to ensure
the transparency and regularity of dealings and protect
investors. Borsa Italiana was established to manage the Italian
regulated financial markets (including the MTA) as part of the
implementation in Italy of the EU Investment Services Directive
pursuant to Legislative Decree No. 415 of July 23,
1996 (the Eurosim Decree) and as modified by
Legislative Decree No. 58 of February 24, 1998, as
amended (the Financial Act). Borsa Italiana became
operative in January 1998, replacing the administrative body
Consiglio di Borsa, and has issued rules governing the
organization and the administration of the Italian stock
exchange, futures and options markets as well as the admission
to listing on and trading in these markets. As of
October 1, 2007, upon a merger with the London Stock
Exchange, 99.9% of the share capital of Borsa Italiana is held
by the London Stock Exchange Group plc, which, as of
June 25, 2009, held such interest through its subsidiary,
London Stock Exchange Group Holdings (Italy) LTD.
A cash settlement period of three open market days applies to
all trades of equity securities in Italy effected on a regulated
market. Any person may purchase or sell listed securities
through an authorized intermediary. No closing price
is reported for the electronic trading system, which requires
the daily publication of: (i) an official price
for each security calculated as a weighted average price of all
trades effected during the trading day; and (ii) a
reference price for each security calculated as the
closing-auction price or, in the event that no closing-auction
111
price is available, as a weighted average of the trades effected
during a ten-minute interval of the continuous trading phase.
If the opening price of an equity security contained in the FTSE
MIB Index (established each trading day prior to the
commencement of trading based on bids received) differs by more
than 5% or such other amount established by Borsa Italiana from
the previous days reference price, trading in that
security will not be permitted and a volatility bid takes place.
(For equity securities other than those contained in the FTSE
MIB Index, trading will not be permitted, and a volatility bid
takes place, if the opening price differs by more than 10% from
the previous days reference price). If in the course of a
trading day the price of a security fluctuates by more than 3.5%
from the last reported sale price, an automatic suspension in
the trading of that security will be declared by the Borsa
Italiana. (For equity securities other than those contained in
the FTSE MIB Index, this suspension will apply upon a 5%
fluctuation from the last reported sale price). In the event of
such a suspension a volatility bid takes place, lasting for five
minutes plus a variable period of time, randomly determined by
the trading system, of up to one minute. Borsa Italiana has the
authority to suspend trading in any security, among other
things, in response to extreme price fluctuations. In urgent
circumstances, CONSOB may, where necessary, adopt measures
required to ensure the transparency of the market, orderly
trading and protection of investors.
Italian law requires that trading of equity securities, as well
as any other investment services, may be carried out
vis-à-vis the public on a professional basis by
financial intermediaries, banks and certain types of finance
companies. In addition, banks and investment firms organized in
any member state of the EU are permitted to operate in Italy
either on a branch or on a cross-border basis provided that the
intent of such bank or investment firm is communicated to CONSOB
and the Bank of Italy by the competent authorities of the member
state according to specific procedures. Non-EU banks and non-EU
investment firms may operate in Italy subject to the specific
authorization of CONSOB and the Bank of Italy.
The settlement of Italian stock exchange transactions is
facilitated by Monte Titoli S.p.A., a centralized securities
clearing system owned by Borsa Italiana. Most Italian banks and
certain Italian securities dealers have securities accounts with
Monte Titoli and act as depositories for investors. Beneficial
owners of shares may hold their interests through custody
accounts with any such institution. Beneficial owners of shares
held with Monte Titoli may transfer their shares, collect
dividends, create liens and exercise other rights with respect
to those shares through such accounts.
Participants in Euroclear and Clearstream may hold their
interests in shares and transfer the shares, collect dividends,
create liens and exercise their shareholders rights
through Euroclear and Clearstream. A holder may require
Euroclear and Clearstream to transfer its shares to an account
of such holder with an Italian bank or any authorized broker.
Our common shares are included in the FTSE MIB Index. Our common
shares could be removed from the FTSE MIB Index at any time, and
the exclusion or announcement thereof could cause the market
price of our common shares to drop significantly.
|
|
Item 10.
|
Additional
Information
|
Memorandum
and Articles of Association
Applicable
non-U.S.
Regulations
Applicable
Dutch Legislation
We were incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands by deed
of May 21, 1987, and we are governed by Book 2 of the Dutch
Civil Code. Set forth below is a summary of certain provisions
of our Articles of Association and relevant Dutch corporate law.
The summary below does not purport to be complete and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to our Articles of
Association and relevant Dutch corporate law.
The summary below sets forth our current Articles of Association
as most recently amended on May 20, 2009.
We are subject to various provisions of the Dutch Financial
Markets Supervision Act (Wet op het financieel toezicht)
(the FMSA) and, in particular, to the provisions
summarized below.
Unless an exemption or an exception applies, we are subject to
(i) a prohibition from offering securities in the
Netherlands or have securities admitted to trading on a
regulated market situated or operating in the Netherlands
without the publication of a prospectus, which has been approved
by the Dutch Authority for the Financial Markets
(Autoriteit Financiële Markten)
(AFM) or by a supervisory authority of another
European Union (EU) Member State or State, not being
an EU Member State, that is party to the European Economic Area
(EEA) Agreement (Member State) (and the
same prohibition applies for such offers in other jurisdictions
of the EEA);
112
(ii) a prohibition of proceeding with any transaction in
our financial instruments admitted to trading on a regulated
market in the EEA or in any other financial instrument the value
of which depends in part on these instruments, in the event
where we would possess inside information; and
(iii) certain restrictions (related to market manipulation,
market abuse and insider trading) in repurchasing our shares.
Furthermore, we are required to inform the AFM immediately if
our issued and outstanding share capital or voting rights change
by 1% or more since our previous notification. Other changes in
our share capital or voting rights need to be notified
periodically. Also, the sole member of our Managing Board and
the members of our Supervisory Board (unless they have already
been notified pursuant to the requirements described below in
Disclosure of Holdings and capital interest
under Dutch Law), certain of their relatives, entities
closely related with them and (under certain circumstances)
members of senior management must notify the AFM of all
transactions conducted or effected on their own account relating
to our shares admitted to trading on a regulated market in the
EEA or in any financial instrument the value of which depends in
part on the value of these shares. The AFM keeps a public
register of all notifications made pursuant to the FMSA. The
provisions of the FMSA regarding statements of holdings in our
share capital and voting rights are described below in
Disclosure of Holdings and capital interest
under Dutch Law.
On October 28, 2007, the Dutch legislation implementing
Directive 2004/25/EC on takeover bids (the Takeover
Directive) entered into force. This legislation requires a
shareholder who (individually or jointly) obtains control to
launch an offer to all of our other shareholders. Such control
is deemed present if a (legal) person is able to exercise, alone
or acting in concert, at least 30% of the voting rights in our
shareholders meeting. The acquisition of control does not
require an act of the person who obtains control (e.g., if we
repurchase shares as a consequence of which the relative stake
of a major shareholder increases (and may result in control
having been obtained)).
In the event control is acquired, whether or not by acting in
concert, two options exist: (i) either a mandatory offer is
launched or (ii) within 30 days the relevant stake is
decreased below the 30% voting rights threshold, provided the
voting rights have not been exercised during this period and our
shares are not sold to a controlling shareholder. The Enterprise
Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal
(Ondernemingskamer) may extend this period by
an additional 60 days.
The Dutch legislation contains a substantial number of
exemptions to the obligation to launch a (mandatory) offer. One
of those exemptions is that Stichting Continuïteit ST, an
independent foundation, is allowed to cross the 30% voting
rights threshold when obtaining our preference shares after the
announcement of a public offer, but only for a maximum period of
two years.
Applicable
French Legislation
As our registered offices are based in the Netherlands, the AMF
is not the competent market authority to control our disclosure
obligations. The AMF General Regulation only requires that the
periodic and ongoing information to be disclosed pursuant to the
EU Transparency Directive and which content is controlled by the
AFM (for instance the annual, half-yearly and quarterly
financial reports or any inside information) also be disclosed
at the same time in France and made available on our Internet
website.
In addition, as our shares are listed on Euronext Paris, in
France, we must (i) inform the AMF of any modification of
our bylaws and articles of incorporation that would add or
remove a poison pill mechanism (pursuant to
Article 223-20
of the AMF General Regulation); and (ii) disclose
information on a monthly basis on the total number of shares and
voting rights composing our capital, if those numbers have
changed compared to the previously disclosed numbers (pursuant
to
Article 223-16
of the AMF General Regulation).
Articles 241-1
to 241-6 of
the AMF General Regulation on buyback programs for equity
securities admitted to trading on a regulated market and
transaction reporting requirements are also applicable to our
company as well as
Articles 611-1
to 632-1 of
the AMF General Regulation on market abuse (insider dealing and
market manipulation).
As a general rule, the information disclosed to the public must
be accurate, precise and fairly presented.
All financial instruments traded on Euronext Paris are
distributed between three capitalization compartments, A, B, and
C, whose regulations are generally applicable to us. See
Item 9. Listing.
Other provisions of French securities regulations are not
applicable to us.
Regarding the regulation of public tender offers,
Articles 231-1
to 237-13 of
the AMF General Regulation may apply to our shares, except for
the provisions concerning the mandatory filing of a tender offer
and the squeeze out.
113
Applicable
Italian Legislation
Because our common shares are listed on the MTA, as described in
Item 9. Listing above, we are required to
publish certain information in order to comply with (i) the
Financial Act and related regulations promulgated by the CONSOB
and (ii) certain rules of the Borsa Italiana. These
requirements are related to: (i) disclosure of
price-sensitive information (such as capital increases, mergers,
creation of joint subsidiaries, major acquisitions, approval of
draft financial statements, proposals for dividend payments,
approval of financial statements and interim reports);
(ii) periodic information (such as financial statements to
be provided in compliance with the jurisdiction of the country
of incorporation) or information on the exercise of
shareholders rights (such as the calling of the
shareholders meeting or the exercise of pre-emptive
rights); (iii) the publication of research, budgets and
projections; and (iv) in certain circumstances,
dissemination to the public in Italy, and communication to
CONSOB, of any additional information that we provide to our
shareholders in countries other than Italy where our shares are
listed on a stock exchange.
As a result of our admission to the FTSE MIB Index, we now must
comply with certain additional stock market rules. These
additional provisions require that we announce through a press
release, within one month from our year-end closing (i) the
month in which the payment of the dividend for the year ended,
where applicable, is planned to take place (if different from
the month when the previous dividend was distributed), and
(ii) our intent, if any, of adopting a policy of
distributing interim dividends for the current year, mentioning
the months when the distribution of dividends and interim
dividends will take place. In the event of a modification of the
information referred to in (i) and (ii) above, we
shall be required to promptly update such information in another
press release. In addition, stock splits and certain other
transactions must be carried out in accordance with the Borsa
Italianas calendar. We must notify the Italian stock
market of any modification to the amount and distribution of our
share capital. The notification must be made no later than one
day after the modification has become effective under the rules
to which we are subject.
We are required to communicate to the CONSOB and the Borsa
Italiana the same information that we are required to disclose
to the AMF and the AFM regarding transactions in our securities
and any exercise of stock options by our Supervisory Board
members and executive officers, as described below.
Articles
of Association
Purposes
of the Company (Article 2)
Article 2 of our Articles of Association sets forth the
purposes of our company. According to Article 2, our
purposes shall be to participate in or take, in any manner, any
interests in other business enterprises; to manage such
enterprises; to carry on business in semiconductors and
electronic devices; to take and grant licenses and other
industrial property interests; to assume commitments in the name
of any enterprises with which we may be associated within a
group of companies; and to take any other action, such as but
not limited to the granting of securities or the undertaking of
obligations on behalf of third parties, which in the broadest
sense of the term, may be related or contribute to the
aforementioned objects.
Company
and Trade Registry
We are registered with the Chamber of Commerce and Industry in
Amsterdam (Kamer van Koophandel en Fabrieken voor Amsterdam)
under no. 33194537.
Supervisory
Board and Managing Board
Our Articles of Association do not include any provisions
related to a Supervisory Board members:
|
|
|
|
|
power to vote on proposals, arrangements or contracts in which
such member is directly interested;
|
|
|
|
power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to vote on
compensation to themselves or any members of the Supervisory
Board; or
|
|
|
|
borrowing powers exercisable by the directors and how such
borrowing powers can be varied.
|
Our Supervisory Board Charter, however, explicitly prohibits
members of our Supervisory Board from participating in
discussions and voting on matters where any such member has a
conflict of interest. Our Articles of Association provide that
our shareholders meeting must adopt the compensation of
our Supervisory Board members.
Neither our Articles of Association nor our Supervisory Board
Charter have a requirement or policy that Supervisory Board
members hold a minimum number of our common shares.
114
Compensation
of our Managing Board (Article 12)
Our Supervisory Board determines the compensation of the sole
member of our Managing Board, within the scope of the
compensation policy adopted by our shareholders meeting
upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board. Our Supervisory
Board will submit for approval by the shareholders meeting
a proposal regarding the compensation in the form of shares or
rights to acquire shares. This proposal sets forth at least how
many shares or rights to acquire shares may be awarded to our
Managing Board and which criteria apply to an award or a
modification.
Compensation
of our Supervisory Board (Article 23)
Our shareholders meeting determines the compensation of
our Supervisory Board members. Our shareholders meeting
shall have the authority to decide whether such compensation
will consist of a fixed amount
and/or an
amount that is variable in proportion to profits or any other
factor.
Information
from our Managing Board to our Supervisory Board
(Article 18)
At least once per year our Managing Board shall inform our
Supervisory Board in writing of the main features of our
strategic policy, our general and financial risks and our
management and control systems.
Our Managing Board shall then submit to our Supervisory Board
for approval:
|
|
|
|
|
our operational and financial objectives;
|
|
|
|
our strategy designed to achieve the objectives;
|
|
|
|
the parameters to be applied in relation to our strategy,
inter alia, regarding financial ratios; and
|
|
|
|
corporate social responsibility issues that are relevant to the
enterprise.
|
For more information on our Supervisory Board and our Managing
Board, see Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and
Employees.
Adoption
of Annual Accounts and Discharge of Management and Supervision
Liability (Article 25)
Each year, within four months after the end of our financial
year, our Managing Board must prepare our statutory annual
accounts, certified by one or several auditors appointed by our
shareholders meeting and submit them to our
shareholders meeting for adoption. Within this period and
in accordance with the statutory obligations to which we are
subject, our Managing Board must make generally available:
(i) our statutory annual accounts, (ii) our annual
report, (iii) the auditors statement, as well as
(iv) other annual financial accounting documents which we,
under or pursuant to the law, must make generally available
together with our statutory annual accounts.
Each year, our shareholders meeting votes whether or not
to discharge the members of our Supervisory Board and of our
Managing Board for their supervision and management,
respectively, during the previous financial year. In accordance
with the applicable Dutch legislation, the discharge of the
members of our Managing Board and the Supervisory Board must, in
order to be effective, be the subject of a specific resolution
on the agenda of our shareholders meeting. Under Dutch
law, this discharge does not extend to matters not disclosed to
our shareholders meeting.
Distribution
of Profits (Articles 37, 38, 39 and 40)
Subject to certain exceptions, dividends may only be paid out of
the profits as shown in our adopted annual accounts. Our profits
must first be used to set up and maintain reserves required by
Dutch law and our Articles of Association. Subsequently, if any
of our preference shares are issued and outstanding, preference
shareholders shall be paid a dividend, which will be a
percentage of the paid up part of the par value of their
preference shares. Our Supervisory Board may then, upon proposal
of our Managing Board, also establish reserves out of our annual
profits. The portion of our annual profits that remains after
the establishment or maintenance of reserves and the payment of
a dividend to our preference shareholders is at the disposal of
our shareholders meeting. No distribution may be made to
our shareholders when the equity after such distribution is or
becomes inferior to the fully-paid share capital, increased by
the legal reserves. Our preference shares are cumulative by
nature, which means that if in a financial year the dividend or
the preference shares cannot be (fully) paid, the deficit must
first be paid in the following financial year.
Our shareholders meeting may, upon the proposal of our
Supervisory Board, declare distributions out of our share
premium reserve and other reserves available for shareholder
distributions under Dutch law. Pursuant to a
115
resolution of our Supervisory Board, distributions adopted by
the shareholders meeting may be fully or partially made in
the form of our new shares to be issued. Our Supervisory Board
may, subject to certain statutory provisions, make one or more
interim distributions in respect of any year before the accounts
for such year have been adopted at a shareholders meeting.
Rights to cash dividends and distributions that have not been
collected within five years after the date on which they became
due and payable shall revert to us.
For the history of dividends paid by us to our shareholders in
the past five years, see Item 8. Financial
Information Dividend Policy.
Shareholders
Meetings, Attendance at Shareholders Meetings and Voting
Rights
Notice
Convening the Shareholders Meeting (Articles 25, 26,
27, 28 and 29)
Our ordinary shareholders meetings are held at least
annually, within six months after the close of each financial
year, in Amsterdam, Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol Airport), Rotterdam
or The Hague, the Netherlands. Extraordinary shareholders
meetings may be held as often as our Supervisory Board deems
necessary, and must be held upon the written request of
registered shareholders or other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings of at least 10% of the total issued
share capital to our Managing Board or our Supervisory Board
specifying in detail the business to be dealt with. Such written
requests may not be submitted electronically. In the event that
the Managing Board or the Supervisory Board does not convene the
shareholders meeting within six weeks of such a request,
the aforementioned shareholders or individuals may be authorized
by a competent judicial authority.
Notice of shareholders meetings shall be given by our
Managing Board or by our Supervisory Board or by those who
according to the law or our Articles of Association are entitled
thereto. The notice shall be given in such manner as shall be
authorized or required by law (including but not limited to a
written notice, a legible and reproducible message sent by
electronic means and an announcement published by electronic
means), as well as in accordance with the regulations of a stock
exchange where our shares are officially listed at our request.
In addition, shareholders and other persons entitled to attend
the shareholders meetings that are registered in our share
register shall be notified by letter that the meeting is being
convened. The notice convening the shareholders meeting
shall be given with due observance of the statutory notice
period, which is currently 42 days prior to the meeting.
The notice of the shareholders meeting states the business
to be transacted as well as other information prescribed by law
and our Articles of Association. The agenda is fixed by the
author of the notice of the meeting; however, one or more
shareholders or other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings representing at least one-tenth of
our issued share capital may, provided that the request was made
at least five days prior to the date of convocation of the
meeting, request that proposals be included on the agenda.
Notwithstanding the previous sentence, proposals of persons who
are entitled to attend shareholders meetings will be
included on the agenda, if such proposals are made in writing to
our Managing Board within a period of sixty days before that
meeting by persons who are entitled to attend our
shareholders meetings who, solely or jointly, represent at
least 1% of our issued share capital or a market value of at
least 50,000,000. The requests referred to in the previous
two sentences may not be submitted electronically. The
aforementioned requests must comply with conditions stipulated
by our Managing Board, subject to the approval of our
Supervisory Board, which shall be posted on our website.
We are exempt from the proxy solicitation rules under the United
States Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Euroclear France will
provide notice of shareholders meetings to, and compile
voting instructions from, holders of shares held directly or
indirectly through Euroclear France at the request of the
Company, the Registrar or the voting Collection Agent. A voting
collection agent must be appointed; Netherlands Management
Company B.V. acts as our voting collection agent. DTC will
provide notice of shareholders meetings to holders of
shares held directly or indirectly through DTC and the New York
Transfer Agent and Registrar will compile voting instructions.
In order for holders of shares held directly or indirectly
through Euroclear France to attend shareholders meetings
in person, such holders must withdraw their shares from
Euroclear France and have such shares registered directly in
their name or in the name of their nominee. In order for holders
of shares held directly or indirectly through DTC to attend
shareholders meetings of shareholders in person, such
holders need not withdraw such shares from DTC but must follow
rules and procedures established by the New York Transfer Agent
and Registrar.
Attendance
at Shareholders Meetings and Voting Rights
(Articles 6, 30, 31, 32, 33 and 34)
Each share is entitled to one vote.
All shareholders and other persons entitled to attend and to
vote at shareholders meetings are entitled to attend the
shareholders meeting either in person or represented by a
person holding a written proxy, to address the
shareholders meeting and, as for shareholders and other
persons entitled to vote, to vote, subject to our Articles of
Association. Subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board,
our Managing Board may resolve that shareholders
116
and other persons entitled to attend the shareholders
meetings are authorized to directly take note of the business
transactions at the meeting via an electronic means of
communication. Our shareholders meeting may set forth
rules regulating, inter alia, the length of time during
which shareholders may speak in the shareholders meeting.
If there are no such applicable rules, the chairman of the
meeting may regulate the time during which shareholders are
entitled to speak if desirable for the orderly conduct of the
meeting.
Our Managing Board may, subject to the approval of our
Supervisory Board, resolve that each person entitled to attend
and vote at shareholders meetings is authorized to vote
via an electronic means of communication, either in person or by
a person authorized in writing, provided that such person can be
identified via the electronic means of communication and
furthermore provided that such person can directly take note of
the business transacted at the meeting. Our Managing Board may,
subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, attach
conditions to the use of the electronic means of communication,
which conditions shall be announced in the notice convening the
shareholders meeting and must be posted on our website.
Dutch law prescribes a fixed registration date of 28 days
prior to the shareholders meeting, which means that that
shareholders and other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings are those persons who have such
rights at the 28th day prior to the shareholders
meeting and, as such, are registered in a register designated by
our Managing Board, regardless of who is a shareholder or
otherwise a person entitled to attend shareholders
meetings at the time of the meeting if a registration date as
referred to in our Articles of Association had not been
prescribed or determined. In the notice convening the
shareholders meeting the time of registration must be
mentioned as well as the manner in which shareholders and other
persons entitled to attend shareholders meetings can
register themselves and the manner in which they can exercise
their rights.
Our Managing or Supervisory Board may also resolve that persons
entitled to attend and vote at shareholders meetings may
vote via an electronic means of communication determined by our
Managing or Supervisory Board within a period to be set by our
Managing or Supervisory Board prior to our shareholders
meeting, which period cannot commence earlier than the
registration date (as described above). Votes cast in accordance
with the provisions of the preceding sentence are equal to votes
cast at our shareholders meeting.
Shareholders and other persons entitled to attend meetings of
shareholders may be represented by proxies with written
authorization, which must be shown for admittance to the
meeting. All matters regarding admittance to the
shareholders meeting, the exercise of voting rights and
the result of voting, as well as any other matters regarding the
business of the shareholders meeting, shall be decided
upon by the chairman of that meeting, in accordance with the
requirements of Section 13 of the Dutch Civil Code.
Our Articles of Association allow for separate meetings for
holders of common shares and for holders of preference shares.
At a meeting of holders of preference shares at which the entire
issued capital of shares of such class is represented, valid
resolutions may be adopted even if the requirements in respect
of the place of the meeting and the giving of notice have not
been observed, provided that such resolutions are adopted by
unanimous vote. Also, valid resolutions of preference
shareholder meetings may be adopted outside a meeting if all
persons entitled to vote on our preference shares indicate in
writing that they vote in favor of the proposed resolution,
provided that no depositary receipts for preference shares have
been issued with our cooperation. Our managing board may,
subject to the approval of our Supervisory Board, resolve that
written resolutions may be adopted via an electronic means of
communication. Our Managing Board may, subject to the approval
of our Supervisory Board, attach conditions to the use of the
electronic means of communication, which conditions shall be
notified in writing to all holders of preference shares and
other persons entitled to vote on our preference shares.
Authority
of our Shareholders Meeting (Articles 12, 16, 19, 25,
28, 32 and 41)
Our shareholders meeting decides upon (i) the
discharge of the members of our Managing Board for their
management during the past financial year and the discharge of
the members of our Supervisory Board for their supervision
during the past financial year; (ii) the adoption of our
statutory annual accounts and the distribution of dividends;
(iii) the appointment of the members of our Supervisory
Board and our Managing Board; and (iv) any other
resolutions listed on the agenda by our Supervisory Board, our
Managing Board or our shareholders and other persons entitled to
attend shareholders meetings.
Furthermore, our shareholders meeting has to approve
resolutions of our Managing Board regarding a significant change
in the identity or nature of us or our enterprise, including in
any event (i) transferring our enterprise or practically
our entire enterprise to a third party, (ii) entering into
or canceling any long-term cooperation between us or a
subsidiary (dochtermaatschappij) of us and any other
legal person or company or as a fully liable general partner of
a limited partnership or a general partnership, provided that
such cooperation or the cancellation thereof is of essential
importance to us, and (iii) us or a subsidiary
(dochtermaatschappij) of us
117
acquiring or disposing of a participating interest in the
capital of a company with a value of at least one-third of our
total assets according to our consolidated balance sheet and
notes thereto in our most recently adopted annual accounts.
Our Articles of Association may only be amended (and our
liquidation can only be decided on) if amendments are proposed
by our Supervisory Board and approved by a simple majority of
the votes cast at a shareholders meeting at which at least
15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is present or
represented. The complete proposal for the amendment (or
liquidation) must be made available for inspection by the
shareholders and the other persons entitled to attend
shareholders meetings at our offices as from the day of
the notice convening such meeting until the end of the meeting.
Any amendment of our Articles of Association that negatively
affects the rights of the holders of a certain class of shares
requires the prior approval of the meeting of holders of such
class of shares.
Quorum
and Majority (Articles 4, 13 and 32)
Unless otherwise required by our Articles of Association or
Dutch law, resolutions of shareholders meetings require
the approval of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting at
which at least 15% of the issued and outstanding share capital
is present or represented, subject to the provisions explained
below. We may not vote our common shares held in treasury. Blank
and invalid votes shall not be counted.
A quorum of shareholders, present or represented, holding at
least half of our issued share capital, is required to dismiss a
member of our Managing Board, unless the dismissal is proposed
by our Supervisory Board. In the event of the lack of a quorum,
a second shareholders meeting must be held within four
weeks, with no applicable quorum requirement. Any decision or
authorization by the shareholders meeting which has or
could have the effect of excluding or limiting preferential
subscription rights must be taken by a majority of at least
two-thirds of the votes cast, if at the shareholders
meeting less than 50% of the issued and outstanding share
capital is present or represented. Otherwise such a resolution
can be taken by a simple majority at a meeting at which at least
15% of the issued and outstanding share capital is represented.
Disclosure
of Holdings and capital interest under Dutch Law
Holders of our shares or rights to acquire shares (which
includes, inter alia, options and convertible bonds) may
be subject to notification obligations under Chapter 5.3 of
the FMSA.
Under Chapter 5.3 of the FMSA, any person whose direct or
indirect interest (including potential interest, such as options
and convertible bonds) in our share capital or voting rights
reaches or crosses a threshold percentage must notify the AFM
either (a) immediately, if this is the result of an
acquisition or disposal by it; or (b) no later than on the
4th trading day following the entry in the AFMs
public register, if this is the result of a change in our share
capital or votes which the AFM has entered in its public
register. The threshold percentages are 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30,
40, 50, 60, 75 and 95 percent. Dutch Parliament is
currently considering adopting a legislative proposal pursuant
to which the 5 percent threshold will be replaced by a
3 percent threshold. Under the same proposal each holder of
a 3 percent interest would need to declare, in a filing to
be publicly made with the AFM, whether it has any objections to
our strategy as publicly submitted to the AFM.
Furthermore, persons holding 5% or more in our voting rights or
capital interest on December 31 at 24:00 hours must within
four weeks after December 31 notify the AFM of any changes in
the composition of their interest since their last notification.
The following instruments qualify as shares:
(i) shares, (ii) depositary receipts for shares (or
negotiable instruments similar to such receipts),
(iii) negotiable instruments for acquiring the instruments
under (i) or (ii) (such as convertible bonds), and
(iv) options for acquiring the instruments under
(i) or (ii). Dutch Parliament is currently considering
adopting a legislative proposal pursuant to which holdings of
instruments of which the value is dependent on an increase in
value of the shares or dividend rights but that are not settled
in these shares (such as contracts for differences) will also
qualify as holdings of shares.
Among others, the following shares and votes qualify as shares
and votes held by a person: (i) those directly
held by him; (ii) those held by his subsidiaries;
(iii) shares held by a third party for such persons
account and the votes such third party may exercise;
(iv) the votes held by a third party if such person has
concluded an oral or written agreement with such party which
provides for a lasting common policy on voting; (v) the
votes held by a third party if such person has concluded an oral
or written agreement with such party which provides for a
temporary and paid transfer of the votes; and (vi) the
votes which a person may exercise as a proxy but in his own
discretion. The management company of a common fund
(beleggingsfonds) shall be deemed to have the
disposal of the shares held by the depositary and the related
voting rights. The depositary of a common fund shall be deemed
not to have the disposal of shares or voting rights.
Furthermore, special rules apply to the attribution of the
ordinary
118
shares which are part of the property of a partnership or other
community of property. A holder of a pledge or right of usufruct
in respect of our shares can also be subject to a notification
obligation if such person has, or can acquire, the right to vote
on our shares. If a pledgor or usufructuary acquires such voting
rights, this may trigger a notification obligation for the
holder of our shares. Under Section 5.48 of the FMSA, the
sole member of our Managing Board and each of the members of our
Supervisory Board must without delay notify the AFM of any
changes in his interest or potential interest in our share
capital or voting rights.
The AFM will publish all notifications on its public website
(www.afm.nl).
Non-compliance with the notification obligations of
Chapter 5.3 of the FMSA can lead to imprisonment or
criminal fines, or administrative fines or other administrative
sanctions. In addition, non-compliance with these notification
obligations may lead to civil sanctions, including, without
limitation, suspension of the voting rights attaching to our
shares held by the offender for a maximum of three years,
(suspension and) nullification of a resolution adopted by our
shareholders meeting (if it is likely that such resolution
would not have been adopted if the offender had not voted) and a
prohibition for the offender to acquire our shares or votes for
a period of not more than five years.
Share
Capital
Our shares may not be issued at less than their par value; our
common shares must be fully paid up at the time of their
issuance. Our preference shares must be paid up for at least 25%
of their par value at the time of their issuance (and the
remaining 75% if and when requested by our Managing Board). Our
authorized share capital is not restricted by redemption
provisions, sinking fund provisions or liability to further
capital calls by us. Our Articles of Association allows for the
acquisition of own shares and the cancellation of shares. There
are no conditions imposed by our Memorandum and Articles of
Association governing changes in capital which are more
stringent than is required by law.
Type II shares are common shares in the form of an entry in
our shareholders register with the issue of a share certificate
consisting of a main part without a dividend coupon. In addition
to type II shares, type I shares are available. Type I
shares are common shares in the form of an entry in our
shareholders register without the issue of a share certificate.
Type II shares are only available should our Supervisory
Board decide to offer them. Our preference shares are in the
form of an entry in our shareholders register without issue of a
share certificate.
Non-issued authorized share capital, which is different from
issued share capital, allows us to proceed with capital
increases excluding the preemptive rights, upon our Supervisory
Boards decision, within the limits of the authorization
granted by our shareholders meeting of April 26,
2007. However, it is not possible to predict if we will request
such an authorization again and at what time and under what
conditions. The impact of any future capital increases within
the limit of our authorized share capital, upon the decision of
our Supervisory Board acting on the delegation granted to it by
our shareholders meeting, cannot therefore be evaluated.
Other securities in circulation which give access to our share
capital include (i) the options giving the right to
subscribe to our shares granted to our employees, including the
sole member of our Managing Board and our executive officers;
(ii) the options giving the right to subscribe to our
shares granted to the members of our Supervisory Board, its
secretaries and controllers, as described in Item 6.
Directors, Senior Management and Employees; (iii) our
2013 Senior Bonds as described above; and (iv) our 2016
Convertible Bonds.
We do not have securities not representing our share capital.
Issuance
of Shares, Preemptive Rights, Preference Shares and Capital
Reduction (Articles 4 and 5)
Unless excluded or limited by the shareholders meeting or
our Supervisory Board according to the conditions described
below, each holder of common shares has a pro rata preemptive
right to subscribe to an offering of common shares issued for
cash in proportion to the number of common shares which he owns.
There is no preemptive right with respect to an offering of
shares for non-cash consideration, with respect to an offering
of shares to our employees or to the employees of one of our
subsidiaries, or with respect to preference shares.
Our shareholders meeting, upon proposal and on the terms
and conditions set by our Supervisory Board, has the power to
issue shares. The shareholders meeting may also authorize
our Supervisory Board, for a period of no more than five years,
to issue shares and to determine the terms and conditions of
share issuances. Our shares cannot be issued at below par and as
for our common shares must be fully paid up at the time of their
issuance. Our preference shares must be paid up for at least 25%
of their par value.
Our shareholders meeting, upon proposal by our Supervisory
Board, also has the power to limit or exclude preemptive rights
in connection with new issuances of shares. Such a resolution of
the shareholders meeting must
119
be taken with a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes
cast if at such shareholders meeting less than 50% of the
issued and outstanding share capital is present or represented.
Otherwise such a resolution can be taken by a simple majority of
the votes cast at a shareholders meeting at which at least
15% of our issued and outstanding share capital is present or
represented. Our shareholders meeting may authorize our
Supervisory Board, for a period of no more than five years, to
limit or exclude preemptive rights.
Pursuant to a shareholders resolution adopted at our
annual shareholders meeting held on April 26, 2007,
our Supervisory Board has been authorized for a period of five
years to resolve to (i) issue any number of common shares
and/or
preference shares as comprised in our authorized share capital
from time to time; (ii) to fix the terms and conditions of
share issuance; (iii) to exclude or to limit preemptive
rights of existing shareholders; and (iv) to grant rights
to subscribe for common shares
and/or
preference shares, all for a period of five years from the date
of such annual shareholders meeting.
Our Supervisory Board has not yet acted on its authorization to
increase the registered capital to the limits of the authorized
registered capital.
Upon the proposal of our Supervisory Board, our
shareholders meeting may, in accordance with the legal
provisions, reduce our issued capital by canceling the shares
that we hold in treasury, by reducing the par value of the
shares or by canceling our preference shares.
See Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party
Transactions for details on changes in the distribution of
our share capital over the past three years.
We may issue preference shares in certain circumstances. See
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party
Transactions Major Shareholders
Shareholders Agreements Preference
Shares.
The effect of the preference shares may be to deter potential
acquirers from effecting an unsolicited acquisition resulting in
a change of control or otherwise taking action as considered
hostile by our Managing Board and Supervisory Board. See
Item 3. Key Information Risk Factors
Risks Related to Our Operations Our
shareholder structure and our preference shares may deter a
change of control.
No preference shares have been issued to date and therefore none
are currently outstanding.
Liquidation
Rights (Articles 42 and 43)
In the event of our dissolution and liquidation, after payment
of all debts and liquidation expenses, the holders of preference
shares if issued, would receive the paid up portion of the par
value of their preference shares. Any assets then remaining
shall be distributed among the registered holders of common
shares in proportion to the par value of their shareholdings.
Acquisition
of Shares in Our Own Share Capital (Article 5)
We may acquire our own shares, subject to certain provisions of
Dutch law and of our Articles of Association, if and to the
extent that (i) the shareholders equity less the
payment required to make the acquisition does not fall below the
sum of the
paid-up and
called-up
portion of the share capital and any reserves required by Dutch
law and (ii) the aggregate nominal value of shares that we
or our subsidiaries acquire, hold or hold in pledge would not
exceed one-tenth of our issued share capital. Share acquisitions
may be effected by our Managing Board, subject to the approval
of our Supervisory Board, only if the shareholders meeting
has authorized our Managing Board to effect such repurchases,
which authorization may apply for a maximum period of
18 months. We may not vote shares we hold in treasury. Our
purchases of our own shares are subject to acquisition price
conditions as authorized by our shareholders meeting.
Pursuant to a shareholders resolution adopted at our
annual shareholders meeting held on May 25, 2010, our
Managing Board, subject to the approval of our Supervisory
Board, is authorized for a period up to November 24, 2011
(inclusive) to acquire ST shares subject to the limits set forth
above and the acquisition price conditions set forth in such
shareholders resolution.
Our Articles of Association provide that we shall be able to
acquire shares in our own share capital in order to transfer
these shares under employee stock option or stock purchase
plans, without an authorization of our shareholders
meeting.
Limitations
on Right to Hold or Vote Shares
There are currently no limitations imposed by Dutch law or by
our Articles of Association on the right of non-resident holders
to hold or vote the shares.
120
Material
Contracts
None.
Exchange
Controls
None.
Taxation
Dutch
Taxation
The following is a general summary and the tax consequences
as described herein may not apply to a holder of common shares.
Any potential investor should consult his tax adviser for more
information about the tax consequences of acquiring, owning and
disposing of common shares in his particular circumstances.
This taxation summary solely addresses the principal Dutch tax
consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of
common shares. It does not consider every aspect of taxation
that may be relevant to a particular holder of common shares
under special circumstances or who is subject to special
treatment under applicable law. Where in this summary English
terms and expressions are used to refer to Dutch concepts, the
meaning to be attributed to such terms and expressions shall be
the meaning to be attributed to the equivalent Dutch concepts
under Dutch tax law. Where in this Dutch Taxation summary the
terms the Netherlands and Dutch are
used, these refer solely to the European part of the Kingdom of
the Netherlands. This summary also assumes that we are
organized, and that our business will be conducted, in the
manner outlined in this
Form 20-F.
A change to such organizational structure or to the manner in
which we conduct our business may invalidate the contents of
this summary, which will not be updated to reflect any such
change.
This summary is based on the tax law of the Netherlands
(unpublished case law not included) as it stands at the date of
this
Form 20-F.
The law upon which this summary is based is subject to change,
perhaps with retroactive effect. Any such change may invalidate
the contents of this summary, which will not be updated to
reflect such change.
Where in this Dutch Taxation paragraph reference is made to
your common shares, that concept includes, without
limitation, that:
1. you own one or more common shares and in addition to the
title to such common shares, you have an economic interest in
such common shares;
2. you hold the entire economic interest in one or more
common shares;
3. you hold an interest in an entity, such as a partnership
or a mutual fund, that is transparent for Dutch tax purposes,
the assets of which comprise one or more common shares, within
the meaning of 1. or 2. above; or
4. you are deemed to hold an interest in common shares, as
referred to under 1. to 3., pursuant to the attribution rules of
article 2.14a, of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet
inkomstenbelasting 2001), with respect to property that has
been segregated, for instance in a trust or a foundation.
Taxes
on income and capital gains
The summary set out in this section Dutch Taxation
applies only to a holder of common shares who is a Non-resident
holder of common shares.
For the purposes of this section, you are a Non-resident
holder of common shares if you satisfy the following tests:
(a) you are neither resident, nor deemed to be resident, in
the Netherlands for purposes of Dutch income tax or corporation
tax, as the case may be, and, if you are an individual, you have
not elected to be treated as a resident of the Netherlands for
Dutch income tax purposes;
(b) your common shares and any benefits derived or deemed
to be derived from such common shares have no connection with
your past, present or future employment or membership of a
management board (bestuurder) or a supervisory board
(commissaris);
(c) your common shares do not form part of a substantial
interest or a deemed substantial interest in us within the
meaning of Chapter 4 of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001
(Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001), unless such interest forms
part of the assets of an enterprise; and
121
(d) if you are not an individual, no part of the benefits
derived from your common shares is exempt from Dutch corporation
tax under the participation exemption as laid down in the Dutch
Corporation Tax Act 1969 (Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting
1969).
Generally, if a person holds an interest in us, such interest
forms part of a substantial interest, or a deemed substantial
interest, in us if any one or more of the following
circumstances is present:
1. You either alone or, in the case of an
individual, together with your partner (partner), if any, or
pursuant to article 2.14a, of the Dutch Income Tax Act 2001
(Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001) own or are deemed to
own, directly or indirectly, either a number of shares in us
representing 5% or more of our total issued and outstanding
capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of
our shares), or rights to acquire, directly or indirectly,
shares, whether or not already issued, representing 5% or more
of our total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and
outstanding capital of any class of our shares), or profit
participating certificates (winstbewijzen) relating to 5%
or more of our annual profit or to 5% or more of our liquidation
proceeds.
2. Your shares, profit participating certificates or rights
to acquire shares in us are held by you or deemed to be held by
you following application of a non-recognition provision.
3. Your partner or any of your relatives by blood or by
marriage in the direct line (including foster children) or of
those of your partner has a substantial interest (as described
under 1. and 2. above) in us.
If you are entitled to the benefits from shares or profit
participating certificates (for instance if you are a holder of
a right of usufruct), you are deemed to be a holder of shares or
profit participating certificates, as the case may be, and your
entitlement to benefits is considered a share or profit
participating certificate, as the case may be.
If you are a holder of common shares and you satisfy test a.,
but do not satisfy any one or more of tests b., c., and d., your
Dutch income tax position or corporation tax position, as the
case may be, is not discussed in this
Form 20-F.
If you are a Non-resident holder of common shares you will not
be subject to any Dutch taxes on income or capital gains (other
than the dividend withholding tax described below) in respect of
any benefits derived or deemed to be derived by you from your
common shares, including any capital gain realized on the
disposal thereof, except if:
1. you derive profits from an enterprise, directly, or
pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net value of such
enterprise, other than as a shareholder, if you are an
individual, or other than as a holder of securities, if you are
not an individual, such enterprise is either managed in the
Netherlands or carried on, in whole or in part, through a
permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the
Netherlands, and your common shares are attributable to such
enterprise; or
2. you are an individual and you derive benefits from
common shares that are taxable as benefits from miscellaneous
activities in the Netherlands.
You may, inter alia, derive, or be deemed to derive, benefits
from common shares that are taxable as benefits from
miscellaneous activities in the following circumstances:
a. if your investment activities go beyond the activities
of an active portfolio investor, for instance in the case of use
of insider knowledge (voorkennis) or comparable forms of
special knowledge, on the understanding that such benefits will
be taxable in the Netherlands only if such activities are
performed or deemed to be performed in the Netherlands; or
b. if you hold common shares, whether directly or
indirectly, and any benefits to be derived from such common
shares are intended, in whole or in part, as remuneration for
activities performed or deemed to be performed in the
Netherlands by you or by a person who is a connected person to
you as meant by article 3.92b, paragraph 5, of the
Dutch Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001).
Attribution
rule
Benefits derived or deemed to be derived from certain
miscellaneous activities by a child or a foster child who is
under eighteen years of age are attributed to the parent who
exercises, or the parents who exercise, authority over the
child, irrespective of the country of residence of the child.
Dividend
withholding tax
We are generally required to withhold Dutch dividend withholding
tax at a rate of 15% from dividends distributed by us.
122
The concept dividends distributed by us as used in
this section Dutch Taxation includes, but is not
limited to, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
distributions in cash or in kind, deemed and constructive
distributions and repayments of capital not recognized as
paid-in for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
liquidation proceeds and proceeds of repurchase or redemption of
shares in excess of the average capital recognized as paid-in
for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
the par value of shares issued by us to a holder of common
shares or an increase of the par value of shares, as the case
may be, to the extent that it does not appear that a
contribution, recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax
purposes, has been made or will be made; and
|
|
|
|
partial repayment of capital, recognized as paid-in for Dutch
dividend withholding tax purposes, if and to the extent that
there are net profits (zuivere winst), unless
(a) the general meeting of our shareholders has resolved in
advance to make such repayment and (b) the par value of the
shares concerned has been reduced by an equal amount by way of
an amendment to our articles of association.
|
If a Non-resident holder of common shares is resident in the
non-European part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands or Aruba or
in a country that has concluded a double taxation treaty with
the Netherlands, such holder may be eligible for a full or
partial relief from the dividend withholding tax, provided such
relief is timely and duly claimed.
Pursuant to domestic rules to avoid dividend stripping, dividend
withholding tax relief will only be available to you if you are
the beneficial owner (uiteindelijk gerechtigde) of
dividends distributed by us. The Dutch tax authorities have
taken the position that this beneficial-ownership test can also
be applied to deny relief from dividend withholding tax under
double tax treaties and the Tax Arrangement for the Kingdom
(Belastingregeling voor het Koninkrijk). If you receive
proceeds from your common shares, you shall not be recognized as
the beneficial owner of such proceeds if, in connection with the
receipt of the proceeds, you have given a consideration, in the
framework of a composite transaction including, without
limitation, the mere acquisition of one or more dividend coupons
or the creation of short-term rights of enjoyment of shares
(kortlopende genotsrechten op aandelen), whereas it may
be presumed that (i) such proceeds in whole or in part,
directly or indirectly, inure to a person who would not have
been entitled to an exemption from, reduction or refund of, or
credit for, dividend withholding tax, or who would have been
entitled to a smaller reduction or refund of, or credit for,
dividend withholding tax than you, the actual recipient of the
proceeds; and (ii) such person acquires or retains,
directly or indirectly, an interest in common shares or similar
instruments, comparable to its interest in common shares prior
to the time the composite transaction was first initiated.
In addition, if you are a Non-resident holder of common shares
that is not an individual, you are entitled to an exemption from
dividend withholding tax, provided that the following tests are
satisfied:
1. you are, according to the tax law of a Member State of
the European Union or a state designated by ministerial decree,
that is a party to the Agreement regarding the European Economic
Area, resident there and you are not transparent for tax
purposes according to the tax law of such state;
2. any one or more of the following threshold conditions
are satisfied:
a. at the time the dividend is distributed by us, you hold
shares representing at least 5% of our nominal paid up
capital; or
b. you have held shares representing at least 5% of our
nominal paid up capital for a continuous period of more than one
year at any time during the four years preceding the time the
dividend is distributed by us, provided that such period ended
after December 31, 2006; or
c. you are connected with us within the meaning of
article 10a, paragraph 4, of the Dutch Corporation Tax
Act 1969 (Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969); or
d. an entity connected with you within the meaning of
article 10a, paragraph 4, of the Dutch Corporation Tax
Act 1969 (Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969) holds at
the time the dividend is distributed by us, shares representing
at least 5% of our nominal paid up capital;
3. you are not considered to be resident outside the Member
States of the European Union or the states designated by
ministerial decree, that are a party to the Agreement regarding
the European Economic Area under the terms of a double taxation
treaty concluded with a third State; and
123
4. you do not perform a similar function as an investment
institution (beleggingsinstelling) as meant by
article 6a or article 28 of the Dutch Corporation Tax
Act 1969 (Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969).
The exemption from dividend withholding tax is not available to
you if you are a Non-resident holder of common shares and
pursuant to a provision for the prevention of fraud or abuse
included in a double taxation treaty between the Netherlands and
your country of residence you would not be entitled to the
reduction of tax on dividends provided for by such treaty.
Furthermore, the exemption from dividend withholding tax will
only be available to you if you are the beneficial owner of
dividends distributed by us. If you are a Non-resident holder of
common shares and you are resident in a Member State of the
European Union with which the Netherlands has concluded a double
taxation treaty that provides for a reduction of tax on
dividends based on the ownership of the number of voting rights,
the test under 2.a. above is also satisfied if such holder owns
5% of the voting rights in us.
The convention of December 18, 1992, between the Kingdom of
the Netherlands and the United States of America for the
Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal
Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income (the U.S./NL
Income Tax Treaty) provides for an exemption for dividends
received by exempt pension trusts and exempt organizations, as
defined therein. In such case, a refund may be obtained of the
difference between the amount withheld and the amount that the
Netherlands was entitled to levy in accordance with the U.S./NL
Income Tax Treaty by filing the appropriate forms with the Dutch
tax authorities within the term set therefor.
If we receive a profit distribution from a qualifying foreign
entity, or a repatriation of qualifying foreign branch profit,
that is exempt from Dutch corporation tax and that has been
subject to a foreign withholding tax of at least 5%, we may be
entitled to a reduction of the amount of Dutch dividend
withholding tax that must be paid to the Dutch tax authorities
in respect of dividends distributed by us. Such reduction is the
lesser of:
|
|
|
|
|
3% of the dividends paid by us in respect of which Dutch
dividend withholding tax is withheld; and
|
|
|
|
3% of the qualifying profit distributions grossed up by the
foreign tax withheld on such distributions received from foreign
subsidiaries and branches prior to the distribution of the
dividend by us during the current calendar year and the two
preceding calendar years (to the extent such distributions have
not been taken into account previously when applying this test).
|
Non-resident holders of common shares are urged to consult their
tax advisers regarding the general creditability or
deductibility of Dutch dividend withholding tax and, in
particular, the impact on such investors of our potential
ability to receive a reduction as described in the previous
paragraph.
See the section Dutch Taxation Taxes on income
and capital gains for a description of the term
Non-resident holder of common shares.
Gift
and inheritance taxes
If you dispose of common shares by way of gift, in form or in
substance, or if you die, no Dutch gift tax or Dutch inheritance
tax, as applicable, will be due, unless:
|
|
|
|
|
you are, or you were, resident or deemed to be resident in the
Netherlands for purposes of Dutch gift tax or Dutch inheritance
tax, as applicable; or
|
|
|
|
you made a gift of common shares, then became a resident or
deemed resident of the Netherlands, and died as a resident or
deemed resident of the Netherlands within 180 days of the
date of the gift.
|
For purposes of the above, a gift of common shares made under a
condition precedent (opschortende voorwaarde) is deemed
to be made at the time the condition precedent is satisfied.
Other
taxes and duties
No Dutch registration tax, transfer tax, stamp duty or any other
similar documentary tax or duty, other than court fees, is
payable in the Netherlands by you in respect of or in connection
with (i) the subscription, issue, placement, allotment,
delivery of common shares, (ii) the delivery
and/or
enforcement by way of legal proceedings (including the
enforcement of any foreign judgment in the courts of the
Netherlands) of the documents relating to the issue of common
shares or the performance by us of our obligations under such
documents, or (iii) the transfer of common shares.
124
United
States Federal Income Taxation
The following discussion is a general summary of the material
U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. holder
(as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our
common shares. You are a U.S. holder only if you are a
beneficial owner of common shares:
|
|
|
|
|
that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (a) a
citizen or individual resident of the United States, (b) a
U.S. domestic corporation or a domestic entity taxable as a
corporation, (c) an estate the income of which is subject
to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source,
or (d) a trust if a court within the United States can
exercise primary supervision over the administration of the
trust and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to
control all substantial decisions of the trust;
|
|
|
|
that owns, directly, indirectly or by attribution, less than 10%
of our voting power or outstanding share capital;
|
|
|
|
that holds the common shares as capital assets;
|
|
|
|
whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax
purposes is the U.S. dollar;
|
|
|
|
that is a resident of the United States and not also a resident
of the Netherlands for purposes of the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty;
|
|
|
|
that is entitled, under the limitation on benefits
provisions contained in the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty, to the
benefits of the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty; and
|
|
|
|
that does not have a permanent establishment or fixed base in
the Netherlands.
|
This summary does not discuss all of the tax consequences that
may be relevant to you in light of your particular
circumstances. Also, it does not address holders that may be
subject to special rules including, but not limited to,
U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt organizations, persons subject
to the alternative minimum tax, banks, securities
broker-dealers, financial institutions, regulated investment
companies, insurance companies, traders in securities who elect
to apply a
mark-to-market
method of accounting, persons holding our common shares as part
of a straddle, hedging or conversion transaction, or persons who
acquired common shares pursuant to the exercise of employee
stock options or otherwise as compensation. Because this is a
general summary, you are advised to consult your own tax advisor
with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and
applicable foreign tax consequences of the ownership and
disposition of our common shares. In addition, you are advised
to consult your own tax advisor concerning whether you are
entitled to benefits under the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty.
If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated
as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes)
holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner generally
will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of
the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership that
holds common shares, you are urged to consult your own tax
advisor regarding the specific tax consequences of the ownership
and the disposition of common shares.
This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code), the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty,
judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements and existing,
temporary and proposed Treasury regulations as of the date of
this
Form 20-F,
all of which are subject to change or changes in interpretation,
possibly with retroactive effect.
Dividends
In general, you must include the gross amount of distributions
paid (including the amount of any Dutch taxes withheld from
those distributions) to you by us with respect to the common
shares in your gross income as foreign-source taxable dividend
income. A dividends-received deduction will not be allowed with
respect to dividends paid by us. The amount of any distribution
paid in foreign currency (including the amount of any Dutch
withholding tax thereon) will be equal to the U.S. dollar
value of the foreign currency on the date of actual or
constructive receipt by you regardless of whether the payment is
in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Gain or
loss, if any, realized on a subsequent sale or other disposition
of such foreign currency will be
U.S.-source
ordinary income or loss. Special rules govern and specific
elections are available to accrual method taxpayers to determine
the U.S. dollar amount includible in income in the case of
taxes withheld in a foreign currency. Accrual basis taxpayers
are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the
requirements and elections applicable in this regard.
Subject to applicable limitations, Dutch taxes withheld from a
distribution paid to you at a rate not exceeding the rate
provided in the U.S./NL Income Tax Treaty will be eligible for
credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability. As
described in Taxation Dutch
Taxation above, under limited circumstances we may be
125
permitted to deduct and retain from the withholding a portion of
the amount that otherwise would be required to be remitted to
the taxing authorities in the Netherlands. If we withhold an
amount from dividends paid to you that we then are not required
to remit to any taxing authority in the Netherlands, the amount
in all likelihood would not qualify as a creditable tax for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. We will endeavor to
provide you with information concerning the extent to which we
have applied the reduction described above to dividends paid to
you. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is
calculated separately with respect to specific classes of
income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with
respect to the common shares generally will constitute
passive category income or in the case of certain
U.S. holders, general category income. The use
of foreign tax credits is subject to complex rules and
limitations. In lieu of a credit, a U.S. holder who
itemizes deductions may elect to deduct all of such
holders foreign taxes in the taxable year. A deduction
does not reduce tax on a
dollar-for-dollar
basis like a credit, but the deduction for foreign taxes is not
subject to the same limitations applicable to foreign tax
credits. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine
whether and to what extent a credit would be available to you.
Certain non-corporate U.S. holders (including individuals)
are eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax
in respect of qualified dividend income received in
taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013. For this
purpose, qualified dividend income generally
includes dividends paid by a
non-U.S. corporation
if, among other things, the U.S. holders meet certain
minimum holding period and other requirements and the
non-U.S. corporation
satisfies certain requirements, including either that
(i) the shares of the
non-U.S. corporation
are readily tradable on an established securities market in the
United States, or (ii) the
non-U.S. corporation
is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax
treaty with the United States (such as the U.S./NL Income Tax
Treaty) which provides for the exchange of information. We
currently believe that dividends paid by us with respect to our
common shares should constitute qualified dividend
income for U.S. federal income tax purposes; however,
this is a factual matter and subject to change. You are urged to
consult your own tax advisor regarding the availability to you
of a reduced dividend tax rate in light of your own particular
situation.
Sale,
Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares
Upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of common shares, you
generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal
to the difference between the amount realized and your tax basis
in the common shares, as determined in U.S. dollars. This
gain or loss generally will be
U.S.-source
gain or loss, and will be treated as long-term capital gain or
loss if you have held the common shares for more than one year.
If you are an individual, capital gains generally will be
subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates if
specified minimum holding periods are met. The deductibility of
capital losses is subject to significant limitations.
Passive
Foreign Investment Company Status
We believe that we should not be classified as a passive foreign
investment company (a PFIC) for U.S. federal
income tax purposes for the year ended December 31, 2010
and we do not expect to become a PFIC in the foreseeable future.
This conclusion is a factual determination that must be made
annually at the close of each taxable year and therefore we can
provide no assurance that we will not be a PFIC in our current
or any future taxable year. If we were to be characterized as a
PFIC for any taxable year, the tax on certain distributions on
our common shares and on any gains realized upon the disposition
of common shares may be materially less favorable than as
described herein. In addition, if we were a PFIC in a taxable
year in which we were to pay dividends or the prior taxable
year, such dividends would not be qualified dividend
income (as described above) and would be taxed at the
higher rates applicable to other items of ordinary income. You
should consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of
the PFIC rules to your ownership of our common shares.
U.S.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Dividend payments with respect to common shares and proceeds
from the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of our
common shares may be subject to information reporting to the
U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) and
possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will
not apply to you, however, if you furnish a correct taxpayer
identification number or certificate of foreign status and make
any other required certification or if you are otherwise exempt
from backup withholding. U.S. persons required to establish
their exempt status generally must provide certification on IRS
Form W-9.
Non-U.S. holders
generally will not be subject to U.S. information reporting
or backup withholding. However, these holders may be required to
provide certification of
non-U.S. status
(generally on
Form W-8BEN)
in connection with payments received in the United States or
through certain
U.S.-related
financial intermediaries. Backup withholding is not an
additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be
credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability,
and you may obtain a refund of any
126
excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by
timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and
furnishing any required information.
Documents
on Display
Any statement in this
Form 20-F
about any of our contracts or other documents is not necessarily
complete. If the contract or document is filed as an exhibit to
this
Form 20-F
the contract or document is deemed to modify the description
contained in this
Form 20-F.
You must review the exhibits themselves for a complete
description of the contract or document.
Our Articles of Association, the minutes of our annual
shareholders meetings, reports of the auditors and other
corporate documentation may be consulted by the shareholders and
any other individual authorized to attend the meetings at our
head office at Schiphol Airport Amsterdam, the Netherlands, at
the registered offices of the Managing Board in Geneva,
Switzerland and at Crédit Agricole-Indosuez, 9, Quai du
Président Paul-Doumer, 92400 Courbevoie, France.
You may review a copy of our filings with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC), including exhibits and schedules filed with
it, at the SECs public reference facilities in
Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information. In addition, the SEC maintains an
Internet site at
http://www.sec.gov
that contains reports and other information regarding issuers
that file electronically with the SEC. These SEC filings are
also available to the public from commercial document retrieval
services.
WE ARE REQUIRED TO FILE REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION WITH THE
SEC UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. REPORTS AND OTHER
INFORMATION FILED BY U.S. WITH THE SEC MAY BE INSPECTED AND
COPIED AT THE SECS PUBLIC REFERENCE FACILITIES DESCRIBED
ABOVE OR THROUGH THE INTERNET AT HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV. AS A
FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER, WE ARE EXEMPT FROM THE RULES UNDER
THE EXCHANGE ACT PRESCRIBING THE FURNISHING AND CONTENT OF PROXY
STATEMENTS AND OUR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS ARE EXEMPT FROM THE REPORTING AND SHORT- SWING
PROFIT RECOVERY PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN SECTION 16 OF THE
EXCHANGE ACT. UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT, AS A FOREIGN PRIVATE
ISSUER, WE ARE NOT REQUIRED TO PUBLISH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS
FREQUENTLY OR AS PROMPTLY AS UNITED STATES COMPANIES.
In addition, material filed by us with the SEC can be inspected
at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 20 Broad
Street, New York, NY 10005 and at the offices of The Bank of New
York Mellon, as New York Share Registrar, at 101 Barclay Street,
New York, NY 10286 (telephone: 1-888-269-2377).
|
|
Item 11.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
We are exposed to changes in financial market conditions in the
normal course of business due to our operations in different
foreign currencies and our ongoing investing and financing
activities. Market risk is the uncertainty to which future
earnings or asset/liability values are exposed due to operating
cash flows denominated in foreign currencies and various
financial instruments used in the normal course of operations.
The major financial risks to which we are exposed are related to
the fluctuations of the U.S. dollar exchange rate compared
to the Euro and the other major currencies, the coverage of our
foreign currency exposures, the variation of the interest rates
and the risks associated to the investments of our available
cash. We have established policies, procedures and internal
processes governing our management of market risks and the use
of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.
Our interest income (expense), net, as reported on our
consolidated statements of income, is the balance between
interest income received from our cash and cash equivalent and
marketable securities investments and interest expense paid on
our long-term debt. Our interest income (expense) is dependent
on the fluctuations in the interest rates, mainly in the
U.S. dollar and the Euro, since we are investing on a
short-term basis; any increase or decrease in the short-term
market interest rates would mean an equivalent increase or
decrease in our interest income. See Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects Impact
of Changes in Interest Rates.
We place our cash and cash equivalents, or a part of it, with
high credit quality financial institutions with at least single
A long-term rating from two of the major rating
agencies, meaning at least A3 from Moodys Investor Service
and A- from Standard & Poors or Fitch Ratings,
invested as term deposits, treasury bills and FRN marketable
securities and, as such we are exposed to the fluctuations of
the market interest rates on our placement and our cash, which
can have an impact on our accounts. We manage the credit risks
associated with financial instruments through credit approvals,
investment limits and centralized monitoring procedures but do
not normally
127
require collateral or other security from the parties to the
financial instruments. The government bonds have a value of
$563 million and the FRN have a value of $328 million.
They are classified as
available-for-sale
and are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value
recognized as a separate component of Accumulated other
comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of
changes in shareholders equity except if deemed to be
other-than temporary. For that reason, as at December 31,
2010, after recent economic events and given our exposure to
Lehman Brothers senior unsecured bonds for a purchase
price of nearly 15 million, we had an
other-than-temporary
charge of $11 million, recorded in 2008, which represents
50% of the face value of these Floating Rate Notes, according to
our best judgment. The change in fair value of these instruments
(excluding Lehman Brothers FRN) amounted to approximately
$5 million before tax for the year ended December 31,
2010. The estimated value of these securities could further
decrease in the future as a result of credit market
deterioration
and/or other
downgrading.
As of December 31, 2010, we had ARS, purchased by Credit
Suisse contrary to our instruction, representing interests in
collateralized obligations and credit linked notes, with a par
value of $261 million that were carried on our balance
sheet as
available-for-sale
financial assets at an amount of $72 million, including a
favorable revaluation of $45 million through Other
comprehensive income in our Total Equity. See Item 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Liquidity and Capital Resources. In December 2009, Credit
Suisse, because of its contingent interest in certain securities
held by us and issued by Deutsche Bank, requested that we either
tender the securities or accept that the amount that would be
received by us pursuant to such tender ($75 million) be
deducted from the sum to be collected by us if and when the
FINRA award is confirmed and enforced. See Item 8.
Financial Information Legal Proceedings.
Pursuant to legal advice, and while reserving our legal rights,
we participated in the tender offer. As a result, we sold ARS
with a face value of $154 million, collected
$75 million and registered $68 million as realized
losses on Financial Assets. Through such action, we have
endeavored to protect our rights to immediately recover the full
amounts awarded to us pursuant to the FINRA award, upon
confirmation and enforcement of such award by the United States
District Court for the Southern District of New York.
We do not anticipate any material adverse effect on our
financial position, result of operations or cash flows resulting
from the use of our instruments in the future. There can be no
assurance that these strategies will be effective or that
transaction losses can be minimized or forecasted accurately.
The information below summarizes our market risks associated
with cash equivalents, marketable securities, debt obligations,
and other significant financial instruments as of
December 31, 2010. The information below should be read in
conjunction with Note 25 to our Consolidated Financial
Statements.
The table below presents principal amounts and related
weighted-average interest rates by year of maturity for our
investment portfolio and debt obligations (in millions of
U.S. dollars, except percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,892
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
0.28
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current marketable securities
|
|
$
|
891
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
891
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
0.43
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non current marketable securities
|
|
$
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
2.95
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term deposit
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
0.76
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt:
|
|
$
|
1,695
|
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
1,685
|
|
Average interest rate
|
|
|
1.15
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts in
|
|
|
|
Millions of
|
|
|
|
U.S. Dollars
|
|
|
Long-term debt by currency as of December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. dollar
|
|
|
1,113
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
582
|
|
Total in U.S. dollars
|
|
|
1,695
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts in
|
|
|
|
Millions of
|
|
|
|
U.S. Dollars
|
|
|
Long-term debt by currency as of December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. dollar
|
|
|
1,666
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total in U.S. dollars
|
|
|
2,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides information about our FX forward
contracts and FX currency options at December 31, 2010 (in
millions of U.S. dollars):
FORWARD
CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional Amount
|
|
|
Average Rate
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Buy
|
|
EUR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
2,067
|
|
|
|
1.32
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
EUR
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
1.34
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
JPY
|
|
Sell
|
|
EUR
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
109.70
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
INR
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
46.01
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
JPY
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
83.81
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Buy
|
|
JPY
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
82.07
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
SGD
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
1.30
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Buy
|
|
MYR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
3.10
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
GBP
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
1.55
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
GBP
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
1.55
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
SEK
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
7.03
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
SEK
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
6.73
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
CZK
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
18.72
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
CHF
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
0.95
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
CHF
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
0.96
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
CNY
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
6.62
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
CNY
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
6.67
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
TWD
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
30.40
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
PHP
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
44.24
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
NOK
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5.95
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129
The following table provides information about our FX forward
contracts and FX currency options at December 31, 2009 (in
millions of U.S. dollars):
FORWARD
CONTRACTS AND CURRENCY OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional Amount
|
|
|
Average Rate
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Buy
|
|
EUR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1,669
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
CAD
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
JPY
|
|
Sell
|
|
EUR
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
131.7
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
INR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
46.9
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
JPY
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
90.5
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
JPY
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
92.1
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
SGD
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
MYR
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
GBP
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
GBP
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
SEK
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
SEK
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
CZK
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
CHF
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
CHF
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
CNY
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
TWD
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
32.3
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
PHP
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
46.2
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
NOK
|
|
Sell
|
|
USD
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Buy
|
|
USD
|
|
Sell
|
|
NOK
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 12.
|
Description
of Securities Other than Equity Securities
|
We sell ordinary shares in the United States that are evidenced
by American registered certificates (New York
Shares). In connection therewith, a holder of our New York
Shares may have to pay, either directly or indirectly, certain
fees and charges, as described in Item 12D.3. In addition,
we receive fees and other direct and indirect payments from our
New York agent, Bank of New York Mellon (BNY Mellon
or New York Agent), that are related to our New York
Shares, as described in Item 12D.4.
12.D.3
Fees and Charges that a holder of our New York Shares May
Have to Pay
BNY Mellon collects fees for the delivery and surrender of New
York Shares directly from investors depositing or surrendering
New York Shares for the purpose of withdrawal or from
intermediaries acting for them. BNY Mellon does not have the
right to assess cash distribution fees or annual service fees on
holders of our New York Shares.
Persons depositing or withdrawing our New York Shares must pay
to BNY Mellon:
|
|
|
|
|
$5.00 (or less) per 100 New York Shares (or portion of 100 New
York Shares) for the issuance of New York Shares, including
issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or
other property, and cancellation of New York Shares for the
purpose of withdrawal, including if the New York Share agreement
terminates;
|
|
|
|
Taxes and other governmental charges BNY Mellon or the custodian
have to pay on any New York Shares or share underlying a New
York Share, such as stock transfer, stamp duty or withholding
taxes, as necessary; and
|
|
|
|
Any charges incurred by the New York Agent or its agents for
servicing the deposited securities, as necessary.
|
12D.4
Fees and Other Payments Made by the New York Agent to
Us
In 2010, a total of $1,040,617 was paid by BNY Mellon to us or
on our behalf for our New York Share program. Specifically, the
following types of fees were paid: our NYSE annual listing fees;
investor relations fees paid to third party vendors; BNY Mellon
custodian fees, standard
out-of-pocket
maintenance costs paid to vendors for the New York Shares
(primarily consisting of expenses related to our Annual General
Meeting, such as those for the production and distribution of
proxy materials, customization of voting cards and tabulation of
shareholder votes) and other expenses related to Sarbanes-Oxley
compliance.
130
PART II
|
|
Item 13.
|
Defaults,
Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
|
None.
|
|
Item 14.
|
Material
Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of
Proceeds
|
None.
|
|
Item 15.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design
and operation of our disclosure controls and
procedures (Disclosure Controls) as of the end of the
period covered by this
Form 20-F.
The controls evaluation was conducted under the supervision and
with the participation of management, including our CEO and CFO.
Disclosure Controls are controls and procedures designed to
reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in
our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this
Form 20-F,
is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the SECs rules and forms. Disclosure
Controls are also designed to reasonably assure that such
information is accumulated and communicated to our management,
including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure. Our quarterly
evaluation of Disclosure Controls includes an evaluation of some
components of our internal control over financial reporting, and
internal control over financial reporting is also separately
evaluated on an annual basis.
The evaluation of our Disclosure Controls included a review of
the controls objectives and design, our implementation of
the controls and their effect on the information generated for
use in this
Form 20-F.
In the course of the controls evaluation, we reviewed identified
data errors, control problems or acts of fraud and sought to
confirm that appropriate corrective actions, including process
improvements, were being undertaken. This type of evaluation is
performed at least on a quarterly basis so that the conclusions
of management, including the CEO and CFO, concerning the
effectiveness of the Disclosure Controls can be reported in our
periodic reports on
Form 6-K
and
Form 20-F.
The components of our Disclosure Controls are also evaluated on
an ongoing basis by our Internal Audit Department, which, as of
December 2010, reports directly to the Audit Committee. The
overall goals of these various evaluation activities are to
monitor our Disclosure Controls, and to modify them as
necessary. Our intent is to maintain the Disclosure Controls as
dynamic systems that change as conditions warrant.
We rely on ST-Ericssons CEO and CFO certification of
internal control at ST-Ericsson and their affiliates that are an
integral part of our Consolidated Financial Statements but act
as independent companies under the
50-50%
governance structure of their two parents.
Based upon the controls evaluation, our CEO and CFO have
concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this
Form 20-F,
our Disclosure Controls were effective to provide reasonable
assurance that information required to be disclosed in our
Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and
reported within the time periods specified by the SEC, and that
material information related to STMicroelectronics and its
consolidated subsidiaries is made known to management, including
the CEO and CFO, particularly during the period when our
periodic reports are being prepared.
Other
Reviews
We have sent this
Form 20-F
to our Audit Committee and Supervisory Board, which had an
opportunity to raise questions with our management and
independent auditors before we filed it with the SEC.
Managements
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles.
Internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of
131
unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, the end
of our fiscal year. Management based its assessment on criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO). Managements
assessment included evaluation of such elements as the design
and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls,
process documentation, accounting policies and our overall
control environment. Based on this assessment management
concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, our internal
control over financial reporting was effective.
The effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 has been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers SA, an independent registered
public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears
in Item 18 of this
Form 20-F.
Attestation
Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
Please see the Report of Independent Registered Accounting
Firm included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the period covered by the
Form 20-F
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial
reporting. During 2009, our wireless business merged with EMP
into a new JV Company owned 50% plus + 1 share by us and
governed by a Board of Directors comprised of eight members,
half designated by us and half by Ericsson. The design and
operation of ST-Ericssons internal control is under the
responsibility of ST-Ericssons CEO and CFO, on whose
certification we rely.
|
|
Item 16A.
|
Audit
Committee Financial Expert
|
Our Supervisory Board has concluded that Tom de Waard, a member
of our Audit Committee, qualified as an audit committee
financial expert as defined in Item 16A and is
independent as defined in the listing standards applicable to us
as a listed issuer as required by Item 16A(2) of
Form 20-F.
Policy on
Business Conduct and Ethics
Since 1987, we have had a corporate policy on Business Conduct
and Ethics (the Ethics Policy) for all of our
employees, including our chief executive officer and chief
financial officer. We have adapted this Ethics Policy to reflect
recent regulatory changes. The Ethics Policy is designed to
promote honest and ethical business conduct, to deter wrongdoing
and to provide principles to which our employees are expected to
adhere and which they are expected to advocate.
The Ethics Policy provides that if any officer to whom it
applies acts in contravention of its principles, we will take
appropriate steps in terms of the procedures in place for fair
disciplinary action. This action may, in cases of severe
breaches, include dismissal.
Our Ethics Policy on Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on
our internet website at
http://www.st.com.
There have been no amendments or waivers, express or implicit,
to our Ethics Policy since its inception.
|
|
Item 16C.
|
Principal
Accountant Fees and Services
|
PricewaterhouseCoopers SA has served as our independent
registered public accounting firm since 1996. The auditors are
elected by the shareholders meeting once every three
years. PricewaterhouseCoopers was reelected for a one-year term
by our May 25, 2010 shareholders meeting, which
will expire at our shareholders meeting in 2011. Our
Supervisory Board has decided to propose for re-election
PricewaterhouseCoopers for an additional three-year term at the
annual shareholders meeting to be held on May 3, 2011.
132
The following table presents the aggregate fees for professional
audit services and other services rendered by
PricewaterhouseCoopers SA to us in 2009 and 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
2010(1)
|
|
|
Total Fees
|
|
|
2009(1)
|
|
|
Total Fees
|
|
|
Audit Fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statutory audit, certification, audit of individual and
Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
$
|
7,571,718
|
|
|
|
99
|
%
|
|
$
|
7,494,914
|
|
|
|
98
|
%
|
Audit-related fees
|
|
|
24,590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155,867
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Non-audit Fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax compliance fees
|
|
|
74,728
|
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
3,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
7,671,036
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
7,654,614
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
These figures include the fees paid for the audit of ST-Ericsson. |
Audit Fees consist of fees billed for the annual audit of our
companys Consolidated Financial Statements, the statutory
audit of the financial statements of the Companys
subsidiaries and consultations on complex accounting issues
relating to the annual audit. Audit Fees also include services
that only our independent auditor can reasonably provide, such
as comfort letters and carve-out audits in connection with
strategic transactions, certain regulatory-required attest and
certifications letters, consents and the review of documents
filed with U.S., French and Italian stock exchanges.
Audit-related services are assurance and related fees consisting
of the audit of employee benefit plans, due diligence services
related to acquisitions and certain
agreed-upon
procedures.
Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services,
including the preparation of original and amended tax returns
and claims for refund; tax consultations, such as assistance in
connection with tax audits and expatriate tax compliance.
Audit
Committee Pre-approval Policies and Procedures
Our Audit Committee is responsible for selecting the independent
registered public accounting firm to be employed by us to audit
our financial statements, subject to ratification by the
Supervisory Board and approval by our shareholders for
appointment. Our Audit Committee also assumes responsibility (in
accordance with Dutch law) for the retention, compensation,
oversight and termination of any independent auditor employed by
us. We adopted a policy (the Policy), which was
approved in advance by our Audit Committee, for the pre-approval
of audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our
independent auditors (PricewaterhouseCoopers). The Policy
defines those audit-related services eligible to be approved by
the Audit Committee.
All engagements with the external auditors, regardless of
amount, must be authorized in advance by our Audit Committee,
pursuant to the Policy and its pre-approval authorization or
otherwise.
The independent auditors submit a proposal for audit-related
services to our Audit Committee on a quarterly basis in order to
obtain prior authorization for the amount and scope of the
services. The independent auditors must state in the proposal
that none of the proposed services affect their independence.
The proposal must be endorsed by the office of our CFO with an
explanation of why the service is needed and the reason for
sourcing it to the audit firm and validation of the amount of
fees requested.
We do not intend to retain our independent auditors for
permissible non-audit services other than by exception and
within a limited amount of fees, and the Policy provides that
such services must be explicitly authorized by the Audit
Committee.
The Corporate Audit Vice President is responsible for monitoring
that the actual fees are complying with the pre-approval amount
and scope authorized by the Audit Committee. During 2010, all
services provided to us by PricewaterhouseCoopers were approved
by the Audit Committee pursuant to paragraph (c)(7)(i) of
Rule 2-01
of
Regulation S-X.
|
|
Item 16D.
|
Exemptions
from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
|
Not applicable.
133
|
|
Item 16E.
|
Purchases
of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated
Purchasers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
of Securities that
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
|
Securities Purchased
|
|
May yet be
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
Average Price Paid
|
|
as Part of Publicly
|
|
Purchased Under
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
per Security
|
|
Announced Programs
|
|
the Programs
|
|
2010-01-01
to 2010-01-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,985,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-01
to 2010-02-28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,967,820
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-01
to 2010-03-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,936,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-01
to 2010-04-30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,772,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-01
to 2010-05-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,488,726
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-06-01
to 2010-06-30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,087,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-07-01
to 2010-07-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,754,621
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-01
to 2010-08-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,754,621
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-09-01
to 2010-09-30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,752,168
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-10-01
to 2010-10-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,741,217
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-11-01
to 2010-11-30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,736,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-01
to 2010-12-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,734,002
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010 we held 28,734,002 of our common
shares in treasury pursuant to repurchases made in prior years,
and we currently hold 28,716,906 of such shares. We did not
repurchase our common shares in 2010 and we have not announced
any additional repurchase programs.
|
|
Item 16F.
|
Change
in Registrants Certifying Accountant
|
Not applicable.
|
|
Item 16G.
|
Corporate
Governance
|
Our consistent commitment to the principles of good corporate
governance is evidenced by:
|
|
|
|
|
Our corporate organization under Dutch law that entrusts our
management to a Managing Board acting under the supervision and
control of a Supervisory Board totally independent from the
Managing Board. Members of our Managing Board and of our
Supervisory Board are appointed and dismissed by our
shareholders.
|
|
|
|
Our early adoption of policies on important issues such as
business ethics and conflicts of
interest and strict policies to comply with applicable
regulatory requirements concerning financial reporting, insider
trading and public disclosures.
|
|
|
|
Our compliance with Dutch securities laws, because we are a
company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, as well
as our compliance with American, French and Italian securities
laws, because our shares are listed in these jurisdictions, in
addition to our compliance with the corporate, social and
financial laws applicable to our subsidiaries in the countries
in which we do business.
|
|
|
|
Our broad-based activities in the field of corporate social
responsibility, encompassing environmental, social, health,
safety, educational and other related issues.
|
|
|
|
Our implementation of a non-compliance reporting channel
(managed by a third party) for issues regarding accounting,
internal controls or auditing. A special ombudsperson has been
appointed by our Supervisory Board, following the proposal of
its Audit Committee, to collect all complaints, whatever their
source, regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or
auditing matters, as well as the confidential, anonymous
submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable
accounting or auditing matters.
|
|
|
|
Our Principles of Sustainable Excellence (PSE),
which require us to integrate and execute all of our business
activities, focusing on our employees, customers, shareholders
and global business partners;
|
|
|
|
Our Ethics Committee, whose mandate is to provide advice to
management and employees about our PSE and other ethical issues;
|
|
|
|
Our Chief Compliance Officer, who reports directly to the Chief
Administrative Office as of October 2010, acts as Executive
Secretary to our Supervisory Board and chairs our Ethics
Committee; and
|
|
|
|
Our Head of Internal Audit, who reports directly to our Audit
Committee.
|
134
As a Dutch company, we are subject to the Dutch Corporate
Governance Code as revised by the Dutch Corporate Governance
Monitoring Committee on December 10, 2008. As we are listed
on the NYSE, Euronext Paris, the Borsa Italiana in Milan, but
not in the Netherlands, our policies and practices cannot be in
every respect consistent with all Dutch Best
Practice recommendations. We have summarized our policies
and practices in the field of corporate governance in the ST
Corporate Governance Charter, including our corporate
organization, the remuneration principles which apply to our
Managing and Supervisory Boards, our information policy and our
corporate policies relating to business ethics and conflicts of
interests, which was approved by our shareholders at our 2004
annual shareholders meeting. We are committed to informing
our shareholders of any significant changes in our corporate
governance policies and practices at our annual
shareholders meeting. Along with our Supervisory Board
Charter (which includes the charters of our Supervisory Board
Committees) and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, the
current version of our ST Corporate Governance Charter is posted
on our website, at
http:/www.st.com/stonline/company/governance/index.htm, and
these documents are available in print to any shareholder who
may request them.
Our Supervisory Board is carefully selected based upon the
combined experience and expertise of its members. Certain of our
Supervisory Board members, as disclosed in their biographies set
forth above, have existing relationships or past relationships
with Areva, CEA and the Italian Ministry of the Economy and
Finance, who are currently parties to the STH Shareholders
Agreement as well as with ST Holding or ST Holding II, our major
shareholder or with other parties that are among our suppliers,
customers or technology partners. See Item 7. Major
Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Shareholders Agreements STH Shareholders
Agreement. See also Item 3. Key
Information Risk Factors Risks Related
to Our Operations The interests of our controlling
shareholders, which are in turn controlled respectively by the
French and Italian governments, may conflict with
investors interests. Such relationships may give
rise to potential conflicts of interest. However, in fulfilling
their duties under Dutch law, Supervisory Board members serve
the best interests of all of our stakeholders and of our
business and must act independently in their supervision of our
management. Our Supervisory Board has adopted criteria to assess
the independence of its members in accordance with corporate
governance listing standards of the NYSE.
Our Supervisory Board has on various occasions discussed Dutch
corporate governance standards, the implementing rules and
corporate governance standards of the SEC and of the NYSE, as
well as other corporate governance standards.
The Supervisory Board has determined, based on the evaluations
by an ad hoc committee, the following independence criteria for
its members: Supervisory Board members must not have any
material relationship with STMicroelectronics N.V., or any of
our consolidated subsidiaries, or our management. A
material relationship can include commercial,
industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable
and familial relationships, among others, but does not include a
relationship with direct or indirect shareholders.
We believe we are fully compliant with all material NYSE
corporate governance standards, to the extent possible for a
Dutch company listed on Euronext Paris, Borsa Italiana, as well
as the NYSE. Because we are a Dutch company, the Audit Committee
is an advisory committee to the Supervisory Board, which reports
to the Supervisory Board, and our shareholders must approve the
selection of our statutory auditors. Our Audit Committee has
established a charter outlining its duties and responsibilities
with respect to the monitoring of our accounting, auditing,
financial reporting and the appointment, retention and oversight
of our external auditors. In addition, our Audit Committee has
established procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment
of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls
or auditing matters, and the confidential anonymous submission
by our employees regarding questionable accounting or auditing
matters.
No member of the Supervisory Board or Managing Board has been
(i) subject to any convictions in relation to fraudulent
offenses during the five years preceding the date of this
Form 20-F,
(ii) no member has been associated with any company in
bankruptcy, receivership or liquidation in the capacity of
member of the administrative, management or supervisory body,
partner with unlimited liability, founder or senior manager in
the five years preceding the date of this
Form 20-F
or (iii) subject to any official public incrimination
and/or
sanction by statutory or regulatory authorities (including
professional bodies) or disqualified by a court from acting as a
member of the administrative, management or supervisory bodies
of any issuer or from acting in the management or conduct of the
affairs of any issuer during the five years preceding the date
of this
Form 20-F.
We have demonstrated a consistent commitment to the principles
of good corporate governance evidenced by our early adoption of
policies on important issues such as conflicts of
interest. Pursuant to our Supervisory Board Charter, the
Supervisory Board is responsible for handling and deciding on
potential reported conflicts of interests between the Company on
the one hand and members of the Supervisory Board and Managing
Board on the other hand.
135
For example, one of the members of our Supervisory Board is
managing director of Areva SA, which is a controlled subsidiary
of CEA, one of the members of our Supervisory Board is a member
of the Board of Directors of Technicolor (formerly known as
Thomson), another is the non-executive Chairman of the Board of
Directors of ARM, two of our Supervisory Board members are
non-executive directors of Soitec, two of the members of the
Supervisory Board are also members of the Supervisory Board of
BESI and one of the members of our Supervisory Board is a
director of Oracle Corporation and Flextronics International.
France Telecom and its subsidiaries Equant and Orange, as well
as Oracles new subsidiary PeopleSoft supply certain
services to our Company. We have a long-term joint R&D
partnership agreement with LETI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of
CEA. We have certain licensing agreements with ARM, and have
conducted transactions with Soitec and BESI as well as with
Technicolor and Flextronics. Each of the aforementioned
arrangements and transactions are negotiated without the
personal involvement of our Supervisory Board members and we
believe that they are made on an arms-length basis in line
with market practices and conditions. Please see
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party
Transactions.
136
PART III
|
|
Item 17.
|
Financial
Statements
|
Not applicable.
|
|
Item 18.
|
Financial
Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Financial Statements:
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for
Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2010 and 2009
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
Financial Statement Schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
For each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying
Accounts
|
|
|
S-1
|
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Amended and Related Articles of Associations of
STMicroelectronics N.V., dated May 20, 2009, as adopted by the
annual general meeting of Shareholders on May 20, 2009
(incorporated by reference from Form 20-F of STMicroelectronics
N.V. filed on May 13, 2009).
|
8.1
|
|
Subsidiaries and Equity Investments of the Company .
|
12.1
|
|
Certification of Carlo Bozotti, President and Chief Executive
Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to Section 302 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
12.2
|
|
Certification of Carlo Ferro, Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
13.1
|
|
Certification of Carlo Bozotti, President and Chief Executive
Officer of STMicroelectronics N.V., and Carlo Ferro, Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of STMicroelectronics
N.V., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted by
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
15.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
|
101
|
|
Interactive Data File
|
137
CERTAIN
TERMS
|
|
|
ADSL |
|
Asymmetrical digital subscriber line |
|
ASD |
|
application-specific discrete technology |
|
ASIC |
|
application-specific integrated circuit |
|
ASSP |
|
application-specific standard product |
|
BCD |
|
bipolar, CMOS and DMOS process technology |
|
BiCMOS |
|
bipolar and CMOS process technology |
|
CAD |
|
computer aided design |
|
CMOS |
|
complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor |
|
CODEC |
|
audio coding and decoding functions |
|
CPE |
|
customer premises equipment |
|
DMOS |
|
diffused metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor |
|
DRAMs |
|
dynamic random access memory |
|
DSL |
|
digital subscriber line |
|
DSP |
|
digital signal processor |
|
EMAS |
|
Eco-Management and Audit Scheme, the voluntary European
Community scheme for companies performing industrial activities
for the evaluation and improvement of environmental performance |
|
EEPROM |
|
electrically erasable programmable read-only memory |
|
EPROM |
|
erasable programmable read-only memory |
|
EWS |
|
electrical wafer sorting |
|
G-bit |
|
gigabit |
|
GPRS |
|
global packet radio service |
|
GPS |
|
global positioning system |
|
GSM |
|
global system for mobile communications |
|
GSM/GPRS |
|
European standard for mobile phones |
|
HCMOS |
|
high-speed complementary metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor |
|
IC |
|
integrated circuit |
|
IGBT |
|
insulated gate bipolar transistors |
|
IP |
|
intellectual property |
|
IPAD |
|
integrated passive and active devices |
|
ISO |
|
International Organization for Standardization |
|
K-bit |
|
kilobit |
|
LAN |
|
local area network |
|
M-bit |
|
megabit |
|
MEMS |
|
micro-electro-mechanical system |
|
MOS |
|
metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor process technology |
|
MOSFET |
|
metal-on silicon oxide semiconductor field effect transistor |
|
MPEG |
|
motion picture experts group |
|
NFC |
|
near field communication |
138
|
|
|
ODM |
|
original design manufacturer |
|
OEM |
|
original equipment manufacturer |
|
OTP |
|
one-time programmable |
|
PDA |
|
personal digital assistant |
|
PFC |
|
power factor corrector |
|
PROM |
|
programmable read-only memory |
|
PSM |
|
programmable system memories |
|
RAM |
|
random access memory |
|
RF |
|
radio frequency |
|
RISC |
|
reduced instruction set computing |
|
ROM |
|
read-only memory |
|
SAM |
|
serviceable available market |
|
SCR |
|
silicon controlled rectifier |
|
SiP |
|
system-in-package |
|
SLIC |
|
subscriber line interface card |
|
SMPS |
|
switch-mode power supply |
|
SoC |
|
system-on-chip |
|
SOI |
|
silicon on insulator |
|
SPEArtm |
|
structured processor enhanced architecture |
|
SRAM |
|
static random access memory |
|
SNVM |
|
serial nonvolatile memories |
|
TAM |
|
total available market |
|
USB |
|
universal serial bus |
|
VIPpowertm |
|
vertical integration power |
|
VLSI |
|
very large scale integration |
|
XDSL |
|
digital subscriber line |
139
SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on
Form 20-F
and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to
sign this annual report on its behalf.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 7, 2011
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Carlo
Bozotti
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carlo Bozotti
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
140
CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Index to
Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Financial Statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
Financial Statement Schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-1
|
|
F-1
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Supervisory Board and Shareholders of STMicroelectronics
N.V.:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements of
STMicroelectronics N.V. listed in the index appearing under
Item 18 of this 2010 Annual Report to Shareholders on
Form 20-F
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of STMicroelectronics N.V. and its subsidiaries at
December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the
financial statement schedule of STMicroelectronics N.V. listed
in the index appearing under Item 18 presents fairly, in
all material respects, the information set forth therein when
read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial
statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The
Companys management is responsible for these financial
statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining
effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting, included in Managements Report
on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, appearing
under Item 15 of this 2010 Annual Report to Shareholders on
Form 20-F.
Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial
statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the
Companys internal control over financial reporting based
on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance
with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement and
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial
statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing
and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of
internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also
included performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
PricewaterhouseCoopers SA
|
|
|
/s/ Travis Randolph
|
|
/s/ Felix Roth
|
|
|
|
Travis Randolph
|
|
Felix Roth
|
Geneva, Switzerland
March 7, 2011
F-2
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
In million of U.S. dollars except per share amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
10,262
|
|
|
|
8,465
|
|
|
|
9,792
|
|
Other revenues
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
10,346
|
|
|
|
8,510
|
|
|
|
9,842
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
(6,331
|
)
|
|
|
(5,884
|
)
|
|
|
(6,282
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,015
|
|
|
|
2,626
|
|
|
|
3,560
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
(1,175
|
)
|
|
|
(1,159
|
)
|
|
|
(1,187
|
)
|
Research and development
|
|
|
(2,350
|
)
|
|
|
(2,365
|
)
|
|
|
(2,152
|
)
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure costs
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
(291
|
)
|
|
|
(481
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
|
(1,023
|
)
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge and realized losses on financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Loss on equity investments and gain on investment divestiture
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
(337
|
)
|
|
|
(553
|
)
|
Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling
interest
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
|
(1,496
|
)
|
|
|
(823
|
)
|
Income tax (expense) benefit
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
|
(1,401
|
)
|
|
|
(780
|
)
|
Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
270
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to parent company
|
|
|
830
|
|
|
|
(1,131
|
)
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share (Basic) attributable to parent
company shareholders
|
|
|
0.94
|
|
|
|
(1.29
|
)
|
|
|
(0.88
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share (Diluted) attributable to parent
company shareholders
|
|
|
0.92
|
|
|
|
(1.29
|
)
|
|
|
(0.88
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited
consolidated financial statements
F-3
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
In million of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
1,892
|
|
|
|
1,588
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term deposits
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketable securities
|
|
|
1,052
|
|
|
|
1,032
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
|
|
1,367
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
1,497
|
|
|
|
1,275
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
298
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Other receivables and assets
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
6,600
|
|
|
|
6,344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,054
|
|
|
|
1,071
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
819
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
4,046
|
|
|
|
4,081
|
|
Long-term deferred tax assets
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
333
|
|
Equity investments
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
273
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
Non-current marketable securities
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Other investments and other non-current assets
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,749
|
|
|
|
7,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
13,349
|
|
|
|
13,655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
|
176
|
|
Trade accounts payable
|
|
|
1,233
|
|
|
|
883
|
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
1,004
|
|
|
|
1,049
|
|
Dividends payable to shareholders
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Accrued income tax
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
3,122
|
|
|
|
2,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
2,316
|
|
Reserve for pension and termination indemnities
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
317
|
|
Long-term deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,730
|
|
|
|
3,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
4,852
|
|
|
|
5,292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitment and contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent company shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock (preferred stock: 540,000,000 shares authorized,
not issued; common stock: Euro 1.04 nominal value,
1,200,000,000 shares authorized, 910,420,305 shares
issued, 881,686,303 shares outstanding)
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
Capital surplus
|
|
|
2,515
|
|
|
|
2,481
|
|
Accumulated result
|
|
|
3,241
|
|
|
|
2,723
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
979
|
|
|
|
1,164
|
|
Treasury stock
|
|
|
(304
|
)
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total parent company shareholders equity
|
|
|
7,587
|
|
|
|
7,147
|
|
Noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
1,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
8,497
|
|
|
|
8,363
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
|
13,349
|
|
|
|
13,655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited
consolidated financial statements
F-4
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
In million of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Noncontrolling
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Surplus
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Result
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Interests
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
2,097
|
|
|
|
(274
|
)
|
|
|
5,274
|
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
9,626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(313
|
)
|
Issuance of shares by subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
398
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(780
|
)
|
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
|
|
(245
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,025
|
)
|
Dividends, $0.36 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(319
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(329
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
2,324
|
|
|
|
(482
|
)
|
|
|
4,064
|
|
|
|
1,094
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
8,432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of equity from noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(211
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
Business combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,411
|
|
|
|
1,411
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,131
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(270
|
)
|
|
|
(1,401
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,316
|
)
|
Dividends, $0.12 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
2,481
|
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
2,723
|
|
|
|
1,164
|
|
|
|
1,216
|
|
|
|
8,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(288
|
)
|
|
|
542
|
|
Equity Investment divestiture
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(196
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
354
|
|
Dividends, $0.28 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(254
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
2,515
|
|
|
|
(304
|
)
|
|
|
3,241
|
|
|
|
979
|
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
8,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited
consolidated financial statements
F-5
STMicroelectronics
N.V.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
In million of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
|
(1,401
|
)
|
|
|
(780
|
)
|
Items to reconcile net income (loss) and cash flows from
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
|
|
1,367
|
|
|
|
1,366
|
|
Amortization of discount on convertible debt
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge and realized losses on financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
Loss (gain) on financial instruments, net
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Non-cash stock-based compensation
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
Other non-cash items
|
|
|
(122
|
)
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
83
|
|
Deferred income tax
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
Loss on equity investments and gain on investment
divestiture
|
|
|
(245
|
)
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs, net of cash payments
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
371
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables, net
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
(300
|
)
|
|
|
565
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
(252
|
)
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
(299
|
)
|
Trade payables
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
Other assets and liabilities, net
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
|
1,794
|
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
|
1,722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment for purchase of tangible assets
|
|
|
(1,034
|
)
|
|
|
(451
|
)
|
|
|
(983
|
)
|
Payment for purchase of marketable securities
|
|
|
(1,100
|
)
|
|
|
(1,730
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities
|
|
|
1,219
|
|
|
|
1,371
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
Proceeds from sale of non current marketable securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposal of financial instrument
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment in short-term deposits
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Release of restricted cash
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment in intangible and financial assets
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
Net proceeds from sale of stock received on investment
divestiture
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received in business combinations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment for business acquisitions, net of cash and cash
equivalents acquired
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(1,694
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(526
|
)
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
(2,417
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from long-term debt
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
663
|
|
Proceeds from short term borrowings
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of issued debt
|
|
|
(508
|
)
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of long-term debt
|
|
|
(218
|
)
|
|
|
(134
|
)
|
|
|
(187
|
)
|
Increase (decrease) in short-term facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
20
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(313
|
)
|
Dividends paid to shareholders
|
|
|
(212
|
)
|
|
|
(158
|
)
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
Purchase of equity from noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other financing activities
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(876
|
)
|
|
|
(513
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of changes in exchange rates
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash increase (decrease)
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
|
(846
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
|
|
|
1,588
|
|
|
|
1,009
|
|
|
|
1,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
|
|
|
1,892
|
|
|
|
1,588
|
|
|
|
1,009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental cash information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Income tax paid (refund)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
(141
|
)
|
|
|
154
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these audited
consolidated financial statements
F-6
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
STMicroelectronics N.V. (the Company) is registered
in The Netherlands with its corporate legal seat in Amsterdam,
the Netherlands, and its corporate headquarters located in
Geneva, Switzerland.
The Company is a global independent semiconductor company that
designs, develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of
semiconductor integrated circuits (ICs) and discrete
devices. The Company offers a diversified product portfolio and
develops products for a wide range of market applications,
including automotive products, computer peripherals,
telecommunications systems, consumer products, industrial
automation and control systems. Within its diversified
portfolio, the Company is focused on developing products that
leverage its technological strengths in creating customized,
system-level solutions with high-growth digital and mixed-signal
content.
The accounting policies of the Company conform to generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States of
America (U.S. GAAP). All balances and values in
the current and prior periods are in millions of
U.S. dollars, except share and per-share amounts. Under
Article 35 of the Companys Articles of Association,
the financial year extends from January 1 to December 31,
which is the period-end of each fiscal year.
2.1
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been
prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The Companys
consolidated financial statements include the assets,
liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of its
majority-owned subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated
from the date on which control is transferred to the Company.
They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.
Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation. In compliance with U.S. GAAP guidance, the
Company assesses for consolidation any entity identified as a
Variable Interest Entity (VIE) and consolidates any
VIEs, for which the Company is determined to be the primary
beneficiary, as described in Note 2.10.
When the Company owns some, but not all, of the voting stock of
a consolidated entity, the shares held by third parties
represent a noncontrolling interest. The consolidated financial
statements are prepared based on the total amount of assets and
liabilities and income and expenses of the consolidated
subsidiaries. However, the portion of these items that does not
belong to the Company is reported on the line
Noncontrolling interest in the consolidated
financial statements.
2.2
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with
U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and
assumptions. The primary areas that require significant
estimates and judgments by management include, but are not
limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
sales returns and allowances,
|
|
|
|
determination of the best estimate of selling price for
deliverables in multiple element sale arrangements,
|
|
|
|
inventory reserves and normal manufacturing capacity thresholds
to determine costs capitalized in inventory,
|
|
|
|
provisions for litigation and claims,
|
|
|
|
valuation at fair value of acquired assets including
intangibles, goodwill, investments and tangible assets, and
assumed liabilities in a business combination, as well as the
impairment of their related carrying values,
|
|
|
|
assessment, in each reporting period, of events, which could
trigger interim impairment testing,
|
|
|
|
estimated value of the consideration to be received and used as
fair value for asset groups classified as assets to be disposed
of by sale and the assessment of probability of realizing the
sale,
|
|
|
|
measurement of the fair value of debt and equity securities, for
which no observable market price is obtainable,
|
|
|
|
assessment of credit losses and
other-than-temporary
impairment charges on financial assets,
|
F-7
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
valuation of noncontrolling interest, particularly in case of
contribution in kind as part of a business combination,
|
|
|
|
restructuring charges,
|
|
|
|
assumptions used in calculating pension obligations,
|
|
|
|
the determination of the amount of taxes estimated for the full
year, including deferred income tax assets and valuation
allowances, and provisions for uncertain positions and claims.
|
The Company bases the estimates and assumptions on historical
experience and on various other factors such as market trends
and latest available business plans that it believes to be
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form
the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of
assets and liabilities. While the Company regularly evaluates
its estimates and assumptions, the actual results experienced by
the Company could differ materially and adversely from
managements estimates. To the extent there are material
differences between the estimates and the actual results, future
results of operations, cash flows and financial position could
be significantly affected.
2.3
Foreign currency
The U.S. dollar is the reporting currency of the Company.
The U.S. dollar is the currency of the primary economic
environment in which the Company operates since the worldwide
semiconductor industry uses the U.S. dollar as a currency
of reference for actual pricing in the market. Furthermore, the
majority of the Companys transactions are denominated in
U.S. dollars, and revenues from external sales in
U.S. dollars largely exceed revenues in any other currency.
However, labor costs are concentrated primarily in the countries
of the Euro zone.
The functional currency of each subsidiary of the Company is
either the local currency or the U.S. dollar, depending on
the basis of the economic environment in which each subsidiary
operates. Foreign currency transactions, including operations in
local currency when the U.S. dollar is the functional
currency, are translated into the functional currency using the
exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transactions.
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the translation
at reporting date of monetary assets and liabilities denominated
in foreign currencies are recognized in the consolidated
statements of income on the line Other income and
expenses, net.
For consolidation purposes, the results and financial position
of the subsidiaries which functional currency is different from
the U.S. dollar are translated into the U.S. dollar
reporting currency as follows:
(a) assets and liabilities for each consolidated balance
sheet presented are translated at the closing rate as of the
balance sheet date;
(b) income and expenses for each consolidated statement of
income presented are translated at the monthly average exchange
rate;
(c) all resulting currency translation adjustments
(CTA) are reported as a component of
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the
consolidated statements of changes in equity.
2.4
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand and deposits
with external financial institutions with an original maturity
of ninety days or less that are readily convertible in cash.
Bank overdrafts are not netted against cash and cash equivalents
and are shown as part of current liabilities on the consolidated
balance sheets.
2.5
Restricted cash
Restricted cash includes collateral deposits used as security
under arrangements for certain hedging transactions or financing
of certain entities.
2.6
Trade accounts receivable
Trade accounts receivable are amounts due from customers for
goods sold and services performed in the ordinary course of
business. They are recognized at their sales value, net of
allowances for doubtful accounts. The Company maintains an
allowance for doubtful accounts for potential estimated losses
resulting from its customers
F-8
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
inability to make required payments. The Company bases its
estimates on historical collection trends and records a
provision accordingly. Additionally, the Company is required to
evaluate its customers financial condition periodically
and records a provision for any specific account the Company
estimates as doubtful. The carrying amount of the receivable is
thus reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the
amount of the charge is recognized on the line Selling,
general and administrative in the consolidated statements
of income. Subsequent recoveries, if any, of amounts previously
provided for are credited against the same line in the
consolidated statements of income. When a trade accounts
receivable is uncollectible, it is written-off against the
allowance account for trade accounts receivables.
In the event of sales of receivables and factoring, the Company
derecognizes the receivables and accounts for them as a sale
only to the extent that the Company has surrendered control over
the receivables in exchange for a consideration other than
beneficial interest in the transferred receivables.
2.7
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable
value. Cost is based on the weighted average cost by adjusting
standard cost to approximate actual manufacturing costs on a
quarterly basis; the cost is therefore dependent on the
Companys manufacturing performance. In the case of
underutilization of manufacturing facilities, the costs
associated with the excess capacity are not included in the
valuation of inventories but charged directly to cost of sales.
Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the
ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling
expenses and cost of completion.
The Company performs on a continuous basis inventory write-off
of products, which have the characteristics of slow-moving, old
production date and technical obsolescence. Additionally, the
Company evaluates its product inventory to identify obsolete or
slow-selling stock and records a specific provision if the
Company estimates the inventory will eventually become obsolete.
Provisions for obsolescence are estimated for excess uncommitted
inventory based on the previous quarter sales, orders
backlog and production plans.
2.8
Current and deferred income tax
Income tax for the period comprises current and deferred income
tax. Current income tax represents the income tax expected to be
paid or the benefit expected to be received related to the
current year income or loss in each individual tax jurisdiction.
Deferred income tax is recognized, using the liability method,
for all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of
assets and liabilities and their carrying amount in the
consolidated financial statements. However deferred tax
liabilities are not recognized if they arise from the initial
recognition of goodwill; deferred income tax is not accounted
for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or
liability in a transaction other than a business combination
that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting
nor taxable profit and loss. Deferred income tax is determined
using tax rates and laws that are enacted by the balance sheet
date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income
tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is
settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities from
changes in tax laws and tax rates is recognized in earnings in
the period in which the law is enacted. Deferred income tax
assets are recognized in full, but the Company assesses whether
it is probable that future taxable profit will be available
against which temporary differences can be utilized. A valuation
allowance is provided for deferred tax assets when management
considers it is more likely than not that they will not be
realized.
The Company utilizes the flow-through method to account for its
investment credits and research and development tax credits,
reflecting the credits as a reduction of tax expense in the year
they are recognized. As described in Note 2.20, French
research tax credits are recorded as grants and reported as a
reduction of research and development expenses.
The Companys intent is to indefinitely reinvest the
earnings in the subsidiaries. Consequently, deferred taxes on
the undistributed earnings of the Companys foreign
subsidiaries are not provided for. Additionally, a distribution
of the related earnings would not have any material tax impact.
A deferred tax asset is recognized on compensation for the grant
of stock awards to the extent that such charge constitutes a
temporary difference in the subsidiaries local tax
jurisdictions. Changes in the stock price do not impact the
deferred tax asset or do not result in any adjustments prior to
vesting. When the actual tax deduction is determined, generally
upon vesting, it is compared to the deferred tax asset as
recognized over the vesting period. When a windfall tax benefit
is determined (as the excess tax benefit of the actual tax
deduction over the deferred tax asset) the excess tax benefit is
recorded in equity on the line Capital surplus on
the consolidated statements of changes in equity. In case of
shortfall, only the actual tax
F-9
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
benefit is to be recognized in the consolidated statements of
income. The Company writes off the deferred tax asset at the
level of the actual tax deduction by charging first capital
surplus to the extent of the pool of windfall benefits available
from prior years, and then earnings. When the settlement of an
award results in a net operating loss (NOL)
carryforward, or increase existing NOLs, the excess tax benefit
and the corresponding credit to capital surplus is not recorded
until the deduction reduces income tax payable.
At each reporting date, the Company assesses all material open
income tax positions in all tax jurisdictions to determine any
uncertain tax positions. The Company uses a two-step process for
the evaluation of uncertain tax positions. The recognition
threshold in step one permits the benefit from an uncertain tax
position to be recognized only if it is more likely than not, or
50 percent assured, that the tax position will be sustained
upon examination by the taxing authorities. The measurement
methodology in step two is based on a cumulative
probability approach, resulting in the recognition of the
largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of
being realized upon settlement with the taxing authority. The
Company classifies accrued interest and penalties related to
uncertain tax positions as components of income tax expense in
its consolidated statements of income. Uncertain tax positions,
unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest and
penalties are further described in Note 23.
2.9
Assets held for sale
Assets are classified as assets held for sale when their
carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale
transaction rather than through continuing use. The assets are
classified as assets to be disposed of by sale when the
following conditions have been met: management has approved the
plan to sell; assets are available for immediate sale; assets
are actively being marketed; sale is probable within one year;
price is reasonable in the market and it is unlikely that there
will be significant changes in the assets to be sold or a
withdrawal to the plan to sell. Assets classified as held for
sale are reported as current assets at the lower of their
carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Costs to sell
include incremental direct costs to transact the sale that would
not have been incurred except for the decision to sell.
Depreciation is not charged on long-lived assets classified as
held-for-sale.
When the
held-for-sale
accounting treatment requires an impairment charge for the
difference between the carrying amount and the fair value, such
impairment is reflected on the consolidated statements of income
on the line Impairment, restructuring charges and other
related closure costs. If the long-lived assets no longer
meet the
held-for-sale
model, they are reported as assets held for use and thus
reclassified from current assets to the line Property,
plant and equipment, net in the consolidated balance
sheet. The assets are measured at the lower of their fair value
at the date of the subsequent decision not to sell and their
carrying amount prior to their classification as assets held for
sale, adjusted for any depreciation that would have been
recognized if the long-lived assets had not been classified as
assets held for sale. Any required adjustment to the carrying
value of the asset that is reclassified as held and used is
recorded in the income statement at the time of the
reclassification and reported in the same income statement
caption that was used to report adjustments to the carrying
value of the asset during the time it was held for sale (line
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs).
2.10
Business combinations and goodwill
The Company assesses each investment in equity securities to
determine whether the investee is a Variable Interest Entity
(VIE). The Company consolidates the VIEs for which
the Company is determined to be the primary beneficiary. The
primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that: (i) has the
power to direct the most significant activities of the VIE and
(ii) is obligated to absorb losses or has the rights to
receive returns that would be considered significant to the VIE.
Assets, liabilities, and the noncontrolling interest of newly
consolidated VIEs are initially measured at fair value in the
same manner as if the consolidation resulted from a business
combination.
The purchase accounting method applied to all business
combinations concluded on or after January 1, 2009, is on
the basis of the amended U.S. GAAP purchase accounting
guidance. The net of the acquisition-date amount of the
identifiable assets acquired, equity instruments issued, and
liabilities assumed is measured at fair value on the acquisition
date. Any contingent purchase price, and contingent assets and
liabilities, are recorded at fair value on the acquisition date,
regardless of the likelihood of payment. Acquisition-related
transaction costs and restructuring costs relating to the
acquired business are expensed as incurred. Acquired in-process
research and development (IPR&D) costs are
capitalized and recorded as an intangible asset on the
acquisition date, subject to impairment testing until the
research or development is completed or abandoned. The excess of
the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the fair
value of any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree over the
net of the acquisition-date amount of the identifiable assets
acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. In
case of a bargain purchase, the Company reassesses whether it
has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of
F-10
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
the liabilities assumed; the noncontrolling interest in the
acquiree, if any; the Companys previously held equity
interest in the acquiree, if any; and the consideration
transferred. If after this review, a bargain purchase is still
indicated, it is recognized in earnings attributed to the
Company. The purchase of additional interests in a partially
owned subsidiary is treated as an equity transaction as well as
all transactions concerning the sale of subsidiary stock or the
issuance of stock by the partially owned subsidiary as long as
there is no change in control of the subsidiary. If as a
consequence of selling subsidiary shares, the Company no longer
controls the subsidiary, the Company recognizes a gain or loss
in earnings.
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the
consideration transferred and the fair value of any
noncontrolling interest in the acquiree over the net of the
acquisition-date amount of the identifiable assets acquired and
liabilities assumed. Goodwill is carried at cost less
accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortized but is
tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if indicators
of impairment exist. Goodwill subject to potential impairment is
tested at a reporting unit level, which represents a component
of an operating segment for which discrete financial information
is available and is subject to regular review by segment
management. This impairment test determines whether the fair
value of each reporting unit for which goodwill is allocated is
lower than the total carrying amount of relevant net assets
allocated to such reporting unit, including its allocated
goodwill. If lower, the implied fair value of the reporting unit
goodwill is then compared to the carrying value of the goodwill
and an impairment charge is recognized for any excess. In
determining the fair value of a reporting unit, the Company uses
a market approach with financial metrics of comparable public
companies and estimates the expected discounted future cash
flows associated with the reporting unit. Significant management
judgments and estimates are used in forecasting the future
discounted cash flows, including: the applicable industrys
sales volume forecast and selling price evolution, the reporting
units market penetration and its revenues evolution, the
market acceptance of certain new technologies and products, the
relevant cost structure, the discount rates applied using a
weighted average cost of capital and the perpetuity rates used
in calculating cash flow terminal values.
2.11
Intangible assets with finite useful lives
Intangible assets subject to amortization include the intangible
assets purchased from third parties recorded at cost and the
intangible assets acquired in business combinations recorded at
fair value, which include trademarks, technologies and licenses,
contractual customer relationships and computer software.
Trademarks
and technology licenses
Separately acquired trademarks and licenses are recorded at
historical cost. Trademarks and licenses acquired in a business
combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition
date. Trademarks and licenses have a finite useful life and are
carried at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment
losses, if any. Amortization begins when the intangible asset is
available for use and is calculated using the straight-line
method to allocate the cost of trademarks and licenses over the
estimated useful lives. The estimate useful lives on licenses
range from 3 to 7 years while trademarks have a useful life
ranging from 2 to 3 years.
Contractual
customer relationships
Contractual customer relationships acquired in a business
combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition
date. Contractual customer relationships have a finite useful
life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and
impairment losses, if any. Amortization is calculated using the
straight-line method over the expected life of the customer
relationships, which ranges from 4 to 12 years.
Computer
software
Separately acquired computer software is recorded at historical
cost. Costs associated with maintaining computer software
programmes are expensed in the consolidated statements of income
as incurred. The capitalization of costs for internally
generated software developed by the Company for its internal use
begins when preliminary project stage is completed and when the
Company, implicitly or explicitly, authorizes and commits to
funding a computer software project. It must be probable that
the project will be completed and will be used to perform the
function intended. Amortisation on computer software begins when
the software is available for use and is calculated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful life, which does
not exceed 4 years.
The carrying value of intangible assets with finite useful lives
is evaluated whenever changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is
recognized in the consolidated
F-11
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
statements of income for the amount by which the assets
carrying amount exceeds its fair value. The Company evaluates
the remaining useful life of an intangible asset at each
reporting period to determine whether events and circumstances
warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization.
2.12
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost, net
of government funding and any impairment losses. Property, plant
and equipment acquired in a business combination are recognized
at fair value at the acquisition date. Major additions and
improvements are capitalized, minor replacements and repairs are
charged to current operations.
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on fixed assets is
computed using the straight-line method over their estimated
useful lives, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
33 years
|
|
Facilities & leasehold improvements
|
|
|
5-10 years
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
3-10 years
|
|
Computer and R&D equipment
|
|
|
3-6 years
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2-5 years
|
|
The Company evaluates each period whether there is reason to
suspect that tangible assets or groups of assets held for use
might not be recoverable. Several impairment indicators exist
for making this assessment, such as: significant changes in the
technology, market, economic or legal environment in which the
Company operates or in the market to which the asset is
dedicated, or available evidence of obsolescence of the asset,
or indication that its economic performance is, or will be,
worse than expected. In determining the recoverability of assets
to be held and used, the Company initially assesses whether the
carrying value of the tangible assets or group of assets exceeds
the undiscounted cash flows associated with these assets. If
exceeded, the Company then evaluates whether an impairment
charge is required by determining if the assets carrying
value also exceeds its fair value. This fair value is normally
estimated by the Company based on independent market appraisals
or the sum of discounted future cash flows, using market
assumptions such as the utilization of the Companys
fabrication facilities and the ability to upgrade such
facilities, change in the selling price and the adoption of new
technologies. The Company also evaluates, and adjusts if
appropriate, the assets useful lives, at each balance
sheet date or when impairment indicators exist.
When property, plant and equipment are retired or otherwise
disposed of, the net book value of the assets is removed from
the Companys books. Gains and losses on disposals are
determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount
and are included in Other income and expenses, net
in the consolidated statements of income.
Lease arrangements in which the Company has substantially all
the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as capital
leases. Assets leased under capital leases are included in
Property, plant and equipment, net and recorded at
inception at the lower of their fair value and the present value
of the minimum lease payments. They are depreciated over the
shorter of the estimated useful life and the lease term. The
financial liability corresponding to the contractual obligation
to proceed to future lease payments is included in long-term
debt, as described in Note 2.15. Lease arrangements
classified as operating leases are arrangements in which the
lessor retains a significant portion of the risks and rewards of
ownership of the leased assets. Payments made under operating
leases are charged to the consolidated statements of income on a
straight-line basis over the lease period.
2.13
Investments
The Company assesses each investment to determine whether the
investee is a Variable Interest Entity (VIE). The
Company consolidates the VIEs for which the Company is
determined to be the primary beneficiary, as described in
Note 2.10.
For investments in public companies that have readily
determinable fair values and for which the Company does not
exercise significant influence, the Company classifies these
equity securities as
held-for-trading
or
available-for-sale
as described in Note 2.24. Investments in equity securities
without readily determinable fair values and for which the
Company does not have the ability to exercise significant
influence are accounted for under the cost method. Under the
cost method of accounting, investments are carried at historical
cost and are adjusted only for declines in value. The fair value
of a cost method investment is estimated on a non-recurring
basis when
F-12
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
there are identified events or changes in circumstances that may
have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the
investment. An impairment loss is immediately recorded in the
consolidated statements of income when it is assessed to be
other-than-temporary
and is based on the Companys assessment of any significant
and sustained reductions in the investments fair value.
For unquoted equity securities, assumptions and estimates used
in measuring fair value include the use of recent arms
length transactions when they reflect the orderly exit price of
the investments. Gains and losses on investments sold are
determined on the specific identification method and are
recorded as a non-operating element on the line Gain
(loss) on financial instruments, net in the consolidated
statements of income.
Equity investments are all entities over which the Company has
the ability to exercise significant influence but not control,
generally representing a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of
the voting rights. These investments are valued under the equity
method and are initially recognized at cost. Goodwill on equity
investments is included in the carrying value of the investment
and is not individually tested for impairment. Equity
investments also include entities which the Company determines
to be variable interest entities, as described in
Note 2.10, if the Company has the ability to exercise
significant influence over the entitys operations even if
the Company owns less than 20% and is not the primary
beneficiary. Equity investments are presented on the face of the
consolidated balance sheets. The Companys share in the
result of operations of equity investments is recognized in the
consolidated statements of income on the line Earnings
(loss) on equity investments and in the consolidated
balance sheets as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the
investments. Where there has been a change recognized directly
in the equity of the investee, the Company recognizes its share
in the adjustment, when applicable, directly in the consolidated
statement of changes in equity. The financial statements of the
equity investments are prepared for the same reporting period as
the Company or with a quarter lag if the investee cannot issue
financial statements in a timing compliant with the closing
timeframe requirements of the Company. Where necessary,
adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies in line
with those of the Company. At each period-end, the Company
assesses whether there is objective evidence that its interests
in equity investments are impaired. Once a determination is made
that an
other-than-temporary
impairment exists, the Company writes down the carrying value of
the equity investment to its fair value at the balance sheet
date, which establishes a new cost basis. The fair value of an
equity investment is measured on a non-recurring basis using
primarily a combination of an income approach, based on
discounted cash flows, and a market approach with financial
metrics of comparable public companies.
The Company, when it acted, until 2010, as a guarantor,
recognized, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the
fair value of the obligation the Company assumed under the
guarantee. When the guarantee was issued in conjunction with the
formation of a partially owned business or a venture accounted
for under the equity method, the recognition of the liability
for the guarantee resulted in an increase to the carrying amount
of the investment. The liabilities recognized for the
obligations of the guarantees undertaken by the Company were
measured subsequently on each reporting date, the initial
liability being reduced as the Company, as a guarantor, was
released from the risk underlying the guarantee.
2.14
Provisions
Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present legal
or constructive obligation as a result of past events; it is
probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle
the obligation; and the amount has been reliably estimated.
Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses. Where
there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that
an outflow will be required in settlements is determined by
considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is
recognized even if the likelihood of the outflow with respect to
any one item included in the same class of obligations may be
small.
2.15
Long-term debt
(a) Convertible
debt
Zero-coupon convertible bonds are recorded at principal amount
in long-term debt and are subsequently stated at amortized cost.
Debt issuance costs are reported as non-current assets on the
line Other investments and other non-current assets
of the consolidated balance sheets. They are subsequently
amortized through earnings on the line Interest income
(expense), net of the consolidated statements of income
until the first redemption right of the holder.
F-13
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Outstanding bond amounts are classified in the consolidated
balance sheet as Current portion of long-term debt
in the year of the redemption right of the holder.
The Company may from time to time proceed to the repurchase on
the market of issued bonds. The gain (loss) on the bonds
buyback is determined as the difference between the amount paid
for the buyback and the carrying amount of the corresponding
debt, including related debt issuance costs, at the date of
repurchase. The gain (loss) on debt buyback is reported in the
consolidated statements of income on the line Gain (loss)
on financial instruments, net.
(b) Bank
loans and senior bonds
Bank loans, including non-convertible senior bonds, are
recognized at historical cost, net of transaction costs
incurred. They are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any
difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and
the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated
statements of income over the period of the borrowings using the
effective interest rate method.
As described in Note 2.12, lease arrangements in which the
Company has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership
are classified as capital leases. The Company reports the leased
assets on the line Property, plant and equipment and
recognizes a financial liability corresponding to the
contractual obligation to proceed to future lease payments,
which is included in long-term debt. Each lease payment is
allocated between the debt repayment and interest expense.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the
Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the
liability for at least twelve months after the balance sheet
date.
2.16
Employee benefits
(a) Pension
obligations
The Company sponsors various pension schemes for its employees.
These schemes conform to local regulations and practices in the
countries in which the Company operates. They are generally
funded through payments to insurance companies,
trustee-administered funds or state institutions, determined by
periodic actuarial calculations. Such plans include both defined
benefit and defined contribution plans. A defined benefit plan
is a pension plan that defines the amount of pension benefit
that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent
on one or more factors such as age, years of service and
compensation. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan
under which the Company pays fixed contributions into a separate
entity for which the Company has no legal or constructive
obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not
hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits
relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.
The liability recognized in the consolidated balance sheet in
respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of
the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less
the fair value of plan assets. The overfunded or underfunded
status of the defined benefit plans are calculated as the
difference between plan assets and the projected benefit
obligations. Significant estimates are used in determining the
assumptions incorporated in the calculation of the pension
obligations, which is supported by input from independent
actuaries. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience
adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or
credited to income over the employees expected average
remaining working lives. Past-service costs are recognized
immediately in earnings, unless the changes to the pension
scheme are conditional on the employees remaining in service for
a specified period of time (the vesting period). In this case,
the past-service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis
over the vesting period. The net periodic benefit cost of the
year is determined based on the assumptions used at the end of
the previous year.
For defined contribution plans, the Company pays contributions
to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on
a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Company has no
further payment obligations once the contributions have been
paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit
expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized
as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in
the future payments is available.
(b) Other
post-retirement obligations
The Company provides post-retirement benefits to some of its
retirees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually
conditional on the employee remaining in service up to
retirement age and to the completion of a minimum service
period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over
the period of employment using an accounting
F-14
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans.
Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments,
and changes in actuarial assumptions, are charged or credited to
income over the expected average remaining working lives of the
related employees. These obligations are valued annually by
independent qualified actuaries.
(c) Termination
benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is
involuntarily terminated, or whenever an employee accepts
voluntary termination in exchange for termination benefits. For
the accounting treatment and timing recognition of the
involuntarily termination benefits, the Company distinguishes
between one-time termination benefit arrangements and on-going
termination benefit arrangements. A one-time termination benefit
arrangement is established by a termination plan and applies to
a specified termination event or for a specified future period.
One-time involuntary termination benefits are recognized as a
liability when the termination plan meets certain criteria and
has been communicated to employees. If employees are required to
render future service in order to receive these one-time
termination benefits, the liability is recognized ratably over
the future service period. Termination benefits other than
one-time termination benefits are termination benefits for which
criteria for communication are not met but that are committed to
by management, or termination obligations that are not
specifically determined in a new and single plan. These
termination benefits are all legal, contractual and past
practice termination obligations to be paid to employees in case
of involuntary termination. These termination benefits are
accrued for at commitment date when it is probable that
employees will be entitled to the benefits and the amount can be
reasonably estimated.
In case of special termination benefits proposed to encourage
voluntary termination, the Company recognizes a provision for
voluntary termination benefits at the date on which the employee
irrevocably accepts the offer and the amount can be reasonably
estimated.
(d) Profit-sharing
and bonus plans
The Company recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses
and profit-sharing plans when it is contractually obliged or
where there is a past practice that has created a constructive
obligation.
(e) Other
long- term employee benefits
The Company provides long-term employee benefits such as
seniority awards in certain countries. The entitlement to these
benefits is usually conditional on the employee completing a
minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits are
accrued over the period of employment using an accounting
methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans.
Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments,
and changes in actuarial assumptions, are charged or credited to
earnings in the period of change. These obligations are valued
annually with the assistance of independent qualified actuaries.
(f) Share-based
compensation
The Company grants nonvested shares to senior executives,
selected employees, members and professionals of the Supervisory
Board. The shares are granted for free to employees and at their
nominal value for the members and professionals of the
Supervisory Board. The awards granted to employees contingently
vest upon achieving certain market or performance conditions and
upon completion of an average three-year service period. Shares
granted to the Supervisory Board vest unconditionally along the
same vesting period as employees but are not forfeited even if
the service period is not completed. The Company measures the
cost of share-based service awards based on the grant-date fair
value of the award. That cost is recognized over the period
during which an employee is required to provide service in
exchange for the award or the requisite service period, usually
the vesting period. Compensation is recognized only for the
awards that ultimately vest. The compensation cost is recorded
through earnings over the vesting period against equity, under
Capital surplus in the consolidated statement of
changes in equity. The compensation cost is calculated based on
the number of awards expected to vest, which includes
assumptions on the number of awards to be forfeited due to the
employees failing to provide the service condition, and
forfeitures following the non-completion of one or more
performance conditions. When the stock-award plan contains a
market condition feature, the market condition is reflected in
the estimated fair value of the award at grant date.
Liabilities for the Companys portion of payroll taxes are
not accrued for over the vesting period but are recognized at
vesting, which is the event triggering the measurement of
employee-related social charges, based on
F-15
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
the intrinsic value of the share at vesting date, and payment of
the social contributions in most of the Companys local tax
jurisdictions.
2.17
Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs
directly attributable to the issuance of new shares or options
are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the
proceeds.
Where the Company purchases its equity share capital (treasury
shares), the consideration paid, including any directly
attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes), is
deducted from equity attributable to the Companys
shareholders until the shares are cancelled, reissued or
disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold or
reissued, any consideration received net of directly
attributable incremental transaction costs and the related
income tax effect is included in equity.
2.18
Comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity
of a business during a period except those changes resulting
from investment by shareholders and distributions to
shareholders. In the accompanying consolidated financial
statements, Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) primarily consists of temporary unrealized gains or
losses on securities classified as
available-for-sale,
the unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives designated as cash
flow hedge and the impact of recognizing the overfunded and
underfunded status of defined benefit plans , all net of tax, as
well as foreign currency translation adjustments.
2.19
Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income
(loss) attributable to parent company shareholders by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the
period. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the
treasury stock method by dividing net income attributable to
parent company shareholders (adding-back interest expense, net
of tax effects, related to convertible debt if determined to be
dilutive) by the weighted average number of common shares and
potential common shares outstanding during the period. The
weighted average number of shares used to compute diluted
earnings per share include the incremental shares of common
stock relating to stock-options granted, nonvested shares and
convertible debt to the extent such incremental shares are
dilutive. Nonvested shares with performance or market conditions
are included in the computation of diluted earnings per share if
their conditions have been satisfied at the balance sheet date
and if the awards are dilutive. If all necessary conditions have
not been satisfied by the end of the period, the number of
nonvested shares included in the computation of the diluted EPS
is based on the number of shares, if any, that would be issuable
if the end of the reporting period were the end of the
contingency period and if the result were dilutive.
2.20
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized as follows:
Net
sales
Revenue from products sold to customers is recognized when all
the following conditions have been met: (a) persuasive
evidence of an arrangement exists; (b) delivery has
occurred; (c) the selling price is fixed or determinable;
and (d) collection is reasonably assured. This usually
occurs at the time of shipment.
Consistent with standard business practice in the semiconductor
industry, price protection is granted to distribution customers
on their existing inventory of the Companys products to
compensate them for declines in market prices. The ultimate
decision to authorize a distributor refund remains fully within
the control of the Company. The Company accrues a provision for
price protection based on a rolling historical price trend
computed on a monthly basis as a percentage of gross distributor
sales. This historical price trend represents differences in
recent months between the invoiced price and the final price to
the distributor, adjusted if required, to accommodate a
significant move in the current market price. The short
outstanding inventory time period, visibility into the standard
inventory product pricing (as opposed to certain customized
products) and long distributor pricing history have enabled the
Company to reliably estimate price protection provisions at
period-end. The Company records the accrued amounts as a
deduction of revenue at the time of the sale.
F-16
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
The Companys customers occasionally return the
Companys products for technical reasons. The
Companys standard terms and conditions of sale provide
that if the Company determines that products are non-conforming,
the Company will repair or replace the non-conforming products,
or issue a credit or rebate of the purchase price. Quality
returns are not related to any technological obsolescence issues
and are identified shortly after sale in customer quality
control testing. Quality returns are usually associated with
end-user customers, not with distribution channels. The Company
provides for such returns when they are considered as probable
and can be reasonably estimated. The Company records the accrued
amounts as a reduction of revenue.
The Companys insurance policy relating to product
liability only covers physical damage and other direct damages
caused by defective products. The Company does not carry
insurance against immaterial non consequential damages. The
Company records a provision for warranty costs as a charge
against cost of sales, based on historical trends of warranty
costs incurred as a percentage of sales, which management has
determined to be a reasonable estimate of the probable losses to
be incurred for warranty claims in a period. Any potential
warranty claims are subject to the Companys determination
that the Company is at fault for damages, and such claims
usually must be submitted within a short period following the
date of sale. This warranty is given in lieu of all other
warranties, conditions or terms expressed or implied by statute
or common law. The Companys contractual terms and
conditions limit its liability to the sales value of the
products which gave rise to the claims.
While the majority of the Companys sales agreements
contain standard terms and conditions, the Company may, from
time to time, enter into agreements that contain multiple
elements or non-standard terms and conditions, which require
revenue recognition judgments. Where multiple elements exist in
an arrangement, the arrangement is allocated to the different
elements based upon verifiable objective evidence of the fair
value of the elements for periods prior to 2008. In 2009, the
Company early adopted new U.S. GAAP guidance for multiple
deliverable arrangements and allocation has been based since
that date on verifiable objective evidence, third party evidence
or managements best estimate of selling price of the
separable deliverables. These arrangements generally do not
include performance-, cancellation-, termination- or refund-type
provisions.
Other
revenues
Other revenues consist of license revenue, service revenue
related to transferring licenses, patent royalty income, sale of
scrap materials and manufacturing by-products.
Funding
The Company receives funding mainly from governmental agencies
and income is recognized when all contractual conditions for
receipt of these funds are fulfilled. The Companys primary
sources for government funding are French, Italian, other
European Union (EU) governmental entities and
Singapore agencies. Such funding is generally provided to
encourage research and development activities, industrialization
and local economic development. The conditions for receipt of
government funding may include eligibility restrictions,
approval by EU authorities, annual budget appropriations,
compliance with European Commission regulations, as well as
specifications regarding objectives and results. Certain
specific contracts contain obligations to maintain a minimum
level of employment and investment during a certain period of
time. There could be penalties if these objectives are not
fulfilled. Other contracts contain penalties for late deliveries
or for breach of contract, which may result in repayment
obligations. The Companys revenue recognition policy,
funding related to these contracts is recorded when the
conditions required by the contracts are met. The Companys
funding programs are classified under three general categories:
funding for research and development activities, capital
investment, and loans.
Funding for research and development activities is the most
common form of funding that the Company receives. Public funding
for research and development is recorded as Other income
and expenses, net in the Companys consolidated
statements of income. Public funding for research and
development is recognized ratably as the related costs are
incurred once the agreement with the respective governmental
agency has been signed and all applicable conditions are met.
Furthermore, following the enactment of the French Finance Act
for 2008, which included several changes to the research tax
credit regime (Crédit Impôt Recherche),
French research tax credits are deemed to be grants in
substance. Unlike other research and development funding, the
amounts to be received are determinable in advance and accruable
as the funded research expenditures are made. They are thus
reported as a reduction of research and development expenses.
The research tax credits are to be reimbursed in cash by the
French tax authorities within three years in case they are not
deducted from income tax payable during this period of time.
F-17
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Capital investment funding is recorded as a reduction of
Property, plant and equipment, net and is recognized
in the Companys consolidated statements of income
according to the depreciation charges of the funded assets
during their useful lives. The Company also receives capital
funding in Italy, which is recovered through the reduction of
various governmental liabilities, including income taxes,
value-added tax and employee-related social charges.
Funding receivables are reported as non-current assets unless
cash settlement features of the receivables evidence that
collection is expected within one year. Long-term receivables
that do not present any tax attribute or legal restriction are
reflected in the balance sheet at their discounted net present
value. The subsequent accretion of the discount is recorded as
non-operating income in Interest income (expense),
net.
The Company receives certain loans, mainly related to large
capital investment projects, at preferential interest rates. The
Company records these loans as debt in its consolidated balance
sheet.
2.21
Advertising costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are recorded as
selling, general and administrative expenses. Advertising
expenses for 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $11 million,
$9 million and $10 million respectively.
2.22
Research and development
Research and development expenses include costs incurred by the
Company, the Companys share of costs incurred by other
research and development interest groups, and costs associated
with co-development contracts. Research and development expenses
do not include marketing design center costs, which are
accounted for as selling expenses and process engineering,
pre-production or process transfer costs which are recorded as
cost of sales. Research and development costs are charged to
expense as incurred. The amortization expense recognized on
technologies and licenses purchased by the Company from third
parties to facilitate the Companys research is recorded as
research and development expenses. Research and development
expenses also include charges originated from purchase
accounting, such as in-process research and development
recognized on business combinations concluded before
January 1, 2009 and amortization of acquired intangible
assets. Research and development expenses are reported net of
research tax credits received in the French jurisdiction, as
described in Note 2.20.
2.23
Start-up and
phase-out costs
Start-up
costs represent costs incurred in the
start-up and
testing of the Companys new manufacturing facilities,
before reaching the earlier of a minimum level of production or
6-months
after the fabrication lines quality qualification.
Start-up
costs are included in Other income and expenses, net
in the consolidated statements of income. Similarly, phase-out
costs for facilities during the closing stage are also included
in Other income and expenses, net in the
consolidated statements of income. The costs of phase-outs are
associated with the latest stages of facilities closure when the
relevant production volumes become immaterial.
2.24
Financial assets
The Company did not hold at December 31, 2010 and 2009 any
financial assets classified as
held-to-maturity
or financial assets for which the Company would have elected to
apply the fair value option. Consequently, the Company
classified its financial assets in the following categories:
held-for-trading
and
available-for-sale.
The classification depends on the purpose for which the
financial assets were acquired. Management determines the
classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.
Unlisted equity securities with no readily determinable fair
value are carried at cost, as described in Note 2.13. They
are neither classified as
held-for-trading
nor as
available-for-sale.
Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the
trade date the date on which the Company commits to
purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets classified as
available-for-sale
and financial assets classified as
held-for-trading
are initially recognized and subsequently carried at fair value.
Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive
cash flows from the investments have expired or have been
transferred and the Company has transferred substantially all
risks and rewards of ownership; the relevant gain (loss) is
reported as a non-operating element on the consolidated
statements of income on the line Gain (loss) on financial
instruments, net.
F-18
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
The fair values of quoted debt and equity securities are based
on current market prices. If the market for a financial asset is
not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, the
Company measures fair value by using assumptions and estimates.
These assumptions and estimates include the use of recent
arms length transactions; for debt securities without
available observable market price, the Company establishes fair
value by reference to publicly available indices of securities
with the same rating and comparable underlying collaterals or
industries exposure, which the Company believes
approximates the orderly exit value in the current market. In
measuring fair value, the Company makes maximum use of market
inputs and relies as little as possible on entity-specific
inputs.
Held-for-trading
financial assets
A financial asset is classified in this category if it is a
security acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the
short term or if it is a derivative instrument not designated as
a hedge. Financial assets in this category are classified as
current assets when they are expected to be realized within
twelve months of the balance sheet date.
Marked-to-market
gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of
trading financial assets are reported in the consolidated
statements of income within Other income and expenses,
net in the period in which they arise, when the
transactions for such instruments occur within the
Companys operating activities, as it is the case for
trading derivatives that do not qualify as hedging instruments,
as described in Note 2.25. Gains and losses arising from
changes in the fair value of financial assets not related to the
operating activities of the Company, such as discontinued fair
value hedge on interest rate risk exposure, are presented in the
consolidated statements of income as a non-operating element
within Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net in
the period in which they arise.
Available-for-sale
financial assets
Available-for-sale
financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are
either designated in this category or not classified as
held-for-trading.
They are included in current assets when they represent
investments of funds available for current operations or when
management intends to dispose of the securities within twelve
months of the balance sheet date.
Changes in the fair value, including declines determined to be
temporary, of securities classified as
available-for-sale
are recognized as a separate component of Accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated
statements of changes in equity. The cumulative loss or gain is
measured as the difference between the value at initial
recognition and the current fair value, less any impairment loss
on that financial asset previously recognized in earnings.
The Company assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is
objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial
assets classified as
available-for-sale
is impaired. When equity securities classified as available for
sale are determined to be
other-than-temporarily
impaired, the accumulated fair value adjustments previously
recognized in equity are reported as a non-operating element on
the consolidated statements of income on the line
Other-than- temporary impairment charge and realized
losses on financial assets. For debt securities, if a
credit loss exists, but the Company does not intend to sell the
impaired security and is not more likely than not to be required
to sell before recovery, the impairment is separated into the
estimated amount relating to credit loss, and the amount
relating to all other factors. Only the estimated credit loss
amount is recognized currently in earnings on the line
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge and realized losses on financial assets,
with the remainder of the loss amount recognized in accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss). Impairment losses recognized
in the consolidated statements of income are not reversed
through earnings.
When securities classified as available for sale are sold, the
accumulated fair value adjustments previously recognized in
equity are reported as a non-operating element on the
consolidated statements of income on the line Gain (loss)
on financial assets. The cost of securities sold and the
amount reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive
income into earnings is determined based on the specific
identification of the securities sold.
2.25
Derivative financial instruments and hedging
activities
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized on the
date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently
measured at their fair value. The method of recognizing the gain
or loss resulting from the derivative
F-19
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
instrument depends on whether the derivative is designated as a
hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the hedge
transaction. The Company has designated certain derivatives as
either:
(a) hedges of a particular risk associated with a highly
probable forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge); or
(b) hedges of the fair value of recognized assets or
liabilities (fair value hedge).
The Company documents, at inception of the transaction, the
relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as
well as its risk management objectives and strategy for
undertaking various hedging transactions. The Company also
documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an
ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in
hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes
in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. Derivative
instruments that are not designated as hedges are classified as
held-for-trading
financial assets, as described in Note 2.24.
Derivative
financial instruments classified as held for trading
The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various
major international currencies. As a result, the Company is
exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates.
The Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts and
currency options to reduce its exposure to changes in exchange
rates and the associated risk arising from the denomination of
certain assets and liabilities in foreign currencies at the
Companys subsidiaries. These instruments do not qualify as
hedging instruments as per U.S. GAAP guidance, and are
marked-to-market
at each period-end with the associated changes in fair value
recognized in Other income and expenses, net in the
consolidated statements of income, as described in
Note 2.24.
Cash Flow
Hedge
To reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate
fluctuations, the Company hedges certain Euro-denominated
forecasted transactions that cover at reporting date a large
part of its research and development, selling, general and
administrative expenses as well as a portion of its front-end
manufacturing costs of semi-finished goods through the use of
currency forward contracts and currency options, including
collars. The Company also hedges certain Swedish
krona-denominated forecasted transactions that cover at
reporting date a large part of its future research and
development expenses through the use of currency forward
contracts.
As part of its ongoing investing and financing activities, the
Company may from time to time enter into certain derivative
transactions that are designated and qualify for cash flow
hedge. In 2010, the Company entered into structured collar
hedging transactions to cover the highly probable sale of Micron
Technology Inc. shares received as consideration in the sale of
Numonyx equity investment, as described in Note 12.
These derivative instruments are designated and qualify for cash
flow hedge at inception of the contract and on an on-going basis
over the duration of the hedge relationship. They are reflected
at their fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. The
criteria for designating a derivative as a hedge include the
instruments effectiveness in risk reduction and, in most
cases, a
one-to-one
matching of the derivative instrument to its underlying
transaction with the critical terms of the hedging instrument
matching the terms of the hedged forecasted transaction. This
enables the Company to conclude that changes in cash flows
attributable to the risk being hedged are expected to be
completely offset by the hedging derivatives.
For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge, the
gain or loss from the effective portion of the hedge is reported
as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) in the consolidated statements of changes in equity
and is reclassified into earnings in the same period in which
the hedged transaction affects earnings, and within the same
consolidated statements of income line item as the impact of the
hedged transaction. For these derivatives, ineffectiveness
appears if the cumulative gain or loss on the derivative hedging
instrument exceeds the cumulative change in the expected future
cash flows on the hedged transactions. Effectiveness on
transactions hedged through purchased options is measured on the
full fair value of the option, including time value. However, on
certain specific combined options (contingent zero-cost
collars), the contingency premium is excluded from effectiveness
measurement and recorded immediately in earnings, as described
in Note 27.
When a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur,
the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the
consolidated statements of changes in equity is immediately
transferred to the consolidated statements of income within
Other income and expenses, net if the de-designated
derivative relates to operating activities. If upon
de-designation, the derivative instrument is held
F-20
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
in view to be sold with no direct relation with current
operating activities, changes in the fair value of the
derivative instrument following de-designation are reported as a
non-operating element on the line Gain (loss) on financial
instruments, net in the consolidated statements of income.
If the derivative is still related to operating activities, the
changes in fair value subsequent to the discontinuance continue
to be reported within Other income and expenses, net
in the consolidated statements of income, as described in
Note 2.24.
In order to optimize its hedging strategy, the Company can be
required to cease the designation of certain cash flow hedge
transactions and enter into a new designated cash flow hedge
transaction with the same hedged forecasted transaction but with
a new hedging instrument. De-designation and re-designation are
formally authorized and limited to the de-designation of
purchased currency options with re-designation of the cash flow
hedge through subsequent forward contract when the
Euro/U.S. dollar exchange rate is decreasing, the intrinsic
value of the option is nil, the hedged transaction is still
probable of occurrence and meets at re-designation date all
criteria for hedge accounting. At de-designation date, the net
derivative gain or loss related to the de-designated cash flow
hedge deferred in Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) in the consolidated statements of changes in equity
continues to be reported in net equity. From de-designation
date, the change in fair value of the de-designated hedging item
is recognized each period in the consolidated statements of
income on the line Other income and expenses, net,
as described in Note 2.24. The net derivative gain or loss
related to the de-designated cash flow hedge deferred in net
equity is reclassified to earnings in the same period in which
the hedged transaction affects earnings, and within the same
consolidated statements of income line item as the impact of the
hedged transaction.
Fair
Value Hedges
The Company entered in 2006 into cancellable swaps to hedge the
fair value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016
carrying a fixed interest rate. The cancellable swaps were sold
in 2009. Until November 2008 the derivative instruments met the
criteria for designation as a fair value hedge. These criteria
included evaluating whether the instrument was highly effective
at offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item
attributable to the hedged risk. Hedged effectiveness was
assessed on both a prospective and retrospective basis at each
reporting period. Any ineffectiveness of the hedge relationship
was recorded as a gain or loss on derivatives as a component of
Other income and expenses, net, in the consolidated
statements of income. At the point that the cancellable swaps no
longer met the criteria for designation as a fair value hedge,
the swaps continued to be marked to fair value but not the
underlying portion of the convertible bonds. The changes in the
fair value of the swaps until their sale were recognized on the
line Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net of
the consolidated statement of income while the associated bonds
were no longer marked to fair value, the difference between fair
value and amortized costs being amortized to earnings as a
component of interest expense.
2.26
Recent accounting pronouncements
(a) Accounting
pronouncements effective in 2010
In June 2009, the FASB issued amendments to the guidance on
accounting for transfers of financial assets and the guidance on
consolidation of variable interest entities. The amendment
regarding accounting for transfers of financial assets includes:
(i) eliminating the qualifying special-purpose entity
(QSPE) concept; (ii) a new unit of account
definition that must be met for transfers of portions of
financial assets to be eligible for sale accounting;
(iii) clarifications and changes to the derecognition
criteria for a transfer to be accounted for as a sale;
(iv) a change to the amount of recognized gain or loss on a
transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale when
beneficial interests are received by the transferor, and
(v) extensive new disclosures. The amendment regarding
consolidation of variable interest entities includes:
(i) the elimination of exemption for QSPEs; (ii) a new
approach for determining who should consolidate a
variable-interest entity and (iii) changes to when it is
necessary to reassess who should consolidate a variable-interest
entity. Both amendments are effective as of the beginning of an
entitys first fiscal year beginning after
November 15, 2009 and for interim periods within that first
year. Earlier adoption was prohibited. The Company adopted the
amendments as of January 1, 2010. The new guidance did not
have any significant impact on the Companys financial
position or results of operations. See further information on
variable interest entities in Notes 8 and 12.
In September 2009, the FASB issued final guidance on measuring
the fair value of liabilities. It amends the Codification
primarily as follows: (i) it sets forth the types of
valuation techniques to be used to value a liability when a
quoted price in an active market is not available;
(ii) clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a
liability,
F-21
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input
or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a
restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability;
(iii) clarifies that both a quoted price in an active
market for the identical liability at the measurement date and
the quoted price for the identical liability when traded as an
asset in an active market when no adjustments to the quoted
price of the asset are required are Level 1 fair value
measurements. The amended guidance is effective for the first
reporting period beginning after issuance. The Company adopted
the amendment as of January 1, 2010. The new guidance did
not have any significant impact on the Companys financial
position or results of operations.
In January 2010, the FASB issued new guidance for fair value
measurements which requires more robust disclosures regarding
(i) different classes of assets and liabilities measured at
fair value, (ii) valuation techniques and inputs used,
(iii) activities within Level 3 fair value hierarchy
measurements (i.e. purchases and sales), and (iv) transfers
between Levels 1, 2, and 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The
new disclosures are effective for the first interim or annual
reporting period beginning after December 15, 2009, except
for the roll forward of Level 3 assets and liabilities
which will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning
after December 15, 2010. The Company adopted the required
disclosures of this new guidance as of January 1, 2010. The
required disclosures can be found in Note 27.
In July 2010, the FASB issued new guidance on disclosures about
the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance
for credit losses. It amends the Codification to provide
information in order to understand the nature of credit risk in
a companys financing receivables, how that risk is
analyzed in determining the related allowance for credit losses
and changes to the allowance during the reporting period. It
defines a finance receivable as a contractual right to receive
money on demand or in fixed or determinable dates that is
recognized as an asset in the entitys statement of
financial position but excludes from its scope certain financial
instruments such as trade accounts receivable with contractual
maturities of one year or less that arose from the sale of goods
and services. A significant change from the current disclosure
requirements is that the information must be provided for both
the finance receivables and the related allowance for credit
losses at disaggregated levels. The new disclosure guidance
introduces two new defined terms that will govern the level of
disaggregation: a portfolio segment, defined as the level at
which an entity determines its allowance for credit losses, and
a class of financing receivable, defined as a group of finance
receivables determined on the basis of their initial measurement
attribute. The guidance is effective for the Company for both
interim and annual reporting periods ending December 15,
2010. The Company applied these new disclosure requirements to
the consolidated financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and such requirements did not have any
impact on the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
|
|
(b)
|
Accounting
pronouncements expected to impact the Companys operations
that are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by
the Company
|
In December 2010, the FASB issued amendment to the guidance on
testing for goodwill impairment. The amendment modifies Step 1
of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or
negative carrying amounts, for which the entity is required to
assess whether it is more likely than not that the reporting
units goodwill is impaired. If the entity determines that
it is more likely than not that the goodwill of one or more of
its reporting units is impaired, the entity should perform Step
2 of the goodwill impairment test for those reporting units. The
amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2010. Earlier adoption is not permitted. The
Company will adopt the amendment as of January 1, 2011 and
does not expect any significant impact on the Companys
financial position and results of operations.
F-22
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Changes in the value of marketable securities, as reported in
current and non-current assets on the consolidated balance
sheets as at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009
are detailed in the tables below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
included in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OCI* for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
available-
|
|
|
Change in
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for-sale
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
marketable
|
|
|
recognized
|
|
|
result
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
|
increase
|
|
|
Sale
|
|
|
decrease
|
|
|
securities
|
|
|
in earnings
|
|
|
through OCI*
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aaa debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(680
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
350
|
|
Aaa debt securities issued by foreign governments
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(331
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
213
|
|
Senior debt Floating Rate Notes issued by financial institutions
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(208
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
328
|
|
Auction Rate Securities
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Equity securities classified as held-for-trading
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities classified as available-for-sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
|
(375
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,074
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
|
(1,594
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
1,124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Other Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in
|
|
|
Other than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
temporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
included in
|
|
|
impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OCI* for
|
|
|
charge and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
available-
|
|
|
realized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exchange
|
|
|
exchange
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for-sale
|
|
|
losses on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
result
|
|
|
result
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
marketable
|
|
|
marketable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
securities
|
|
|
securities
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
|
Sale
|
|
|
P&L
|
|
|
OCI*
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
Aaa debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,060
|
|
|
|
(720
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
Aaa debt securities issued by foreign governments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
670
|
|
|
|
(543
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
Senior debt Floating Rate Notes issued by financial institutions
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(108
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
548
|
|
Auction Rate Securities
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
893
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
1,730
|
|
|
|
(1,446
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Other Comprehensive Income
|
The Company invested in 2010 $1,100 million in French,
German and U.S. government bonds, of which
$1,011 million was sold or matured in 2010. The change in
fair value of the $563 million government debt securities
classified as
available-for-sale
was not material as at December 31, 2010. The Company
estimated the fair value of these financial assets based on
publicly quoted market prices, which corresponds to a
level 1 fair value measurement hierarchy. The duration of
the government bonds portfolio is less than three months on
average and the securities are rated Aaa by Moodys and AAA
by Standard & Poors.
All floating rate notes and auction-rate securities are
classified as
available-for-sale
and recorded at fair value as at December 31, 2010, with
changes in fair value recognized as a separate component of
Accumulated other comprehensive income in the
consolidated statement of changes in equity, except for those
changes deemed to be
other-than-temporary
impairment.
Out of the 10 investment positions in floating-rate notes, with
the only exception of a senior floating rate note of
Euro 15 million issued by Lehman Brothers whose
impairment was recorded as
other-than-temporary
in 2008, 8 positions are in an unrealized loss position, which
has been considered as temporary. For all floating rate notes,
except the Lehman Brothers senior unsecured bonds described
below, the Company expects to recover the debt securities
entire amortized cost basis. Since the duration of the floating
rate note portfolio is 1.5 years on average
F-23
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
and the securities have a minimum Moodys rating of A2
(with the only exception of the Lehman Brothers senior unsecured
bonds), the Company expects the value of the securities to
return to par as the final maturity is approaching. In addition,
the Company does not expect to be required to sell the
securities before maturity. As such, no credit loss has been
identified on these instruments. As a result, the change in fair
value is recognized as a separate component of Accumulated
other comprehensive income in the consolidated statement
of changes in equity. The Company estimated the fair value of
these financial assets based on publicly quoted market prices,
which corresponds to a level 1 fair value measurement
hierarchy.
The floating rate notes and the government bonds are reported as
current assets on the line Marketable Securities on
the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2010,
since they represent investments of funds available for current
operations.
The auction-rate securities, which have a final maturity up to
40 years, were purchased in the Companys account by
Credit Suisse Securities LLC contrary to the Companys
instructions; they are classified as non-current assets on the
line Non-current marketable securities on the
consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2010. On
February 16, 2009, the Company announced that an
arbitration panel of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority
(FINRA), in a full and final resolution of the
issues submitted for determination, awarded the Company, in
connection with such unauthorized auction rate securities,
approximately $406 million, comprising compensatory
damages, as well as interest, attorneys fees and
consequential damages, which were assessed against Credit
Suisse. In addition, the Company is entitled to retain an
interest award of approximately $27 million, out of which
$25 million has already been paid, plus interest at the
rate of 4.64% on the par value of the portfolio from
December 31, 2008 until March 31, 2010 and 0.42% from
March 31, 2010 until the Award is paid in full. The Company
petitioned the United States District Court for the Southern
District of New York seeking enforcement of the award. Credit
Suisse responded by seeking to vacate the FINRA award. In
December 2009, Credit Suisse, because of its contingent interest
in certain securities held by the Company and issued by Deutsche
Bank, requested that the Company either tender the securities or
accept that the amount that would be received by the Company
pursuant to such tender be deducted from the sum to be collected
by the Company if and when the FINRA award is confirmed and
enforced. Pursuant to legal advice, and while reserving its
legal rights, the Company participated in the tender offer, sold
Auction Rate Securities with a face value of $154 million
and collected $75 million. On March 19, 2010, in
connection with the Companys legal action to recover from
Credit Suisse the amount invested in unauthorized auction rate
securities against the Companys instructions, the federal
district court in New York issued a ruling affirming the
unanimous arbitration award in its favor for more than
$432 million, including collected interest, entered into in
February 2009 by FINRA. The ruling of the federal district court
in New York denied Credit Suisses motion to vacate the
award, also granting the Companys petition to affirm the
award and directing Credit Suisse to pay the unpaid balance. On
August 24, 2010 the New York Court for the Southern
District issued a judgment confirming the ruling of March 2010.
On February 24, 2011, the Company received notice that the
US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit has fixed
March 28, 2011 as the trial date. Based on the ruling the
Company should receive approximately $357 million, which
include approximately $27 million of interest to date, in
addition to the approximately $75 million previously
received in December upon selling a portion of the securities,
as described above. This ruling can be appealed by Credit Suisse
to the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit upon resolution
of all post judgment motions.
Upon receipt of the award, the Company will transfer ownership
of the portfolio of unauthorized auction rate securities to
Credit Suisse. Until the award is executed, the Company will
continue to own the Auction Rate Securities and, consequently,
will account for them in the same manner as in the prior
periods. Until the FINRA award is executed, the ownership of the
auction-rate securities must be considered as a separate unit of
accounting for impairment assessment. From the first quarter of
2008, the fair value measure of these securities, which
corresponds to a level 3 fair value hierarchy, was based on
a theoretical model using yields obtainable for comparable
assets. The value inputs for the evaluation of these securities
were publicly available indexes of securities with the same
rating, similar duration and comparable/similar underlying
collaterals or industries exposure (such as ABX for the
collateralized debt obligation and ITraxx and IBoxx for the
credit-linked notes until CLN have been tendered on December
2009), which the Company believes approximates the orderly exit
value in the current market. The estimated value of these
securities could further decrease due to a deterioration of the
specific indexes used for the evaluation. Fair value measurement
information is further detailed in Note 27.
On May 7, 2010 the Company disposed of its investment in
Numonyx in exchange for shares in Micron Technology Inc., as
detailed in Note 12. The Micron shares were recorded in the
consolidated balance sheet on the line Marketable
Securities as of December 31, 2010. During November
and December 2010, the Company sold
F-24
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
around 47 million of those shares, together with the
related hedging instruments. The $375 million proceeds from
the sale generated a non-operating loss of $33 million
reported in the line Gain (loss) on financial instruments,
net. This loss was partially neutralized by a
$20 million gain on the proceeds of the unwinding of the
derivative instruments, which is described in note 27. The
Company reported a deferred loss on remaining shares amounting
to $15 million and a deferred gain on the remaining related
derivative instruments of $27 million, both as a component
of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income since the
Company assessed the decline in fair value to be temporary.
As at December 31, 2010, the Company has $67 million
of cash invested in short-term deposits with a maturity of one
year. These deposits are held at one Bank with a long-term
rating of Aa2/AA-. Interest on this deposit is paid at maturity
with interest rates fixed at inception for the duration of the
deposit. The principal will be repaid at final maturity and is
readily convertible in cash.
|
|
5.
|
TRADE
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET
|
Trade accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Trade accounts receivable
|
|
|
1,247
|
|
|
|
1,386
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Total
|
|
|
1,230
|
|
|
|
1,367
|
|
Bad debt expense in 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $1 million,
$2 million and $1 million respectively. In 2010, 2009
and 2008, one customer, the Nokia group of companies,
represented 13.9%, 16.1% and 17.5% of consolidated net revenues,
respectively.
The Company enters into factoring transactions to accelerate the
realization in cash of some trade accounts receivable within the
ST-Ericsson venture described in details in Note 8. In
2010, $781 million of trade accounts receivable were sold
without recourse, with a financial cost of $2 million
reported on the line Interest income (expense), net
of the consolidated statement of income for the year ended
December 31, 2010.
Inventories, net of reserve, consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
976
|
|
|
|
769
|
|
Finished products
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
|
433
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,497
|
|
|
|
1,275
|
|
F-25
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
|
|
7.
|
OTHER
RECEIVABLES AND ASSETS
|
Other receivables and assets consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Receivables from government agencies
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
Taxes and other government receivables
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
Advances
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
Prepayments
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Loans and deposits
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Interest receivable
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Derivative instruments
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Receivables from equity investments
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
Total
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
753
|
|
Derivative instruments are further described in Note 27.
On August 2, 2008, ST-NXP Wireless, a joint venture owned
80% by the Company, began operations based on contributions of
the wireless businesses of the Company and NXP, as the
noncontrolling interest holder. On February 1, 2009, the
Company exercised its option to purchase the 20% noncontrolling
interest of NXP in ST-NXP wireless for a price of
$92 million. Transactions with NXP noncontrolling interests
are summarized in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to parent company
|
|
|
830
|
|
|
|
(1,131
|
)
|
Transfers from noncontrolling interests:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in parent companys capital surplus for purchase
of outstanding 20% of ST-NXP shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
Change from net income (loss) attributable to parent company
and transfers (to) from noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
830
|
|
|
|
(1,012
|
)
|
On February 3, 2009, the Company closed a transaction to
combine the businesses of Ericsson Mobile Platforms
(EMP) and ST-NXP Wireless into a new venture,
ST-Ericsson (STE). ST-Ericsson combines the
resources of the two companies and focuses on developing and
delivering a complete portfolio of mobile platforms wireless
semiconductor solutions across the broad spectrum of mobile
technologies. The operations of ST-Ericsson are conducted
through two groups of companies. The parent of one of the groups
is ST-Ericsson Holding AG (JVS), which is owned 50%
plus a controlling share by ST. JVS is responsible for the full
commercial operation of the combined businesses, namely sales,
marketing, supply and the full product responsibility. The
parent of the other group of companies, ST-Ericsson AT SA
(JVD), is owned 50% plus a controlling share by
Ericsson and is focused on fundamental R&D activities. Both
JVS and JVD are variable interest entities. The Company has
determined that it is the primary beneficiary of JVS and
therefore consolidates JVS, but that it is not the primary
beneficiary of JVD and therefore accounts for its investment in
JVD under the equity method. JVD is further described in
Note 12. In addition to the contributions made by ST and
Ericsson of their respective businesses to the venture entities,
the consideration received from Ericsson included
$1,155 million in cash. The transaction was accounted for
as a business combination under the amended business combination
guidance adopted by the Company as of January 1, 2009.
F-26
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
The purchase accounting results were the following, in millions
of U.S. dollars:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consideration transferred:
|
|
|
|
|
Noncontrolling interest in the Companys business
contributed
|
|
|
1,105
|
|
Cash received by the Company
|
|
|
(700
|
)
|
Equity investment in JVD
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consideration transferred
|
|
|
306
|
|
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash in JVS
|
|
|
445
|
|
Other current assets and liabilities net
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
48
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
23
|
|
Total identifiable net assets
|
|
|
469
|
|
Noncontrolling interest in EMP business acquired
|
|
|
(306
|
)
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
143
|
|
Total
|
|
|
306
|
|
The goodwill arises principally due to expected synergies and
the value of the assembled workforce. It is tax deductible for
an amount of $26 million. In connection with this
transaction, the Company recognized acquisition costs of
$9 million, which were included in selling, general and
administrative expenses during 2009. The customer relationships
have a useful life of four years. There are no contingent assets
or liabilities recognized in the transaction.
The fair value of the noncontrolling interests was determined by
the Company with the assistance of a third party for the fair
values of the businesses contributed. Due to lack of comparable
market transactions, the EMP business was valued using a
discounted cash flow approach. The primary inputs used to
measure the fair value were the stand alone business plan for
the five-year period
2009-2013,
including certain cost synergies of the venture, and the
weighted average cost of capital, which was determined to be
8.9%. This represents a Level 3 measurement of fair value
in the fair value measurement hierarchy. The resulting value of
the EMP business was then allocated between the two entities of
the venture as follows: (a) specifically identifiable
assets as well as customer-related intangibles and the cost
synergies were allocated to the portion of the EMP business
contributed to JVS, and (b) specifically identifiable
assets as well as the value of the usage rights of the
technology were allocated to the portion of the EMP business
contributed to JVD. The fair value of the Companys
contribution of its ST-NXP Wireless business to JVS was
determined based upon the valuation of the EMP business
contributed to JVS and JVD and the cash consideration that was
agreed upon between the Company and Ericsson to compensate for
the difference in fair values between the two companies
contributions. This valuation is therefore also considered
Level 3. Upon closing, JVS was determined to be included in
the reportable segment Wireless, as detailed in
Note 29.
In 2010, the Company completed two transactions to acquire
substantially all the assets of two development stage companies
based in the United States of America. These acquisitions
provide the Group with leading technologies in the field of
rectifier diodes and powerline communications. Both transactions
were structured as asset deals which have been accounted for as
business combinations and were determined to be included in the
reportable segment Industrial and Multisegment
Sector ( IMS).
F-27
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
The fair value of the identifiable assets and assumed
liabilities acquired from these two companies at
acquisition-date were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value
|
|
|
|
recognized on
|
|
|
|
acquisition
|
|
|
|
In millions of
|
|
|
|
USD
|
|
|
Technology
|
|
|
13
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1
|
|
In-process R&D
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total identifiable net assets at fair value
|
|
|
19
|
|
Purchase consideration
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase consideration is made of cash payments for
$11 million and the acquisition-date fair value of
contingent considerations. Goodwill on these transactions arises
principally due to the value of the assembled workforce.
Following the segment reorganization as described in
Note 29, the Company has restated its allocation of
goodwill by product segment in prior periods for illustrative
comparisons. .
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Computer and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Communication
|
|
|
Wireless
|
|
|
Multisegment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infrastructure
|
|
|
Sector
|
|
|
Sector
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ACCI)
|
|
|
(Wireless)
|
|
|
(IMS)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
Business Combination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
Vision goodwill impairment
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
1,071
|
|
Business Combinations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Decrease in goodwill due to a release of contingent
consideration liability booked initially under FAS 141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
1,054
|
|
Gross goodwill recognized amounted to respectively
$1,121 million and $1,138 million as at
December 31, 2010 and 2009. Accumulated impairment amounted
to $67 million as at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
On February 3, 2009, the Company closed a transaction to
combine the businesses of Ericsson Mobile Platforms
(EMP) and ST-NXP Wireless into a new venture, named
ST-Ericsson, as described in Note 8. An amount of
$143 million of the purchase price for this transaction was
allocated to goodwill. Additionally, at the beginning of the
third quarter of 2009, the Company made final adjustments to the
NXP business combination and decreased goodwill by
$12 million.
During the first half of 2009, the Company performed an
impairment test on goodwill and based on this test, an
impairment charge of $6 million was recorded on the line
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs of the consolidated statement of income for
the year ended December, 2009.
In the third quarter of 2010 and 2009, the Company performed its
annual impairment test on goodwill and indefinite long-lived
assets, which did not evidence any additional impairment charge
to be recorded.
F-28
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
|
|
10.
|
OTHER
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
|
Other intangible assets consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Technologies & licences
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
|
(609
|
)
|
|
|
218
|
|
Contractual customer relationships
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
(122
|
)
|
|
|
366
|
|
Purchased software
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
|
(256
|
)
|
|
|
53
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Other intangible assets
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
(79
|
)
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,797
|
|
|
|
(1,066
|
)
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Technologies & licences
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
|
(501
|
)
|
|
|
286
|
|
Contractual customer relationships
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
415
|
|
Purchased software
|
|
|
302
|
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
|
|
76
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Other intangible assets
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,693
|
|
|
|
(874
|
)
|
|
|
819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The line Construction in progress in the table above
includes internally developed software under construction and
software no ready for intended use.
The line Other intangible assets consists primarily
of internally developed software. The amortization expense on
capitalized software costs in 2010, 2009 and 2008 was
$30 million, $20 million and $15 million,
respectively.
The amortization expense in 2010, 2009 and 2008 was
$207 million, $208 million and $141 million,
respectively.
The estimated amortization expense of the existing intangible
assets for the following years is:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
225
|
|
2012
|
|
|
147
|
|
2013
|
|
|
72
|
|
2014
|
|
|
54
|
|
2015
|
|
|
46
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
187
|
|
Total
|
|
|
731
|
|
F-29
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
|
|
11.
|
PROPERTY,
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
|
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
948
|
|
|
|
(306
|
)
|
|
|
642
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
Facilities & leasehold improvements
|
|
|
3,037
|
|
|
|
(2,382
|
)
|
|
|
655
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
13,916
|
|
|
|
(11,534
|
)
|
|
|
2,382
|
|
Computer and R&D equipment
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
|
(441
|
)
|
|
|
78
|
|
Other tangible assets
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
67
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
18,917
|
|
|
|
(14,871
|
)
|
|
|
4,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
1,004
|
|
|
|
(294
|
)
|
|
|
710
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
18
|
|
Facilities & leasehold improvements
|
|
|
3,158
|
|
|
|
(2,332
|
)
|
|
|
826
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
13,765
|
|
|
|
(11,632
|
)
|
|
|
2,133
|
|
Computer and R&D equipment
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
|
(458
|
)
|
|
|
86
|
|
Other tangible assets
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
|
|
106
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
Total
|
|
|
19,004
|
|
|
|
(14,923
|
)
|
|
|
4,081
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The line Construction in progress in the table above
includes property, plant and equipment under construction and
equipment under qualification before operating.
The depreciation charge in 2010, 2009 and 2008 was
$1,033 million, $1,159 million and
$1,225 million, respectively.
Capital investment funding has totaled $4 million in each
of the years ended December 31 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Public funding reduced depreciation charges by
$13 million, $22 million and $25 million in 2010,
2009 and 2008 respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 the
Company made equipment sales for cash proceeds of
$29 million, $10 million and $8 million
respectively.
Equity investments as at December 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Ownership
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Ownership
|
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
In millions of USD, except percentages
|
|
|
Numonyx Holdings B.V.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
48.6
|
%
|
ST-Ericsson AT SA
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
49.9
|
%
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
49.9
|
%
|
3Sun S.r.l.
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
33.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other equity investments
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Numonyx
In 2007, the Company entered into an agreement with Intel
Corporation and Francisco Partners L.P. to create Numonyx, a new
independent semiconductor company from the key assets of the
Companys Flash Memory Group and Intels flash memory
business.
The Numonyx transaction closed on March 30, 2008. At
closing, through a series of steps, the Company contributed its
flash memory assets and businesses in exchange of 109,254,191
common shares of Numonyx, representing a 48.6% equity ownership
stake valued at $966 million, and $156 million in
long-term subordinated notes.
The Company accounted for its share in Numonyx under the equity
method based on the results of the venture. In the valuation of
the Numonyx investment under the equity method, the Company
applied a one-quarter lag reporting.
On February 10, 2010, the Company, together with its
partners Intel Corporation and Francisco Partners, entered into
a definitive agreement with Micron Technology Inc., in which
Micron acquired Numonyx Holdings B.V. in an all-stock
transaction. On May 7, 2010, this transaction closed. In
exchange for its 48.6% stake in Numonyx, the Company received:
|
|
|
|
|
approximately 66.88 million shares of Micron common stock
which were recorded as a financial asset classified as
available-for-sale.
At the May 6, 2010 Micron closing share price of $8.75 per
share, the value of the shares was $583 million taking into
account a discount of $2 million to reflect the
lock-up
period restriction applicable to these shares. As described in
note 27, a substantial portion of the Micron shares has
been hedged and as described in note 3, around
47 million shares were sold after the end of the
lock-up
period.
|
|
|
|
full ownership of the Numonyx M6 going concern and facility in
Catania, Italy, which the Company contributed to 3Sun S.r.l., a
photovoltaic joint initiative among the Company, Enel and Sharp.
|
At the closing of this transaction the senior credit facility
that was supported by the Companys guarantee of
$225 million was repaid in full by Numonyx.
The overall transaction resulted in a gain after tax of
$265 million included in line Loss on equity
investments and gain on investment divestiture of the
consolidated statement of income for the year ended
December 31, 2010. The Companys proportional share of
earnings of Numonyx for the period from March 28, 2010 to
May 7, 2010 and the benefit relating to the amortization of
basis differences for the same period was a profit of
$8 million, recognized in retained earnings.
The table below sets forth the significant non-cash transactions
related to the disposal of the Companys investment in
Numonyx:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve months
|
|
|
|
ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
In millions of USD
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
Change in net working capital
|
|
|
3
|
|
Other non-cash impacts
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
Disposal of an equity investment
|
|
|
325
|
|
Acquisition of marketable securities
|
|
|
(583
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on disposal of an equity investment
|
|
|
(265
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the line Loss
on equity investments and gain on investment divestiture
of the Companys consolidated statement of income included
the following amounts related to the investment in Numonyx:
|
|
|
|
|
a gain of $265 million on the sale of the investment in
Numonyx, as described above;
|
F-31
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
a charge of $22 million corresponding to the Companys
proportional share of the loss reported by Numonyx in the fourth
quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2010 and a benefit of
$29 million related to amortization of basis differences
arising mainly from impairment charges recorded by the Company
in prior periods.
|
ST-Ericsson
AT SA (JVD)
As disclosed in Note 8, on February 3, 2009, the
Company announced the closing of a transaction to combine the
businesses of Ericsson Mobile Platforms (EMP) and
ST-NXP Wireless into a new venture, named ST-Ericsson. As part
of the transaction, the Company received an interest in
ST-Ericsson AT Holding AG, in which the Company owns 50% less a
controlling share held by Ericsson. The Companys
investment in JVD at the date of the transaction was valued at
$99 million. In 2010, ST-Ericsson Holding AG was merged
into ST-Ericsson AT SA. In 2010, the line Loss on equity
investments and gain on investment divestiture in the
Companys consolidated statement of income included a
charge of $28 million related to JVD. This amount includes
the amortization of basis differences. The Companys
current maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement
with JVD is limited to its equity investment that amounted to
$39 million as at December 31, 2010.
3Sun
S.r.l. (3Sun)
3Sun is a joint initiative between Enel Green Power, Sharp and
the Company for the manufacture of thin film photovoltaic panels
in Catania, Italy. Each partner owns a third of the common
shares of the entity. The Company has determined that 3Sun is
not a variable interest entity. However the Company exercises a
significant influence over 3Sun and consequently accounts for
its investment in 3Sun under the equity method.
As part of the transaction with Micron, the Company exercised
its right to indirectly purchase the Numonyx M6 facility in
Catania, Italy. On July 1, 2010, Numonyx contributed the M6
going concern and facility to 3Sun and immediately transferred
the newly issued shares of 3Sun to the Company against the
redemption of the $78 million subordinated notes issued by
Numonyx and held by the Company. These debt securities are
further described in Note 13. Since the investment in 3Sun
is denominated in euro, the investment is revalued at each
reporting date closing, the exchange difference being recorded
as currency translation adjustment in Accumulated other
comprehensive income in the consolidated statement of
changes in equity. The Companys current maximum exposure
to loss as a result of its involvement with 3Sun is limited to
its equity investment that amounted to $83 million as at
December 31, 2010.
|
|
13.
|
OTHER
INVESTMENTS AND OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS
|
Other investments and other non-current assets consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Investments carried at cost
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Available-for-sale
equity securities
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Long-term notes from equity investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
Held-for-trading
equity securities
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Long-term receivables related to funding
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Long-term receivables related to tax refund
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
Long-term receivables from third party
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt issuance costs, net
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Prepaid for pension
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Derivative instruments designated as cash flow-hedge
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits and other non-current assets
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments carried at cost are equity securities with no
readily determinable fair value. In 2010, the Company incurred
an
other-than-temporary
impairment charge on one of its investments amounting to
$1 million. In 2009, the Company incurred
other-than-temporary
impairment charge on one of its investments for $3 million
that was recorded on the line Impairment, restructuring
charges and other related closure costs in the
consolidated
F-32
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2009.
The aggregate carrying amount of cost method investments that
the Company did not evaluate for impairment in 2010 and 2009
because there was no triggering event is $28 million and
$29 million, respectively.
The Company entered into a joint venture agreement in 2002 with
Dai Nippon Printing Co, Ltd for the development and production
of Photomask in which the Company holds a 19% equity interest.
The joint venture, DNP Photomask Europe S.p.A, was initially
capitalized with the Companys contribution of
2 million of cash. Dai Nippon Printing Co, Ltd
contributed 8 million of cash for an 81% equity
interest. In the event of the liquidation of the joint-venture,
the Company is required to repurchase the land at cost, and the
facility at 10% of its net book value, if no suitable buyer is
identified. No provision for this obligation has been recorded
to date. At December 31, 2010, the Companys total
contribution to the joint venture is $10 million. The
Company continues to maintain its 19% ownership of the joint
venture, and therefore continues to account for this investment
under the cost method. The Company has identified the joint
venture as a Variable Interest Entity (VIE), but has determined
that it is not the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The
Companys current maximum exposure to loss as a result of
its involvement with the joint venture is limited to its equity
investment.
The long-term subordinated notes received upon the creation of
Numonyx were extinguished as part of the deal concluded with
Micron Technology Inc. for the sale of Numonyx. As such, as at
May 7, 2010, $102 million of these debt securities,
including accumulated interests, were extinguished, the
remaining $78 million being cancelled upon the transfer of
M6 facility full ownership to the Company, as described in
Note 12.
Long-term receivables related to funding are mainly public
grants to be received from governmental agencies in Italy and
France as part of long-term research and development,
industrialization and capital investment projects.
Long-term receivables related to tax refund correspond to tax
benefits claimed by the Company in certain of its local tax
jurisdictions, for which collection is expected beyond one year.
Long-term receivables from third party relate to receivables
from third parties reclassified to non-current as collection is
expected beyond one year.
|
|
14.
|
OTHER
PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Payroll
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
325
|
|
Social charges
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
Taxes other than income taxes
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
Advances
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Payables to equity investments
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Obligations for capacity rights
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Derivative instruments
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Provision for restructuring
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
Current portion of pension and other long-term benefits
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Royalties
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Obligation related to cash collateral
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Others
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,004
|
|
|
|
1,049
|
|
The terms of the agreement for the inception of Numonyx included
rights granted to Numonyx to use certain assets retained by the
Company. As at December 31, 2010 and 2009 the value of such
rights totaled $44 million and $65 million
respectively, of which $11 million and $18 million
respectively were reported as current liabilities. Derivative
instruments are further described in Note 27.
The Company recognized $7 million as at December 31,
2010 for the obligation to return cash collateral related to the
cash-flow hedge transaction on Micron shares as described in
Note 27. The right to reclaim such cash collateral from the
Bank was reported as Restricted cash on the
consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2010.
F-33
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Other payables and accrued liabilities also include individually
insignificant amounts as of December 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009.
Long-term debt consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Bank loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.79% due 2010, floating interest rate at Libor + 1.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Funding program loans from European Investment Bank:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.32% due 2014, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.017%
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
0.31% due 2015, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.026%
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
0.34% due 2016, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.052%
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
0.62% due 2016, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.317%
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
0.50% due 2016, floating interest rate at Libor + 0.213%
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
Other funding program loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.90% (weighted average), due 2010, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
0.46% (weighted average), due 2012, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
0.50% (weighted average), due 2013, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
0.49% (weighted average), due 2014, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
0.50% (weighted average), due 2016, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
0.50% (weighted average), due 2017, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
0.74% (weighted average), due 2018, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital leases:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.48% (weighted average), due 2011, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
6.00% (weighted average), due 2014, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
5.29% (weighted average), due 2017, fixed interest rate
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Senior Bonds:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.43%, due 2013, floating interest rate at Euribor + 0.40%
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
|
720
|
|
Convertible debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.50% convertible bonds due 2016
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
|
1,695
|
|
|
|
2,492
|
|
Less current portion (excluding short term borrowings)
|
|
|
(645
|
)
|
|
|
(176
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt, less current portion
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
2,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt is denominated in the following currencies:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
U.S. dollar
|
|
|
1,113
|
|
|
|
1,666
|
|
Euro
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
|
826
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,695
|
|
|
|
2,492
|
|
The European Investment Banks loans denominated in EUR,
but drawn in USD, are classified as
USD-denominated
debt.
F-34
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Aggregate future maturities of total long-term debt outstanding
(including current portion) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
645
|
|
2012
|
|
|
109
|
|
2013
|
|
|
676
|
|
2014
|
|
|
106
|
|
2015
|
|
|
84
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,695
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In February 2006, the Company issued $1,131 million
principal amount at maturity of zero coupon senior convertible
bonds due in February 2016. The bonds were issued at 100% of
principal with a yield to maturity of 1.5% and resulted in net
proceeds to the Company of $974 million less transaction
fees. The bonds are convertible by the holder at any time prior
to maturity at a conversion rate of 43.833898 shares per
one thousand dollar face value of the bonds corresponding to
42,694,216 equivalent shares. This conversion rate has been
adjusted from 43.363087 shares per one thousand dollar face
value of the bonds as at May 21, 2007, as the result of the
extraordinary cash dividend approved by the Annual General
Meeting of Shareholders held on May 14, 2008. This new
conversion has been effective since May 19, 2008. The
holders can also redeem the convertible bonds on
February 23, 2011 at a price of $1,077.58, on
February 23, 2012 at a price of $1,093.81 and on
February 24, 2014 at a price of $1,126.99 per one thousand
dollar face value of the bonds. The Company can call the bonds
at any time after March 10, 2011 subject to the
Companys share price exceeding 130% of the accreted value
divided by the conversion rate for 20 out of 30 consecutive
trading days. The Company may redeem for cash at the principal
amount at issuance plus accumulated gross yield all, but not a
portion, of the convertible bonds at any time if 10% or less of
the aggregate principal amount at issuance of the convertible
bonds remain outstanding in certain circumstances or in the
event of changes to the tax laws of the Netherlands or any
successor jurisdiction. During 2009 the Company repurchased 98
thousand bonds corresponding to $106 million principal
amount for a total cash consideration of $103 million,
realizing a gain on the repurchase of $3 million. During
2010 the Company repurchased 386 thousand bonds corresponding to
$417 million principal amount for a total cash
consideration of $410 million, realizing a gain on the
repurchase of $7 million.
In March 2006, STMicroelectronics Finance B.V. (ST
BV), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, issued
floating rate senior bonds with a principal amount of
500 million at an issue price of 99.873%. The notes,
which mature on March 17, 2013, pay a coupon rate of the
three-month Euribor plus 0.40% on the 17th of June, September,
December and March of each year through maturity. In the event
of changes to the tax laws of the Netherlands or any successor
jurisdiction, ST BV or the Company may redeem the full amount of
senior bonds for cash. In the event of certain change in control
triggering events, the holders can cause ST BV or the Company to
repurchase all or a portion of the bonds outstanding. During
2010 the Company repurchased 74 thousand bonds for a total cash
consideration of $98 million.
Credit
facilities
The Company had unutilized committed medium term credit
facilities with core relationship banks totalling
$492 million. In addition, the aggregate amount of the
Companys and its subsidiaries total available
short-term credit facilities, excluding foreign exchange credit
facilities, was approximately $664 million as at
December 31, 2010. In addition, ST-Ericsson had
$100 million of committed line from Ericsson as parent
company, of which $75 was withdrawn and reported as
Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2010. The
Company also has three committed credit facilities with the
European Investment Bank as part of R&D funding programs.
The first one, for a total of 245 million for
R&D in France was fully drawn in U.S. dollars for a
total amount of $341 million, of which $98 million
were paid back as at December 31, 2010. The second one,
signed on July 21, 2008, for a total amount of
250 million for R&D projects in Italy, was fully
drawn in U.S. dollars for $380 million, of which
$54 million was paid back as at December 31, 2010. The
third one, signed in September 2010, for a total of
350 million for R&D projects in France was
undrawn as at December 31, 2010.
F-35
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
|
|
16.
|
POST-RETIREMENT
AND OTHER LONG-TERM EMPLOYEES BENEFITS
|
The Company and its subsidiaries have a number of defined
benefit pension plans, mainly unfunded, and other long-term
employees benefits covering employees in various
countries. The defined benefit plans provide for pension
benefits, the amounts of which are calculated based on factors
such as years of service and employee compensation levels. The
other long-term employees plans provide for benefits due
during the employees period of service after certain
seniority levels. The Company uses a December 31 measurement
date for the majority of its plans. Eligibility is generally
determined in accordance with local statutory requirements. For
Italian termination indemnity plan (TFR), generated
before July 1, 2007, the Company continues to measure the
vested benefits to which Italian employees are entitled as if
they retired immediately as of December 31, 2010, in
compliance with U.S. GAAP guidance on determining vested
benefit obligations for defined benefit pension plans.
The changes in benefit obligation and plan assets were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
Other Long-Term Benefits
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
|
587
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Effect of settlement
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Effect of curtailment
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial (gain) loss
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Transfer in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Transfer out
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Plan amendment
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
Benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Change in plan assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets at fair value at beginning of year
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee contributions
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of settlement
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial gain (loss)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer out
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets at fair value at end of year
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
|
(329
|
)
|
|
|
(315
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
Net amount recognized in the balance sheet consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non current assets
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Non Current liabilities
|
|
|
(315
|
)
|
|
|
(309
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
|
(329
|
)
|
|
|
(315
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
F-36
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
before tax effects were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial
|
|
|
Prior service
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(gains)/losses
|
|
|
cost
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income as at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
Net amount generated/arising in current year
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Effect of curtailment/settlement
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income as at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
Net amount generated/arising in current year
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Other comprehensive income as at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
In 2011, the Company expects to amortize $5 million of
actuarial losses and $1 million of past service cost.
The components of the net periodic benefit cost included the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
Other Long-term Benefits
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of actuarial net loss (gain)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of settlement
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of curtailment
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average assumptions used in the determination of
the benefit obligation and the plan asset for the pension plans
and the other long-term benefits were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Assumptions
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
4.68
|
%
|
|
|
5.11
|
%
|
|
|
5.23
|
%
|
Salary increase rate
|
|
|
3.13
|
%
|
|
|
3.08
|
%
|
|
|
3.46
|
%
|
Expected long-term rate of return on funds for the pension
expense of the year
|
|
|
4.99
|
%
|
|
|
5.28
|
%
|
|
|
5.69
|
%
|
The discount rate was determined by comparison against long-term
corporate bond rates applicable to the respective country of
each plan. In developing the expected long-term rate of return
on assets, the Company modelled the expected long-term rates of
return for broad categories of investments held by the plan
against a number of various potential economic scenarios.
F-37
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
The Companys pension plan asset allocation at
December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Plan Assets at December
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
|
39
|
%
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
Bonds securities remunerating interest
|
|
|
32
|
%
|
|
|
33
|
%
|
Real estate
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
The Companys detailed pension plan asset allocation
including the fair-value measurements of those plan assets as at
December 31, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Markets
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for Identical
|
|
|
Observable Inputs
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Assets (Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Government debt securities
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment funds
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Real estate
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Other (mainly insurance assets contracts and
reserves)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
For plan assets measured at fair value using significant
unobservable inputs (Level 3), the reconciliation between
January 1, 2010 and December 31, 2010 is presented as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Measurements using
|
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
Inputs (Level 3)
|
|
|
|
In millions of
|
|
|
|
U.S. dollars
|
|
|
January 1, 2010
|
|
|
12
|
|
Actual return on plan assets mainly due to real estate
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Reclassification from Level 2
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys investment strategy for its pension plans is
to maximize the long-term rate of return on plan assets with an
acceptable level of risk in order to minimize the cost of
providing pension benefits while maintaining adequate funding
levels. The Companys practice is to periodically conduct a
review in each subsidiary of its asset allocation strategy. A
portion of the fixed income allocation is reserved in short-term
cash to provide for expected benefits to be paid. The
Companys equity portfolios are managed in such a way as to
achieve optimal diversity and in certain jurisdictions they are
entirely managed by the multi-employer funds. The Company does
not manage any assets internally.
After considering the funded status of the Companys
defined benefit plans, movements in the discount rate,
investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company
may choose to make contributions to its pension plans in any
given year in excess of required amounts. The Company
contributions to plan assets were $24 million and
$46 million in 2010 and 2009 respectively and the Company
expects to contribute cash of $16 million in 2011.
F-38
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
The Companys estimated future benefit payments as of
December 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
Other Long-term Benefits
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
2012
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
2013
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
2014
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
2015
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
From 2016 to 2020
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
The Company has certain defined contribution plans, which accrue
benefits for employees on a pro-rata basis during their
employment period based on their individual salaries. The
Company accrued benefits related to defined contribution pension
plans of $14 million and $13 million as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009 respectively. The annual cost of
these plans amounted to approximately $89 million,
$81 million and $72 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The benefits accrued to the employees on a
pro-rata basis, during their employment period are based on the
individuals salaries.
17.1
Outstanding shares
The authorized share capital of the Company is
EUR 1,810 million consisting of 1,200,000,000 common
shares and 540,000,000 preference shares, each with a nominal
value of EUR 1.04. As at December 31, 2010 the number
of shares of common stock issued was 910,420,305 shares
(910,319,305 at December 31, 2009).
As of December 31, 2010 the number of shares of common
stock outstanding was 881,686,303 (878,333,566 at
December 31, 2009).
17.2
Preference shares
The 540,000,000 preference shares, when issued, will entitle a
holder to full voting rights and to a preferential right to
dividends and distributions upon liquidation.
On January 22, 2008, an option agreement was concluded
between the Company and Stichting Continuïteit ST. This
option agreement provides for the issuance of 540,000,000
preference shares. Any such shares should be issued by the
Company to the Foundation, upon its request and in its sole
discretion, upon payment of at least 25% of the par value of the
preference shares to be issued. The issuing of the preference
shares is conditional upon (i) the Company receiving an
unsolicited offer or there being the threat of such an offer;
(ii) the Companys Managing and Supervisory Boards
deciding not to support such an offer and; (iii) the Board
of the Foundation determining that such an offer or acquisition
would be contrary to the interests of the Company and its
stakeholders. The preference shares may remain outstanding for
no longer than two years. There were no preference shares issued
as of December 31, 2010.
17.3
Treasury stock
Following the authorization by the Supervisory Board, announced
on April 2, 2008, to repurchase up to 30 million
shares of its common stock, the Company acquired
29,520,220 shares as at December 31, 2008, for a total
amount of approximately $313 million, also reflected at
cost as a reduction of the shareholders equity. This
repurchase intends to cover the transfer of shares to employees
upon vesting of future share based remuneration programs.
The treasury shares have been designated for allocation under
the Companys share based remuneration programs of
non-vested shares including such plans as approved by the 2005,
2006, 2008 and 2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. As
of December 31, 2010, 14,186,218 of these treasury shares
were transferred to employees under the Companys share
based remuneration programs of which 3,251,737 in the year ended
December 31, 2010.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company owned a number of
treasury shares equivalent to 28,734,002.
F-39
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
17.4
Stock option plans
In 1999, the Shareholders voted to renew the Supervisory Board
Option Plan whereby each member of the Supervisory Board would
receive, during the three-year period
1999-2001,
18,000 options for 1999 and 9,000 options for both 2000 and
2001, to purchase shares of capital stock at the closing market
price of the shares on the date of the grant. In the same
three-year period, the professional advisors to the Supervisory
Board would receive 9,000 options for 1999 and 4,500 options for
both 2000 and 2001. Under the Plan, the options vest over one
year and are exercisable for a period expiring eight years from
the date of grant for both 1999 and 2000 and ten years from the
date of grant for 2001.
In 2001, the Shareholders voted to adopt the 2001 Employee Stock
Option Plan (the 2001 Plan) whereby options for up
to 60,000,000 shares may be granted in installments over a
five-year period. The options may be granted to purchase shares
of common stock at a price not lower than the market price of
the shares on the date of grant. In connection with a revision
of its equity-based compensation policy, the Company decided in
2005 to accelerate the vesting period of all outstanding
unvested stock options. The options expire ten years after the
date of grant.
In 2002, the Shareholders voted to adopt a Stock Option Plan for
Supervisory Board Members and Professionals of the Supervisory
Board. Under this plan, 12,000 options can be granted per year
to each member of the Supervisory Board and 6,000 options per
year to each professional advisor to the Supervisory Board.
Options would vest 30 days after the date of grant. The
options expire ten years after the date of grant.
A summary of the stock option activity for the plans for the
three years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Per Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Range
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
46,765,635
|
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
31.42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(5,923,552
|
)
|
|
$
|
44.00 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
59.10
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(1,410,650
|
)
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $62.01
|
|
|
$
|
27.90
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
39,431,433
|
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $39.00
|
|
|
$
|
27.35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(1,487,601
|
)
|
|
$
|
17.08 - $39.00
|
|
|
$
|
27.69
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
37,943,832
|
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $39.00
|
|
|
$
|
27.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options forfeited
|
|
|
(2,646,937
|
)
|
|
$
|
17.08 - $39.00
|
|
|
|
29.55
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
35,296,895
|
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $39.00
|
|
|
|
27.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average remaining contractual life of options
outstanding as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was 1.9,
2.9 and 3.9 years, respectively.
The range of exercise prices, the weighted average exercise
price and the weighted average remaining contractual life of
options exercisable as of December 31, 2010 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
average
|
|
|
Option price
|
|
average
|
|
remaining
|
Number of shares
|
|
range
|
|
exercise price
|
|
contractual life
|
|
|
130,531
|
|
|
$
|
16.73 - $17.31
|
|
|
$
|
17.04
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
18,809,704
|
|
|
$
|
19.18 - $24.88
|
|
|
$
|
21.02
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
153,650
|
|
|
$
|
25.90 - $29.70
|
|
|
$
|
26.72
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
16,203,010
|
|
|
$
|
31.09 - $39.00
|
|
|
$
|
34.38
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
17.5
Nonvested share awards
On April 28, 2007, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of
the entire Supervisory Board and with its approval) granted
165,000 stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory
Board and professionals of the Supervisory Board (The 2007
Supervisory Board Plan), of which 22,500 awards were
immediately waived. These awards were granted at the nominal
value of the share of 1.04 and vested over the following
period: one third after 12 months, one third after
24 months and one third after 36 months following the
date of the grant. Nevertheless,
F-40
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
they were not subject to any market, performance or service
conditions. As such, their associated compensation cost was
recorded immediately at grant. In compliance with the graded
vesting of the grant, the first tranche of this plan,
representing 45,000 shares, vested as at April 28,
2008. Furthermore, following the end of mandate of one of the
members of the Board, 7,500 shares were accelerated in
2008. The second tranche of this plan, representing
45,000 shares, vested as at April 28, 2009. In 2010,
the third tranche of the plan, representing 45,000 shares
vested as at April 28, 2010. As of December 31 2010, no
awards were outstanding under the 2007 Supervisory Board Plan.
On June 18, 2007, the Company granted 5,691,840 nonvested
shares to senior executives and selected employees to be issued
upon vesting from treasury stock (The 2007 Employee
Plan). The Compensation Committee and the Supervisory
Board also authorized the future grant of additional shares to
selected employees upon nomination by the Managing Board of the
Company as detailed below. The shares were granted for free to
employees, and vested upon completion of three internal
performance conditions, each weighting for one third of the
total number of awards granted. Except for employees in two of
the Companys European subsidiaries for whom a subplan was
simultaneously created, the nonvested shares vested over the
following requisite service period: 32% as at April 26,
2008, 32% as at April 26, 2009 and 36% as at April 26,
2010. The following requisite service period was required for
the nonvested shares granted under the two local subplans: for
the first one, 64% of the granted stock awards vested as at
June 19, 2009 and 36% as at June 19, 2010. In
addition, the sale by the employees of the shares once vested
was restricted over an additional two-year period, which was not
considered as an extension of the requisite service period. For
the second subplan, 32% vested as at June 19, 2008, 32% as
at April 26, 2009 and 36% as at April 26, 2010. In
2008, the Company failed to meet one performance condition
during one semester. Consequently, one sixth of the shares
granted, totaling 926,121 shares, of which 242,233 on the
first subplan and 2,634 on the second subplan, was lost for
vesting. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the
first tranche of the original plan, representing
1,097,124 shares, vested as at April 26, 2008. The
first tranche of one of the local subplans, representing
4,248 shares, vested as at June 19, 2008. In addition,
31,786 shares were accelerated during the year, of which
2,999 under the subplans. The second tranche of the original
plan, representing 1,048,429 shares and the second tranche
of one of the local subplans, representing 3,914 shares,
vested as at April 26, 2009. The first tranche of the other
local subplan, representing 768,157 shares, vested as at
June 19, 2009. In addition, 32,360 shares were
accelerated during 2009, of which 4,974 under the subplans. In
2010, the third tranche of the original plan and the third
tranche of one of the local subplans, representing respectively
1,097,454 and 4,395 shares, vested as at April 26,
2010. The second tranche of the other local subplan,
representing 395,853 shares, vested as at June 19,
2010. In addition, 35,857 shares were accelerated during
the year, of which 12,262 under one of the subplans. These
shares were transferred to employees from the treasury shares
owned by the Company. At December 31, 2010, no awards were
outstanding under the 2007 Employee Plan.
On December 6, 2007, the Managing Board of the Company, as
authorized by the Supervisory Board of the Compensation
Committee, granted additional 84,450 shares to selected
employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as
part of the 2007 Employee Plan. This additional grant had the
same terms and conditions as the original plan. As a consequence
of the failed performance condition explained above,
14,023 shares were lost for vesting, of which 498 on the
subplan. In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the
first tranche of the original plan, representing
10,434 shares, vested as at April 26, 2008. In
addition, 11,311 shares were accelerated during the year.
The second tranche of the original plan, representing
21,585 shares, vested as at April 26, 2009. The first
tranche of the subplan, representing 1,602 shares, vested
as at December 7, 2009. In 2010, the third tranche of the
plan, representing 23,181 shares and the second tranche of
the subplan, representing 900 shares vested as at
April 27, 2010. At December 31, 2010, no nonvested
shares were outstanding as part of this additional grant.
On February 19, 2008, the Managing Board of the Company, as
authorized by the Supervisory Board of the Compensation
Committee, granted additional 135,550 shares to selected
employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as
part of the 2007 Employee Plan. This additional grant had the
same terms and conditions as the original plan. As a consequence
of the failed performance condition explained above,
22,559 shares were lost for vesting, of which 5,887 on the
local subplan. In compliance with the graded vesting of the
grant, the first tranche of the original plan, representing
26,407 shares, vested as at April 26, 2008. In
addition, 320 shares were accelerated during the year. The
second tranche of the original plan, representing
21,978 shares, vested as at April 26, 2009. In
addition, 567 shares were accelerated during 2009. The
first tranche of the subplan, representing 8,417 shares,
vested as at February 20, 2010, the third tranche of the
plan, representing 24,653 shares, as at April 26, 2010
and the second tranche of the subplan, representing
4,404 shares, as at April 27, 2010. At
December 31, 2010, no nonvested shares were outstanding as
part of this additional grant.
F-41
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
On May 16, 2008, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of
the entire Supervisory Board and with its approval) granted
165,000 stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory
Board and professionals of the Supervisory Board (The 2008
Supervisory Board Plan), of which 22,500 awards were
immediately waived. These awards were granted at the nominal
value of the share of 1.04 and vest over the following
period: one third after 12 months, one third after
24 months and one third after 36 months following the
date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any
market, performance or service conditions. As such, their
associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant.
In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first
tranche of this plan, representing 47,500 shares, vested as
at May 16, 2009. The second tranche of this plan,
representing 47,500 shares, vested as at May 16, 2010.
Furthermore, following the resignation of one of the members,
5,000 shares were accelerated in 2010. As of
December 31, 2010, 42,500 awards were outstanding under the
2008 Supervisory Board Plan.
On July 22, 2008, the Company granted 5,723,305 nonvested
shares to senior executives and selected employees to be issued
upon vesting from treasury stock (The 2008 Employee
Plan). The Compensation Committee also authorized the
future grant of additional shares to selected employees upon
nomination by the Managing Board of the Company. The shares were
granted for free to employees, vesting upon completion of three
internal performance conditions, each weighting for one third of
the total number of awards granted. Except for employees in two
of the Companys European subsidiaries for whom a subplan
was simultaneously created, the nonvested shares vest over the
following requisite service period: 32% as at May 14, 2009,
32% as at May 14, 2010 and 36% as at May 14, 2011. The
following requisite service period is required for the nonvested
shares granted under the two local subplans: for the first one,
64% of the granted stock awards vest as at July 23, 2010
and 36% as at May 14, 2011. In addition, the sale by the
employees of the shares once vested is restricted over an
additional two-year period, which is not considered as an
extension of the requisite service period. For the second one,
32% vested as at July 22, 2009, 32% as at May 14, 2010
and 36% will vest as at May 14, 2011. In 2009, based on the
final calculations, the Company concluded that only one
performance condition was met. Consequently, two third of the
shares granted, totaling 3,747,193 shares, of which
1,020,134 on the first subplan and 35,598 on the second subplan,
were lost for vesting. In compliance with the graded vesting of
the grant, the first tranche of the original plan, representing
427,324 shares, vested as at May 14, 2009. The first
tranche of one of the local subplans, representing
5,719 shares, vested as at July 23, 2009. In addition,
15,588 shares were accelerated during 2009. The second
tranche of the original plan and of one of the subplan,
representing respectively 401,928 and 5,612 shares, vested
as at May 14, 2010. The first tranche of the other subplan,
representing 331,677 shares, vested as at July 23,
2010. In addition, 27,169 shares were accelerated during
the year, of which 2,351 under one of the subplans. These shares
were transferred to employees from the treasury shares owned by
the Company. At December 31, 2010, 619,609 nonvested shares
were outstanding, of which 173,885 under the first local subplan
and 6,294 under the second local subplan.
On February 27, 2009, the Managing Board of the Company, as
authorized by the Supervisory Board of the Compensation
Committee, granted additional 50,400 shares to selected
employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as
part of the 2008 Employee Plan, with the same terms and
conditions as the original plan. As a consequence of the failed
performance conditions explained above, 33,589 shares were
lost for vesting, of which 11,365 on the first local subplan and
1,332 on the second local subplan. In compliance with the graded
vesting of the grant, the first tranche of the original plan,
representing 3,348 shares, vested as at May 14, 2009.
The first tranche of the second local subplan, representing
214 shares, vested as at February 28, 2010. The second
tranche of the original plan and of the second subplan,
representing respectively 2,648 and 214 shares, vested as
at May 14, 2010. At December 31, 2010 8,901 nonvested
shares were outstanding as part of this additional grant, of
which 5,685 under the first local subplan and 240 under the
second local subplan.
On May 20, 2009, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of
the entire Supervisory Board and with its approval) granted
165,000 stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory
Board and professionals of the Supervisory Board (The 2009
Supervisory Board Plan), of which 7,500 awards were
immediately waived. These awards are granted at the nominal
value of the share of 1.04 and vest over the following
period: one third after 12 months, one third after
24 months and one third after 36 months following the
date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any
market, performance or service conditions. As such, their
associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant.
In compliance with the graded vesting of the grant, the first
tranche of this plan, representing 52,500 shares, vested as
at May 20, 2010. Furthermore, following the resignation of
one of the members, 10,000 shares were accelerated in 2010.
As of December 31 2010, 95,000 awards were outstanding under the
2009 Supervisory Board Plan.
F-42
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
On July 28, 2009, the Company granted 5,575,240 nonvested
shares to senior executives and selected employees to be issued
upon vesting from treasury stock (The 2009 Employee
Plan). The Compensation Committee also authorized the
future grant of additional shares to selected employees upon
nomination by the Managing Board of the Company. The shares were
granted for free to employees, vesting upon completion of three
internal performance conditions, each weighting for one third of
the total number of awards granted. Except for employees in one
of the Companys European subsidiaries for whom a subplan
was simultaneously created, the nonvested shares vest over the
following requisite service period: 32% vested as at
May 20, 2010, 32% will vest as at May 20, 2011 and 36%
as at May 20, 2012. The following requisite service period
is required for the nonvested shares granted under the local
subplan: 64% of the granted stock awards vest as at
July 29, 2011 and 36% as at May 20, 2012. In addition,
the sale by the employees of the shares once vested is
restricted over an additional two-year period, which is not
considered as an extension of the requisite service period. In
2010, based on the final calculations, the Company concluded
that two of the three performance conditions were met.
Consequently, one third of the shares granted, totaling
1,827,349 shares, of which 475,238 for the subplan, was
lost for vesting. In compliance with the graded vesting of the
grant, the first tranche of the original plan, representing
870,001 shares, vested as at May 20, 2010. At
December 31, 2010, 2,770,290 nonvested shares were
outstanding, of which 954,065 under the subplan.
On November 30, 2009, the Managing Board of the Company, as
authorized by the Supervisory Board of the Compensation
Committee, granted additional 8,300 shares to selected
employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as
part of the 2009 Employee Plan. This additional grant has the
same terms and conditions as the original plan. As a consequence
of the failed performance condition explained above,
2,762 shares were lost for vesting. In compliance with the
graded vesting of the grant, the first tranche of the original
plan, representing 1,772 shares, vested as at May 20,
2010. At December 31, 2010, 3,766 nonvested shares were
outstanding as part of this additional grant.
On May 27, 2010, the Compensation Committee (on behalf of
the entire Supervisory Board and with its approval) granted
172,500 stock-based awards to the members of the Supervisory
Board and professionals of the Supervisory Board (The 2010
Supervisory Board Plan), of which 7,500 awards were
immediately waived. These awards were granted at the nominal
value of the share of 1.04 and vest over the following
period: one third after 12 months, one third after
24 months and one third after 36 months following the
date of the grant. Nevertheless, they are not subject to any
market, performance or service conditions. As such, their
associated compensation cost was recorded immediately at grant.
Furthermore, following the resignation of one of the members,
15,000 shares were accelerated in 2010. As of
December 31, 2010, 150,000 awards were outstanding under
the 2010 Supervisory Board Plan.
On July 22, 2010, the Company granted 6,344,725 nonvested
shares to senior executives and selected employees to be issued
upon vesting from treasury stock (The 2010 Employee
Plan). The Compensation Committee also authorized the
future grant of additional shares to selected employees upon
nomination by the Managing Board of the Company. The shares were
granted for free to employees, and will vest upon completion of
three internal performance conditions, each weighting for one
third of the total number of awards granted. Except for
employees in one of the Companys European subsidiaries for
whom a subplan was simultaneously created, the nonvested shares
vest over the following requisite service period: 32% as at
May 25, 2011, 32% as at May 25, 2012 and 36% as at
May 25, 2013. The following requisite service period is
required for the nonvested shares granted under the local
subplan: 64% of the granted stock awards vest as at
July 23, 2012 and 36% as at May 25, 2013. In addition,
the sale by the employees of the shares once vested is
restricted over an additional two-year period, which is not
considered as an extension of the requisite service period. At
December 31, 2010, 6,285,170 nonvested shares were
outstanding, of which 1,616,500 under the subplan.
On December 17, 2010, the Managing Board of the Company, as
authorized by the Supervisory Board of the Compensation
Committee, granted additional 221,650 shares to selected
employees designated by the Managing Board of the Company as
part of the 2010 Employee Plan. This additional grant has the
same terms and conditions as the original plan. At
December 31, 2010, 221,650 nonvested shares were
outstanding as part of this additional grant.
F-43
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
A summary of the nonvested share activity for the years ended
December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 is presented
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested Shares
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Exercise price
|
|
|
Outstanding as at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
11,169,105
|
|
|
$
|
0-1.04
|
|
Awards granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 Employee Plan
|
|
|
50,400
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2009 Employee Plan
|
|
|
5,583,540
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2009 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Awards forfeited:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(8,507
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2007 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(52,896
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2008 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(73,057
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2009 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(42,800
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2009 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(7,500
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Awards cancelled on failed vesting conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(3,780,782
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Awards vested:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(1,694,162
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2006 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(14,000
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
2007 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(1,898,592
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2007 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(45,000
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
2008 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(451,979
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2008 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(47,500
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Outstanding as at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
8,851,270
|
|
|
$
|
0-1.04
|
|
Awards granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Employee Plan
|
|
|
6,566,375
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2010 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
172,500
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Awards forfeited:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(5,944
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2008 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(13,730
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2009 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(49,682
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2010 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(59,555
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2010 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(7,500
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Awards cancelled on failed vesting conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(1,830,111
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Awards vested:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(1,595,384
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2007 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(45,000
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
2008 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(769,462
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2008 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(52,500
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
2009 Employee Plan
|
|
|
(886,891
|
)
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
2009 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(62,500
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
2010 Supervisory Board Plan
|
|
|
(15,000
|
)
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
Outstanding as at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
10,196,886
|
|
|
$
|
0-1.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The grant date fair value of nonvested shares granted to
employees under the 2007 Employee Plan was $19.35. The fair
value of the nonvested shares granted reflected the market price
of the shares at the date of the grant. On April 1, 2008,
the Compensation Committee approved the statement that two
performance conditions were fully met and that for one condition
only one half of it was achieved. Consequently, the compensation
expense recorded on the 2007 Employee Plan reflects the
statement that five sixths of the awards granted vested, as far
as the service condition is met.
The grant date fair value of nonvested shares granted to
employees under the 2008 Employee Plan was $10.64. The fair
value of the nonvested shares granted reflected the market price
of the shares at the date of the grant. On March 23, 2009,
the Compensation Committee approved the statement that one
performance condition was fully
F-44
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
met. Consequently, the compensation expense recorded on the 2008
Employee Plan reflects the statement that one third of the
awards granted will fully vest, as far as the service condition
is met.
The grant date fair value of nonvested shares granted to
employees under the 2009 Employee Plan was $7.54. On the 2009
Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares granted
reflected the market price of the shares at the date of the
grant. On April 14, 2010, the Compensation Committee
approved the statement that two performance conditions were
fully met. Consequently, the compensation expense recorded on
the 2009 Employee Plan reflects the statement that two third of
the awards granted will fully vest, as far as the service
condition is met.
The grant date fair value of nonvested shares granted to
employees under the 2010 Employee Plan was $8.69. On the 2010
Employee Plan, the fair value of the nonvested shares granted
reflected the market price of the shares at the date of the
grant. On the contrary, the Company estimates the number of
awards expected to vest by assessing the probability of
achieving the performance conditions. At December 31, 2010,
a final determination of the achievement of the performance
conditions had not yet been made by the Compensation Committee
of the Supervisory Board. However, the Company has estimated
that two third of the awards are expected to vest. Consequently,
the compensation expense recorded for the 2010 Employee Plan
reflects the vesting of two third of the awards granted, subject
to the service condition being met. The assumption of the
expected number of awards to be vested upon achievement of the
performance conditions is subject to changes based on the final
measurement of the conditions, which is expected to occur in the
first quarter of 2011.
The following table illustrates the classification of
pre-payroll tax and social contribution stock-based compensation
expense included in the consolidated statements of income for
the year ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009
and December 31, 2008, respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Loss on equity investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Total pre-payroll tax and social contribution compensation
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Compensation cost, excluding payroll tax and social
contribution, capitalized as part of inventory was
$2 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009 whereas it
amounted to $3 million at December 31, 2008. As of
December 31, 2010 there was $33 million of total
unrecognized compensation cost related to the grant of nonvested
shares, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted
average period of approximately 18.1 months.
The total deferred income tax expense recognized in the
consolidated statements of income related to unvested
share-based compensation expense amounted to $3 million for
the year ended December 31, 2010, including a shortfall
recorded on the 2007 Employee Plan closed during 2010 due to the
vesting fair value being significantly lower than the grant fair
value. The total deferred income tax benefit recognized in the
consolidated statements of income related to unvested
share-based compensation expense amounted to $8 million and
$3 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and
2008, respectively.
17.6
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
The accumulated balances related to each component of Other
comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
gain (loss) on
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
change on
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
currency
|
|
|
available-for-sale
|
|
|
gain (loss) on
|
|
|
accounting
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
|
translation
|
|
|
financial assets,
|
|
|
derivatives,
|
|
|
standards,
|
|
|
comprehensive
|
|
|
|
adjustment
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
income (loss)
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
1,320
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1,164
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
1,094
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
1,224
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
1,164
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
(255
|
)
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
Balance as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
|
|
979
|
|
F-45
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the net amount of
accumulated other comprehensive income reclassified as earnings
was approximately $6 million related to cash flow hedge
transactions outstanding as at December 31, 2009, for which
the forecasted hedged transaction occurred in 2010.
17.7
Dividends
At the Companys Annual General Meeting of Shareholders
held on May 25, 2010, the distribution of a cash dividend
of $0.28 per common share, amounting to approximately
$247 million, to be paid in four equal installments, was
adopted by the Companys shareholders. Through
December 31, 2010, three installments were paid for an
amount of $186 million including withholding tax. The
remaining $0.07 per share cash dividend to be paid in the first
quarter of 2011 totaled $62 million and was reported as
dividends payable to shareholders on the
consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2010.
At the Companys Annual General Meeting of Shareholders
held on May 20, 2009, the distribution of a cash dividend
of $105 million or $0.12 per common share to be paid in
four equal installments was adopted by the Companys
shareholders. Through December 31, 2009, payments were made
for an amount of $79 million including withholding tax. The
remaining $0.03 per share cash dividend totaling
$26 million was paid in the first quarter of 2010.
In 2008 the cash dividend was of $0.36 per share for a total
amount paid of $319 million.
|
|
18.
|
EARNINGS
(LOSS) PER SHARE
|
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
earnings (loss) per share (EPS) was calculated as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Basic EPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
830
|
|
|
|
(1,131
|
)
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
880,375,234
|
|
|
|
876,928,190
|
|
|
|
891,955,940
|
|
Basic EPS
|
|
|
0.94
|
|
|
|
(1.29
|
)
|
|
|
(0.88
|
)
|
Diluted EPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
830
|
|
|
|
(1,131
|
)
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
Convertible debt interest
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) adjusted
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
|
(1,131
|
)
|
|
|
(786
|
)
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
880,375,234
|
|
|
|
876,928,190
|
|
|
|
891,955,940
|
|
Dilutive effect of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilutive effect of nonvested shares
|
|
|
3,555,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilutive effect of convertible debt
|
|
|
27,180,653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of shares used in calculating diluted EPS
|
|
|
911,111,693
|
|
|
|
876,928,190
|
|
|
|
891,955,940
|
|
Diluted EPS
|
|
|
0.92
|
|
|
|
(1.29
|
)
|
|
|
(0.88
|
)
|
At December 31, 2010, outstanding stock options included
anti-dilutive shares totalling approximately
35,296,895 shares. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, if
the Company had reported an income, outstanding stock options
would have included anti-dilutive shares totalling approximately
37,943,832 shares and 39,431,433 shares, respectively.
There was also the equivalent of 21,491,685 common shares
outstanding for convertible debt, out of which 5,624 for the
2013 bonds and 21,486,061 for the 2016 bonds. None of these
bonds have been converted to shares during 2010.
|
|
19.
|
REVENUES
UNDER MULTIPLE DELIVERABLE ARRANGEMENTS
|
The Company, from time to time, enters into agreements with
multiple deliverables. In 2010 and 2009, the Company has entered
into certain agreements related to the licensing of
manufacturing processes which include the delivery of
a) licenses and process documentation and b) various
training and implementation support. In the
F-46
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
current agreements, the delivery of each instance of process
documentation, as well as the training and support, are
considered to be separate units of accounting. The timing of
services in these arrangements varies depending on the
contractual terms, but revenue is recognized either prorata for
short duration service periods, or as the specific services are
rendered for longer duration service periods, as appropriate.
As these manufacturing processes are not normally sold by the
Company or other similar manufacturers, there is limited or no
ability to use vendor specific objective evidence or third-party
evidence of value. Thus, the valuation is based on best
estimates of selling prices for such deliverables. These best
estimates are determined by the groups responsible for the
negotiation of the agreements and are primarily based on either:
a) the total amount of the agreement, assuming that
subsequent services are insignificant to the sale of the license
and process documentation, b) cash payments to be paid by
the customer in advance of delivery prior to incurring related
services or training
and/or
c) information derived from the negotiation process between
the Company and the customer. Training and support are valued
based on past history of similar services or the groups
determined value based on a cost plus analysis.
The actual past and the expected future revenues for the
multiple deliverable arrangements are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
Licenses and process documentation
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Training and support services
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Revenues under Multiple Deliverable Arrangements
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due to the long nature of some of the payments in these
agreements, some revenue is deferred until collectability is
reasonably assured. These arrangements generally do not include
performance-, cancellation-, termination- or refund-type
provisions.
|
|
20.
|
OTHER
INCOME AND EXPENSES, NET
|
Other income and expenses, net consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Research and development funding
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
Start-up and
phase-out costs
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Exchange gain, net
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Patent costs, net of gain from settlement
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Gain on sale of long-lived assets, net
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company receives significant public funding from
governmental agencies in several jurisdictions. Public funding
for research and development is recognized ratably as the
related costs are incurred once the agreement with the
respective governmental agency has been signed and all
applicable conditions have been met.
Start-up
costs represent costs incurred in the
start-up and
testing of the Companys new manufacturing facilities,
before reaching the earlier of a minimum level of production or
six months after the fabrication lines quality
certification. Phase-out costs for facilities during the closing
stage are treated in the same manner.
Exchange gains and losses included in Other income and
expenses, net represent the portion of exchange rate
changes on transactions denominated in currencies other than an
entitys functional currency and the changes in fair value
of
held-for-trading
derivative instruments which are not designated as hedge and
which have a cash flow effect related to operating transactions,
as described in Note 27.
Patent costs include legal and attorney fees and payment for
claims, patent pre-litigation consultancy and legal fees. They
are reported net of settlements, which primarily includes
reimbursements of prior patent litigation costs.
F-47
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
|
|
21.
|
IMPAIRMENT,
RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND OTHER RELATED CLOSURE COSTS
|
Impairment, restructuring charges and other related closure
costs incurred in 2010, 2009, and 2008 are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impairment,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
charges and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Other related
|
|
|
related closure
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
charges
|
|
|
closure costs
|
|
|
costs
|
|
|
Manufacturing restructuring plan
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
STE restructuring plan
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
Goodwill annual impairment test
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other restructuring initiatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Total
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impairment,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
charges and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Other related
|
|
|
related closure
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
charges
|
|
|
closure costs
|
|
|
costs
|
|
|
Manufacturing restructuring plan
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(126
|
)
|
STE restructuring plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(100
|
)
|
Goodwill annual impairment test
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Other restructuring initiatives
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
Total
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(221
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(291
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impairment,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
charges and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Other related
|
|
|
related closure
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
charges
|
|
|
closure costs
|
|
|
costs
|
|
|
Manufacturing restructuring plan
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
(79
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
FMG deconsolidation
|
|
|
(190
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
Goodwill annual impairment test
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
Other restructuring initiatives
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
Total
|
|
|
(290
|
)
|
|
|
(156
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
|
|
(481
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment
charges and disposal loss
In 2010, the Company recorded impairment charges for
$11 million primarily related to long-lived assets for
which no alternative future use was identified within the
Company, pursuant to the termination of certain lease contracts.
In 2010, the Company performed an analysis to determine if it
was still valid to report Carrollton property and other
long-lived assets as Assets held for sale in the
consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2010. Based
on continued interest in the property and the Companys
intent and actions to sale, the Assets held for sale
model was confirmed with no additional impairment in the
consolidated statements of income.
In 2009, the Company recorded impairment charges for
$35 million corresponding primarily to:
|
|
|
|
|
$25 million impairment charge on the Companys
long-lived assets of its manufacturing sites in Carrollton
(Texas) and in Phoenix (Arizona) ; $21 million impairment
on Carrollton property and other long-lived assets and as a
result of its designation as Assets held for sale on
the consolidated balance sheets, pursuant to its decision to
sell the facility, and $4 million impairment charges on
certain specific equipment of the Companys manufacturing
site in Phoenix, for which no alternative future use existed
within the Company;
|
|
|
|
$6 million impairment on goodwill;
|
|
|
|
$3 million
other-than-temporary
impairment on investments carried at cost.
|
F-48
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
In 2008, the Company recorded impairment charges and disposal
loss for $290 million corresponding primarily to
$190 million loss on FMG deconsolidation and
$75 million impairment charge on long-lived assets of the
Companys manufacturing site in Phoenix (Arizona).
Restructuring
charges and other related closure costs
The Company is currently engaged in two major restructuring
plans, the STE restructuring plan and the manufacturing
restructuring plan that are briefly described hereafter. The
Company is also engaged in various initiatives aimed at reducing
the operating expenses through a workforce reduction.
In April 2009, ST-Ericsson announced a restructuring plan (the
STE restructuring plan). The main actions included
in the restructuring plan were a re-alignment of product
roadmaps to create a more agile and cost-efficient R&D
organization and a reduction in workforce of 1,200 worldwide to
reflect further integration activities following the merger. On
December 3, 2009, ST-Ericsson expanded its restructuring
plan, targeting additional annualized savings in operating
expenses and spending, along with an extensive R&D
efficiency program.
The Company announced in 2007 that management committed to a
restructuring plan aimed at redefining the Companys
manufacturing strategy in order to be more competitive in the
semiconductor market (the manufacturing restructuring
plan). This manufacturing plan includes the following
initiatives: the transfer of 150mm production from Carrollton
(Texas) to Asia, the transfer of 200mm production from Phoenix
(Arizona) to Europe and Asia and the restructuring of the
manufacturing operations in Morocco with a progressive phase out
of the activities in Ain Sebaa site synchronized with a
significant growth in Bouskoura site.
In 2010, the Company incurred restructuring charges and other
related closure costs for $93 million relating primarily to:
|
|
|
|
|
$64 million for the STE restructuring plan composed of
$59 million of on-going termination benefits for
involuntary leaves and benefits paid within voluntary leave
arrangements, and lease contract termination costs totalling
$5 million pursuant to the closure of certain locations.
|
|
|
|
$26 million for the manufacturing restructuring plan for
closure costs and one-time termination benefits to be paid to
employees who render services until the complete closure of the
Carrollton (Texas) and Phoenix (Arizona) fabs.
|
|
|
|
$3 million restructuring charges and other related closure
costs related to other committed restructuring initiatives.
|
In 2009, the Company incurred restructuring charges and other
related closure costs for $256 million relating primarily
to:
|
|
|
|
|
$100 million for the STE restructuring plan for on-going
termination benefits for involuntary leaves pursuant to the
closure of certain locations in Europe, the Unites States of
America and Asia.
|
|
|
|
$101 million for the manufacturing restructuring plan
primarily related to closure costs and one-time termination
benefits to be paid to employees who render services until the
complete closure of the Carrollton (Texas) and Phoenix (Arizona)
fabs.
|
|
|
|
$55 million restructuring charges related to former
committed restructuring initiatives. These restructuring charges
consisted primarily of termination benefits in Asia and
voluntary termination arrangements in certain European locations.
|
In 2008, the Company incurred restructuring charges and other
related closure costs for $191 million relating primarily
to:
|
|
|
|
|
$87 million for the manufacturing restructuring plan.
|
|
|
|
$26 million of restructuring charges related to FMG
disposal.
|
|
|
|
$78 million of other restructuring initiatives (mainly
related to voluntary leaves and early retirement arrangements in
certain European locations).
|
F-49
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Changes to the restructuring provisions recorded on the
consolidated balance sheet from December 31, 2009 to
December 31, 2010 are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STE
|
|
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
Restructuring
|
|
|
FMG
|
|
|
restructuring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
plan
|
|
|
disposal
|
|
|
initiatives
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Provision as at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
234
|
|
Charges incurred in 2009
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
Amounts paid
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(156
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
(296
|
)
|
Provision as at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
Charges incurred in 2010
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Adjustments for unused provisions
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Amounts paid
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(142
|
)
|
Currency translation effect
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Provision as at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs
The manufacturing restructuring plan is expected to result in
pre-tax charges in the range of $270 to $300 million, of
which $276 million have been incurred as of
December 31, 2010. This plan is expected to be completed in
the second half of 2011.
The STE restructuring plan, which was expected to result in a
total pre-tax charge in the range of $135 million to
$155 million, resulted in a total charge of
$164 million as of December 31, 2010. This plan is
expected to be completed in 2011.
In 2010, total amounts paid for restructuring and related
closure costs amounted to $142 million. The total actual
costs that the Company will incur may differ from these
estimates based on the timing required to complete the
restructuring plan, the number of people involved, the final
agreed termination benefits and the costs associated with the
transfer of equipment, products and processes.
|
|
22.
|
INTEREST
INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
|
Interest income (expense), net consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
Expense
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No borrowing cost was capitalized in 2010, 2009 and 2008.
Interest income on floating rate notes classified as
available-for-sale
marketable securities amounted to $3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2010, $8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009 and to $37 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008. Interest income on auction rate
securities totaled $2 million, $7 million and
$14 million for the years ended December 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008 respectively. Interest income on Numonyx long term
notes classified as
available-for-sale
until May 7, 2010 amounted to $5 million,
$16 million and $11 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 respectively.
F-50
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Income (loss) before income tax is comprised of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Income (loss) recorded in The Netherlands
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
|
|
(1,232
|
)
|
Income (loss) from foreign operations
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
(1,120
|
)
|
|
|
409
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
|
(1,496
|
)
|
|
|
(823
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STMicroelectronics N.V. and its subsidiaries are individually
liable for income taxes in their jurisdictions. Tax losses can
only offset profits generated by the taxable entity incurring
such loss.
Income tax benefit (expense) is comprised of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
The Netherlands taxes current
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Foreign taxes current
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current taxes
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
The Netherlands taxes deferred
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign taxes deferred
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The principal items comprising the differences in income taxes
computed at the Netherlands statutory rate of 25.5% in 2010,
2009 and 2008, and the effective income tax rate are the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense) computed at statutory rate
|
|
|
(176
|
)
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
|
210
|
|
Non-deductible, non-taxable and other permanent differences, net
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) on equity investment
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
Valuation allowance adjustments
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
Impact of prior years adjustments
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Effects on deferred taxes of changes in enacted tax rates
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Current year credits
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
Other tax and credits
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
2
|
|
Benefits from tax holidays
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Impact of uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
Impact of FMG deconsolidation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
Earnings of subsidiaries taxed at different rates
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
|
|
(178
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit (expense)
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The lines Impact of prior years adjustments
and Impact of uncertain tax positions include
amounts that are further described in the reconciliation of
unrecognized tax benefits, included in this note.
As detailed in Note 2.20, following the passage of the
French Finance Act for 2008, , French research tax credits that
in prior years were accounted for as a reduction in income tax
expense were deemed to be grants in substance beginning on
January 1, 2008,. These tax credits, totalling
$146 million, $146 million and $161 million, were
reported as a reduction of research and development expenses in
the consolidated statements of income for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
F-51
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
In 2010, 2009 and 2008, the line Earnings of subsidiaries
taxed at different rates includes a decrease of
$91 million, $123 million and $99 million,
respectively, related to significant losses in countries subject
to tax holidays.
The tax holidays represent a tax exemption period aimed to
attract foreign technological investment in certain tax
jurisdictions. The effect of the tax benefits on basic earnings
per share was $0.09, $0.00 and $0.04 for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. These
agreements are present in various countries and include programs
that reduce up to and including 100% of taxes in years affected
by the agreements. The Companys tax holidays expire at
various dates through the year ending December 31, 2019. In
certain countries, tax holidays can be renewed depending on the
Company still meeting certain conditions at the date of
expiration of the current tax holidays.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Tax loss carryforwards and investment credits
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
639
|
|
Inventory valuation
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Impairment and restructuring charges
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
Fixed asset depreciation in arrears
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Receivables for government funding
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Tax allowances granted on past capital investments
|
|
|
1,113
|
|
|
|
1,096
|
|
Pension service costs
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Stock awards
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Commercial accruals
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Other temporary differences
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
2,050
|
|
|
|
2,056
|
|
Valuation allowances
|
|
|
(1,396
|
)
|
|
|
(1,337
|
)
|
Deferred tax assets, net
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
|
719
|
|
Accelerated fixed asset depreciation
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
(66
|
)
|
Acquired intangible assets
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
Advances of government funding
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
Other temporary differences
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(35
|
)
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(173
|
)
|
|
|
(145
|
)
|
Net deferred income tax asset
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
For a particular tax-paying component of the Company and within
a particular tax jurisdiction, all current deferred tax
liabilities and assets are offset and presented as a single
amount, similarly to non-current deferred tax liabilities and
assets. The Company does not offset deferred tax liabilities and
assets attributable to different tax-paying components or to
different tax jurisdictions.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries
have gross deferred tax assets on tax loss carryforwards and
investment credits that expire starting 2011, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
29
|
|
2012
|
|
|
53
|
|
2013
|
|
|
13
|
|
2014
|
|
|
21
|
|
2015
|
|
|
14
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The valuation allowance for a particular tax jurisdiction is
allocated between current and non-current deferred tax assets
for that jurisdiction on a pro rata basis. The Tax
allowances granted on past capital investments mainly
F-52
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
related to a 2003 agreement granting the Company certain tax
credits for capital investments purchased through the year
ending December 31, 2006. Any unused tax credits granted
under the agreement will continue to increase yearly by a legal
inflationary index (currently 1.45% per annum). The credits may
be utilized through 2020 or later depending on the Company
meeting certain program criteria. In addition to this agreement,
starting in 2007 the Company continues to receive tax credits on
the yearly capital investments, which may be used to offset that
years tax liabilities and increases by the legal
inflationary rate. However, pursuant to the inability to utilize
these credits currently and in future years, the Company did not
recognize any deferred tax asset on such tax allowance. As a
result, there is no financial impact to the net deferred tax
assets of the Company.
The amount of deferred tax benefit (expense) recorded as a
component of other comprehensive income (loss) was
$7 million and ($3) million in 2010 and 2009
respectively and related primarily to the tax effects of the
recognized unfunded status on defined benefits plans.
For the evaluation of uncertain income tax positions based on a
more likely than not threshold, the Company applies
a two-step process to determine if a tax position will be
sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The
recognition threshold in step one permits the benefit from an
uncertain income tax position to be recognized only if it is
more likely than not, or 50 percent assured, that the tax
position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing
authorities. The measurement methodology in step two is based on
a cumulative probability approach, resulting in the
recognition of the largest amount that is greater than
50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with
the taxing authority.
A reconciliation of the 2010 beginning and ending amounts of
unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
193
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
44
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
5
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
Settlements
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits in 2009 was as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
38
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
10
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
1
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
193
|
|
The total amount of these unrecognized tax benefits would affect
the effective tax rate, if recognized. It is reasonably possible
that certain of the uncertain tax positions disclosed in the
table above could increase within the next 12 months due to
on-going tax audits. The Company is not able to make an estimate
of the range of the reasonably possible change.
Additionally, the Company elected to classify accrued interest
and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as components
of income tax expense in its consolidated statements of income.
Interest and penalties are not material for the years presented
or on a cumulative basis.
The settlements of $36 million relates to the finalisation
of a tax audit in one of the Companys major tax
jurisdiction.
The tax years that remain open for review in the Companys
major tax jurisdictions are from 1996 to 2010.
F-53
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
The Companys commitments as of December 31, 2010 were
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
In million US$
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
|
1,116
|
|
|
|
1,003
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
of which:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equipment purchase
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foundry purchase
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software, technology licenses and design
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Other obligations
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,865
|
|
|
$
|
1,264
|
|
|
$
|
325
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
$
|
49
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a consequence of the Companys planned closures of
certain of its manufacturing facilities, some of the contracts
as reported above have been terminated. The termination fees for
the sites still in operation have not been taken into account.
Operating leases are mainly related to building and equipment
leases. The amount disclosed is composed of minimum payments for
future leases from 2011 to 2015 and thereafter. The Company
leases land, buildings, plants and equipment under operating
leases that expire at various dates under non-cancellable lease
agreements. Operating lease expense was $135 million,
$174 million and $92 million for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Purchase obligations are primarily comprised of purchase
commitments for equipment, for outsourced foundry wafers and for
software licenses.
Other obligations primarily relate to firm contractual
commitments with respect to partnership and cooperation
agreements.
The Company is subject to the possibility of loss contingencies
arising in the ordinary course of business. These include but
are not limited to: warranty cost on the products of the
Company, breach of contract claims, claims for unauthorized use
of third-party intellectual property, tax claims beyond assessed
uncertain tax positions as well as claims for environmental
damages. In determining loss contingencies, the Company
considers the likelihood of a loss of an asset or the incurrence
of a liability as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the
amount of such loss or liability. An estimated loss is recorded
when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and when
the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company
regularly reevaluates claims to determine whether provisions
need to be readjusted based on the most current information
available to the Company. Changes in these evaluations could
result in an adverse material impact on the Companys
results of operations, cash flows or its financial position for
the period in which they occur.
|
|
26.
|
CLAIMS
AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
|
The Company has received and may in the future receive
communications alleging possible infringements, in particular in
the case of patents and similar intellectual property rights of
others. Furthermore, the Company periodically conducts broad
patent cross license discussions with other industry
participants which may or not be successfully concluded. The
Company may become involved in costly litigation brought against
the Company regarding patents, mask works, copy-rights,
trade-marks or trade secrets. In the event that the outcome of
any litigation would be unfavorable to the Company, the Company
may be required to license patents
and/or other
intellectual property rights at economically unfavorable terms
and conditions, and possibly pay damages for prior use
and/or face
an injunction, all of which individually or in the aggregate
could have a material adverse effect on the Companys
results of operations, cash flows, financial position
and/or
ability to compete.
The Company is otherwise also involved in various lawsuits,
claims, investigations and proceedings incidental to its
business and operations.
F-54
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
On April 17, 2007, Tessera Technologies, Inc. filed a
complaint against STMicroelectronics NV, Freescale Inc., ATI
Technologies, Inc., Motorola, Inc., Qualcomm, Inc., Spansion,
Inc., Spansion LLC, in the International Trade Commission (ITC)
requesting the ITC to enter an injunction barring the
importation of any product containing a device that infringes
two identified patents related to ball grid array (BGA)
packaging technology. On December 1, 2008, the
administrative law judge issued his initial determination
finding in favor of the respondents and recommended that no
injunction barring importation of the respondents products
be entered. In accordance with their rights, Tessera petitioned
the ITC to review the administrative law judges initial
determination on December 15, 2008. On May 20, 2009 the ITC
issued a final order finding that all the respondents infringe
on Tesseras asserted patents, and granted Tesseras
request for a Limited Exclusion Order prohibiting the
importation of respondents infringing products. On
December 21, 2010, the Federal Circuit Court of Appeals,
issued an opinion upholding the ITCs final order.
Respondents have requested that the Federal Circuit re-hear the
appeal before the entire panel of justices. In September 2010,
the asserted patents expired, thus nullifying the Limited
Exclusion Order. The filing of the ITC proceedings on
April 17, 2007 resulted in the stay of an earlier lawsuit
filed by Tessera in January 2006 against STMicroelectronics and
STMicroelectronics Inc along with Spansion Inc and Spansion LLC
in the US District court for the Northern District of
California, pursuant to which Tessera was claiming an injunction
as well as an unspecified amount of monetary damages for breach
of a 1997 License Agreement by STMicroelectronics Inc. The
Company expects that once the appellate process concerning the
ITC ruling is completed, Tessera will seek to lift the stay on
the pending proceedings in the Federal Court for the Northern
District of California. The asserted Tessera patents have all
now expired. The Company continues to assess the merits of all
ongoing litigation with Tessera.
On December 1, 2010, Rambus, Inc. filed a complaint in the
ITC against STMicroelectronics NV, STMicroelectronics Inc.,
along with other semiconductor respondents: Broadcom
Corporation, Freescale Inc., LSI Corporation, Nvidia
Corporation, and Mediatek Inc. and 22 customer respondents,
alleging, among other things, that certain semiconductor parts
and customer products incorporating such semiconductor parts,
infringe patents owned by Rambus relating to standard
technologies in the field of double data rate memory controller
and peripheral interfaces. The ITC complaint seeks an exclusion
order barring the importation of accused products into the
United States. On December 29, 2010 the ITC voted to
institute an investigation based on Rambus complaint and
on February 15, 2011 the Administrative Law Judge at
the ITC issued a procedural order pursuant to which a hearing is
currently scheduled to be held in October 2011, an Initial
Determination to be rendered no later than January 4, 2012,
with a final determination expected for May 2012. Also on
December 1, 2010, Rambus filed related lawsuits in the
Northern District of California against STMicroelectronics NV,
STMicroelectronics Inc. and certain other semiconductor
respondents alleging, among other things, that certain of
semiconductor products infringe on 19 Rambus patents including
the same patents involved in the ITC matter as well as other
patents owned by Rambus in relation to memory controller and
high speed interface technologies. Rambus seeks unspecified
monetary damages, enhanced damages, and injunctive relief.
Respondents have requested that the proceedings in US District
Court be stayed pending the outcome of the ITC proceedings. The
Company continues to assess the merits of the ITC complaint and
the Northern District of California lawsuit.
On December 4, 2009 the Company received from the
International Chamber of Commerce the notification of a request
for arbitration filed by NXP Semiconductors Netherlands BV
NXP against STMicroelectronics NV, and ST-Ericsson,
claiming compensation for so called underloading costs, pursuant
to a Manufacturing Services Agreement entered into between NXP
and ST-NXP Wireless, at the time of the creation of ST-NXP
Wireless, the Companys wireless semiconductor products
joint venture with NXP, in August 2008. The claim is currently
evaluated by NXP at approximately $59 million. In January
2009, NXP agreed upon our request to withdraw its claim against
ST-Ericsson. The Company is contesting the NXP claim vigorously.
An arbitration hearing is currently planned to occur in Paris as
from May 23, 2011.
The Company is also the beneficiary of a Finra arbitration award
of US$406 million rendered in February 2005 in the
Companys dispute against Credit Suisse Securities. Such
award was confirmed in March and August 2010 by the US District
Court for the Southern District of New York. The decision of the
New York District Court is at the request of Credit Suisse which
has posted a bond, currently under appeal before the Court of
Appeal for the Second Circuit.
The pending proceedings which the Company faces involve complex
questions of fact and law. The results of legal proceedings are
uncertain and material adverse outcomes are possible.
F-55
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
The Company accrues loss contingencies when a loss is probable
and can be estimated. The Company regularly evaluates claims and
legal proceedings together with their related probable losses to
determine whether they need to be adjusted based on the current
information available to the Company. Legal costs associated
with claims are expensed as incurred. In the event of litigation
which is adversely determined with respect to the Companys
interests, or in the event the Company needs to change its
evaluation of a potential third-party claim, based on new
evidence or communications, a material adverse effect could
impact its operations or financial condition at the time it were
to materialize. As of December 31, 2010 provisions were
recorded by the Company with respect to legal proceedings when
the Company considered both that it was probable that a
liability had been incurred and the associated amount could be
reasonably estimated. The amount of such reserves is not
considered material. Additionally, at this time, the Company
does not believe that the reasonably possible loss contingencies
in aggregate, as they can be reasonably estimated, is a material
amount to the financial statements as a whole, including results
of operations, cash flows and financial position.
|
|
27.
|
FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT
|
27.1
Financial risk factors
The Company is exposed to changes in financial market conditions
in the normal course of business due to its operations in
different foreign currencies and its ongoing investing and
financing activities. The Companys activities expose it to
a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign
exchange risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest
rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The
Companys overall risk management program focuses on the
unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize
potential adverse effects on the Companys financial
performance. The Company uses derivative financial instruments
to hedge certain risk exposures.
Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department
(Corporate Treasury) reporting to the Chief Financial Officer.
Simultaneously, a Treasury Committee, chaired by the CFO, steers
treasury activities and ensures compliance with corporate
policies approved by the Board of Directors. Treasury activities
are thus regulated by the Companys policies, which define
procedures, objectives and controls. The policies focus on the
management of financial risk in terms of exposure to market
risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. Treasury controls are
subject to internal audits. Most treasury activities are
centralized, with any local treasury activities subject to
oversight from head treasury office. Corporate Treasury
identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close
cooperation with the Companys operating units. It provides
written principles for overall risk management, as well as
written policies covering specific areas, such as foreign
exchange risk, interest rate risk, price risk, credit risk, use
of derivative financial instruments, and investments of excess
liquidity. The majority of cash and cash equivalents is held in
U.S. dollars and Euro and is placed with financial
institutions rated at least a single A long term
rating from two of the major rating agencies, meaning at least
A3 from Moodys Investor Service and A- from
Standard & Poors and Fitch Ratings. Marginal
amounts are held in other currencies. Hedging transactions are
performed only to hedge exposures deriving from operating,
investing and financing activities conducted in the normal
course of business.
Market
risk
Foreign
exchange risk
The Company conducts its business on a global basis in various
major international currencies. As a result, the Company is
exposed to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates,
primarily with respect to the Euro. Foreign exchange risk mainly
arises from recognized assets and liabilities at the
Companys subsidiaries and future commercial transactions.
Management has set up a policy to require the Companys
subsidiaries to hedge their entire foreign exchange risk
exposure with the Company through financial instruments
transacted by Corporate Treasury. To manage their foreign
exchange risk arising from foreign-currency-denominated assets
and liabilities, entities in the Company use forward contracts
and purchased currency options, transacted by Corporate
Treasury. Foreign exchange risk arises when recognized assets
and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the
entitys functional currency. These instruments do not
qualify as hedging instruments for accounting purposes. Forward
contracts and currency options, including collars, are also used
by the Company to reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar
fluctuations in Euro-denominated forecasted intercompany
transactions that cover a large part of its research and
development, selling general and administrative expenses as well
as a portion of its front-end manufacturing costs of
semi-finished goods. The Company also hedges through the use of
currency forward contracts certain Swedish-krona denominated
forecasted
F-56
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
transactions that cover at reporting date a large part of its
future research and development expenses. The derivative
instruments used to hedge these forecasted transactions meet the
criteria for designation as cash flow hedge. The hedged
forecasted transactions are all highly probable of occurrence
for hedge accounting purposes.
It is the Companys policy to keep the foreign exchange
exposures in all the currencies hedged month by month against
the monthly standard rate. At each month end, the forecasted
flows for the coming month are hedged together with the fixing
of the new standard rate. For this reason the hedging
transactions will have an exchange rate very close to the
standard rate at which the forecasted flows will be recorded on
the following month. As such, the foreign exchange exposure of
the Company, which consists in the balance sheet positions and
other contractually agreed transactions, is always equivalent to
zero and any movement in the foreign exchange rates will not
therefore influence the exchange effect on items of the
consolidated statement of income. Any discrepancy from the
forecasted values and the actual results is constantly monitored
and prompt actions are taken, if needed.
Derivative
Instruments Not Designated as a Hedge
As described above, the Company enters into foreign currency
forward contracts and currency options to reduce its exposure to
changes in exchange rates and the associated risk arising from
the denomination of certain assets and liabilities in foreign
currencies at the Companys subsidiaries. These include
receivables from international sales by various subsidiaries,
payables for foreign currency-denominated purchases and certain
other assets and liabilities arising from intercompany
transactions.
The notional amount of these financial instruments totaled
$874 million, $717 million and $505 million at
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The
principal currencies covered are the Euro, the Singapore dollar,
the Japanese yen, the Swiss franc, the Swedish krona, the
British pound and the Malaysian ringgit.
The risk of loss associated with forward contracts is equal to
the exchange rate differential from the time the contract is
entered into until the time it is settled. The risk of loss
associated with purchased currency options is equal to the
premium paid when the option is not exercised.
Foreign currency forward contracts and currency options not
designated as cash flow hedge outstanding as of
December 31, 2010 have remaining terms of 3 days to
6 months, maturing on average after 22 days.
Derivative
Instruments Designated as a Hedge
To further reduce its exposure to U.S. dollar exchange rate
fluctuations, the Company hedges through the use of currency
forward contracts and currency options, including collars,
certain Euro-denominated forecasted intercompany transactions
that cover at year-end a large part of its research and
development, selling, general and administrative expenses, as
well as a portion of its front-end manufacturing costs of
semi-finished goods. The Company also hedges through the use of
currency forward contracts certain Swedish-krona denominated
forecasted transactions that cover at reporting date a large
part of its future research and development expenses.
The principles regulating the hedging strategy for derivatives
designated as cash flow hedge are established as follows:
(i) for R&D and Corporate costs, between 50% and 80%
of the total forecasted transactions; (ii) for
manufacturing costs, between 40% and 70% of the total forecasted
transactions. The maximum length of time over which the Company
hedges its exposure to the variability of cash flows for
forecasted transactions is 24 months.
For the year ended December 31, 2010 the Company recorded
an increase in cost of sales and operating expenses of
$37 million and $42 million, respectively, related to
the realized loss incurred on such hedged transactions. For the
year ended December 31, 2009 the Company recorded a
reduction in cost of sales and operating expenses of
$29 million and $42 million, respectively, related to
the realized gain incurred on such hedged transactions. For the
year ended December 31, 2008 the Company recorded a
reduction in cost of sales of $4 million and an increase of
operating expenses of $3 million related to the realized
gain (loss) incurred on such hedged transactions. No significant
ineffective portion of the hedge was recorded on the line
Other income and expenses, net of the consolidated
statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2010,
2009 and 2008.
The notional amount of foreign currency forward contracts and
currency options, including collars, designated as cash flow
hedge totaled $1,850, $1,354 and $763 million at
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The
forecasted transactions hedged at December 31, 2010 were
determined to be highly probable of occurrence.
As of December 31, 2010, $38 million of deferred gains
on derivative instruments, net of tax of $1 million,
included in Accumulated other comprehensive
income/(loss) were expected to be reclassified as earnings
during
F-57
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
the next 24 months based on the monthly forecasted research
and development expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished
manufacturing costs. No amount was reclassified as Other
income and expenses, net into the consolidated statement
of income from Accumulated other comprehensive
income/(loss) in the consolidated statement of equity. As
of December 31, 2009, $6 million of deferred gains on
derivative instruments, net of tax of $1 million, included
in Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
were expected to be reclassified as earnings during the next
twelve months based on the monthly forecasted research and
development expenses, corporate costs and semi-finished
manufacturing costs. No amount was reclassified as Other
income and expenses, net into the consolidated statement
of income from Accumulated other comprehensive
income/(loss) in the consolidated statement of equity.
Foreign currency forward contracts, currency options and collars
designated as cash flow hedge outstanding as of
December 31, 2010 have remaining terms of 4 days to
21 months, maturing on average after 136 days.
As at December 31, 2010, the Company had the following
outstanding derivative instruments that were entered into to
hedge Euro-denominated and Swedish-krona denominated forecasted
intercompany transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional amount for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hedge on forecasted
|
|
|
Notional amount for
|
|
|
|
R&D and other
|
|
|
hedge on forecasted
|
|
|
|
operating expenses
|
|
|
manufacturing costs
|
|
|
|
In millions of Euros
|
|
|
Forward contracts
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
662
|
|
Currency options
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Collars
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional amount for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hedge on forecasted
|
|
|
Notional amount for
|
|
|
|
R&D and other
|
|
|
hedge on forecasted
|
|
|
|
operating expenses
|
|
|
manufacturing costs
|
|
|
|
In millions of Swedish-krona
|
|
|
Forward contracts
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flow and fair value interest rate risk
The Companys interest rate risk arises from long-term
borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the
Company to cash flow interest rate risk. Borrowings issued at
fixed rates expose the Company to fair value interest rate risk.
The Company analyses its interest rate exposure on a dynamic
basis. Various scenarios are simulated taking into consideration
refinancing, renewal of existing positions, alternative
financing and hedging. Since all the liquidity of the Company is
invested in floating rate instruments, the Companys
interest rate risk arises from the mismatch of fixed rate
liabilities and floating rate assets.
In 2006, the Company entered into cancellable swaps with a
combined notional value of $200 million to hedge the fair
value of a portion of the convertible bonds due 2016 carrying a
fixed interest rate. The cancellable swaps converted the fixed
rate interest expense recorded on the convertible bond due 2016
to a variable interest rate based upon adjusted LIBOR. Until
November 2008 the cancellable swaps met the criteria for
designation as a fair value hedge and, as such, both the swaps
and the hedged portion of the bonds were reflected at their fair
values in the consolidated balance sheet. The criteria for
designating a derivative as a fair value hedge included
evaluating whether the instrument was highly effective at
offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item
attributable to the hedged risk. Hedge effectiveness was
assessed on both a prospective and retrospective basis at each
reporting period. Any ineffectiveness of the hedge relationship
was recorded as a gain or loss on derivatives on the line
Other income and expenses, net in the consolidated
statements of income. The net gain (loss) recognized in
Other income and expenses, net as a result of the
ineffective portion of this fair value hedge amounted to a
$1 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The Company determined that the swaps had been no longer
effective at offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged
bonds since November 1, 2008 and the fair value hedge
relationship was consequently discontinued on that date. The
cancellable swaps were thus accounted for as
held-for-trading
financial assets. The unrealised gain recognized in earnings
from discontinuance date totaled $15 million and was
reported on the line Gain (loss) on financial instruments,
net of the consolidated statement of income for the year
ended December 31, 2008. The
F-58
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
swaps were unwound in 2009, which generated a non-operating loss
of $8 million reported on the line Gain (loss) on
financial instruments, net of the consolidated statement
of income for the year ended December 31, 2009, and
proceeds totaling $26 million in the consolidated statement
of cash flows for the twelve months of 2009, reported on the
line Disposal of financial instruments.
Price
risk
As part of its ongoing investing activities, the Company may be
exposed to equity security price risk for investments in public
entities classified as
available-for-sale,
as described in Note 2.24. In order to hedge the exposure
to this market risk, the Company may enter into certain
derivative hedging transactions. In the first quarter of 2010,
the Company purchased a put option in order to hedge a potential
equity position in an unaffiliated company, for a total notional
amount of 10 million shares. The put option did not meet at
that time the criteria for designation as a hedging instrument
and was consequently classified as a
held-for-trading
financial asset in the first quarter of 2010. The Company
reported on that period an unrealized loss amounting to
$6 million on the line Gain (loss) on financial
instruments, net in the consolidated statement of income.
On April 6, 2010, the Company entered into a written call
option, with a notional amount of 5 million shares, to be
combined to the existing purchased put in order to structure a
zero-cost collar as a single hedging instrument of the highly
probable forecasted sale of Micron shares received upon the sale
of Numonyx equity investment as described in Note 3. From
inception of the hedging relationship and on an on-going basis
until November 30, 2010, the combined options qualified for
cash flow hedge accounting. As a result, the change in fair
value of the hedging instrument was reported as a component of
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the
consolidated statement of changes in equity. Since the critical
terms of the structured collar matched the critical terms of the
hedged transaction, no ineffectiveness was reported in earnings.
Effectiveness was measured on the full fair value of the
combined options. During the fourth quarter, the Company sold
the underlying hedged 10,000,000 Micron shares and
simultaneously unwound the purchased put and written call
composing the collar. Total proceeds from the unwinding of the
derivative instruments totaled $5 million, which generated
a non-operating gain of $4 million reported on the line
Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net on the
consolidated statement of income for the year ended
December 31, 2010. The impact of the sale of Micron shares
is described in Note 3.
In addition to the combined options as described above, the
Company entered in April 2010 into three contingent zero-cost
collars to hedge forecasted sales of Micron shares for a total
notional amount of approximately 40 million shares. The
hedged forecasted sales were assessed to be highly probable
transactions, from inception of the hedge and on an on-going
basis, and the hedging transaction qualified for cash flow
hedge. The contingency premium paid on these instruments, which
totaled $9 million, was excluded from effectiveness
measurement and recorded immediately in the consolidated
statement of income on the line Gain (loss) on financial
instruments, net. In December 2010 the Company decided to
discontinue one of the three collars and simultaneously sold the
underlying hedged 20,000,000 Micron shares. Total proceeds from
the unwinding of the collar totaled $16 million, which
generated a non-operating gain of the same amount reported on
the line Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net
on the consolidated statement of income for the year ended
December 31, 2010. The impact of the sale of Micron shares
is described in Note 3. The remaining two zero-cost
collars, for a total notional amount of 20,056,131 shares,
were not discontinued and still qualified for cash flow hedge
accounting as at December 31, 2010. Since the critical
terms of the collars match the critical terms of the hedged
transaction, no ineffectiveness was reported in earnings. The
hedging instruments are expected to be highly effective at
reducing the risk of changes in the overall cash flows of the
hedged forecasted sales. Consequently, the cumulative change in
fair value of the collars, which amounted to $27 million,
was reported as a component of Accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statement
of changes in equity as at December 31, 2010, and will be
reclassified into earnings in the same period in which the
forecasted sales affect earnings and within the same
consolidated statement of income line.
F-59
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Information on fair value of derivative instruments and their
location in the consolidated balance sheets as at
December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 is presented
in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Balance sheet
|
|
Fair
|
|
Asset Derivatives
|
|
location
|
|
value
|
|
|
location
|
|
value
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as a hedge:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
|
Other receivables and assets
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Other receivables and assets
|
|
|
24
|
|
Currency options
|
|
Other receivables and assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other receivables and assets
|
|
|
9
|
|
Currency collars
|
|
Other investments and other non-current assets
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingent zero-cost collars
|
|
Other receivables and assets
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total derivatives designated as a hedge
|
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives not designated as a hedge:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
|
Other receivables and assets
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
Other receivables and assets
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total derivatives not designated as a hedge:
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
As at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Balance sheet
|
|
Fair
|
|
Liability Derivatives
|
|
location
|
|
value
|
|
|
location
|
|
value
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as a hedge:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Currency options
|
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Currency collars
|
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total derivatives designated as a hedge
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives not designated as a hedge:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Other payables and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Total derivatives not designated as a hedge:
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-60
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
The effect on the consolidated statements of income for the year
ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 of
derivative instruments designated as fair value hedge is
presented in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
(loss) recognized in
|
|
|
|
Location of gain (loss)
|
|
earnings on derivative
|
|
|
|
recognized in earnings
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December,
|
|
|
|
on derivative
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
Cancellable swaps
|
|
Gain(loss) on financial assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
The effect on the consolidated statements of income for the year
ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and on
the Other comprehensive income (OCI) as reported in
the statement of changes in equity as at December 31, 2010
and December 31, 2009 of derivative instruments designated
as cash flow hedge is presented in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (loss) deferred in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OCI on derivative
|
|
Location of gain
|
|
Gain (loss) reclassified from OCI into earnings
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
(loss) reclassified
|
|
December 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
from OCI into earnings
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
31
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
38
|
|
Currency options
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Currency options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Currency options
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Currency collars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency collars
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingent zero-cost collars
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
71
|
|
No significant ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge
relationships was recorded in earnings for the years ended
December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. No amount was
excluded from effectiveness measurement on foreign exchange
forward contracts, currency options and collars. For contingent
zero-cost collars, the $9 million contingency premium was
excluded from hedge effectiveness measurement and, as described
above, was immediately recorded in earnings on the line
Gain (loss) on financial instruments, net.
The effect on the consolidated statements of income for the year
ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 of
derivative instruments not designated as a hedge is presented in
the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain (Loss) Recognized
|
|
|
|
|
|
in earnings
|
|
|
|
Location of gain recognized in
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
earnings
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts
|
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
20
|
|
Currency options
|
|
Other income and expenses, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
20
|
|
The Company did not enter into any derivative containing
significant credit-risk-related contingent features.
F-61
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Credit
risk
The Company selects banks
and/or
financial institutions that operate with the group based on the
criteria of long term rating from at least two major Rating
Agencies and keeping a maximum outstanding amount per instrument
with each bank group not to exceed 20% of the total.
Due to the credit market turmoil, the Company has decided to
further tighten the counterparty concentration and credit risk
profile. The maximum outstanding counterparty risk has been
reduced and currently does not exceed 15% for major
international banks with large market capitalization.
The Company monitors the creditworthiness of its customers to
which it grants credit terms in the normal course of business.
If certain customers are independently rated, these ratings are
used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, risk control
assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account
its financial position, past experience and other factors.
Individual risk limits are set based on internal and external
ratings in accordance with limits set by management. The
utilization of credit limits is regularly monitored. Sales to
customers are primarily settled in cash. At December 31,
2010 and 2009, one customer, the Nokia Group of companies,
represented 23.8% and 20.8% of trade accounts receivable, net
respectively. Any remaining concentrations of credit risk with
respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number
of customers and their dispersion across many geographic areas.
Liquidity
risk
Prudent liquidity risk management includes maintaining
sufficient cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and
marketable securities, the availability of funding from
committed credit facilities and the ability to close out market
positions. The Companys objective is to maintain a
significant cash position and a low debt to equity ratio, which
ensure adequate financial flexibility. Liquidity management
policy is to finance the Companys investments with net
cash provided from operating activities.
Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Companys
liquidity reserve on the basis of expected cash flows.
27.2
Capital risk management
The Companys objectives when managing capital are to
safeguard the Companys ability to continue as a going
concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and
benefits for other stakeholders as to maintain an optimal
capital structure. In order to maintain or adjust the capital
structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividends paid
to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, or issue new
shares.
Consistent with others in the industry, the Company monitors
capital on the basis of the
debt-to-equity
ratio. This ratio is calculated as the net financial position of
the Company, defined as the difference between total cash
position (cash and cash equivalents, marketable
securities current and non-current, excluding Micron
shares as detailed in
Note 3-,
short-term deposits and non-current restricted cash if any) net
of total financial debt (bank overdrafts, if any, short-term
borrowings and current portion of long-term debt as well as
long-term debt), divided by total parent company
shareholders equity.
27.3 Fair
value measurement
The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets
is based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. The
quoted market price used for financial assets held by the
Company is the bid price. If the market for a financial asset is
not active and if no observable market price is obtainable, the
Company measures fair value by using significant assumptions and
estimates. In measuring fair value, the Company makes maximum
use of market inputs and relies as little as possible on
entity-specific inputs.
F-62
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
The table below details financial assets (liabilities) measured
at fair value on a recurring basis as at December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Markets for
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Identical Assets
|
|
|
Observable Inputs
|
|
|
Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aaa debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aaa debt securities issued by foreign governments
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Euro-denominated Senior debt Floating Rate Notes issued by
Lehman Brothers
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Euro-denominated Senior debt Floating Rate Notes issued by other
financial institutions
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.-denominated
Senior debt Floating Rate Notes issued by other financial
institutions
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auction Rate Securities
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Micron shares classified as
available-for-sale
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other equity securities classified as
available-for-sale
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities held for trading
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative instruments not designated as a hedge
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,223
|
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
F-63
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
The table below details financial assets (liabilities) measured
at fair value on a recurring basis as at December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Markets for
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Identical Assets
|
|
|
Observable Inputs
|
|
|
Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aaa debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aaa debt securities issued by foreign governments
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Euro-denominated Senior debt Floating Rate Notes issued by
Lehman Brothers
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Euro-denominated Senior debt Floating Rate Notes issued by other
financial institutions
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.-denominated
Senior debt Floating Rate Notes issued by other financial
institutions
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auction Rate Securities
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Available-for-sale
long term subordinated notes
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
Equity securities classified as
available-for-sale
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities held for trading
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedge
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative instruments not designated as a hedge
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,266
|
|
|
|
1,038
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
For assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using
significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), the
reconciliation between January 1, 2010 and
December 31, 2010 is presented as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Measurements Using
|
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
January 1, 2010
|
|
|
226
|
|
Change in fair value of Auction Rate Securities
|
|
|
30
|
|
Paid-in-kind
interest on Numonyx subordinated notes
|
|
|
5
|
|
Change in fair value on Numonyx subordinated notes
pre-tax
|
|
|
2
|
|
Extinguishment of Numonyx subordinated notes
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
Currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of total losses for the period included in earnings
attributable to assets still held at the reporting date
|
|
|
|
|
F-64
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
For assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using
significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), the
reconciliation between January 1, 2009 and
December 31, 2009 is presented as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Measurements Using
|
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
|
In millions of
|
|
|
|
U.S. dollars
|
|
|
January 1, 2009
|
|
|
421
|
|
Increase in fair value included in OCI for
available-for-sale
marketable securities
|
|
|
15
|
|
Paid-in-kind
interest on Numonyx subordinated notes
|
|
|
16
|
|
Change in fair value on Numonyx subordinated notes
pre-tax
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge and losses on auction-rate securities included
in earnings on the line
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge on financial assets
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
Settlements and redemptions
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of total losses for the period included in earnings
attributable to assets still held at the reporting date
|
|
|
72
|
|
The table below details financial and nonfinancial assets
(liabilities) measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as
at December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Markets for
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Identical Assets
|
|
|
Observable Inputs
|
|
|
Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in equity securities carried at cost
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
The table below details financial and nonfinancial assets
(liabilities) measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as
at December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Markets for
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Identical Assets
|
|
|
Observable Inputs
|
|
|
Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in equity securities carried at cost
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Numonyx equity investment
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
Assets held for sale
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
F-65
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
For assets (liabilities) measured at fair value on a non
recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs
(Level 3), the reconciliation between January 1, 2010
and December 31, 2010 is presented as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Measurements Using
|
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
January 1, 2010
|
|
|
222
|
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment on equity securities carried at cost
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Equity share in Numonyx earnings
|
|
|
14
|
|
Numonyx divestiture
|
|
|
(207
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of total losses for the period included in earnings
attributable to assets still held at the reporting date
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
For assets (liabilities) measured at fair value on a non
recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs
(Level 3), the reconciliation between January 1, 2009
and December 31, 2009 is presented as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Measurements Using
|
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
Unobservable Inputs
|
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
January 1, 2009
|
|
|
528
|
|
Investments in equity securities carried at cost
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Impairment on Numonyx equity investment
|
|
|
(200
|
)
|
Equity share in Numonyx loss
|
|
|
(103
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of total losses for the period included in earnings
attributable to assets still held at the reporting date
|
|
|
(303
|
)
|
The following table includes additional fair value information
on other financial assets and liabilities recorded at amortized
cost as at December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Estimated Fair
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Estimated Fair
|
|
Description
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
In millions of U.S. dollars
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank loans (including current portion)
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
|
829
|
|
Senior Bonds
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
|
712
|
|
Convertible debt
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
918
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,695
|
|
|
|
1,685
|
|
|
|
2,492
|
|
|
|
2,459
|
|
The table below details securities that currently are in an
unrealized loss position. The securities are segregated by
investment type and the length of time that the individual
securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as
of December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Less than 12 months
|
|
|
More than 12 months
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Description
|
|
Values
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Values
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Values
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Senior debt floating rate notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
317
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
317
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Micron shares classified as
available-for-sale
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
317
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-66
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
The table below details securities that were in an unrealized
loss position as at December 31, 2009. The securities are
segregated by investment type and the length of time that the
individual securities had been in a continuous unrealized loss
position as of December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Less than 12 months
|
|
|
More than 12 months
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Description
|
|
Values
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Values
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Values
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Senior debt floating rate notes
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Numonyx long-term subordinated notes
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
487
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The methodologies used to estimate fair value are as follows:
Debt
securities classified as available for sale
The fair value of floating rate notes and government bonds is
estimated based upon quoted market prices for identical
instruments. For Lehman Brothers senior unsecured bonds, fair
value measurement was reassessed in 2008 from a Level 1
fair value measurement hierarchy to a Level 3 following
Lehman Brothers Chapter 11 filing. Fair value measurement
for these debt securities relies on information received from a
major credit rating entity based on historical recovery rates.
For auction rate securities, which are debt securities without
available observable market price, the Company establishes fair
value by reference to public available indexes of securities
with the same rating and comparable or similar underlying
collaterals or industries exposure, as described in detail
in Note 3.
Foreign
exchange forward contracts, currency options and
collars
The fair value of these instruments is estimated based upon
quoted market prices for similar instruments.
Equity
securities classified as
available-for-sale
The fair values of these instruments are estimated based upon
market prices for the same or similar instruments. For shares on
which a sale restriction is attached, the market price is
discounted in order to reflect such restriction.
Equity
securities held for trading
The fair value of these instruments is estimated based upon
quoted market prices for the same instruments.
Equity
securities carried at cost
The non-recurring fair value measurement is based on the
valuation of the underlying investments on a new round of third
party financing or upon liquidation.
Long-term
debt and current portion of long-term debt
The fair value of long-term debt was determined based on quoted
market prices, and by estimating future cash flows on a
borrowing-by-borrowing
basis and discounting these future cash flows using the
Companys incremental borrowing rates for similar types of
borrowing arrangements.
Cash and
cash equivalents, accounts receivable, bank overdrafts,
short-term borrowings, and accounts payable
The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated financial
statements are reasonable estimates of fair value due to the
relatively short period of time between the origination of the
instruments and their expected realization.
F-67
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
|
|
28.
|
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS
|
Transactions with significant shareholders, their affiliates and
other related parties were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Sales & other services
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
|
325
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
|
|
(201
|
)
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
Other purchases
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
Other income and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2010, December 31,
2009 and 2008, the related party transactions were primarily
with significant shareholders of the Company, or their
subsidiaries and companies in which management of the Company
perform similar policymaking functions. These include, but are
not limited to: Areva, France Telecom Orange, Finmeccanica,
Cassa Depositi e Prestiti, Flextronics, Oracle and Technicolor.
The related party transactions presented in the table above also
include transactions between the Company and its equity
investments as listed in Note 12.
As described in Note 12, on February 10, 2010, the
Company, together with its partners Intel Corporation and
Francisco Partners, entered into a definitive agreement with
Micron Technology Inc., in which Micron would acquire Numonyx
Holdings B.V. in an all-stock transaction. On May 7, 2010,
this transaction closed. Since that date, Numonyx is no longer a
related party to the Company.
Since the formation of ST-Ericsson, the Company purchases
R&D services from ST-Ericsson AT (JVD), a
significant equity investment of the Company. For the year ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009, the total R&D services
purchased from ST-Ericsson AT amounted to $136 million and
$150 million respectively and outstanding trade payables
amounted to $21 million and $30 million respectively.
Besides, the Company participates in an Economic Interest Group
(E.I.G.) in France with Areva and France Telecom to
share the costs of certain research and development activities,
which are not included in the table above. The share of income
(expense) recorded by the Company as research and development
expenses incurred by E.I.G was not material in 2010 and 2009 and
amounted to $9 million income in 2008. As at
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company had no
receivable or payable amount.
The Company contributed cash amounts totalling $1 million,
for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2008 and made no
contribution in 2009 to the ST Foundation, a non-profit
organization established to deliver and coordinate independent
programs in line with its mission. Certain members of the
Foundations Board are senior members of the Companys
management.
The Company operates in two business areas: Semiconductors and
Subsystems.
In the Semiconductors business area, the Company designs,
develops, manufactures and markets a broad range of products,
including discrete and standard commodity components,
application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs),
full custom devices and semi-custom devices and
application-specific standard products (ASSPs) for
analog, digital, and mixed-signal applications. In addition, the
Company further participates in the manufacturing value chain of
Smartcard products through its Incard division, which includes
the production and sale of both silicon chips and Smartcards.
In the Subsystems business area, the Company designs, develops,
manufactures and markets subsystems and modules for the
telecommunications, automotive and industrial markets including
mobile phone accessories, battery chargers, ISDN power supplies
and in-vehicle equipment for electronic toll payment. Based on
its immateriality to its business as a whole, the Subsystems
segment does not meet the requirements for a reportable segment
as defined in the U.S. GAAP guidance.
Since March 31, 2008, following the creation with Intel of
Numonyx, a new independent semiconductor company from the key
assets of its and Intels Flash memory business (FMG
deconsolidation), the Company has ceased reporting under
the FMG segment.
F-68
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Starting August 2, 2008, as a consequence of the creation
of the joint venture company with NXP, the Company reorganized
its segments. A new segment was created to report wireless
operations; the product line Mobile, Multimedia &
Communications Group (MMC) which was part of segment
Application Specific Groups (ASG) was abandoned and
its divisions were reallocated to different product lines. The
remaining part of ASG is now comprised of Automotive Consumer
Computer and Communication Infrastructure Product Segment
(ACCI).
The new organization was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
(ACCI), comprised of four product lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Products Group (APG);
|
|
|
|
Computer and Communication Infrastructure (CCI);
|
|
|
|
Home Entertainment & Displays
(HED); and
|
|
|
|
Imaging (IMG, starting January 1, 2009).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS), comprised
of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Analog, Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(APM); and
|
|
|
|
Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smart Card
products (MMS).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Starting February 3, 2009, as a consequence of the merger
of ST-NXP Wireless and Ericsson Mobile Platforms to create
ST-Ericsson with Ericsson, the Wireless sector
(Wireless) had been adjusted and was comprised of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless Multi Media (WMM);
|
|
|
|
Connectivity & Peripherals (C&P);
|
|
|
|
Cellular Systems (CS);
|
|
|
|
Mobile Platforms (MP);
|
in which, since February 3, 2009, the Company reports the
portion of sales and operating results of ST-Ericsson as
consolidated in the Companys revenue and operating
results, and
|
|
|
|
|
Other Wireless, in which the Company reports manufacturing
margin, R&D revenues and other items related to the
wireless business but outside the ST-Ericsson JVS.
|
Starting January 1, 2010 there was a new organization
change within the Wireless sector, which is now comprised of the
following lines:
|
|
|
|
|
2 G, EDGE TD-SCDMA & Connectivity;
|
|
|
|
3G Multimedia & Platforms;
|
|
|
|
LTE & 3G Modem Solutions;
|
in which the Company reports the portion of sales and operating
results of ST-Ericsson as consolidated in the Companys
revenue and operating results, and
|
|
|
|
|
Other Wireless, in which the Company reports manufacturing
margin, R&D revenues and other items related to the
wireless business but outside the ST-Ericsson JVS.
|
The Company has restated its results in prior periods for
illustrative comparisons of its performance by product segment.
Moreover, following the transfer of a small business unit from
ACCI to IMS, the Company has reclassified the prior
periods revenues and operating income results of ACCI and
IMS. The preparation of segment information according to the new
segment structure requires management to make significant
estimates, assumptions and judgments in determining the
operating income of the segments for the prior reporting
periods. Management believes that the restated 2009 and 2008
presentation is consistent with 2010 and is using these
comparatives when managing the Company.
The Companys principal investment and resource allocation
decisions in the Semiconductor business area are for
expenditures on research and development and capital investments
in front-end and back-end manufacturing
F-69
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
facilities. These decisions are not made by product segments,
but on the basis of the Semiconductor Business area. All these
product segments share common research and development for
process technology and manufacturing capacity for most of their
products.
The following tables present the Companys consolidated net
revenues and consolidated operating income by semiconductor
product segment. For the computation of the Groups
internal financial measurements, the Company uses certain
internal rules of allocation for the costs not directly
chargeable to the segments, including cost of sales, selling,
general and administrative expenses and a significant part of
research and development expenses. Additionally, in compliance
with the Companys internal policies, certain cost items
are not charged to the segments, including impairment,
restructuring charges and other related closure costs,
start-up
costs of new manufacturing facilities, some strategic and
special research and development programs or other
corporate-sponsored initiatives, including certain
corporate-level operating expenses and certain other
miscellaneous charges.
Net revenues by product segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
In million of U.S dollars
|
|
|
Net revenues by product segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication
Infrastructure (ACCI)
|
|
|
4,169
|
|
|
|
3,152
|
|
|
|
4,055
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
3,899
|
|
|
|
2,687
|
|
|
|
3,403
|
|
Wireless
|
|
|
2,219
|
|
|
|
2,585
|
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
Flash Memory Group (FMG)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
Others(1)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated net revenues
|
|
$
|
10,346
|
|
|
$
|
8,510
|
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes revenues from sales of
subsystems and other products not allocated to product segments.
|
Net revenues by product segment and by product line :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
In million of U.S dollars
|
|
|
Net revenues by product lines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Products Group (APG)
|
|
|
1,420
|
|
|
|
1,005
|
|
|
|
1,386
|
|
Computer and Communication Infrastructure (CCI)
|
|
|
1,125
|
|
|
|
932
|
|
|
|
1,077
|
|
Home Entertainment & Displays (HED)
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
Imaging (IMG)
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
|
499
|
|
Others
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
(ACCI)
|
|
|
4,169
|
|
|
|
3,152
|
|
|
|
4,055
|
|
Analog, Power and Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
(APM)
|
|
|
2,714
|
|
|
|
1,887
|
|
|
|
2,393
|
|
Microcontrollers, non-Flash, non-volatile Memory and Smart Card
products (MMS)
|
|
|
1,181
|
|
|
|
798
|
|
|
|
1,010
|
|
Others
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
3,899
|
|
|
|
2,687
|
|
|
|
3,403
|
|
2G, EDGE TD-SCDMA & Connectivity
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
|
1,027
|
|
|
|
737
|
|
3G Multimedia & Platforms
|
|
|
1,223
|
|
|
|
1,529
|
|
|
|
1,293
|
|
LTE & 3G Modem Solutions
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
Others
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wireless
|
|
|
2,219
|
|
|
|
2,585
|
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
Others
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
Flash Memory Group (FMG)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
Total consolidated net revenues
|
|
$
|
10,346
|
|
|
$
|
8,510
|
|
|
$
|
9,842
|
|
F-70
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Operating
income (loss) by product segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
In million of U.S dollars
|
|
|
Automotive Consumer Computer and Communication Infrastructure
(ACCI)
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
(69
|
)
|
|
|
142
|
|
Industrial and Multisegment Sector (IMS)
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
476
|
|
Wireless
|
|
|
(483
|
)
|
|
|
(356
|
)
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
Flash Memory Group (FMG)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating income (loss) of product segments
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
|
(334
|
)
|
|
|
569
|
|
Others(1)
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
|
|
(689
|
)
|
|
|
(767
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
|
(1,023
|
)
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operating loss of
Others includes items such as unused capacity
charges, impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs,
start-up and
phase-out costs, and other unallocated expenses such as:
strategic or special research and development programs, acquired
In-Process R&D, certain corporate level operating expenses,
certain patent claims and litigation, and other costs that are
not allocated to the product segments, as well as operating
earnings or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products Group,
including, beginning in the second quarter of 2008, the
remaining FMG costs. The 2008 Others also includes
non-recurring purchase accounting items.
|
Reconciliation to consolidated operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
In million of U.S dollars
|
|
|
Total operating income (loss) of product segments
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
|
(334
|
)
|
|
|
553
|
|
Total operating income FMG
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Strategic R&D, other R&D programs and R&D funding
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Phase-out and
start-up
costs
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Impairment & restructuring charges
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
(291
|
)
|
|
|
(481
|
)
|
Unused capacity charges
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(322
|
)
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
Acquired In-Process R&D and other non-recurring
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
purchase
accounting(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-allocated
provisions(2)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating loss
Others(3)
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
|
|
(689
|
)
|
|
|
(767
|
)
|
Total consolidated operating income (loss)
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
|
(1,023
|
)
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In 2008 non-recurring purchase
accounting items were related to Genesis business combination
with In-Process R&D charge for $21 million and to the
Wireless business acquisition from NXP for $164 million,
composed of $76 million as In-Process R&D charge and
$88 million as inventory
step-up
charge.
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes unallocated expenses such
as certain corporate level operating expenses and other costs.
|
|
(3) |
|
Operating loss of
Others includes items such as unused capacity
charges, impairment, restructuring charges and other related
closure costs,
start-up
costs, and other unallocated expenses such as: strategic or
special research and development programs, acquired In-Process
R&D, certain corporate level operating expenses, certain
patent claims and litigation, and other costs that are not
allocated to the product segments, as well as operating earnings
or losses of the Subsystems and Other Products Group, including,
beginning in the second quarter of 2008, the remaining FMG costs.
|
The following is a summary of operations by entities located
within the indicated geographic areas for 2010, 2009 and 2008.
Net revenues represent sales to third parties from the country
in which each entity is located. Long-lived assets consist of
property, plant and equipment, net (PP&E, net). A
significant portion of property, plant and equipment
expenditures is attributable to front-end and back-end
facilities, located in the different countries in which the
Company operates. As such, the Company mainly allocates capital
spending resources according to geographic areas rather than
along product segment areas.
F-71
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Net
revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
In million of U.S dollars
|
|
|
The Netherlands
|
|
|
1,863
|
|
|
|
1,553
|
|
|
|
2,737
|
|
France
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
USA
|
|
|
1,109
|
|
|
|
798
|
|
|
|
1,032
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
5,939
|
|
|
|
4,697
|
|
|
|
4,939
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
492
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
|
902
|
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
10,346
|
|
|
|
8,510
|
|
|
|
9,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
In million of U.S dollars
|
|
|
The Netherlands
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
France
|
|
|
1,646
|
|
|
|
1,623
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
783
|
|
|
|
850
|
|
Other European countries
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
USA
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
|
546
|
|
Malaysia
|
|
|
298
|
|
|
|
264
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,046
|
|
|
|
4,081
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment
for purchase of tangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
In million of U.S dollars
|
|
|
The Netherlands
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
France
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
Other European countries
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
USA
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
Malaysia
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,034
|
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
|
983
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-72
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share
amounts)
Depreciation
and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
In million of U.S dollars
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
The Netherlands
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
France
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
287
|
|
Other European countries
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
USA
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
Malaysia
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
Other countries
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
|
|
1,367
|
|
|
|
1,366
|
|
F-73
Schedule
STMICROELECTRONICS N.V.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
|
|
|
Charged to |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance |
Valuation and qualifying accounts deducted |
|
beginning |
|
Translation |
|
costs and |
|
Additions/ |
|
at end of |
from the related asset accounts |
|
of period |
|
adjustment |
|
expenses |
|
(Deductions) |
|
period |
|
|
(Currency-millions of U.S. dollars) |
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories |
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
(67 |
) |
|
|
50 |
|
Accounts Receivable |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
17 |
|
Deferred Tax Assets |
|
|
1,337 |
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
1396 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories |
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
(124 |
) |
|
|
50 |
|
Accounts Receivable |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
19 |
|
Deferred Tax Assets |
|
|
1,283 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
1,337 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
(75 |
) |
|
|
72 |
|
Accounts Receivable |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
Deferred Tax Assets |
|
|
1,123 |
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
170 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
1,283 |
|
S-1